piTiFsiisirr]

MODERN JEB.USALEM

L THE CHRISTIAN QUARTER.

1 Goliath's Castle.

2 Latin Convent

8 Church of the Holy Sepulchre.

4 G-reek Convent.

5 Coptic Convent.

6 Ruins of St. John's Hospital.

7 Greek Church. St. John's.

8 Residence of the Christian Bishop.

9 Church of the Greek Schismatics.

10 Tower of Hippicus. David's Tower.

11 Supposed site of the Tower of Phasaelus
1§ The Prussian Consulate.

IS Modem Evangelical ChurcL

14 Hospital and Syrian Convent.

IL THE ARMENIAN QUARTER.

15 Armeniaji Convent, with the Church of St. Jamer.

The only building in JeTusalem which presents any appearance of cotDfort.

16 Nunnery of St. George.

17 Barracks.

ni. THE JEWS' QUARTER.
The most ■wretched in the city.

18 Synagogue of the Shepardim.

19 Synagogue of the Portuguese Jews.
go Mosque.

IV. THE MOHAMMEDAN QUARTER.
21 Khan and Bazaar,
gg Mineral Bath.
gS Convent and Schools.

24 Institute for Blind Dervishes.

25 Hospital of St. Helena.

26 Reputed site of the House of the Rich Man.

27 Reputed site of the House of St. Veronica.

28 Residence of the Turkish Pasha.

29 Arch of the "Ecce Homo."

§0 Place of the '' Scala Sancta/' the Holy Staircase.

§1 Pilate's House.

§2 Place of Flagellation.

§8 Ruins of a Church. House of Simon the Pharisee.

§4 Church of St. Anna.

§§ House of Herod. Dervish's Mosque.

V. THE MOORS' QUARTER,
a Armenian Convent. House of Caiaphas.
b American Burial-ground.
c David's Tomb,
d Place of Wailing of the Jews.

Just witliin Zion's Gate are the -wretched ahodes of lepers.

HISTORICAL

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS

iUital #Mgra)j|j.

By LYMAN COLEMAN.

fUirt71RSIT7l
^^^^^

PHILADELIPHIA:
PRESBYTERIAN BOARD OF PUBLICATION,

265 CHESTNUT STREET.

1855.

.t^"

^c^

5Xvcy

riRSI ENTERED AT STATIOITEllS' HALL BT INTERNATIONAL ARRANGEMENT WITH THE AMERICAN PKOPRIBTORS.

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1854, by

LIPPINCOTT, GRAMBO A CO.

in the Clp"k's Office of the District Court of the Eastern District of Pennsylvania.

8TEBE0TTPED BY L. JOHNSON * CO.
PHILADELPHIA.

PRINTED BY C. SHERMAN.

PREFACE.

History without Geography is incomplete and unsatisfactory. The duty of the historian is,
not only to record the events of his narrative, with their causes and consequences, but to sketch
the attending scenes and circumstances, so as to present a clear and living picture of the whole.
For this pui'pose Geography comes to the aid of History, to delineate the scenery of the histori-
cal narrative, to describe the city or country where the event recorded transpired, to depict the
mountain, plain, or valley, the ocean, sea, or river, the lake or fountain that blend in the surround-
ing landscape. Nothing so effectually aids lis to call up from the tomb the figure of the past and
reinvest it with its former lineaments, as these changeless features of nature. These alone
give reality and life to the picture. More than all else they carry us back to live in the bygone
days of history, and to become living actors in its stirring scenes.

Zion is still beautiful for situation, as in the days of the Psalmist ; the hills stand about Jeru-
salem now as they did when their picturesque beauties inspired the song of the royal bard.
There is the Mount of Olives, and Mount Moriah, with the deep, silent valley below; and there
is " Siloa's brook," still fresh and full, as when it flowed "fast by the oracle of God." The
heights of Hebron, the grazing-grounds and wells of Beersheba, are the same as when Abraham,
Isaac, and Jacob tended there their flocks. Lebanon and Carmel, Tabor, Hermon and
Bashan, the Lake of Galilee and its winding shores, are clad still in all the varied beauties
which held and charmed the eye of Jesus of Nazareth. These, contemplated in vivid mental
conception, carry us back to walk with Jesus by the silent, solemn shore of that lake, to
commune in spirit with the sweet singer of Israel, and to converse with Abraham, Isaac, and
Jacob on the tented field.

Thus History and Geography are inseparably associated together, and should ever be studied
in connection. Each, by association, lends new interest to the other ; and both are learned with
more ease than either when studied separately. Read with careful reference to geographical
and chronological data, locate in time as in history, and in space as in geography, the events
of the past, trace upon chart and map the shifting scenes of the narrative, and what was before
insipid and profitless, becomes, like the "expressive canvas" and the "speaking marble," in-
stinct with life and spirit. What was crowded in confusion upon the mind, spreads out in dis-
tinct and beautiful perspective, leaving an impression clear and abiding as the landscape of
the painter.

History and Geography are by common consent considered indispensable branches of study
in every primary school. Ancient history and classical geography occupy a large place in every
liberal course of education, and why ? only that, as names and places occur in conversation,
reading, or public address, we may have some acquaintance with their relative position and
importance, together with the historical incidents with which they are associated. But the
cities and sites of Scripture History come before us in reading, in conversation, and in the
instructions of the pulpit, every day of our life, from childhood to hoary age, while we live
in profound ignorance of them, and count it no reproach, no loss. Sacred History and
Geography, infinitely more important and more attractive than the histories and geographies

4 PREFACE.

of our schools, has no place in our public systems of education. What school or acadorny, even
•when proposing a course of study peculiarly select and religious — what system of Public Edu-
cation — what College or Theological Seminary even, includes in its plan of study the Geography
and History of the Bible ? How many, accordingly, read the Scriptures daily, and for half a
century profess to expound them it may be, without any just conception of the localities and
scenery of Bethlehem, of Nazareth, of Capernaum, of Jerusalem, of the Mount of Olives, or of
dark Gethsemane — localities and scenes around which cluster the most hallowed associations
of the Christian.

The following work is the result of an humble effort and an earnest desire to associate together,
for reasons which have been briefly indicated, the History and Geography of the Scriptures,
and to allure the young and assist them in an interested and intelligent perusal of the Book of
God. Whatever may be the consideration in which this Text Book itself shall be held, we claim
that the subject of it undeniably ought to have a place, not only in the Bible-class and Sunday-
school, but in the primary and grammar school, the college and the theological seminary.

The general plan of the book is the same as that of the Historical Geography of the Bible,
published in 1849. It is not, however, an abridgment, but a separate, independent treatise,
which has called the writer to a new and extended course of reading, preparatory to the task
of constructing this Text Book and Atlas. What was scattered in many volumes is here
brought together, "with no cursory pains, to save the reader a far longer travail of wandering
through so many desert authors." The works which have been chiefly consulted in the prepa-
ration of this manual are subjoined at the conclusion of these remarks.

But the present work is by no means offered to the public as a substitute for the Historical
Geography of the Bible. The object has been to provide a series of maps more distinct and
satisfactory, and to reduce the letter-press into the dimensions requisite for an elementary
Text Book. For these purposes the Maps have been prepared, on the basis of Kiepert's Bible
Atlas, compared with that of Wieland and Ackermann, and the maps of Drs. Robinson and
Wilson, Lieutenant Lynch, Layard, Colonel Chesney, &c. These maps are engraved on steel
plates, in such distinctness and beauty, that we think they cannot fail to commend themselves
to the favourable consideration of the public.

The text has been compressed into the narrowest limits that seemed compatible with the
design of presenting a satisfactory compend of the wide range of Biblical Geography, Chro-
nology, and History, without reducing it to a barren, repulsive series of isolated statistics.

Special attention has been given to the Chronology of Sacred History. The division of the
work by chapters has been made in conformity with the extraordinary parallelisms which the
history of the Old Testament presents. A little attention to these divisions, compared with
the summary which is found on pages 43, 44, will establish several great landmarks in the
chronology of the Scriptures, to which intermediate events may be easily referred, so that each
shall take its relative position in the long series of ages, without encumbering the memory with
a wearisome accumulation of historical dates. Such indeed is the beautiful simplicity of the
chronology of the Bible, that its great outlines, may, in a single hour, be so impressed on the
memory as never to be forgotten.

By means of the Chronological Table and the General Index, this book, like the Historical
Geography, offers the advantages of a Gazetteer for occasional reference, as well as of a
manual for the consecutive reading arid study of the Bible.

Such are the ends proposed in the preparation of this Text Book and Atlas. For many
weary months they have been pursued with watchful care and laborious diligence ; but with
what propriety or success remains to be seen in the judgment which the book awaits from the
public to whom it is submitted. In common with other works of a kindred character, it has
at least this special claim for public favour, that it offers to our Institutions of Learning,
of whatever grade or name, an opportunity of introducing the study of the Bible into their
course of education, without disturbing the denominational or sectarian prejudices of any
religious creed.

SUGGESTIONS TO INSTEUCTOES.

Any Bible or Sunday-school class might study this Text Book with sufficient thoroughness,
by appropriating to it one lesson in a week for a single year ; and any college, academy, or pri-
mary school might allot this amount of time to the study of the Holy Scriptures, at some con-
venient hour, without any apparent interference with the progress of the pupils in their secular
studies, while they would acquire an acquaintance with the History, Chronology, and Geography
of the Bible, that would lend new attractions to this holy book, and by the grace of God might
win them to a perusal of His word that would enlighten the eyes, rejoice the heart, and convert
the soul. Tlie entrance of it giveth light; it giveth understanding to the simple.

To such as may prefer a course of study somewhat more extended, the Historical Geography
of the Bible offers a wider range of description, and a fuller detail of events and incidents,
arranged and grouped according to the same general plan.

But in either case the Bible itself must be the principal Text Book, to the study of which
such compends and manuals may be subservient, while they are never to supersede the diligent
perusal of God's own Word. Select portions of the Scripture History should ever be assigned
as the lesson for rehearsal, in connection with either manual of Biblical Geography ; and every
locality should be distinctly traced on the map — even if it is not inserted, it should be referred
to its appropriate position.

Let the reader begin, as has been already suggested on another occasion, by establishing a
few landmarks, as central points from which to determine the relative positions of other places.
The outlines of the lands of the Bible are comprehended by a single glance at the Atlas.
Palestine is included between the eastern coast of the Mediterranean and the line of the
Jordan with its lakes and the Dead Sea. Jerusalem is the great central point to which the
bearings and distance of cities and countries may be referred. Locate these distinctly in the
mind as points of departure, for convenient reference, and the outline may be filled without
confusion as the details shall arise. Natural features, relative position and distance, should be
distinctly noted ; but to give specific boundaries, to attempt to define with accuracy the distance
and bearing of different localities, is worse than useless. It leads to positive error by confound-
ing the true with the false, the certain with the uncertain. The relative position and extent of
Judea, for example, of Samaria, and of Galilee, cannot be mistaken ; but who can define their
exact limits ? The territory of Judah and Benjamin among the tribes, and of Philistia among
the foes of Israel, may be distinctly noted, but it is neither easy nor important to trace
their specific boundaries.

The names of ancient cities that still remain, the ruins by which they are identified, and the
scenery which invests them, have wonderful power lo daguerreotype them on the mind, and, like
the faithful remembrancer of a lost friend, to suggest a thousand endearing recollections.

With these suggestions this little manual is respectfully commended to the consideration of
parents, superintendents, and instructors, with the hope that it may serve in some degree to call
their attention to a most important but neglected branch of education, and to one of the most
efficient means of alluring and aiding the young in the acquisition of knowledge which it is
most important for them to know — the knowledge that may make them wise unto Eternal Life.

AUTHORS CONSULTED.

Reland's Palestina, 2 vols, quarto — Ritter's Erdkunde, 14th, 15th, and 16th parts, 4 volumes, relating
to the Peninsula, to Palestine, and Syria, and to Judah, Samaria, and Galilee — Winer's Biblisches Real-
wbrterbuch, third edition — Von Raumer's Palastina — Arnold's Palastina, Historisch-Geographisch, with
Helmuth's Map, one of the best that has been published — Several German Commentators, particularly
Rosenmiiller, Thenius, Kiel, and Havemick, together with Alexander on Isaiah — Robinson's Researches —
Wilson's Lands of the Bible — Lepsius's Letters — Jahn's Hebrew Commonwealth — De Saulcy's Journey
round the Dead Sea — Kitto's History of Palestine — Cyclopaedia — Scripture Lands, &c. — Transactions of
the Royal Geographical and Royal Asiatic Societies — The Works of Joseph Schwartz, Rbhr, Wheeler ;
together with the articles of Dr. Robinson and the American Missionaries in the Bibliotheca Sacra, which
enrich the varied literature of this learned and valuable Journal — The Travels of the Rev. Drs. Olin and
Durbin; of Lamartine, Stevens, and many others — Williams' Holy City — Bartlett's Walks about Jerusalem,
&c. On the Chronology of the Scriptures, Browne's Ordo Sasclorum. On the Region of Mesopotamia,
the Tigris and Euphrates, Colonel Chesney's Survey. On Nineveh, Babylon, &c., the several works
of Layard, Bonomi, &c. On the Tenth Chapter of Genesis, Knobel's Vblkertafel, Dr. Robinson on the
Harmony of the Gospels, and Strong's Harmony and Exposition. On the Acts of the Apostles, Hackett's
Commentary, Smith's Shipwreck of St. Paul, and the late and incomparable work of Conybeare and
Howson on the Life of St. Paul, 2 vols, quarto. On the Book of the Revelation, Brewer's Patmos and
the Seven Churches.

The Maps are after the model of Kiepert's Bible Atlas, modified by reference to Wieland and Acker-
mann's Bible Atlas — the Vblkertafel of Knobel — Zimmermann's series of Maps of the Peninsula,
Palestine, and Syria, accompanying ' the volumes of Ritter's Erdkunde — Helmuth's Map of Palestine,
together with the Maps of Drs. Robinson and Wilson, and those of Conybeare and Howson.

^■■V""''of rHB-"'"^'^

CONTENTS,

^art 5.

CHAPTER I.

THE ANTEDILUVIAN PERIOD: FROM THE CREATION TO THE FLOOD. 1666 YEARS 10

A. M. 0+1666=1656. B. C. 4102—1656=2446.

CHAPTER II.

THE PERIOD OF THE DISPERSION: FROM THE FLOOD TO THE PROMISE. 430 YEARS 16

^. A. M. 1656+430=2086. B.C. 2446— 430=2016.

CHAPTER III.

THE PERIOD OF THE PATRIARCHS: FROM THE PROMISE TO THE EXODE, 430 YEARS 26

A. M. 2086+430=2516. B. C. 2016—430=1586.

CHAPTER IV.

THE PERIOD OF THE WANDERING : FROM THE EXODE TO THE PASSAGE OVER JORDAN. 40

YEARS 44

A. M. 2516+40=2556. B. C. 1586-40=1546.

CHAPTER V.

THE PERIOD OF THE THEOCRACY: THE JUDGES FROM JOSHUA TO SAMUEL. 450 YEARS 68

A. M. 2556+450=3006. B. C. 1546—450=1096.

CHAPTER VI.

THE INTERMEDIATE PERIOD: FROM SAMUEL TO DAVID AS KING. 40 YEARS 105

A. M. 3006+40=3046. B. C. 1096—40=1066.

CHAPTER VII.

THE PERIOD OF THE MONARCHY: FROM DAVID TO THE BABYLONISH CAPTIVITY. 460 YEARS.. 116

A. M. 3046+450=3496. B. C. 1066—450=606.

CHAPTER VIII.

THE PERIOD OF THE CAPTIVITY AND OF THE RESTORATION: FROM THE CONQUEST OF JUDEA

TO THE CONCLUSION OF THE CANON OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 206 YEARS 155

A. M. 3496+70+136=3702. B. C. 606—70—136=400.

^m M,

CHAPTER I.

THE LIFE OF CHRIST *... 1C5

CHAPTER II.

THE LABOURS OF St. PAUL 209

P CHAPTER III.

PATMOS, AND THE SEVEN CHURCHES 247

MAPS.

I.— FRONTISPIECE: ANCIENT AND MODERN JERUSALEM.

II.— THE WORLD AS KNOWN TO THE HEBREWS ACCORDING TO THE MOSAIC ACCOUNT.

Ill— THE ROUTES OF THE ISRAELITES THROUGH THE DESERT. CANAAN AT THE TIME OF THE

CONQUEST.

IV.— PALESTINE UNDER THE JUDGES AND KINGS, WITH THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE

TWELVE TRIBES.

v.— PALESTINE IN THE TIME OF CHRIST.

VI.— THE TRAVELS OF OUR SAVIOUR.

Vn.— THE MISSIONARY TOURS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL.

VIII.— A CHART OF THE ELEVATION OF VARIOUS SECTIONS OF THE LANDS OF THE BIBLE.

[lE^^[L/^RO^TQ©[i^ ©[F m/k\P 00a

GEK X.

THIS comprises the world as known to the ancient Hebrews, with the exception on the east, of India, and the
unknown region of Sinim, supposed to be China; and on the west of Mauritania. The author, in locating these
ancient tribes of men, availed himself of the labours of Gesenius, Ewaid, Hitzig, and others, together with the re-
searches of the most reliable geographers and antiquaries. Askenaz, according to these authorities, occupies the
western part of Asia Minor; Togarmah is Armenia, and Gomer occupies the region of Cappadocla between them;
Riphath, the author locates on the southern shore of the Black Sea, north of Gomer; but in accordance with others
it is also referred to the region north of this sea. Gog, and Magog, the land of Gog, in conformity with classical
and Armenian authors, is placed north of Armenia, in the neighbourhood of Togarmah, Meshech, and Tubal,
v/hose position is clearly defined. They are also set farther north, to represent the Scythian nations.

Tarshish, Gen. x. 4, Kiepert also identifies with Tarsus in Cilicia, alleging that Spain was at this time unknown
to the Hebrews. At a later period, Tarshish became the name of the Etruscans, who inhabited a part both of
Spain and of Italy. Casluh, Casluhim, should be located on the south-east angle of the Mediterranean, east of the
Nile, between Egypt and Palestine, instead of occupying its present position on the map

The true position cf the descendants of Jcktan, in southern Arabia, is quite uncertain. 1'hese have been varied
m a few instances on the authority of Knobel in his Volkertafel. Only those names are underlined with colours
which are best known and have their position most clearly defined. Later names which occur in the Prophets,
fiuch as Persia, Nubia, &c., are not underlined, and classical names not found in the Bible are set in smaller type.

The extent of the ancient Assyrian empire is also distinctly indicated, and the localities entered according to the
latest and best authorities of English residents, surveyors, and travellers.

.\ ^-t) I?

THE'WOKtD^AS KWOWIf 'f^lTHB HEBREWS

gsiVII^SIT

THIS and the following Maps of Palestine are constnicted on the bases of Dr. Robinson's maps, reduced by
Kiepert, who executed those maps under the direction of Dr. E,. The plan of the Sinaitio group is modified to
represent the plains on the south of Sinai, in connection with that of Er E,ahah, where Dr. R. supposes the
Israelites to have stood on the giving of the law.

On the south and east of Sinai is seen the plain of Sebaiyeh, which, extending several miles, offers a wider range
of ground for the hosts of Israel, and is assumed by Hitter and many others to have been the station of the Israel-
ites when they received the law from Sinai.

After leaving Sinai, the route and the stations of the Israelites are quite conjectural. The continuous red line
denotes the track of the Israelites as sketched by Dr. E/. ; the shorter lines, green and blue, indicate the deviations
from this route, on the supposition that the children of Israel occupied the plains on the south of Sinai, and from
this station proceeded in a direct line across the desert toward Beer-sheba to Kadesh-barnea in the desert belov/;
and then again, after thirty-eight years' wandering in the desert, are found at another Kadesh-barnea, in the deep
valley below the Dead Sea. Tliis virtually supposes that there were two places having the same name, one upon
the western part of the great plateau of the desert; the other, in the deep valley of the Arabah, belov/ the Dead
Sea. See pages §5, §6.

Lepsius contends with great earnestness and force, that the law must have been given on Mount Serbal, at the
distance of a day's journey or more north-west from Sinai, near the desert of Sin. It rises in lonelier, loftier gran-
deur, to the observer, than Sinai itself, though somewhat inferior in height. About its base is spread a charming
oasis of the richest verdure, watered by perennial streams of water. The mysterious Sinaitio inscriptions on its
rocky facings in every direction prove it to have been frequented as a sacred mountain by the pilgrims who recorded
these memorials of themselves, which remain imperishable after all else relating to them, their language, their re-
ligion, and their country has been totally lost. This theory of Lepsius would essentially change again the probable
route of the Israelites through the desert. But Serbal stands without the group of Sinai and cannot well be
made to conform to the conditions of the narrative.

Ki,;-*.jn Stpd IjyWWiIKeaM Ttal*

^3-^^

Of TEE

'^^^

THE boundaries of Palestine are indicated according to their probable limits. The exact boundaries of the
tribes cannot be defined, but their relative position and the comparative extent of their territories are indicated
approximately on the map. Sometimes the claims of the tribes by promise extended beyond their actual possession
by conquest, as in the instances of Judah, Dan, Asher, and Manasseh, This with reference to the land of the
Philistines is indicated by the crossing of different colours; the independent tribes of G-eshur, Bashan, Maachah.
fee, in the territory assigned to the half-tribe of Manasseh. east of the Jordan, are represented by double
coloured lines.

It is a vain attempt to define with precision the boundaries of the several tribes. The effacing hand of time has
thoroughly obliterated them; but their relative position, magnitude, and importance may be distinctly noted, together
with their natural scenery and soil. With the knowledge of these we may well be content. In geography, as in
history, a general outline is more easily retained, moffe satisfactory, and more profitable than a minute detail. Such
an outline is presented in these boundaries, without any claim to minute accuracy.

The cities of the Plain, Sodom, G-omorrah, Zoar, Admah, and Zeboim, are entered on the map according to the
late researches of the French traveller De Saulcy. The discovery of the sites of Sodom and G-omorrah by this
traveller is pronounced by an English journalist to be one of the most striking in the whole range of biblical anti-
quity. The disinterment of Nineveh may be of more importance in its results to the historian and the antiquary,
but as a matter of feeling, it is of small moment compared with the discovery of Sodom and Gomorrah. "There
is something strangely awful in the idea of these living monuments of Divine vengeance, yet remaining after six
and thirty centuries, with the actual marks of the instrument of their overthrow still visible upon their blasted ruins."
The region around Jerusalem, where the most interesting local incidents are clustered together, is exhibited on a
larger scale in the margin. These discoveries, however, have not been confirmed by subsequent travellers, and
the conclusions of De Saulcy must be regarded as questionable.

FAI.ESTINK '"'({JV^^^

urulor lht> ^

JUDGES AND KmGS >

*7 5>r<^>

T W E LVE TRt BES. < s-.,,,.// ^-

THE TWELVE TRIBES

I .IikI.iIi

I I vSlMlCOII

III l^fuij.unin

IV l)<n»

V I'phrauii
VlM.uiassHi

\lllss,uU.u- /s\V*K|ls
Vlll/cbdou ^>

XKr.ul "^^

MIIumiIm'ii /(•

ijuklii
'in tnu'i

BATTLE FIELDS ^^;,^,')^ ,,;,! , '" '

IJMtnn (OlUfiusI ol tin Ihn^/

Unnioiuti^ (I I illUiiluen
J J 15 losluuu, vu-t-'^oi^nJi
UBtuiiks aiuWchnt (illfttd^l

]() Sti;./v .-r tfti ]Wli.fVi/rm ( '
Iw Siiiili. ati^Unj'in, I' I iij

I '

Jicfh

.»%.'

A5f

Ari)li,id

%JliAfn'Hir

61&CI

' Li'^hsna^A

''i/h.

IrbU

.fji

llhfifi,

"-hllj

^XI

^4^

,'%^

MVXlil

\i^r

cy^

^>^

ul^

/^t

w:'§' ;.\v^

.V ff^>«;i *^

:5^.^'^W??V

;^»?-

S CALl '. .
Geographical Miles

o r> K) ir. 20 L'r> .u)

of ^

JERUSALEM

h', rhifh, m

isiiwli

g}f ISHOA

Ihl

MenenalhaJ'.

GeshiiT^^_^:.

Rthobotfik

O T

HElusd)

odCLi""

"^'^J'^'

.*"■• '•-■•-..,,

^>S""

r an /

ji>lM);itllM.(>!xl>

J^ %ls?^

[».S?n

M'Hor

(jlJl^-^ekoAi/fera;
" \ \Maon

I'tfH

ntiuUli, ,_,^ —

\mnf V^ N

ur)\Ti.ih.' .' ,'r

!':tie:"cm Stf (^Tl.','WWlnlaTl1s Ph.l

^^s^^^^

0? THE

hJBIVBRSITTj

OF THE

[iriri7EEsiTr]

^^S-Ai;^

Of TH3

[TJiriVBRSITY

THIS map has been somewhat modified according to Dr. Wilson-s map: particularly the localities and cities
v/hich have been clearly identified, some ISO or 160 in number, have been entered in a distinct type, the common
Roman letter, large or small, according to the importance of the place. Places not yet identified are entered in
italics. The coast and country of Syria is continued northward to Antioch, in consideration of the frequent
mention of this country in the history of the Maccabees and of the Acts of the Apostles. This map is enlarged in
size, to prevent confasion in inserting so many names together in a small space.

The division of the country west of the Jordan into the three divisions of Judea, Samaria, and G-alilee, first
occurs in the time of the Maccabees, 1 Maccab. x §0, which is also recognised by Josephus. In the time of Clirist
the division had become familiar and well established. But the specific boundaries are not well defined. Judea
com.prised substantially the territory of the tribes of Judah, Simeon, Benjamin, and Dan ; Samaria, that of Ephraim
and the half-tribe of Manasseh ; and G-alilee, that of the remaining tribes of Issachar, Zebulon, Asher, and
NaphtalL

Samaria, though less in extent, is more fertile than Judea ; the mountains are covered with a richer verdure ;
the valleys are better watered and yield a more luxuriant vegetation. G-alilee surpasses both Judea and Samada,
alike in the fertility of its soil and the grandeur of its scenery.

The Perea is a general term to denote, as its name implies, the country east of Jordan from the Arnon to the
sourees of the Jordan : in a more restricted sense, it designates the country from the Arnon to the neighbourhood
of Pella, north of the river Jabbok, v/hich country in Joshua is denominated Bashan and Gilead. The latter again,
in Deut. xxxiv. 1, denotes the v/hole country east of the Jordan. Ancient Bashan comprised the provinces of
Gaulonitis, Iturea, Auronitis, and Trachonitis.

THIS map/ may be more unsatisfactory and conjectural than either of the others. The travels of our Lord are
seldom defined by localities sufficient to allow them to be sketched with any degree of certainty. Still, a viev/ of
them even though the exact route may be altogether conjectural, serves to impress the mind with the extent of his
travels and the wearisome life which he lived, in his labour of love, going about everyu'-here doing good. The
chart of these journeyings may seem somewhat confused, but they may be easily traced in their order, as delineated
by the different colours on the map according to the following descriptions. The dates are given according to the
corrected chronology, four years below the common reckoning of the Christian era.

I. In his Crst journey to Jerusalem, Jesus goes from Nazareth to be baptized of John in Jordan at Bethabara
nearly opposite Jericho, | 1§. He is supposed to go down the east side of Jordan — ^he passes over into the wilder-
ness of Judea, on the west side, about Jericho — ^goes up to Jerusalem, returns A. D. §;§. (§19) through the wilderness
to John at Bethabara, and thence along the western banks of the Jordan to Nazareth, and (§ 20) to Gana and Caper-
naum.

n. Jesus goes up to Jerusalem the second time, A. D. 26. § 21, by the westem route, (see page 1 79) along the plain
of Esdraelon and along the plain of Sharon. From Jerusalem he passes eastward to the Jordan, baptizes at Enon
near Shalim — ^returns to Jerusalem and to G-alilee by the middle route, which conducts him to Jacob's well, § 25,
and Sychar, the Shechem of the Old Testament. He teaches publicly in the synagogues in G-alilee, § 26, is again
at Gana and at Nazareth, and Cxes his abode at Capernaum. This public teaching in G-alilee supposes him tc>
have reached these plains by some such circuit as is indicated in this return.

m. The first circuit in G-alilee from Capernaum (A. D. 27.) is wholly conjectural, § §2, but it extended "throughout
all Galilee," Mark i. §9, and is accordingly so indicated on the map.

IV. The third journey to Jerusalem, g §6, A D. 27. by the eastern route, crossing the Jordan and ascending to the
table-land above, and following this through ilamoth G-ilead to the fords of the Jordan near Jericho. Retums by
lh.e middle line of travel, for which we have no authority other than may seem to be indicated in the plucking of
the ears of grain as he and his disciples passed through- The plains of Mamre and Esdraelon, through which
this route passes, are among the most fertile in Palestine, and to this day are covered v/ith similar fields of grain.

V. Second circuit in Galilee, § 47, A. D. 27. This is sketched by conjecture around Upper Galilee.

VI. Excursion across the lake to the country of the Gadarenes, south-east of the Sea of Galilee, § S7, A. D. 27.
Vn. Third circuit in Galilee, g 62, A. D. 28. Nothing is said to define this circuit. It is sketched as passing through

Nazareth, Shunem, the plain of Esdraelon and Tiberias. It is represented to have been a wide circuit, when the
twelve apostles were also sent to supply his lack of service.
Vm. Excursion to Bethsaida, on the north-east coast of the Sea of Galilee, § 64, A. D. 28.

IX. Fourth circuit in Galilee, § 68, A. D. 28. This is defined as comprising a wide range through Sarepta, Tyre,
and Zidon, and the region of Decapolis beyond Jordan.

X. The fifth circuit in Galilee, § 7§, A. D. 28. to Bethsaida, north-east of the cea, and to Cesarea Philippi.

XL The fourth and final journey to Jerusalem, § 81, A. D. 28. This journey was by the middle route through Sa-
maria, where the ten lepers were cleansed, § 62.
Xn. The journey to Bethabara beyond Jordan, return to Bethany on the death of Lazarus. § 91, A. D. 29.
The circuit to Ephraim, the valley of the Jordan and in Peraea, § 92, AD. S9.

^Tei-A^^

Of THE

['OSIVSBSIT

[l^[F)[L^[Ri]^TD©K] ©[F m/AiP WDOo

THIS map was prepared by Kiepert originally for Neander's History of the Christian Church in the Times of the
Apostles. It was then reconstructed for his beautiful classical maps of G-reece and Asia Minor, embracing the re-
sults of the latest researches; from that it has been reduced by him to the present form. In the preparation of it
for this work, it has been carefully compared with the series of maps which accompany the learned and incom-
parable work of Conybeare and Howson on the life of St. Paul.

I. The travels of the Apostle begin at Damascus, on his going up to Jerusalem for the first time, A. D. 88, after
his conversion, and supposes him to sail from Joppa for Tarsus.

II. Paul goes by invitation of Barnabas to Antioch. A. D. 44. Visits Jerusalem a second time with Barnabas on
the occasion of the famine, A. D. 45. The route is conjectural. He is supposed to pass up the Orontes through
Cosle-Syria and to return by sea from Joppa.

III. His First Missionary Tour, A. D. 48, is distinctly defmed and may be easily traced through Cyprus and
Pamphylia to Antioch in Pisidia, Iconium, Lystra, and Derbe in Lycaonia, and through the same places to Perga,
Attalia, and Antioch.

IV. Paul goes the third time to Jerusalem in company with Barnabas and Titus, G-al. ii. §, to the council about
circumcision. Their line of travel is along the great Roman road dov/n the Phcenician coast, and through the
midland districts of Samaria ; and returns through Damascus to Antioch.

V. Paul in his Second Missionary Tour passes by land to Tarsus, and revisits Derbe, Lystra, and Iconium,
thence through G-alatia and Phrygia to Troas, A. D. §2. Macedonia, Athens, Corinth, Ephesus, Cesarea, Jeru-
salem, A. D. S4, the fourth time.

VI. Paul in his Third Missionary Tour visits the churches of Lycaonia, Galatia, and Pamphylia — goes to
Ephesus, to Macedonia, into Ulyricum to Corinth — from Corinth returns by land through Thessaly to Philippi, then
to Miletus, to Tyre, and Jerusalem the fifth and last time.

VII. The voyage to Pvome in the autumn and winter of A. D. 60-61, is distinctly traced from Cesarea up the
coast around C3rprus, along the coast of Asia Minor to Cnidus, around the southern coast of Crete to Malta and
Syracuse — ^through the Straits of Sicily to the Bay of Naples, and along the Appian way through the Pontine
marshes to Rome.

Vm. After his release from his first imprisonment at Rome, A. D. 6§. we trace his journey through Brundusium
and Appollonia in Illyricum to Macedonia, thence to Ephesus, and the churches of Asia, j^. D. 64, then to Spain
and again to Ephesus, A. D. 66, then once more to Macedonia, thence to Crete, and yet again to Ephesus and
Corinth, thence to Nicopolis in Epirus in the winter of A. D. 67-8, he is arrested and taken to P^^ome, where in th?
spring of A. D. 68, he is beheaded.

•of THE

;•!•-> T, ', ;')

;UFI7BRSITr]

A CHART OF DIFFERENT SECTIONS OF THE LANDS OF THE BIBLE.

From 5000 to 6000

Table-land of Armenia

Tablo-land of Asia Minor.

From 3000 to 4000

Damascus 2237

r Hasbany 322

Sources of the Jordan.

I Banias 526

[ Tell El-Kady 556

Waters of Merom, Huleh 100

Table-land east of the Sea of Galilee 2S00

Mountains of Galilet.'

Heights of Nazareth overlooking the valley 1500

Nazareth 821

Mount Tabor I747

Giitioa 1800

Plain of Esdraelon 4.38

Mount Carmel 1500

•%

Sychar, Nabulus 1568

Gerizim 2398

Mount of Olives 2555

Valley of Jehoshaphat — Gethsemane 1900

Jerusalem 2349

Mount Moriali 2300

Mount Zion 2400

Bethlehem 2700

Mountains of Judah and of Moab 3000

Hebron 2640 .

Pass of Zephath 1600

c2 '

■- o

=-- a

^ cc *^

PART I.

THE OLD TESTAMENT.

CHAPTER I.

THE ANTEDILUVIAN PERIOD ; FROM THE CREATION TO THE FLOOD, 1656 YEARS.

In the beginning, at some time to us unknown,
fiir back in the absorbing periods of eternit.y, God
created the heavens and the earth. The earth, as
originally created by the word of the Lord, waS a
vast incongruous mass, "without form and void."
From this chaos, in the lapse of countless ages, the
elements — air, earth and water — were evolved. The
waters under the heaven were gathered together unto
one place, and the dry land appeared. The earth
brought forth grass, and herb, and tree, yielding
fruit after their kind. The vicissitudes of day and
night and the "mysterious round" of the seasons
were established. The earth, the air, the sea were
filled with their inhabitants. And the Lord God
formed man of the dust of the ground, and breathed
into his nostrils the breath of life ; and man became
a living soul. "Thus the heavens and the earth
were finished, and all the host of them."

The date of this great event, the completion of
the work of creation, is, according to the chronology
of the Scriptures, four thousand and four i/ears he-
fore the Christian era; or, according to other ap-
proved systems of chronology, four thousand one
Jtundred and one or two years be/ore the BIRTH OF
OUR Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ.

EDEN, PARADISE, NOD, ENOCH.

"And the Lord God planted a garden eastward in
Eden ; and there he put the man whom he had
formed." Where then was Eden, the abode of our
first parents in their innocency ? Two of the rivers
which proceeded from this country are known, the
Euphrates and the Tigris — in Scripture, the Hidde-
2 [A.M. 0+1656=1656.]

kel (Gen. ii. 14, Dan. x. 4) and the Euphrates.
These two rivers both arise in the highlands of Ar-
menia — the Tigris within four or five miles of the
Euphrates. The headwaters of the Araxes and
the Cyrus, which flow north-east into the Caspian
Sea, are traced to the same elevated regions of
country. The Araxes, according to the survey of
Colonel Chesney, springs from the mountain of a thou-
sand lakes, nearly in the centre between the two
principal sources of the Euphrates, at the distance
of about ten miles from either, and runs a course of
almost 1000 miles to the Caspian Sea.

The ancient Halys, at no great distance from the
Euphrates, begins to flow to the north-west, and after
various windings empties into the Black Sea, after a
course of 700 miles. This river, according to the
theory under consideration, is Pison ; and Havilah,
abounding in gold and precious stones, is the ancient
Colchis, famous also from the remotest antiquity for
its gold and precious gems, which gave rise to the
Argonautic expedition, and the fable of the golden
fleece of Jason. Ethiopia, or Cush, is a region of
country adjacent to the Caspian on the west and
south, throughwhich the Araxes flows; or possibly it
may be the intermediate country which is " encom-
passed" by this river and the Kur, the Cyrus, pre-
vious to their junction, as is Mesopotamia by the
Tigris and Euphrates.

The Tigris has, in Central Armenia, two "principal
sources, both of which spring from the southern
slope of the Anti-Taurus, near those of the Araxes
[Gihon] and the Euphrates, and not far from that
of the Halys [Pison]." The length of this river
before its junction with the Euphrates is 1146 miles.
[B. C. 4102—1656=2446.] 9

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

In the latter part of its course it is stated by Colonel
Chesney to have an average width of 600 feet, and
a depth of 15 or 20 feet. The Euphrates has an
equal volume of water, and a longer course before
its junction with the Tigris. The former is navi-
gable 800 miles, and the latter 600, from their con-
fluence.

It appears then that this elevated plateau of Cen-
tral Armenia, lying west of Ararat, and at an eleva-
tion of more than 5000 feet above the level of the
eea, gives rise to four noble rivers, all arising from
sources within a short distance of each other, and
^ discharging their waters into three different seas.
These four main streams seem best to answer the
description of that dark and difficult passage which
describes the rivers that went out of Eden and parted
into four heads. Like those of Eden, these of
Armenia run

" Diverse, wandering many a famous realm
And country, whereof here needs no account"

Such is the variety of climate, surface, and temper-
ature of this country, that it is adapted to the growth
of "every tree that is pleasant to the sight and good
for food." It is described by Colonel Chesney as in-
terspersed with beautiful valleys and fertile plains,
overspread with "groves, orchards, vineyards, gar-
dens, and villages." In some of these delightful
retreats, on the east of this Eden, dwelt, we fancy,
the gentle pair in " the blissful Paradise of God."
This, like every other theory, is beset with difficulties;
but, in the absence of a better, we are constrained
to adopt it.

The land of Eden is assumed to be a province of
Armenia, of indefinite extent; and Paradise, the gar-
den which the Lord God planted in Eden, is referred
to some one of the fertile and charming valleys in
Eden, with which this region of country abounds.

Nod, to which Cain, cursed of God for the shedding
of his brother's blood, was driven to wander a fugi-
tive and a vagabond, is a land of wanderings, of
fiight, of hanishment, indicative rather of his manner
of life than of his place of abode. Of this locality
nothing is known more than that it was " on the
east of Eden." Gen. iv. 16.

In this land the city of Enoch became in process
of time the settled abode of himself and of his pos-
terity. Nothing more is known of the dwelling-
places of the men before the flood. They doubtless
built many cities and dwelt in them. Their great
progenitor began life in the full maturity of man-
hood, and instinctively endowed with all that was
requisite for the enjoyment of civilized life. And
they became artificers in wood, iron, and brass; and
[A.M.04-1G56.=1G.56.]

proficients, to some extent at least, in the fine arts—
in music and poetry. Gen. iv. 19-25. " They did
eat, they drank, they married wives, they were given
in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the
ark, and the flood came and destroyed them all."
Their memorial has perished for ever, save the brief
narrative and concise genealogical table of their
lineage from Adam to Noah, which is recorded in the
fifth chapter of the Book of Genesis.

The following analysis will illustrate the genealo-
gical table given in the fifth chapter of Genesis.
These and subsequent data are given in accordance
with the results of the Rev. Mr. Browne in his Ordo
Saeculorum, and other modern chronologists, who add
one hundred years to the chronology of our Bible in
common use. Gen. v.

A. K. B. C.

1. 4102-1. The first year of the Mundane Era, and of the
life of Adam. Whether the years of Adam
are reckoned from his creation, or from
the expulsion from Paradise, is left unde-
cided.
Cain and Ahel.
The death of Abel must be supposed to have not long pre-
ceded the birth of Seth, since Eve regarded Seth as the substi-
tute "for Abel, whom Cain slew." In that case there will be
no difficulty in explaining Cain's exclamation, " every one who
findeth me shall slay me." In 120 years after the Creation, the
earth may have had a considerable population.

Posterity of Cain. — Enoch, Irad, Mehujael, Methuasel, La-
mech. Lamech had two wives: 1. Adah, of whom was born
Jabal, father of dwellers in tents and cattle-graziers j and Jubal,
father of instrumental musicians. 2. Zillah, of whom was born
Tubal-cain, who instructed artificers in brass and iron ; and Na-
amah, a daughter.

131. 3972-1. Birth of Seth.

236. 3867-6. Birth of Enos. " Then began men to call upon
the name of the Lord."

326. 3777-6. Birth of Cainan.

396. 3707-6. Birth of Mahalaleel.

461. 3642-1. Birth of Jared.

623. 3480-79. Birth of Enoch.

688. 3415-4. Birth of Methuselah.

875. 3228-7. Birth of Lamech.

931. 3172-1. Death of Adam, 930 years.

988. 3115-4. Translation of Enoch, 365 years.

1043. 3060-59, Death of Seth, 912 years. [Bisection of tho

period from Adam to the Promise.]

1057. 3046-5. Birth of Noah.

1141. 2962-1. Deathof Enos, 905 years.

1236. 2865-6. Death of Cainan, 910 years.

1271. 2812-1. Death of Mahalaleel, 895 years.

1423. 2680-79. Death of Jared, 902 years.

1536. 2567-6. The ark begins to be prepared, (120 years.)

1557. 2546-5. Noah's eldest son is born, (500 years.)

1558. 2545-4. Shem is bom.

1652. 2451-0. Lamech dies, 777 years.

1656. 2447. Methuselah dies, in his 969th year.

The Flood, in the 600th year of Noah, 99tb
of Shem.
In the year of the Flood we have the following dates and
numbers : —

[B. C. 4102— 1656=:244G.]

THE ANTEDILUVIAN PERIOD.

Gen. vii. 3-10. A pause of 7 days.
12, 17. Rain 40 clays.

24. The waters prevailed 160 days : "at the
end of the 150 days the waters were
abated." viii. 3.
We must, therefore, arrange the times in this way : —
40 days, to the 10th of the 2d month, (a. m. 1656, b. c. 2447.)
7 days suspense to the 17th day. The Flood begins. Noah
enters the ark.

40 days rain.
110 days the waters prevail.

160 days, ending at the 17th of the 7th month. (17 Nisan,
A.M. 1666, B.C. 2446.)

The year being lunar, the interval is in fact but 148 days, or
it was on the 149th day current that the ark rested; but this
discrepancy is of no moment.

viii. 6. The waters decreased till the 10th month, 1st day;
100 days from the ark's resting.

Ver. 6. At the end of 40 days, (10th day of 11th month,
t. e. of the month afterward called Ab, the 5th month,) Noah
opened the window and sent forth the raven and the dove.

Ver. 10. Seven days later the dove was sent forth the second
time; and at the end of another week, the third and last time
—24th of the 11th month.

Ver. 13. On the first day of the new year (a week after the
departure of the dove) the face of the ground was dry.

Ver. 14. On the 27th of the second month Noah issues from
the ark, after a sojourn of a lunar year and 10 days, or a com-
plete solar year. Noah issues from the ark the 27th of the 2d
month, October or November, A. M. 1657, b. c. 2446-5.

Ararat, on which the ark rested as the waters sub-
sided, is the name rather of a region of country than
of a mountain. Isa. xxxvii. 38 ; 2 Kings xix. 37 ;
Jer. li. 27. It is watered by the Araxes, which
flows through this province. It is situated a short
distance east of the position which is assumed as the
abode of our first parents.

In the province of Ararat, at the distance of 25 or
30 miles south-west from the modern city of Erivan,
in lat. 39° 42', Ion. 45° east, and 150 miles from
Erzrum, rises the mountain of the same name, which
is the reputed height on which the ark rested. It is
a stupendous mountain, rising majestically out of a
vast plain, towering to the height of 17,750 feet
above the level of the sea, and 13,420 above that of
the plain. It is accordingly 1500 feet higher than
the summit of Mont Blanc. The mountain is divided
by a deep cleft into two immense cones of unequal
height, one falling 4000 feet below the other. The
highest, for the space of near three miles from the
summit, is sheathed in perpetual snow and ice, which,
within a few years, has for the first time been tra-
versed by the foot of man. Prof. Parrot, of Russia,
in the year 1829 succeeded, after two unsuccessful
attempts, in scaling the stupendous heights of Ara-
rat. He found the extreme cone a silver crest of
[A. M. 04-1656=1656.]

ice, unbroken by rock or stone, and scarcely 200
feet in diameter

From this perilous and awful height, the inequali-
ties of hills, valleys, and lower mountain ranges
seemed levelled into one vast plain, confused, indis-
tinct, and illimitable as the wide world itself. But
from the plains below, the view of this monarch of
mountains is one of surpassing grandeur and sub-
limity. Sir Robert Ker Porter describes his emo-
tions in view of it in the following terms : —

"It appeared as if the highest mountains of the
world had been piled together to form this one sub-
lime immensity of earth, rocks, and snow. The
icy peaks of its double head rose majestically into
the clear and cloudless heavens; the sun blazed
bright upon them, and the reflection sent forth a
dazzling radiance equal to other suns. My eye, not
able to rest for any time upon the blinding glory of
its summits, wandered down the apparently inter-
minable sides, till I could no longer trace their lines
in the mists of the horizon, when an irrepressible
impulse immediately carrying my eye upward again,
refixed my gaze upon the awful Ararat."

Viewed from whatever point, at whatever distance,
Mount Ararat is equally the admiration of every
beholder, — grand, sublime, peculiar. Mr. Layard
on the Alpine heights of Kourdistan, where he had
pitched his tent on the margin of perpetual snow
and ice, says, " I climbed up a solitary rock to take
the bearings of the principal peaks around us. A
sight as magnificent as unexpected awaited me.
Far to the north, and high above the dark moun-
tain ranges which spread like a troubled sea beneath
my feet, rose one solitary cone of unspotted whit<!,
sparkling in the rays of the sun. Its form could
not be mistaken. It was Mount Ararat. It w.is
seen N. 15° 30' E., at the distance of 145 miles.
Nothing can be more beautiful than its shape, more
awful than its height; all the surrounding moun-
tains sink into insignificance when compared with
it; it is perfect in all its parts; no harsh, rugged,
features, no unnatural prominences; every thing is
in harmony, and all combine to render it one of the
sublimest objects of nature."

Eden was near the western base of Ararat; so
that Noah and his sons, it would seem, went forth to
repair the desolations of the earth, which had been
destroyed by the deluge under this second visitation
of Grod, near where Adam went out of Eden, in the
sweat of his brow to till the earth, and to people
with a sinful race its solitudes, already smitten with
the curse of God.

[B. C. 4102—1666=2446.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

CHAPTER II.

THE PERIOD OF THE DISPERSION; FROM THE FLOOD TO THE PROMISE, 430 YEARS.

A. M. 1656 + 430 = 2086. b. c. 2446 — 430 = 2016.

In the settlement of the earth by the sons of Noah,
it is observed by Knobel, that from Armenia the
descendants from Japheth migrated to the north-
west, those of Shem to the south-east, and those of
'IBam to the south-west; and that the chronologist
in G-en. x. enumerates first the remotest and earliest
settlements of each of the sons of Noah, and after
them, those that are nearer. It is further to be
observed that the order of the enumeration is ethno-
grapMcal rather than geographical — by families
rather than by territorial limits.

From the following chart, drawn from Gen. x., it
will appear that Moses has given an imperfect gene-
alogy, tracing through several generations the de-
scendants of certain families, and naming but a single
ancestor of others, agreeably to his great design of
exhibiting the lineage of our Lord and Savioui*.

A. JAPHETH.

1. Gomer. II. Magog. m.Madai. IV.Jaran. T. Tubal. VLMcsboch. VU. Tlras.

1. Ashkenaz.

2. Riphath.

3. To2;armah.

DESCENDANTS OF JAPHETH.

I, GoMER. North and west of the Black Sea — ^the
Cimmerians, the Cimbri, the Celts, and generally
the nations of Europe. In the 7th century B. c.
a portion of the sons of Gomer, driven from their
homes, took possession of a great part of Asia Minor.

1. Ashkenaz, kindred to the classic names Ascania,
Ascanius, is to be sought in Troy, Mysia, Phrygia,
in the north-western part of Asia Minor, whence
Germany was very early settled. 600 years B. C.
another portion of Ashkenaz had fallen back again
near Armenia. Jer. li. 27.

2. Riphath. With this family is associated the
^liiphean mountains in ancient history, located in the

remote regions of the north. Riphath became the
ancestor of the Celts in the north-west of Europe, as
Ashkenaz was of the Germans. A division of the
Celts early took possession of Gaul, France.

3. Togarmah is by common consent referred to
Armenia, Ezek. xxvii. 14, xxxviii. 6, with which in
ancient history Phrygia is closely allied.

II. Magog. The Sclavonic tribes in the north and
[A. M. 1656-1 430=2080.]

north-east of Europe are comprehended under this
term as the descendants from the grandson of Japheth.
Ezek. xxxviii. 2, xxxix. 6. The isles in this passage
are the countries of Europe. The original country of
Magog was the Caucasian mountains and the regions
north around the Caspian. From this point they early
overran all the north of Europe, driving back the
Cimmerians ; and in the age of the prophet Ezekiel
they had already become a powerful people in the
north of Asia. Ezek. xxxviii. xxxix. The Rus-
sians and Scythians are the descendants of Magog.
Gog is the king of Magog in Revelation : they are re-
mote northern nations.

III. JIadai, the ancestor of the Modes, south of
the Caspian Sea, bounded east by the Hyrcanians
and Parthians, south by the Persians, and west by
the Assyrians and Armenians.

IV. Javan, the progenitor of the Greeks, the
lonians in Greece, Isa. Ixvi. 19 ; Dan. viii. 21 ; in
Asia Minor, Zech. ix. 13 ; and perhaps also Jonah
iv. 6. In Ezek. xxvii. 13 Tubal and Meshech, south-
east of the Black Sea, are associated with Javan.

The sons of Javan were —

1. Elisha, who settled in JEolia, in the north-west
of Asia Minor, extending from the Propontis through
Mysia to Lydia, and comprehending the adjacent
islands. From Javan and Elisha descended the
various tribes of Greece.

2. Tarshish. Knobel understands that by this
term the Etruscans are indicated, who inhabited the
northern part of Italy a long time antecedent to the
rise of the Roman power. The same he supposes is
indicated in Isa. Ixvi. 19. Pul is allied to Apulia;
and Lud, a colony of Lydians who came very early
from Asia Minor into Italy. In other passages
Tarshish is to be sought in Spain. Isa. xxiii. 6-10 ;
Ezek. xxvii. 12, xxxviii. 13.

3. Kittim, in Isa. xxiii. 1-12, is the island of
Cyprus; but when in other passages the isles of
Kittim are mentioned, Jer. ii. 10 ; Ezek. xxvii. 6, the
term is more comprehensive, and includes Crete,
together with the islands along the coast of Asia
Minor and the MgQssa Sea, and perhaps all Greece.
In Dan. xi. 30, it is Macedonia.

4. Dodanim, Thrace and Thessaly.

V. YI. Tubal and Meshech. These are men-

[B. C. 2446—430=2016.]

THE PERIOD OF THE DISPERSION.

tioned in such connection as to show that they were
kindred and neighbouring tribes. They are also
associated with Magog, the representative of the
Scythians and northern tribes. Comp. Ezek. xxxviii.
2, xxxix. 1. These considerations direct us to the
south-east of the Black Sea as their locality. But
the Tubal of Isa. Ixvi. 19 is to be sought for in Spain,
whence proceeded the Tyrrhenians, Iberians. In
Psalms cxx. 5, Meshech and Kedar are put for bar-
barous tribes.

VII. TiRAS represents ancient Thrace.

HAM

I. Cush.

II. Mizraim.

III.

Phut

rV. Canaan.

1. Seba.

^ y '

1. Ludim.

Sidon.

2. Htivilah.

2. Anamim.

Heth.

3. Sabtah.

3. Lebabim.

The Jebusite.

4. Sabtecha.

4. Naphtuhim

The Amorite.

5. Raamah.

5. Pathrusim.

The Girgasite.

V . '

6. Casluhim.

The Hivite.

Sheba.

7. Caphtorim.

The Arkito.

Dedan.

9.
10.
11.

The Sinite.
The Arvadite.
The Zemarite.
The Hamathite

We here follow the order of the historian, who
gives the genealogy of Ham, the youngest son of
Noah, Gen. x. 6, before that of Shem. To Ham
Africa was allotted for a habitation, particularly the
northern and eastern portions of it. The Ethiopians
south of Egypt not only spread out west and south
in Africa, but east of the Red Sea, over the southern
part of Arabia. West of Egypt, along the Mediter-
ranean, were the Lybians. These three were the only
native African nations in ancient history. These
descended from the first three sons of Ham. Ca-
naan, the fourth son, settled in Syria and Palestine.
These all were dark-coloured races, but not so dark
as the negro. They differed in language also, as well
as colour, from the sons of Shem. Gen. xlii. 23 ;
Isa. xix. 18.

I. Cusil — Ethiopia — the most remote of the sons
of Ham. There is satisfactory evidence, also, that
Southern Arabia, and even the coast beyond the
Persian Gulf, was settled by Cush. Even Nimrod
himself, the founder of Babel, Erech, Accad and Cal-
neh in the land of Shinar, was an Ethiopian, a son
of Cush.

Sons of Cush : —

1. Seba, near Meroe, in the northern part of
Abyssinia. Isa. xviii. 1, xliii. 3, xlv. 14.

2. Havilah, on either side of the Red Sea. The
Havilah of Gen. ii. 11 is to be sought farther east,
near the outlet of the Euphrates — according to some,
in India.

[A. M. 1656+430=2086.]

3. Sabtah, in the south-eastern section of the
peninsula of Arabia.

4. Raamah, with his two sons, Sheba and Dcdau,
are referred to the western shore of the Persian Gulf.
There is another Shebah, descendant from Keturah ;
and yet another, son of Joktan, on the eastern shore
of the Red Sea, below the modern Mecca, whence the
queen of Sheba came to see the wisdom of Solomon.

5. Sabtecha is placed by one author on the east-
ern shore of the Persian Gulf, over against Raamah ;
by others, south of the Straits of Babelmandeb.

II. Mizraim — Egypt — whose descendants are —

1. Ludim, kindred with Lud, son of Joktan, and
progenitor of the Arabs, -on the east of the Nile in
the land of Goshen.

2. Anamim, in the Delta of the Nile.

3. Lehabim, immediately west of the Delta, in the
neighbourhood of Alexandria.

4. Naphtuhim, above the Delta, near Cairo and
Memphis.

5. Pathrusim, in Upper Egypt, the original source
of the Egyptians. Comp. Jer. xliv. 1-15; Ezek.
XXX. 14; Isa. xi. 11.

6. Casluhim, between the Egyptians and the
Philistines, a colony of whom very early settled in
Colchis, on the Black Sea.

7. Caphtorim, Crete, whence they spread to Rhodes
and Greece, particularly to Attica.

III. Phut — Lybia — the Lybians, west of Egypt,
along the line of the Barbary States — in classical
geography, Cyrenaica, Africa Propria, (Tripoli and
Tunis, including Carthage,) Numidia an^ Maurita-
nia. Comp. Jer. xlvi. 9; Ezek. xxx. 5, xxvii. 10,
xxxviii. 5.

IV. Canaan. The land of Canaan never extend-
ed beyond the Jordan. Comp. Ezek. xvi. 3 ; Josh. v.
12; Num. xxxv. 14, &c. Since the conquest of
Canaan by the Israelites, it has been common to
understand by the Canaanites the people conquered
by the Jews.

Phoenicia, north of Canaan, though settled by the
descendants of Shem at a very early period, is here
assigned to the sons of Canaan. Here the two races
became gradually commingled.

Sons of Canaan : —

1. Zidon, whose territory extended down to Car-
mel, and eastward to the waters of Merom and the
sources of the Jordan.

2. Heth. In the age of Abraham the sons of Heth
are found at Hebron. Esau became connected with
them by marriage, Gen. xxvi. 34, xxvii. 4n xxxvi. 2 ;
and Urijah, in David's army, was also a Hittite.
1 Sam. xxvi. 6 ; 2 Sam. xi. 3, xii. 10, &c. But our
author supposes the Hittites to have been an ancient

[B.C. 2446-430=2016.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

and powerful tribe above Zidon, probably the founders
of Tyre and rivals of the Zidonians.

Proceeding still north from Tyre, our author locates
the Arkite, the Sinite, the Arvadite, the Zemarite,
and the Hamathite, the 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, and 11th
sons of Canaan. Of these the Arvadite was on the
coast of the river Aradus, some distance above Beirut,
where our missionaries have discovered many interest-
ing ruins. Hamath was east of Arvad, between the
mountains of Lebanon.

South of Hamath and Baal Hermon, and extend-
ing down below the Sea of Galilee, was the Hivite,
the 6th son of Canaan. Of the Girgashite little
is known.

The Amorite had his strongholds in the mountains
of Judah, which are also called the mountains of the
Amorite. Deut. i. 7, 19, 27, 44.

The Jebusite inhabited Jerusalem. Several of
these Canaanites will fall under our notice more at
length in the conquest of Canaan.

C. SHEM.

I. Elam. II. Ashur. III. Arphaxad. IV. Lud. V. Aram.

1. Salah.

2. Eber.

1. Joktan.

1. Peleg.

2. Almodad.

2. Reu.

3. Sheleph.

3. Serug.

4. Hazannaveth.

4. Nahor.

6. Jerah.

5. Terah.

6. Hadoram.

< ' \

7. Uzal.

Abraham.

8. Diklah.

Nahor.

9. Obal.

Haran.

10. Abimael.

11. Sheba.

12. Ophir.

•

13. Havilah.

14. Jobab.

1. Uz.

2. Hul.

3. Gether.

4. Mash.

I. Elam. North of the Persian Gulf, on the
plains of Shinar ; Shushan, east of the Tigris.

II. Ashur. North of Elam, east of the Tigris.
Nineveh was the seat of the Assyrian Empire. The
Assyrians at an early period extended themselves
north and west to the Black Sea and to Asia Minor.

III. Arphaxad, the firstborn after the flood,
the progenitor of the Chaldeans, who dwelt in Meso-
potamia, north and west of Ashur and Elam, the
native land of Abraham. Remnants of these ancient
Chaldees are still found between Mosul and Diarbekir,
and the seas of Van and Ooroomiah. The Chaldees
80 often mentioned by the prophets are a colony
from these, that settled early on the lower Euphrates,
near Babylon. Comp. Isa. xiii. 19 ; Jer. xxiv. 1, 5;
Ezek. xii. 13, &c.

[A. M. 1656-1-430=2086.]

Descendants from Arphaxad :—

1. Salah.

2. Eber.

From Eber two lineages are traced through several
generations, descended on the one hand from Joktan,
and on the other from Peleg. The descendants from
Joktan settled in Arabia, and occupied that vast
peninsula between the Red Sea and the Persian Gulf,
where, in process of time, they commingled with the
sons of Cush. The southern coast of Arabia was,
according to Knobel, unquestionably the golden land
of Ophir, sometimes denominated Uphaz. Jer. x. 9 ;
Dan. X. 5.

Abraham, descended from Eber through the line
of Peleg, five generations later than Joktan, migrated
from Ur of the Chaldees in the north-west of Mesopo-
tamia, to Canaan, where he became the ancestor of a
countless posterity, through four distinct lines : 1.
Through Ishmael and the Ishmaelites, who inhabited
the desefl» south of Canaan, and gradually mingled
with the western tribes of Joktan. 2. Through
Isaac and Esau, and the Edomites, who dwelt south
of the Dead Sea and south-east of Judea. Gen. xxxvi.
3. Through Isaac and Jacob of the Hebrews, west
and east of the Jordan. 4. Through the sons of
Keturah, who became the head of several tribes of
Arabia, of whom the Midianites are best known.

IV. Of Lud, the fourth son of Shem, little is
known. Our author supposes him to have been the
ancestor of the ancient and powerful tribe of the
Amalekites, the steadfast and lasting foes of the He-
brews, Num. xxiv. 20 ; Gen. xiv. 7 ; and of the Amor-
ites, who at a future period became formidable ene-
mies of the Hebrews.

V. Aram's settlement included the region of
Damascus, and Syria and Zobah, north and west
from Damascus, 2 Sam. viii. 5 ; 1 Chron. xviii. 5 ;
1 Kings xi. 25, xv. 18, xxii. 3 ; 2 Kings v. 6, 8,
xxxi. 18, and also of the northern part of Meso-
potamia, known as Padan-Aram.

Sons of Aram : —

1. Uz, whom our author locates in Arabia, east of
Edom, and near to it. Two of this name are men-
tioned, besides this son of Aram : a son of Seir, an-
cestor of the Horites, who, before the Edomites, inha-
bited Edom; and a son of Nahor, Abraham's brother.

BOOK OF JOB.

Uz, the land of Job, is generally admitted to have
been in the northern part of Arabia. Ritter, in
agreement with Reland, supposes it to have been
not far north-east from Pctra and Mount Hor, within
the limits of Arabia, but near Edom, whence camo
[B.C. 2446-430=2016.]

THE PERIOD OF THE DISPERSION.

the three friends of Job. Buz, the native place of
Elihu, Job xxxii. 2, he makes identical with Bozrah
in Edom. Others, with less probability, locate the
land of Uz near the Euphrates, south and west of
Babylon, on the eastern margin of the desert of
Arabia.

The age of the Book of Job cannot be defined with
accuracy. It is generally assumed to have been sub-
sequent to the age of Samuel and David, and ante-
cedent to Isaiah, who distinctly alludes to it. Comp.
laa. li. 9 and Job xxvi. 13 ; Isa. xix. 5, Job xiv.
11, &c. According to these limitations, the Book of
Job falls between the years 1000 and 760 b. c.

2. Hul, in Syria, near the sources of the Jordan.

3. Grether, of whom nothing is known.

4. Mash, referred by conjecture to the mountains
of Armenia, near the headwaters of the Euphrates
and the Tigris.

DIVISION OF THE EARTH.

Peleg was born 100 years after the Flood, and lived
239 years, in which time " the earth was divided."
1 Chron. i. 19.

This brief notice concerning Peleg is interesting
in several points of view. The name of this patri-
arch means " division," with an express reference to
the division of the earth; but it seems to have a
further significance in these respects : —

1. Peleg is central between Noah and Abraham :

Abraham.

Noah.

Peleg.

Shem.

Reu.

Arphaxad.

Serug.

Salah.

Nahor.

Eber.

Terah.

2. At Peleg the term of life is abruptly diminished
the second time. Arphaxad, the firstborn after the
Flood, lived not half the term of the antediluvian
lives : at Peleg life is reduced from an average of about
450 years to 239. Hence Peleg, the fourth from Ar-
phaxad, dies before all his ancestors, and even ten
years before Noah ; and the middle year of his life is
also that of Arphaxad : also, if the life of Eber be divid-
ed into three equal parts, the first ends at the central
year of Peleg, the second at the death of Reu, and
the whole life four years after the death of Abraham.
The Rabbins and old commentators suppose, not
unreasonably, that the name of Peleg' s brother,
Jbktan, (small,) relates to this diminution of the
term of man's life.

"VVe will suppose, then, that the great event in
reference to which Peleg has his name occurred
about the middle of his life, i. e. about 220 years
after the Flood. The interval here supposed between
f A. M. 1656+430=2086.]

the dispersion of nations and the call of Abraham, is
amply sufficient for the growth of populous nations
and the foundation of considerable empires. For in
100 years from the flood, the population would have
grown from 3 males to 400, if it doubled its numbers
but once in 14 years.

In the second century, since all the males who
lived in the first century were still in the vigour of
life, the term of doubling cannot have been more
than half what it was in the former century. Hence,
at the end of this century the population might num-
ber 400 X 2", about 6,500,000 males; and at the
220th year, it would number, at the same rate, more
than seven times as many, 45 millions and a half of
males. These, dispersed over the world, and still
living on an average 200 years each, are abundantly
sufficient to have overspread the territory of the most
ancient nations with a numerous and civilized popu-
lation in the course of 200 years from that time.

BABYLON.

Babylon, the kingdom of Nimrod the mighty
hunter, was a narrow tract along the Euphrates, be-
tween Assyria and Elam on the north and east, and
the Desert of Arabia on the west, and extending
along the course of the river 400 miles or more, from
Erech on the south-west, a few miles above the Per-
sian Gulf, to Calneh, on the north-west.

Babel, afterward the seat of Babylon, the principal
city of this ancient kingdom, was upon the Euphra-
tes, near the centre of its territory. In this neigh-
bourhood are found venerable and imposing ruins,
which indicate the enormous structures to which they
belonged. They are immense piles of brick, decom-
posed to a great depthj furrowed with deep channels
by the abrasion of the elements, rent and torn as if
by some direful convulsion; and in some places
vitrified, as though they had been subjected to the
most intense heat. The rubbish with which they are
covered is intermixed with layers of broken and
burnt bricks, fragments of pottery, vitrified clay,
scoria, and even shells, bits of glass, and mother-of-
pearl. In the excavation of these mounds, large
bricks are found, entirely covered with inscrip-
tions in the ancient cuneiform character, bearing the
name of Nebuchadnezzar. These inscriptions may
yet reveal to modern research the mysteries which
for thousands of years they have treasured up in
sullen silence, and in characters inscrutable and mys-
terious as the handwriting upon the wall which
recorded the doom of the last of the guilty monarchs
who revelled in those vast halls which have crumbled
into these confused masses of ruins.
fB.C. 2446—430=2016.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

These characters have been deciphered so far as
to show that no records remain of date earlier than
the age of Nebuchadnezzar. Thousands and tens
of thousands of bricks have been taken from the
ruins bearing the name of this monarch, but reveal-
ing no anterior history and no continuous annals;
nor is it probable that any important records will
ever be recovered from Babylon, as they have from
Nineveh.

One of these ruins, at the distance of a little more
than six miles from Hillah, the present site of Baby-
ion, is an immense mound, Bir Nimroud, which is
recognized by some as the remains of the tower of
Babel. The appearance of the mound, notwithstand-
ing all the abrasion of the elements and the waste of
time, is still very imposing. It rises suddenly from
a vast plain to a great height, overspread with frag-
mentary vitrified masses of the materials of which
the town was built. These present the appearance
of having been fused and cemented together under
the action of the most intense heat. The summit of
this pyramidal mass is crowned by a ruined tower,
still lofty and impressive in its ruins. It is rent
from the top nearly to the bottom, scathed and vitri-
fied, as if by the lightning of heaven, but towering
still to the skies in stern and awful sublimity, a
monument of the avenging justice of God. Clouds
play around its summit; its recesses are inhabited
by lions. They were seen by Sir R. K. Porter qui-
etly basking on the heights — a literal fulfilment of
the prophetic denunciation, "Wild beasts of the
desert shall dwell there, and their houses shall be
full of doleful creatures." Isa. xiii. 21.

Four miles north-north-west from Hillah are
found ruins which are supposed to be the remains
of the hanging gardens, and of the palace of Nebu-
chadnezzar. The outer walls of it were originally six
miles in circumference. This enormous mound of
ruins is ascertained to be 2400 feet in length and
1800 in breadth.

Near this is another enormous mound of almost
equal dimensions. Indeed the whole region, to a
great extent, is overspread with indiscriminate ruins
in the midst of utter desolation, which sets at de-
fiance all research or conjecture, even with reference
to their original character, or form, or age ; nor is it
probable that these will be determined in future.
" Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because
she made all nations drink of the wine of her forni-
cation." No city ever so provoked the judgments
of God by her sins as this, which was originally
founded by the horde whom Nimrod conducted to
the plains of Shinar. None has ever been the sub-
ject of such frequent and fearful denunciation, and
[A. M. 1G56 -j- 430 = 2086.]

none ever met with an overthrow more appalling and
entire.

Erech, the second city of Nimrod, was situated on
the Euphrates, 82 miles south and 43 east from
Babylon. The place is supposed to be. identified
by immense mounds, known as the Palace of
Pebbles, which bear also the name of 'Irka and
Irak. Comp. Gen. x. 10.

The site of Accad is supposed to correspond with
Sittsee of the Greeks, and Akari Babel of the pre-
sent day. It consists of a mound surmounted by
a mass of building, which, viewed^from one point,
looks like a tower ; from another, like an irregukir
pyramid. It is about 400 feet in circumference at
the base, and rises to the height of 125 feet above
the elevation on which it stands. The mound which
seems to form the foundation of the pile is a mass of
rubbish accumulated from the decay of the super-
incumbent structure. This mound is on the Eu-
phrates, 55 miles north and 13 west of Babel.

NINEVEH.

About the same time that Nimrod settled in Slii-
nar, Ashur went forth and built Nineveh on the
Tigris, 300 miles north from Babel. This, 1500
years later, was the rival of Babylon, and the capita]
of the Assyrian Empire. Nineveh, in the great-
ness of its power, equalled Babylon in extent, and
perhaps in population, though inferior in regal mag-
nificence, in wealth, and in the splendour of its et!i-
fices, and in the extent and magnitude of its walls.
Both were near 20 miles square, and from 60 to 80
miles in circumference. According to the compu-
tation of Bonomi,' Babylon contained 225 square
miles, Nineveh 216, while London contains but 114.
Nineveh was with Babylon equally distinguished for
idolatry, licentiousness, and every form of wicked-
ness. More mature in iniquity, and earlier in the
rise of its power, it was equally the subject of pro-
phetic denunciation, and sooner sank into utter ruin
under the just judgments of heaven.

Of the three other cities founded by Ashur, no-
thing satisfactory is known, after all the researches,
excavations, and discoveries of modern travellers.

On the right bank of the Euphrates, at the
north-western extremity of the plain of Shinar, are
extensive ruins around a castle which still bears the
name of Rehoboth.

Major Rawlinson is supposed to have identified
the ruins of Calah near the Tigris, 130 or 140 miles
north-west of Bagdad, and near half that distance
south-east of Nineveh.

Many of the learned suppose all these cities, Re-
[B. C. 2446 — 430 = 2016.]

THE PERIOD OE THE PATRIARCHS.

hoboth, Resen, and Calah^ to have been near each
other, and to have been gradually comprehended
within the limits of Nineveh, just as several ancient
towns are now comprised within the modern city of
London. This is supposed to be indicated in the
text, " The same a great city," the singular in
this place being used for the plural. In scrip-
tural phraseology the singular and the plural are
not unfrequently used thus interchangeably.

From the period of the Babylonish captivity, Nine-
veh and Assyria fade away from the page of canon-
ical history, and indeed from all authentic history,
sacred or profane. The very site of this renowned
metropolis was totally unknown several centuries
before the Christian era; and only within a few
years past have its ruins been disinterred and laid
open for the admiration and wonder of the world.

These remains of Nineveh are found in several
localities east of the Tigris, opposite Mosul, and
both above and below this city. Some of these are
believed to represent the ancient towns of Ashur.
Khorsabad, 14 miles north-east from IMosul, is sup-
posed to be in the northern limits of Nineveh. Kou-
yunjik, and Nebbi Yunis, the Tomb of Jonah,
opposite Mosul, represent another portion of the
city, which also extended a few miles beyond these
mounds.

The mound Nimroud, 23 miles below Mosul, is
now generally admitted to represent the site of
Resen ; but in the opinion of Mr. Layard it was in-
cluded within the limits of Nineveh itself. The
city he supposes to have been an oblong, extending
on the left bank of the Tigris from Khorsabad to
Nimroud, a distance in a direct line of 34 miles.
Xenophon, 400 b. c, found this city a heap of
ruins, nameless and unknown, the walls of which
were 25 feet in breadth, 100 in height, and near

8 miles in circumference. The present mound is
144 feet high and 777 in circumference.

Near 70 miles in a direct line below Mosul, aisd
on the right bank of the Tigris, is found anoth( r
immense mound, covering the ruins of Assyrian
palaces. This is called Kalah Sherghat, and is
believed to be the Calah of Ashur. These ruins are
almost 3 miles in circumference, and in parts up-
ward of 60 feet in height.

From the great mound of Kouyunjik, opposite
Mosul, Mr. Layard has disinterred the ruins of the
magnificent and stupendous palace of Sennacherib.
Nimroud and Khorsabad were also palaces of almost
equal extent and magnificently built. Khorsabad
was the palace of Sargon, 722 b. c, mentioned by
Isaiah xx. 1, as besieging Ashdod. lie is better
known in Scripture as Shalmaneser, who took Sa-
maria and overthrew the kingdom of Israel, carry-
ing away captive the Israelites. He was the father
of Sennacherib. Tiglath Pileser, the father of Shal-
maneser, built one part of a palace at Nimroud, and
Esarhaddon, son of Sennacherib, built another; so
that these ruins are the remains of several palaces
built by diffei-ent kings. These, and perhaps others,
Mr. Layard believes to have been fortified enclosures
of palaces, parks, and temples, possibly within the
great city, each capable of sustaining a severe siege.
These all appear by actual survey to form an oblong
parallelogram, which may represent the form of the
city. According to this view of the subject, Reho-
both, Resen, and Calah remain yet undistinguished
among the innumerable mounds which overspread
this region of country, which future research may
possibly reveal, but more probably they are dis-
solved like the baseless fabric of a vision, leaving
not a wreck behind.

CHAPTER III.

THE PERIOD OF THE PATRIARCHS; FROM THE PROMISE TO THE EXODE, 430 YEARS.

A. M. 208G -f 430 ^ 2516. b. c. 2016 — 430 = 1586.

Abraiiam, father of the faithful, at the age of
60, and 17 years before the renewal of the promise
from which our chronology dates, left, at the call
of God, his country and his kindred, Acts vii. 3, to
take possession of a distant foreign land, where his
posterity should become a great people, the future
depositories of the revelation which God was about
to make, and the ancestors, according to the flesh,
of Jesus Christ, the Saviour of the world.
3 [A.M. 2086+430=2510.]

UR OF THE CHALDEES.

The dwelling-place of Abraham was confessedly
in Mesopotamia, between the Euphrates and the
Tigris, in Ur of the Chaldees, which may be the
name of a province, or of a city within it, or possi-
bly of both the city and the country where the
family of Abraham had their abode. It is custom-
ary to locate TJr of the Chaldees in Upper Meso-
[B. C. 2016—430=1586.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

potamia, south of Armenia and Ararat, and at no
great distance from either. There is in this vicinity
a walled city, Orfah or Urfah, of considerable im-
portance, which Moslems, Jews, and Christians ge-
nerally concur in recognizing as the birthplace of
Abraham. Urfah, or Orfah, is described as a con-
siderable town, of several thousand inhabitants, in
Upper Mesopotamia; but all attempts to identify
this or any other locality with the patriarchal resi-
dence of Abraham and his ancestors in the land of
the Chaldees must be conjectural and unsatisfactory.

Twenty miles south-east by south from Urfah is
the town of Haran, in which we recognize the site
of Charran, to which the family of Abraham removed
after the first call, and where they remained 15
years, until the death of Terah, the father of Abra-
ham, and of Haran, his eldest brother. Acts vii. 2.

Mr. Loftus, an English geologist engaged in a
survey of the country of the ancient Chaldees around
Babylon and Susiana, refers the site of Ur to Lower
Chaldea, or Mesopotamia proper, near the junction
OL the Euphrates and the Tigris. He describes
ruins of great extent and extraordinary interest,
now called Werka, which he supposes represent Ur
of the Chaldees, whence proceeded the exodus of
Abraham.

But it seems incredible that the ancestral resi-
dence of this patriarch could have been so remote
from Canaan. Haran, the native place of the family
of Laban, was confessedly near to Ur. Laban him-
self is styled a " Syrian." In his pursuit of Jacob
he overtook the fugitive in Gilead, below Lake Gen-
nesaret, east of Jordan, in seven days. Jacob, with
his household and his vast flocks and herds, made
this distance in ten days, Gen. xxxi. 20-25, in which
time he could hardly have exceeded a journey of
250 or 300 miles, which is about the distance from
Upper Mesopotamia to Gilead.

Haran is enumerated, a thousand years after the
call of Abraham, among the towns which had been
taken by the predecessors of Sennacherib, king of
Assyria, and is also mentioned still later among the
cities that traded with Tyre. 2 Kings xix. 12 ; Isa.
xxxvii. 12; Ezek. xxvii. 23.

Fifteen years after the first call, Abraham, at the
age of 75 years, by divine command again removed
from his country and his kindred to seek the strano-e
land which the Lord had given to him. This exodus
might be a journey of 250 or 300 miles, or 800 or
1000 miles, according as Upper or Lower Chaldea is
assumed as his place of departure. Eliezer, the ser-
vant of Abraham, 64 years afterward traversed the
same journey to obtain for Isaac a wife from among
bis own kindred, Gen. xxv. ; and Jacob, 100 years
("A.M.208G-f430-=^.2.516.]

later, repeated the journey on a similar occasion for
himself. Gen. xxviii., xxix.

The first notice of Abraham in the land of Ca-
naan is at Sichem, or Shechem, near the plain of
Moreh. The position of this town, memorable in
the whole history of the Jewish nation, from this
arrival of Abraham to their final overthrow, should
be carefully noted as an important landmark in the
geography of Palestine. It is on the line of the
central or middle route from Jerusalem to Galilee,
at the distance of 35 miles from Jerusalem, and at
an equal distance from Nazareth, and midway be-
tween the coast of the Mediterranean and the Jor^
dan, in a narrow dell between the famous summits
of Ebal and Gerizim. The valley which separates
these mountains opens at the distance of 2 miles
east of Sichem into a fertile and beautiful plain, ex-
tending from 8 to 10 miles from north to south, and
varying in width from 2 to 4 miles. This is the
plain of Moreh, whose luxuriant fields afforded an
inviting place of encampment for the patriarch, and
of pasturage for his flocks, wasted and wearied by
reason of their long march.

Shechem, under the name of Nabalus, is still an
inhabited city of 8000 souls. Sheltered in quiet
seclusion between Ebal and Gerizim, the mounts
of blessings and of curses, which tower high above it,
like lofty walls on either side, and surrounded by
groves, orchards, and gardens, this ancient town, the
Sichem, or Shechem, of the Old Testament, and the
Sychar of the New, presents a scene delightful in
itself, and of surpassing interest in its historical
associations.

Here God renewed his covenant with Abraham.
Gen. xii. 7. Jacob, on his return from Padan-
Aram, pitched his tent over against this city, at
Shalim, on the east of the plain. Jacob's field was
there, a parcel of ground which he gave to his sou
Joseph, Gen. xxxiii. 18, 19, whose sepulchre is there
to this day. Near, at the distance of 600 or 700
feet from Joseph's tomb, is Jacob's well, at the mouth
of which our Saviour sat in his interview with the
woman of Samaria. John iv. 5, Here was enacted
the terrible tragedy connected with the dishonour
done to Dinah by the son of Hamar, prince of the
country. Gen. xxxiv. Here Jacob kept his flocks,
even when at Hebron, 50 or 60 miles distant. At
Dothan, 15 miles north-west, Joseph was betrayed
by his brethren. Gen. xxxvii. The Israelites, im-
mediately on their return from Egypt, here ratified
the law of the Lord. Six tribes on Ebal and six
on Gerizim — the ark and the attendant priests in
the valley below — pronounce the blessings and the
curses, and all the assembled multitude raise to
[B.C. 2016— 430=1586.]

THE PERIOD OF THE PATRIARCHS.

heaven tlieir solemn Amen — So let it be ! Dcut.
rxvii. Here they buried the bones of Joseph, Here
Joshua met the assembled people for the last time.
Josh. xxiv. 1, 25, 32. Shechem was allotted to
Ephraim, and assigned to the Levites. It was
the scene of the treachery of Abimelech, Judg. ix.,
and the parable of Jotham ; of the revolt of the ten
tribes. It was and ever has been the abode of the
sect of Samaritans, a little remnant of whom still
go up on Mount Gerizim, to worship God on that
mountain, as did their fothers in the time of our
Saviour. John iv. 20. It was captured by Shal-
maneser, king of Assyria, under Hoshea, and re-
peopled by a strange people, 2 Kings xvii., and again
in the days of Nehemiah and of Ezra. Ezra iv. 9.

A vast temple, the ruins of which still remain,
was built here by Sanballat, in the time of Alexan-
der the Great, which, 200 years later, was destroyed
by the Maccabees.

BETHEL.

This place, originally Luz, where Abraham next
built an altar unto the Lord, is 20 miles south of
Shechem, and 15 north of Jerusalem. Abraham,
in the year following his return from Egypt, again
encamped here, and parted on friendly terms from
Lot. Gen. xiii. Jacob, flying from Esau toward
Haran, saw here the vision of the ladder, and
the angels ascending and descending upon it. Gen.
xxviii.; xxxi. 13. Twenty years later, on his return
from Padan-Aram, he lingered at this sacred spot, built
an altar unto the Lord, and received the promises of
God, and erected here a pillar. Here Deborah also
died. Gen. XXXV.; xxxii. 28; xxviii. 20-22. Three
hundred years after this, in the distribution of the
land under Joshua, Bethel became the portion of
Benjamin, Josh, xviii. 22, on the boundaries of
Ephraim, Josh, xviii. 13, xvi. 1, 2, into whose hands
it afterward fell. It was for some time the conse-
crated place of the ark of the covenant. Judg. xx.
18,26; 1 Sam. X. 3. Samuel held here his court in
his annual circuit. Near Beth-Aven, Jonathan smote
the Philistines. 1 Sam. xiv. 1-23. From Jeroboam
to Josiah, more than 300 years, it was desecrated
by the worship of the golden calves, 1 Kings xii.
28; xiii. 1; 2 Kings x. 28, 29; xxiii. 15-18; by
reason of which it was, under the name of Beth-
aven, the frequent subject of prophetic denuncia-
tion. Hos. iv. 15; v. 8; x. 5, 8; Amos v. 5. Eli-
sha was going from Jericho to this place when
mocked by the impious children who were torn in
pieces by wild beasts. 2 Kings ii. 23-25. After
[A. M. 2086+430=2516.]

the captivity it was rebuilt, Ezra ii. 28, Nob. vii. 32 ;
in the time of the Maccabees it was fortified, and
finally destroyed by Vespasian. The hill upon
which it was built is quite overspread with ruins,
among which are the remains of an immense cistern,
314 feet in length and 217 in breadth.

BATTLE OF THE KINGS. GEN. XIV.

The invaders of the cities of the plains of Sodom
came from the region of the Euphrates. Elam, the
same as Elymais, is the ancient name of Persia. It
is mentioned by the prophets in connection with
both the Medes and the Assyrians. Isa. xxi. 2 ;
Jer. XXV. 25 ; Isa. xxii. 6 ; Ezek. xxxii. 24.

Shinar, the country of another of the confede-
rates, includes the plains of Babylon about the junc-
tion of the Euphrates and the Tigris, and extends
to the Persian Gulf. Elassar and Goim, the na-
tions of which Tidal was king, are unknown.

Ashtcroth-Karnaim, at this time the residence of
the giants, Eephaims, was, 470 years afterward, at
the period of the exodus, still the residence of Og,
the giant king of Bashan. Deut. i. 4; com. Josh,
ix. 10 ; xii. 4; xiii. 12. It was included in the half
tribe of Manasseh, and became a Levitical city.
1 Chron. vi. 71. It was six miles north of Edrei.

The Zuzims in Ham, the Zamzummims of Deut.
ii. 20-23, dwelt farther south, about the mouth of
the Jordan and the north-east coast of the Dead
Sea. The connection also indicates that the Emims
of Shaveh-Kiriathaim were a kindred tribe in the
same neighbourhood. The cities of the plain around
the southern extremity of the Dead Sea indicate the
progress of the invaders still farther south, who ex-
tended their conquests to Mount Hor, in Seir or
Edom. Thence they directed their course up the
Arabah to En-Mishpat, Kadesh-Barnea, and the wil-
derness of Paran, south of Judea, and up the west
side of the Dead Sea to Hazezon-Tamar, En-Gedi.
Enriched with the spoils of this extensive circuit,
Chedorlaomer returned along the valley of the Jor-
dan to Dan, above the waters of Merom, the modern
Iluleh, where they were overtaken by Abraham and
pursued fifty miles farther, to Hobah, beyond Da-
mascus.

Salem, the city of Melchisedek, is understood to
be Jerusalem ; and Shaveh, the King's Dale, near
the head of the Valley of Jehoshaphat, not far from
the tombs of the kings, a short distance north of
Jerusalem. Others assume it to have been near
En-Kogel, just below the city, in the Valley of Je-
hoshaphat. THE PROMISE GEN. XV.
[B. C. 201G-j-430--=1586.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

CITIES OF THE PLAIN.

The late French traveller, De Saulcy, has ex-
plored the site of these cities, but without satisfact-
ory results. Just above the vast salt mountain
at the south-west angle of the Dead Sea, he finds
extensive ruins, chiefly foundations and substruc-
tions, very rude in structure, and having every ap-
pearance of great antiquity, which bear the name
of the mountain itself,'* Sdum," or Sodom. These
ruins, passed unobserved by other travellers, he re-
gards as undoubted remains of that devoted city.
Having survived the devastations of that horrible
tempest by which it was destroyed, and the waste
of ages, they still indicate the locality of Sodom.

Certain ruins in the immediate vicinity, less ex-
tensive but equally rude and antique, bear a name
which he considers only a corruption of Zoar. "Was
it not " a little city ?" And these ruins indicate it
to have been a small suburb of Sodom.

Admah he locates by conjecture at a small dis-
tance west from the coast on the way to Hebron.

Zeboim he finds on the peninsula on the eastern
side of the lake, as indicated by ruins which Dr.
Robinson and Lieut. Lynch assume to be the re-
mains of Zoar.

Near the north-west angle of the Dead Sea, he
found immense ruins of rude walls and ditches,
covering the space of four miles in extent, which
had been noticed, but not examined by Dr. Robin-
son, which bear the name of Gomraum, indicating
the situation of Gomorrah, once large and populous,
involved in the same terrible overthrow as Sodom,
boeause their cry was great and their sin very griev-
ous. Gen. xviii. 20; comp. Gen. xviii. and xix.

Along the line of his travels around this gloomy
lake, De Saulcy noticed many indications of the
most terrible volcanic action, immense crate-s of ex-
tinct volcanoes, and rocks rent and burnt as by in-
tense heat, and clefts and seams indicating the con-
vulsions into which the whole land of the plain was
thrown in the dreadful overthrow of its cities.

Near Sodom, and around the southern extremity
of the Dead Sea, he found treacherous and concealed
chasms and " slime-pits," which made the travelling
exceedingly difiicult and dangerous. A camel, a
short time before De Saulcy's visit, had sunk into
one of these chasms and was lost. Several of his
horses sunk in these slime-pits, south of the sea:
one was lost, and all might have perished but for
the skilful guidance and precautions of his faithful
Arabs. Comp. Gen. xiv. 10.

After the warlike expedition in behalf of Lot, the
patriarch continued to lead a quiet pastoral life in
[.v. M. 2080+430=251 C]

the hill country of Judea, removing his flocks from
time to time from the neighbourhood of Mamre,
Hebron, to that of Beersheba. These places, the
favourite abodes of all the patriarchs, should be par-
ticularly noted as important landmarks in the his-
torical geography of the Scriptures.

HEBRON, KIRJATH AREA, MAMRE.

This city is situated among the mountains of
Judah, in a deep valley, twenty-two miles south
from Jerusalem, and twenty-five from Beersheba, in
a country abounding in pasturage, and vineyards
yielding the finest grapes in Palestine. From this
place the spies gathered the grapes of Eshcol, with
pomegranates and figs, as a specimen of the exceed-
ing good land which they were invited to go up and
possess. Num. xiii. 23. One of the oldest inhabited
cities in the world, it is, after Jerusalem, the largest
in Palestine, containing from 5000 to 8000 inhabit-
ants. Here Abraham purchased, of the sons of
Heth, the cave of Machpelah, as a burial-place for
his dead. Gen. xxiii. Here lived the patriarchs;
here they communed with God, and received the
promises; and here they were buried, with their
wives, and their sepulchre is here to this day, en-
closed in a Turkish mosque, 200 feet in length, by
115 in breadth, and 60 in height, which no Chris-
tian is permitted to enter.

Hebron was utterly destroyed by Joshua, Josh. x. ;
and given to Caleb for a possession, in reward for
his courage and trust in God. It was one of the
cities of refuge, and a Levitical city of the sons of
Aaron. Josh. xxi. 11. xx : 7.

David was here anointed king over Israel, and
made it, for seven years and six months, the seat of
his kingdom. 2 Sam. ii. 11. Abner also was here
assassinated by Joab, 2 Sam. iii. 27 ; and Absalom
made it his headquarters in his rebellion against his
father. 2 Sam. xv.

Rehoboam made it one of his fenced cities. It
was resettled after the captivity, and from that
period it disappears for many centuries from the
page of history.

BEERSHEBA.

This city, consecrated by sacred associations, is
twenty-five miles south-west from Hebron, in the
midst of a broad, undulating country on the borders
of the great desert. This region, before the drought
of summer, is overspread with verdure well suited
for the grazing of the vast herds of the patriarclis.
The place is identified by two wells, 55 rods distant
from each other, one 12 feet in diameter and 442
[B. C. 2010—130=1586.]

THE PERIOD OF THE PATRIARCHS.

deep; the other, 5 feet in diameter and 42 in depth.
The water is abundant, and of the best quality ; the
curbstones are deeply worn by the friction of the
ropes by which the water is drawn, and numerous
drinking-troughs of stone lie about the wells for the
accommodation of camels and flocks which resort
here, as in the days of Abraham, to quench their
thirst. The hills just north of the wells are over-
spread with ruins, which indicate that Beersheba
was once a large village.

Here, on the borders of the desert, dwelt the pa-
triarchs, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. Abraham
may have dug these very wells. Here he left his
family and his flocks, and journeyed with Isaac fifty
miles to Jerusalem, to offer him in sacrifice on
Mount Moriah. " From this place Jacob fled to
Padan Aram, after acquiring the birthright and
blessing belonging to his brother ; and here too he
sacrificed to the Lord, on setting off to meet his son
Joseph in Egypt. Here Samuel made his sons
judges; and from here Elijah wandered out into
the southern desert, and sat down under a shrub of
Retem, just as our Arabs sat down under it every
day and every night. Here was the border of Pa-
lestine proper, which extended from Dan [on the
extreme north] to Beersheba. Gen. xxi. 31 ; xxii.
19 ; xxvi. 23 ; xxviii. 10 ; xlvi. 1 ; 1 Sam. viii. 2 ;
1 Kings xix. 3 ; 2 Sam. xvii. 11. Over these smil-
ing hills the flocks of the patriarchs once roved by
thousands ; where now we found only a few camels,
asses and goats."*

Gerar, where Abraham and Isaac denied their
wives before Abimelech, Gen. xx. and xxvi., was in
this desert, near Gaza, one of the towns bordering
upon the desert.

WILDERNESS OF SHUR, AND THE ISHMAELITES.

This wilderness, toward which Hagar fled. Gen.
xvi. 7, and where, after being miraculously delivered
from death, she dwelt with Ishmael, Gen. xxi. 9-21,
was a portion of the great desert, Pharan, south and
west of Beersheba. This immense desert from
Shur along the coast of the Mediterranean to Ha-
vilah, the extreme south of Arabia, became theirs,
and has ever since been the desolate home of the
wild Arabs, the descendants of Ishmael, their hand
against every man, and every man's hand against
them.

EDOM, AND THE SONS OF ESAU.
The posterity of Esau inherited the mountains of

* Robinson's Researches, i. 302.
[A. M. 20864-430=2516.]

Edom, extending from the Dead Sea to the eastern
arm of the Red Sea, on the east of that immense
crevasse, now a deep and dreary valley, which
reaches from the one sea to the other. This moun-
tainous region, known also as Seir and Mount Seir,
contains many fertile valleys, sufficient to sustain the
dukes of Edom and the Edomites, who appear in
sacred history so oft^n, as the antagonists and foes
of the children of Israel, with whom they were in
frequent conflict. Comp. Gen. xxxvi.; Num. xx.
14-21 ; and references in the Index.

SONS OF KETURAH.

These descendants from Abraham received their
allotment in the desert of Arabia, east of the sons
of Esau, in Edom. Gen. xxv. 1-4. Here they be-
came the heads of various petty tribes and wander-
ing hordes; and blending with the tribes of Ish-
maelites that roved eastward over the deserts of
Arabia, they seem early to have become assimilated
with them as the inhabitants of those vast wastes.

Kedar, an Ishmaelitish horde, appears to have in-
habited the eastern portion of the desert near Ara-
bia. Mesech, among whom the Psalmist dwelt in
sorrow, inhabited the Caucasian mountains, west
of the Caspian Sea. The lamentation is not that he
dwells among these as contiguous tribes, but among
nations savage and barbarous as they. Ps. cxx. 5.

We now return to Isaac, the son of promise.
In the south country, the southern extremity of
Judea, endeared to him as his paternal inheritance,
this peaceable old man tended his vast flocks and
herds, roving from place to place for pasturage,
but lingering chiefly about Beersheba and Hebron.
The old age of this gentle, contemplative patriarch,
in addition to his blindness, was imbittered by the
quarrel of his sons Jacob and Esau ; but he lived to
see them reunited, and to enjoy, for more than
twenty years, the society of Jacob with his family
after his return from Padan Aram. Old and full of
years, at the age of 180 years, he died at Hebron,
and was buried by his sons in Machpelah, the sepul-
chre of Abraham and of Sarah.

The principal historical data in the lives of Abra-
ham and Isaac are comprehended in the following
summary : —

B. c. 2093. Abraham born. «

2018. Abraham, 75 years old, departs from Haran, to
which place he had previously gone from Ur of
the Chaldees, Gen. xi. 31-xii. 5 : comes to Si-
chem, thence to a place between Bethel and Ai :
thence advances southward, and, in consequence
2017. of a famine, descends into Egypt, where he
makes no long sta}', xii. Returns to JBetheL
[B. C. 2016— 430=1586.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

Lot separates from Abraham, xiii. At this time
the cities of the plain were revolted from Che-
dorlaomor, to whom they had been subject 12
B. C. 2016. years, xiv. 1. Chedorlaomer's invasion, and bat-
tle with the kings of these cities. Abraham res-
cues Lot. Melchizedek blesses him, xiv. The

WORD OF THE LORD COMES TO ABRAHAM: THE

Promise, xr.

2007. Abraham 86 y. Ishmael is born, xvi.

1994. Abraham 99 y. The covenant renewed: circum-
cision ordained, xvii. The visit of the Three
Angels, xviii. Destruction of Sodom, xix. Abra-
ham journeys southward; second denial of Sa-
rah, XX. (in Gerar.)

1993. Isaac is born, (in Beersheba,) xxi. Long sojourn
in the land of the Philistines, ver. 34. Abraham
offers up Isaac, xxii. The time is not specified :

1956. the next event is the death of Sarah, 127 y.
(Abraham 137 y.) xxiii.

1954. Isaac marries Rebekah, xxv. 20. Abraham mar-
ries Keturah.

1934. Esau and Jacob born, xxv. Isaac removes to
Gerar in consequence of a famine : denies his
wife, xxvi.

1918. Abraham dies, 175 y., xxv. 7.

1894. Esau, 40 y., marries, xxvi. 34.

1870. Ishmael dies, 137 y., xxv. 17.

1813. Isaac dies, 180 y.

Jacob, aged seventy-seven years, having fraudu-
lently obtained the blessing of Isaac, fled from Beer-
sheba to Haran, over the same country which
Abraham had traversed in coming thence. Glen.
xxviii., xxxii. Gilead, in which he held his final in-
terview with Laban, was the name of the country east
of Jordan, about the river Jabbok, midway between
the Sea of Galilee and the Dead Sea.

Gilead is often taken in the widest sense for the
whole land east of Jordan. Num. xxxii. 29 j Deut.
xxxiv. 1 J Judg. v. 17 J XX. 1 J 2 Sam. ii. 9; 1 Kings
iv. 19 ; 2 Kings x. 33.

Mizpeh, the place of the interview, was in Bashan,
south-east of the Sea of Galilee.

Mahauaim, where Jacob and Esau met, was near
the fords of the river Jabbok, an eastern tributary
of the Jordan, some sixty-five miles in length,
which in winter swells to a considerable size, but in
summer is almost dry. Esau came up from Edom,
south of the Dead Sea, to this place. Mahanaim,
in the distribution, fell to the tribe of Gad. Josh,
xiii. 26—30. Ishboshcth, Saul's son, was here made
king by Abner, 2 Sam. ii. 8; and David, driven
from his home by the treason of Absalom, fled also
to Mahanaim. 2 Sam. xvii. The battle between the
forces of David and Absalom, in which the latter
was slain, was fought in a place near Mahanaim,
which, for reasons which do not now appear, was
called the Woods of Ephraim. 2 Sam. xviii. 6. The
tjite of this ancient town has not been clearly iden-
tified. In the immediate vicinity are we to look
[A. M. 208G+430:=2516.]

also for Peniel, the encampment where Jacob wres-
tled with the angel of the covenant. Gen. xxxii. 30.

The next station of the patriarch was Succoth, a
city of Gad, on the east bank of Jordan, where he
passed over into Canaan. Between this and She-
chem was Shalim, which Dr. Robinson supposes to
have been in the eastern margin of the plain of
Moreh, over against Shechem.

The rape of Dinah and slaughter of the She-
chemites, Gen. xxxiv., the return to Bethel and
death of Deborah and Rachel at Ephrath Bethle-
hem,Gen. xxxv.are theprincipal incidents in there-
turn of Jacob with his family to Hebron.

DOTHAN.

Ten years after Jacob's settlement at Hebron,
Joseph is sold by his brethren into Egypt, at Do-
than. Dr. Robinson, in his late journey to Pales-
tine, has recovered this interesting locality, long
lost. He found a fine green hill, about twelve mile*
north by west from Samaria, in a broad and very
fertile plain, bearing still the name of Dothan.
There is a fountain at the southern base of the hill
Dothan. This site is on the caravan route from Beth-
shean, now Beisan, to Ramleh and Egypt, which
the Midianites would naturally have pursued. On
this plain, beyond a doubt, the brethren of Joseph
were tending their father's flocks, when they con-
spired against this " dreamer," the favourite of the
fond mourner their father, and sold him into Egypt.

Jacob, soon after the loss of Joseph, removes and
resides ten years himself at Shechem, so strongly
was this place endeared to the affectionate and sor-
rowful old man, who desired to linger out his life
here, saying, " I will go down to the grave to my
son, mourning."

After the dreadful tragedy at Shechem, Gen.
xxxiv., he removes, by divine direction, to Bethel,
where Deborah dies, and thence to Hebron, where
Rachel dies in giving birth to Benjamin, ten years
after the supposed death of Joseph. Two years
after this event, Isaac dies, aged 180 years, 1813
B. c, A. M. 2289, and 632 years after the Flood.

Joseph is now in prison in Egypt. Gen. xxxix.;
xl. Pharaoh's dream and Joseph's enlargement oc-
cur in the year following. Gen. xli.

B. c. 1805. Seven years of famine begin.

1804. First descent of Jacob's sons into Egypt. Gen. xiii.
1803. Second visit. Joseph discovers himself. Jacob

and his household descend into Egypt. Gen.

xliii. ; xliv. ; xiv. ; xlvi.
1786. Jacob dies, aged 147 years. Gen. xlvii.-l.
1732. Joseph dies, aged 110 years. Gen. 1. 26.
1666. Moses is born. Ex. ii.
1626. Moses (40 years old) flees to Midian.
[B. 0.2016—430=1586.]

THE PERIOD OF THE PATRIARCHS.

EGYPT AND HER CITIES.

We have neither time nor space to touch upon
the history, geography, and wonderful monuments
of this extraordinary land ; but some of its ancient
cities, which frequently occur in Jewish history, and
in the denunciations of the prophets, require in this
place a brief notice.

SIN, PELUSIUM.

This city, " the strength of Egypt," Ezek. xxx.
16, was situated on the eastern or Pelusiac arm of
the Nile, at a little distance from the sea, now in
the midst of salt marshes and morasses, on the line
of the travel and trade from the eastern coast of the
Mediterranean, Palestine, and the Euphrates. By
reason of its position as the key of Egypt, the bul-
wark of its eastern frontier, as well as by its vast
extent, its great wealth, and its strong fortifications,
it was a place of great consequence. Its importance
may be inferred from the frequent references to it
in ancient history, of which Winer has collected
many from Strabo, Herodotus, Pliny, Polybius, Dio-
dorus Siculus, Plutarch, Livy, Josephus, &c. Pom-
pey the Great was treacherously murdered here by
order of Ptolemy, whose protection he sought in his
distress.

God, according to his word by the prophet, has
poured out his fury upon the " strength of Egypt."
Its remains are now only some rude mounds and a
few fallen columns. These are approachable by
boats only in the overflowing of the Nile ; and by
land only in the drought of summer. The climate
is very unwholesome, and the place is seldom visited
by travellers.

ZOAN.

Zoan is a city of great antiquity, having been
built only seven years later than Hebron. Num. xiii.
22. It was situated on an easlern branch of the
Nile, in the Delta, a short distance south of the sea
of Menzaleh, and some thirty miles west from Sin, or
Pelusium, and was one of the oldest cities in Egypt.
" The field of Zoan," the fine alluvial plain around
the city, described as the scene of God's marvellous
works in the time of Moses, Ps. Ixxviii. 12, 43, is
now a barren waste ; but the city is supposed by
many to have been the residence of the Pharaohs,
of Joseph and of Moses in the period of the bondage.
The ground is overspread with extensive ruins, re-
mains of temples, fragments of walls, columns, and
fallen obelisks, which still attest the grandeur of
this ancient city of the Pharaohs. " A fire has been
[A.M. 2086+430=2516.]

set in Zoan," Ezek. xxx. 14, and few now visit this
scene of hopeless desolation.

TAHPANHES, BETH-SHEMESH,

Jeremiah in his prophecy against Egypt, chap,
xliii., specifies two cities as particularly subjects of
Divine displeasure, Tahpanhes and Beth-shemesb.
The first of these was a large city on the eastern or
Pelusiac arm of the Nile, sixteen miles above Pelu-
sium. Here a colony of the Jews settled, who fled
into Egypt after the murder of Gedaliah. It is
several times mentioned by the prophets, Isa. xxx. 4 ;
Jer. ii. 16; xlvi. 14; xliv. 1 ; Ezek. xxx. 18; and is
known in profane history under the name of Daphne.

Beth-shemesh, known as On, the city of the priest
whose daughter Joseph married, Gen. xli. 45, and
by the Scptuagint identical with Aven of Ezekiel,
Ezek. xxx. 17, is the ancient Heliopolis, "City of
the Sun," of Herodotus. It is seven or eight miles
north-north-east from Cairo.

It was famous for the Temple of the Sun, and
many other magnificent structures, all of which have
crumbled down to an indiscriminate heap of ruins, and
are covered with the sands of the desert, which have
encroached upon the city and buried it in the grave.
One lone obelisk towers aloft in solitary grandeur,
as a sepulchral monument of the city which for
thousands of years has lain entombed at its base.

This venerable monument is covered with hiero-
glyphics, which record the name of Osirtasen the
First, who is regarded by the learned as that Pha-
raoh to whom Joseph interpreted his dream, and
who so kindly honoured him and hospitably enter-
tained the venerable patriarch Jacob and his family.
According to Lepsius, this venerable mounument was
erected 2300 years B. c.

The traveller, therefore, here gazes upon the
same lofty spire which more than four thousand
years ago may have first caught the eye of that an-
cient patriarch, while yet far away out in the desert ;
and which greeted his approach to the city of the
Pharaohs.

This obelisk, a single shaft, is sixty-two feet in
height, and six feet square at the base, which rests
on a pedestal ten feet square and two thick, and
this again lies upon a second pedestal, nineteen feet
square, but its depth has not been ascertained. If
this lower pedestal is a solid cube, the entire height
of the pillar must have been more than eighty feet.

Near this obelisk is an ancient sycamore-tree, be-
neath which tradition relates that the holy family
of Joseph and Mary reclined when they went down
into Egypt.

[B.C. 2010— 430=1586]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

In his rebuke of the Jews who dwelt in the seve-
ral cities of Egypt, the prophet, chap. xliv. 1, begins
his survey with Migdol, on the eastern border of the
country; then turns westward to Tahpanhes, then
south up the Nile to Noph, or Memphis, in Central
Kgypt, and ends with the country of Pathros or
Thebais, farther up the Nile, in Upper Egypt.

MOPH, MEMPHIS.

Noph, called also Moph, Hos. ix. 6, whose infatu-
ated princes " seduced Egypt," Isa. xix. 13, was the
Memphis of ancient geographers and historians. It
was a large and flourishing city in the time of the
pati'iarchs.

It was situated on the west side of the Nile, a
short distance above Cairo, and near the pyramids.
These pyramids, and the immense depositories of
the dead in these regions, are only a vast necropolis
of this renowned city. Even its immense and mag-
nificent ruins, which Arabian writers of the twelfth
and thirteenth centuries describe, have almost en-
tirely disappeared. Once a city of fifteen or twenty
miles in circumference, it has nothing now to mark
it out but a few mounds, a colossal statue of Ra-
moses the Great, a small figure of red granite,
greatly mutilated, and a few foundations. It is
with the learned an unsettled question whether
Noph or Zoan was the residence of the Pharaohs
when Joseph was the favourite of the court, and
during the bondage of Israel. But this great city,
once one of the most populous of Egypt, is now, as
was predicted of it, waste and desolate, without an
inhabitant. Jer. xlvi. 19.

Near Memphis immense underground galleries,
cut from the solid rock, have been found, 600 yards
long, 12 or 15 feet wide, and 10 or 12 high. In
these are found vast sarcophagi, each carved from a
single block, 15 feet long, 9 in width and height, ex-
clusive of the cover, which is 2^, and 3 feet thick.
The sides, a foot thick, finely polished externally,
and covered with hieroglyphics. But no mummy
or body of any kind is found in them. It is sug-
gested that they may be cenotaphs of the god Apis,
and are believed to be very ancient.

CITY OF NO.

In announcing the judgments which were to be
executed on Egypt, the prophet instances the " mul-
titude of No," as subjects of Divine punishment.
This is the magnificent city of Thebes, in Upper
Egypt, 500 miles above Cairo, at once the most an-
cient and most vast and stupendous in its ruins of
[A.M. 2086 f 430=2516.]

all the desolate cities of antiquity. Thousands have
visited these ruins, and volumes have been written
in description of them ; but no power of the pen or
pencil can give any adequate conception of their
matchless grandeur.

All that was imposing in the structures even of
Babylon and Nineveh sinks into insignificance in
comparison with them ; and yet Thebes was in ruina
before either of these cities flourished. " Art thou
better than populous No ?" says Nahum, when de-
livering the burden of Nineveh, more than 700 B. c.
"She was carried away; she went into captivity;
her young children also were dashed in pieces at the
top of all her streets; and they cast lots for her
honourable men, and all her great men were bound
in chains." Nah. iii. 8-10 ; comp. Ezek. xxx. 14 j
Jer. xlvi. 25. Homer describes Thebes as

The world's great empress on the Egyptian plains ;
That spreads her conquests o'er a thousand states,
And pours her heroes through a hundred gates.

We must dismiss this subject by referring the
reader to the descriptions of traveller, Drs. Robin-
son, Durbin, Olin, and others, for an account of the
wonderful remains and ruins of this city.

SYENE.

This city was at the foot of the cataracts of th<^
Nile, the head of navigation. It had a noble site,
on a high blufi" of granite, which overhangs the river
at the height of 80 or 100 feet. There is there an
immense accumulation of rubbish, the remains of
structures of difierent ages, which in succession have
arisen and fallen one upon another, as an immense
forest in the lapse of time arises, flourishes, and falls,
to give place to another, and others still in long suc-
cession. The walls are strong and massive, but they
enclose no splendid remains of architecture. Some
are said to have been discovered by excavations, but
they have been removed or buried again in the sand
or rubbish. A number of poor people now live in
the ruinous apartments of the ancient city many
feet below the present surface.

In the immediate vicinity are found the immense
quarries of red granite from which were taken the
towering obelisks and pillars of ancient Egypt, those
stupendous monuments of the skill and power of the
mighty people whom they commemorate.

Syene has been in all ages the southern limit of
Egypt. Under every government, native or foreign,
it has possessed great importance as a military post
and commercial depot. In this city was the famous
well of Strabo, into which the rays of a vertical sun
were reported to fall during the summer solstice — a
[B.C.2016— 430=:1586.]

THE PERIOD OF THE PATRIARCHS.

sircumstance, says tlie geographer, that proves tlie
place " to lie under the tropic, the gnomon at mid-
day casting no shadow." No traces, however, of
Buch a well have been discovered, neither does it lie
under the tropic, but four degrees north of it.

In this hasty survey of this ancient kingdom, from
Pelusium, the " strength of Egypt," to the town of
Syene, we observe it overspread with stupendous
monuments of human greatness and heaven's aveng-
ing justice. The wreck of Egypt's grandeur is one
vast ' monument of the vengeance of an angry God.
On the memorials of her ruined cities, on their
thousand prostrate pillars, we see inscribed the awful
lesson of his providence verifying the predictions of
his prophets : " The pride of her power shall
come down. From the tower of Syene • shall they
fall in it by the sword, saith the Lord God. And
they shall be desolate ia the midst of the countries
that are desolate, and her cities shall be in the
midst of the cities that are wasted." Ezek. xxx. 6, 7.

THE LAND OP GOSHEN.

On going down into Egypt, the whole caravan of
Jacob and his sons, with their families, halted on the
eastern borders of the land of Goshen, a fertile graz-
ing country. Num. xi. 5, Deut. xi. 10, east of the
Nile, well suited to the occupation of the sons of
Jacob, Avhose trade had been about cattle from their
youth. Gen. xlvi. 34; xlvii. 11. From this country
tiiey sent forward one of their number to notify the
governor of their coming. Joseph hastened from
the coui't of Pharaoh to meet his brethren in the
land of Goshen. This province now became the
residence of the descendants of Jacob for two hun-
dred years. Here, in process of time, they were
subjected, for more than eighty years, to a cruel
oppression under Egyptian taskmasters. Here were
wrought those stupendous miracles, denominated the
Plagues of Egypt, which subdued the proud heart
of Pharaoh, and compelled him to let the people go.

SCRIPTURAL ASSOCIATIONS AND INCIDENTS.

Egypt, the "land of ancient kings," is rich in
sacred associations. Abraham and Sarah flee there
for food when the famine is sore in the land. Jo-
seph enters it a slave, and rises to the dignity of a
sovereign. The family of Jacob reside in it for
more than 200 years, and are led out by a high
hand and an outstretched arm. Solomon marries
the daughter of her sovereign. Shishak carries his
arms into Judea, takes Jerusalem, and carries away
' " the treasures of the house of the Lord and of the
4 [A. M. 2086+430=.2516.]

king's house," 1 Kings xiv. 25-27, whose name is
still recorded at Thebes as "king of tlie country of
Judah." Zerah, "the Ethiopian," with his army
of 1300 chariots, is smitten by the Lord before Asa
and Judah. 2 Chron. xiv. 9-13. Tirhakah, "king
of Ethiopia," and Necho, king of Egypt, who over-
threw Josiah in the valley Megiddo, are mentioned
by the sacred; historians. Several of the later Pha-
raohs become the confederates of the kings of Judah
and Israel, and one gives to the world the oldest
translation of the Hebrew Bible. Many Hebrews,
with the prophet Jeremiah, flee to Egypt, where the
Lord "kindles a fire in the houses of the gods and
burns them." And the child Jesus consecrates it by
his presence as a holy land. The Lord hath blest
it, saying, " Blessed be Egypt my people, and As-
syria the work of my hands, and Israel my inherit-
ance." Isa. xix. 25.

DEATH AND BURIAL OP JACOB. B. C. 1786.

To prevent any interference from the Philistines,
the funeral procession that went out from Egypt to
conduct the remains of Jacob to their final restinor-
place in the cave of Machpelah, appear to have pro-
ceeded east, across the great desert, passing through
Edom and Moab, east of the Dead Sea, and entering
Judea at the mouth of the Jordan, over against
Jericho. Here, at the threshing-floor of Atad, they
began their mourning, thus indicating the peaceable
and melancholy errand on which this imposing caval-
cade had entered the land. Comp. Gen. 1.

CHRONOLOGICAL DATA.

"Now the sojourning of the children of Israel
who dwelt in Egypt, was four hundred and thirty-
years." Ex. xii. 40-42, 51. These 430 years are
reckoned, not from the Descent into Egypt, but from
the beginning of the sojourning of Abraham in
Canaan, or from his going down into Egypt. This
was 23 or 24 years before the birth of Isaac : add
60 years to the birth of Jacob, 130 years to the De-
scent j from the Descent to the Exode, 217.

These several periods added equal 430 years :
23 + 60 + 130 + 217 = 430. The Exode, ac-
cording to this chronology, was the fulfilment of the
promise recorded in the fifteenth chapter of Genesis,
13th and 14th verses : " Know of a surety that thy
seed shall be a stranger in a land that is not
theirs, and shall serve them; and they shall afiiict
them four hundred years; and also that nation
whom they shall serve, will I judge; and afterward
shall they come out with great substance."
[B. C. 2016—430=1586.]

TEXT BOOK AND AT J, AS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

It may be well to note in this connection some
other important dates in the history of the Old Testa-
ment. In round numbers, the period from the Crea-
tion to the Christian era may be reckoned 4000 years.
In the middle of this period stands Abraham, 2000
years from Adam, 2000 before Christ. Abraham
also divides the period from the Flood to the Ex-
ode, 860 years, into two equal parts : from the
Flood, 2446 b. c, to the Promise, Gen. xv., 2016
B C, are 430 years; from this to the Exode, 1586
B c, are also 430 years. This period again is bi-
sected, or nearly so, by Jacob's Descent into Egypt.
From the Promise, 2016 b. c, to the Descent, 1803
B. C, are 213; from the Descent to the Exode, 217.

From Joshua to Samuel, the period of the Theo-
cracy, 1546 — 1096 = 450; from David to the Ba-
bylonish Captivity — the period of the Monarchy —
] 056 — 606 = 450. The Theocracy and the Mo-
narchy were exactly equal. Again, add to this pe-

riod of 450 years that of Samuel and Saul, 40 j i.ar<,
during which time also Jehovah was disowned as
king in Israel, and the sum 490 = 70 X 7. That
is the 70 years of the Captivity, during which time
the land had rest and kept her sabbaths, is exactly
equal to the 70 sabbatical years of the revolt from
Jehovah's rule over Israel.

Moreover, the continuation of the Mosaic Dispen-
sation from the Exode, 1586, to the burning of the
second temple, A. d. 70 = 1656, is exactly the pe-
riod before the Flood. So also the period from the
Creation to the Promise, 1656 -f 430 = 2086, is
exactly parallel to that from the Promise to the end of
the Mosaic Dispensation; to the Exode 430, -}- 1656
from that time to the burning of the temple, = 2086.
Such are the curious and interesting parallelisms
which are derived from the chronology of the Scrip-
tures, by which we may easily establish in our minds
the important dates of Scripture history.

CHAPTER IV.

THE PERIOD OF THE WANDERING; FROM THE EXODE TO THE PASSAGE OVER JORDAN, 40 TEARS.
A. M. 2516 + 40 = 2556. b. c. 1586 — 40 = 1546.

Sixty-six years intervened between the death of
Joseph and the birth of Moses. During this inter-
val another king arose, who knew not Joseph. This
king made the lives of the Israelites bitter with hard
bondage. It was his oppressive policy to break up
the nomadic habits of these Israelites, to compel
them to dwell in permanent habitations, in towns
and cities, to conform to the customs of the country,
and also to reduce the number of this roving
people. To accomplish these designs, he made rigo-
rous exactions upon the Israelites of brick and of
mortar. He compelled them to build in their ter-
ritories two treasure cities, Pithom and Rameses, or
Raamses, as places of deposit for stores for the sup-
port and government of the people. The first of
these was on the eastern branch of the Nile, on the
borders of the land of Goshen ; the other in the in-
terior, midway between the Nile and the Isthmus
of Suez, and thirty or thirty-five miles from the
head of the gulf of the same name.

THE EXODE. B. C. 1586,

Taking their departure from this place, after their
miraculous deliverance from the bondage of Pha-
raoh, the Israelites encamped the first night at Suc-
[A. M. 2516-f40=255G.]

coth, Ex. xii. 37, Num. xxxiii. 3, 5, midway be-
tween Rameses and the borders of the desert north
of the Red Sea. Their next journey brought them
near to this desert, here known by the name of
Etham. Ex. xiii. 20; Num. xxxiii. 6. Three miles
from Suez there is a watering-place which supplies
the town with water, and nine miles north-west from
this is a well 250 feet in depth. These places pro-
bably indicate the borders of that portion of the great
desert above and about Suez, which is here called
Etham.

Here, instead of passing around the head-waters
of the Red Sea, or crossing the fords of it at Suez,
the children of Israel directed their course, by
divine direction, down the western shore of the sea,
and encamped before " Pihahiroth, between Migdol
and the sea, over against Baal-zephon." Ex. xiv. 2 ;
Num. xxxiii. 7.

The place of this encampment cannot well be de-
fined. Below Suez, at the distance of eight or ten
miles, the chain of mountains which runs from
Cairo to the Red Sea terminates in the lofty, frown-
ing bluff of the Ataka. South of this, twelve or
fifteen miles from Suez, is the head of a valley, long
and narrow, which leads from Cairo to the sea along
the south side of this chain of mountains. From
[B. C. 1586—40=1540.]

THE PERIOD OF 'JIIE WANDERING.

Etham the Israelites might have made their way
to this valley by a circuit around the Ataka,
through a pass in the mountains west of it, or they
might have passed under its cliffs, between its base
and the shore. Here in this valley they would find
themselves hopelessly " entangled in the land," and
shut in by the wilderness. Before them, the sea;
on the right, frightful and interminable mountains
and deserts; on the left, the Ataka, "Mountain of
Deliverance," '' lofty and dark ;" behind them, the
valley leading up to the capital of Egypt, and open-
ing a way for the pursuit of Pharaoh, with an or-
ganized military force and 600 chariots of war, —
their destruction would seem inevitable except the
Lord wrought for them deliverance.

It is not probable that either of the places above
mentioned, or the exact place of the passage of the
Israelites through the sea, will ever be determined.
It seems most in harmony with the sacred narrative
to suppose the passage to have been made at the
place already intimated, beyond the Ataka, ten miles
more or less below Suez, and where the sea is eight
or ten miles in width ; and that Migdol, Pihahiroth,
and Baal-zephon are localities in the neighbourhood.
May not the mountains on the right and left, and
the pass to this secluded plain, be designated by
these names respectively ?

DESERTS OF SHUR, ETHAM, AND ARABIA.

The children of Israel came up on the eastern
shore of the Red Sea into the desert of Shur, Ex.
XV. 22, which in Num. xxxiii. 6, is the desert of
Etham. Shur designates the north-western portion
of the great desert of Arabia from the north-eastern
shore of the Red Sea, along the Mediterranean Sea,
the land of the Philistines, and Southern Judea.
Etham seems to be restricted to a smaller extent
above and below Suez.

The immense desert of Arabia, of which Shur and
Etham are only a small part, extends from the Nile,
in Lower Egypt, to the Euphrates, a distance of one
thousand miles from west to east. The remarkable
valley of Akabah, and the mountains of Edom, east
of it, separate this desert into two great divisions,
Arabia Deserta on the east, and Arabia Petraea on
the west. The northern boundary of the latter ex-
tends from the eastern mouth of the Nile, along the
Mediterranean to Gaza, and thence to the southern
extremity of the Dead Sea, forming the base of a
vast triangular desert, in the opposite angle of
which, between the Red Sea and the Ailanitic Gulf,
are the mountains of Sinai.

[A. M. 2516+40=2556.]

THE SINAITIC GROUP.

These mountains, comprising the triangular penin-
sula between the two arms of the Red Sea, consist
of an innumerable multitude of sharp rocky sum-
mits, thrown together in wild confu!?ion, rising to
different heights, leafless and barren, without the
least trace of verdure to relieve the stern and awful
features of the prospect. The rocks which bound
the deep, narrow, tortuous ravines between the
mountains, are basalt, sandstone, and granite, va-
riegated with an endless variety of hues, from the
brightest yellow to the deepest green.

The view from one of these summits presents a
perfect " sea of desolation," without a parallel on
the face of the earth. The valleys between the
summits sink into deep and narrow ravines, with
perpendicular sides of several hundred feet in height,
forming a maze of irregular defiles, which can be
securely traversed only by the wild Arab, who has
his habitation in the " clefts of the valleys," amid
these eternal solitudes.

Toward the north, this wilderness of mountains
slopes down in an irregular curvilinear line, which
turns outward like a crescent, and runs off, on the
one hand, toward the head of the eastern gulf of the
Red Sea, and on the other, north-west, toward the
the western extremity of this sea itself, near the
gulf of Suez, at the head of which is the modern
town and port of Suez. This long, irregular crescent
marks the outline of a high chain of mountains,
Et-Tih, extending eastward from the Red Sea, south
of Suez, in a continued range to the Ailanitic Gulf,
a distance of 150 miles, which forms the southern
abutment of a high table-land, a vast desert, utterly
desolate and barren, lying high above the adjacent
waters, with a slight inclination to the north, toward
the Mediterranean Sea.

The surface of this elevated plain is overspread
with a coarse gravel mingled with black flintstone,
interspersed occasionally with drifting sand; and
only diversified with occasional ridges and summits
of barren chalk-hills. In the time of Moses it was
a great and terrible wilderness; and from time im-
memorial it has been a waste, howling desert, with-
out rivers, or fountains, or verdure, to alleviate the
horrors of its desolation.

But we must suppose that this desert was once
supplied, in some measure, both with water and
with vegetation. The brethren of Joseph repeat-
edly traversed it from Hebron to Egypt with asses.
Gen. xlii. 26; xliii. 24. When the country was
suffering with extreme dearth, Jacob and his sona
[B. C. 1586—40=1546.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

went down with their JlocJcs and their herds. Gen.
xlvii. 1. But no animal save the camel is now able
to pass over the same route.

The Israelites, to the number of two millions,
with their flocks and their herds, Ex. x. 9, inhabited
portions of this wilderness for forty years, where
now they could not subsist a week without drawing
supplies both of water and of provisions from a
great distance.

FROM SUEZ TO MOUNT SINAI.

Below Suez, the table-land of the desert breaks
abruptly off toward the Ked Sea, into a rugged line
of mountains, running south by east, at the distance
of eight and ten miles from the shore. Along the
interval between the brow of these mountains and
the shore, lay the route of the Israelites. On the
eastern shore of the Red Sea, a short distance below
Suez, are several springs of brackish water, called
Ayun Mousa, the Fountains of Moses, where Moses
is supposed to have indited his triumphal song. Ex.
XV. 1-22.

The course of the Israelites now lay, for some dis-
tance, down the eastern shore of the Red Sea, be-
tween the coast on the right, and the mountainous
ridge on the left. Down this coast they went three
days' journey in the wilderness, and found no water
until they came to Marah, the waters of which were
so bitter that they could not drink them. Here
their murmurings were stilled by the miraculous
healing of the waters. Ex. xv. 22-25. These waters
are still found forty miles below the Fountains of
Moses, so salt and so bitter that even the camel re-
fuses, unless very thirsty, to drink them.

Elim, where were twelve wells of water and three-
score and ten palm-trees, Ex. xv. 27, was six miles
from Marah. Here is still found an abundant sup-
ply of water, some tillage land, several varieties of
shrubs and plants, and a few palm-trees.

The next encampment was by the Red Sea. Num.
xxxiii. 10. At Elim the plain of the coast is inter-
rupted by irregular broken eminences of a mountain
ridge or spur that comes from the mountains on the
left, and juts out, by high, precipitous bluffs, into
the sea. Extending for some distance along the
coast, it presents, toward the sea, a series of head-
lands, "black, desolate, and picturesque." Turn-
ing off from the coast, the traveller passes by a cir-
cuitous route around one or two of these headlands,
and then turns into a valley, which leads again
directly down to the sea, where he pursues his course
along the beach, under high bluffs on the left,
until he comes into " an extensive triangular plain,"
[A. M. 2516+40=2556.]

called the Valley of Ease, in which we recognise the
encampment of the Israelites "by the sea," distant
fifteen or twenty miles from Elim.

WILDERNESS OF SIN.

Near the last station the coast again becomes an
extensive desert, running far down toward the ex-
tremities of the peninsula. This desolate region is
clearly identified as the Wilderness of Sin, where the
Israelites are next found. Ex. xvii. 1 ; Num. xxxiii.
11. Burckhardt describes it "as a frightful de-
sert, almost wholly without vegetation." It ex-
tends in a long, narrow plain, between the coast
and the mountains, almost to the termination of the
peninsula.

This wilderness is memorable as the place where,
in answer to their murmurings, the Israelites were,
for the first time, miraculously fed with quails, to
appease their lusting after the flesh-pots of Egypt.
Ex. xvi.

Here, also, they were first fed with manna, that
bread of heaven, which they continued to eat for
forty years, until they reached the land of promise
and ate of the corn of that land.

From their station at the northern pai-t of the
Wilderness of Sin, the Israelites might pursue differ-
ent routes to Mount Sinai. They might turn ob-
liquely to the left, and follow through winding val-
leys that run between the mountains, a long, narrow,
difficult, and devious way, up to the central group
of Sinai; or they might follow the plain of this
wilderness along the coast, in a broader, easier path-
way for such a multitude, until they came down op-
posite Sinai, near the modern city of Tur or Tor,
and then turn at a right angle up one or more of
the valleys which lead down from Sinai to the coast.
From this place a march of two days among the
mountains would bring them to the base of Sinai.

One or the other of these routes the Israelites are
generally supposed to have pursued, according to the
position which they are presumed to have occupied
at the giving of the law from Sinai. Dr. Robinson
supposes them to have approached Sinai by the first
route ; and, at the giving of the law, to have occu-
pied a plain lying around the northern base of the
Mount of God, now known as Mount Horeb, of
which he has given a very graphic and impressive
description. In detailing his own approach to the
Mount in the same direction, he says —

" As we advanced, the valley still opened wider

and wider, with a gentle ascent, and became full of

shrubs and tufts of herbs, shut in on each side by

lofty granite ridges, with rugged, shattered peaks, a

[B. C. 1586— 40:^=1546.]

THE PERIOD OF THE WANDERING.

thousand feet liigh, while the face of Horeb rose
directly before us. Both my companion and myself
involuntarily exclaimed/' Here is room enough for
a large encampment !'

" Reaching the top of the ascent, or water-shed,
a fine, broad plain lay before us, sloping down
gently toward the south south-east, enclosed by
rugged and venerable mountains of dark granite,
stern, naked, splintered peaks and ridges of inde-
scribable grandeur; and terminated, at a distance
of more than a mile, by the bold and awful front of
Iloreb, rising perpendicularly in frowning majesty,
from twelve to fifteen hundred feet in height. It
was a scene of solemn grandeur, wholly unexpected,
and such as we had never seen ; and the associations
which at the moment rushed upon our minds, were
almost overwhelming."

" Our conviction was strengthened that here, or
on some of the adjacent cliffs, was the spot where
the Lord descended in fire,' and proclaimed, the
law. Here lay the plain where the whole congre-
gation might be assembled; here was the mount
that could, be approached, if not forbidden; and
here the mountain brow, where alone the lightnings
and the thick cloud would be visible, and the thun-
ders and the voice of the trump be heard, when the
Lord ' came down in the sight of all the people upon
Mount Sinai.'

" We gave ourselves up to the impressions of the
awful scene; and read, with a feeling that will
never be forgotten, the sublime account of the trans-
action, and the commandments there promulgated,
in the original words as recorded by the great He-
brew legislator."*

Other and more recent travellers than Dr. Robin-
son have explored, more carefully, the valleys and
plains around the southern base of Sinai, where they
find a larger and more convenient area for the en-
campment of so great a multitude; and from which
the loftier brow of Si7iai, in distinction from that
of Horeh, may be distinctly seen at a greater dis-
tance. This southern plain, though having less of
the stern and awful features which belong to that
described by Dr. Robinson, may, perhaps with
greater probability, be assumed as the actual station
of the children of Israel. Moses had for forty years
led a pastoral life in this region, during which time
he must have become acquainted with all the passes
among these mountains, and doubtless selected that
which was the most eligible for the multitude.
From Tur there is a caravan route across the desert
northward, leading directly by the southern base of

* EiLlical Researches, vol. i. pages 129-30, 158.
[A.M. 2516+40=2556.]

Sinai, which from time immemorial has been more
or less frequented.

ALUSH, DOPHKAH, AND REPHIDIM.

Between the station last mentioned, at the en-
trance into the Wilderness of Sin, and the encamp-
ment at Sinai, three intervening stations are men-
tioned, Alush, Dophkah, and Rephidim. Num. xxxiii.
12, 13. These localities are irrecoverably lost. Re-
phidim was evidently near or within the Sinaitic
group, and apparently within a day's march of the
Mount of God. Here the children of Israel were
met by a predatory horde of Amalekites, assembled
to arrest the progress of that vast multitude of immi-
grants who were advancing as if to take possession
of their strongholds among the fastnesses of these
mountains. The result of this conflict was the de-
feat of the enemy in answer to the prayers of Moses.
Ex. xvii. The murmuring of the children of Israel,
their miraculous supply of water from the rock at
Horeb, the visit of Jethro the father-in-law of Moses,
Ex, xviii., and the establishment of subordinate
courts of justice, according to his advice, are all in-
cidents of great interest which transpired while the
children of Israel were lingering at Rephidim,

Their next station was at the Mount of God.
Their deliverance was miraculous. The depths had
congealed in the heart of the sea ; the floods had
stood upright as a heap to open the way for them
through the great waters. The pillar of cloud had
directed their march. The bread of heaven had fed
them by the way, and rivers of water had flowed
from the rock to quench their thirst. The Lord
God, glorious in holiness, fearful in praises, was
their Redeemer, whose law they were now to receive
from Sinai, and in whose goodness they were to put
their trust.

AVhen Egypt's king God's chosen tribe pursued,

In crystal walls the admiring waters stood :

"When through the desert wild they took their way,

The rocks relented and poured forth a sea :

What limit can Almighty goodness know,

When seas can harden, and when rocks can flow ?

MOUNTS HOREB AND SINAI.

The mountain from which the law was given is
denominated Horeb in Deut. i. 6 ; iv. 10, 15 ; v. 2 ;
xviii. 16. In other books of the Pentateuch it is
called Sinai. At this time Horeb appears to be the
generic term for the group, and Sinai the name for
a single mountain. At a later period, Sinai becomes
a general name. Acts vii. 3.0-38 ; Gal. iv. 24. As
specific names they are now applied to two opposita
[B. C. 1586— 40=1516.1

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

summits of an isolated, oblong, central ridge, about
two miles in length, from north to south, in the
midst of a confused group of mountain summits.

Modern Horeb is the frowning, awful cliff at the
northern extremity, described by Dr. Robinson as
overhanging the plain, Er-Rahah, and from which
he supposes the law to have been given.

Sinai, the Mount of Moses, rises in loftier, sterner
grandeur at the southern extremity. This overlooks
the plain at the south ; and, on the supposition that
this was the station of the Israelites, must be the
summit on which the Lord " descended in fire" to
give laws to Israel. The distance between the two
summits of Sinai and Horeb is about three miles.
The former is more than 7000 feet above the level
of the sea, about 2000 above that of the plains at
the base, and 400 or 500 higher than Horeb.

A deep, irregular, and narrow defile sweeps around
the entire base of this oblong mountain, which sup-
ports the heights of Horeb and Sinai, as if the Al-
mighty himself had set bounds around the Holy
Mount and sanctified it. Even the mountains round
about, which seem crowded together in wild con-
fusion, as if in mute amazement at the scene when
the Lord descended in fire upon the mount, " and
the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a fur-
nace, and the whole mount quaked greatly" — even
these mountains are cut oflF from any immediate
communication with this Mount of God.

Mount Sinai is situated above the 28 th degree of
north latitude, about 120 miles from Suez, and
near 100 from the head of the eastern gulf of the
lied Sea.

The children of Israel left on the fifteenth day of
the first month of the second year, or about the
middle of April, and reached Sinai on the third
month, Ex. xix. 1, having been apparently just
three months on the way, and made a journey of
about two hundred miles. At Sinai they remained
during all the transactions recorded in Exodus, from
the eighteenth chapter to the end, and in Leviticus,
and the first nine chapters of Numbers. In these
transactions they were occupied a little less than a
year.

During this time their theocracy was fully es-
tablished; Jehovah himself was constituted their
King; his law was promulgated in dreadful solem-
nity from the mount, and committed to them as
written by the finger of God ; their government was
duly organized, their national laws and institutions
were established, to separate them from all other
nations as the future depositories of the oracles of
God; the tabernacle was set up for the palace of
[A. M. 2516+40=2556.]

their King, Jehovah ; and the regular service of hia
court was established.

In this interval of time they were severely re
buked for their defection from their God and Kinf
in the worship of the golden calf; the sanctions of
the law were solemnly repeated; the people were
numbered and mustered for war ; the order of en-
camping, breaking up, and marching was accurately
settled; and the whole constitution of the state
completed.

The twelve tribes, in their marches and encamp-
ments, formed a square, facing the cardinal points,
with the tabernacle in the centre, surrounded by the
tribe of Levi, and the carriers and attendants.

Moses had been a wandering shepherd for forty
years in this region ; and, on this same mount, had
received from Jehovah appearing to him in the
burning bush, Ex. iii., his commission for the de-
liverance of his people. He was therefore well pre-
pared, by his intimate acquaintance with the coun-
try, to conduct the thousands of Israel in their
perilous march through this terrible wilderness.

He also took with him, as a guide, his brother-
in-law, Hobab, who was well acquainted with the
situation of the fountains, wells, and pastures of
that region, and might direct the people in the
foraging excursions which they would have occasion
continually to make, in order to supply water and
provisions for themselves and their flocks and herds.
Num. X. 29-32. The descendants of Hobab from
this time remained among the Hebrews.

Their marches and encampments in all their sub-
sequent wanderings were directed by Jehovah, their
King. A cloud, in token of his presence, covered
the tabernacle by day; "and at even, there was upon
the tabernacle as it were the appearance of fire until
the morning."

So it was always ; the cloud covered it by day,
and the appearance of fire by night. Num. ix. 15, 16.
The rising of this cloud was the signal for them to
advance, as this, overhanging the tabernacle, should
lead the way ; and the settling of the cloud upon the
tabernacle was, again, the signal for them to encamp.

On the twentieth day of the second month of the
second year after their departure, the cloud was
taken up from ofi" the tabernacle of the testimony,
and the children of Israel, taking their departure
from out the Wilderness of Sinai, came by three
days' journey into the Wilderness of Paran. Num.
X. 11-36. Burckhardt supposes the rocky wilder-
ness of the upper nucleus of Sinai, to be the Desert
of Sinai, so often mentioned in the wanderings of
the Israelites.

[B.C. 1586— 40=1546.]

THE PERIOD OF THE WANDERING.

WILDERNESS OP PARAN.

And it came to pass on the twentieth day of the
second month in the second year [from their depart-
ure out of Egypt] that the cloud was taken up from
off the tabernacle of the testimony, and the children
of Israel took their journeys out of the Wilderness
of Sinai, and the cloud rested in the Wilderness of
Paran. Num. x. 11, 12. A journey of three days
brings them into the wilderness of Paran. Where,
then, is this wilderness? Its southern limits are
within three days' march of Sinai ; its northern is
near Beersheba and Kadesh, on the southern borders
of Canaan. Gen. xxi. 14, 21 ; Num. xiii. x. 12, 33.
It is west of Edom, and between that country and
Egypt. Gen. xiv. 6; 1 Kings xi. 18; 1 Sam. xxv. 1.
These and other notices of Paran, Deut. xxxiii. 2,
Hab. iii. 3, indicate under this name a large part of
the desert lying west of the eastern arm of the Red
Sea and the Arabah, that deep valley between this
gulf and the Dead Sea, extending north and south
nearly the whole length of the desert from Sinai to
Canaan, and west toward Egypt to the desert of
Shur. It is the "great and terrible wilderness"
through which the children of Israel wandered
chiefly during the forty years of their Exodus.

The desert of Arabia Petrea, between Sinai and
Canaan, is, therefore, divided by the geography of
the Bible into four unequal divisions. On the
north-west, from the Mediterranean to Suez, and
some distance bslow, is the Wilderness of Shur : a
portion of this about Suez bears also the name of
Etham. Below Shur, along the coast of the Red
Sea, and stretching north to the southern boundaries
of the promised land, and indefinitely westward to
Shur, is the W^ildemess of Paran ; and about the
south-west shores of the Dead Sea a portion of the
desert bears the name of the Wilderness of Zin,
extending down to Kadesh Barnea. Num. xiii.
21, xxxiv. 3; Josh. xv. 1; Num. xx. 1, xxvii. 14,
xxxiii. 36.

From Mount Sinai the course of the children of
Israel was, for some distance, nearly due north,
down a broad valley which descends by a gradual
slope from the tangled labyrinth of the Sinaitic
group toward the crescent-shaped ridge of moun-
tains, Et-Tih, which forms the lofty buttress of the
groat desert.

At the distance of fifteen or twenty miles from
Sinai, after leaving the valley, which turns off to the
north-west, the traveller emerges into a long, sandy
plain, varying in width from five to fifteen miles,
and curving to the north-east for many miles around
[A. M. 2516+40=2556.]

the base of the high mountain ridge, Et-Tih, which
rises as an immense bulwark before him.

HAZEROTH AND TABERAH.

This plain is called El-Hadharah, a name which
is admitted by all scholars to be the same as that of
Hazeroth of the Scriptures. Near the eastern ex-
tremity of the plain is a fountain of the same name,
which Dr. Robinson identifies as Hazeroth, where the
children of Israel tarried for some time, ever memo-
rable by reason of the envious sedition of Miriam
and Aaron. Num. xii. Whether this incident oc-
curred at this particular locality, or somewhere in
the plain of Hazeroth, is still an open question.

The burning at Taberah, and the graves of lust,
Kibroth Hattaavah, where, for a whole month, the
children of Israel were miraculously fed with quails.
Num. xi., must have been near this plain. The
plain is extensive enough for a "three days' jour-
ney" of such a multitude; or Hazeroth may have
been more remote than the modern name would
indicate.

A modern German traveller, in passing through
this region of country, observed the whole heavens
darkened by immense flocks of birds in their migra-
tion, at the same season of the year as that when
the Israelites were there encamped. Though this
rain of " feathered fowls like as the sand of the sea"
were supplied by natural causes, the prediction and
the continuance of the supply was no less mira-
culous.

From Hazeroth the children of Israel have gene-
rally been supposed to have threaded their way
through a tangled network of mountains and narrow
defiles eastward to the Akabah, the eastern arm of
the Red Sea, and then to have followed its shores to
the head of this gulf. Many of these passes are
compressed to the space of a single gateway, scarcely
admitting the passage of two camels abreast. The
mountains which line the shore frequently press
down to the water's edge, so as to interrupt the
pathway of the camel. It is difficult to conceive
how the immense multitude of the children of Israel
could have continued their march, with the taber-
nacle of the Lord, through a route so narrow and
difficult. It seems much more reasonable to sup-
pose that from the plain of Hazeroth they ascended
one of the passes of the Tih to the broad plains of
the desert above.

From this position they must have turned their

course in a north-easterly direction toward the head

of the gulf, or advanced directly northward across

the desert toward the land whither they were jour-

[B.C. 1586— 40=^1546.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

summits of an isolated, oblong, central ridge, about
two miles in length from north to south, in the
midst of a confused group of mountain summits.

Modern Horeb is the frowning, awful cliff at the
northern extremity, described by Dr. Eobinson as
overhanging the plain, Er-Rahah, and from which
he supposes the law to have been given.

A deep, irregular, and narrow defile sweeps around
the entire base of this oblong mountain, which sup-
ports the heights of Horeb and Sinai, as if the Al-
mighty himself had set bounds around the Holy
Mount and sanctified it. Even the mountains round
about, which seem crowded together in wild con-
fusion, as if in mute amazement at the scene when
the Lord descended in fire upon the mount, '' and
the smoke thereof ascended as the smoke of a fur-
nace, and the whole mount quaked greatly" — even
these mountains are cut ofi" from any immediate
communication with this Mount of God.

Mount Sinai is situated above the 28th degree of
north latitude, about 120 miles from Suez, and
near 100 from the head of the eastern gulf of the
lied Sea.

their King, Jehovah ; and the regular service of his
court was established.

The twelve tribes, in their marches and encamp-i
ments, formed a square, facing the cardinal points,
with the tabernacle in the centre, surrounded by the
tribe of Levi, and the carriers and attendants.

On the twentieth day of the second month of the
second year after their departure, the cloud was
taken tip from ofi" the tabernacle of the testimony,
and the children of Israel, taking their departure
from out the Wilderness of Sinai, came by three
days' journey into the Wilderness of Paran. Num.
X. 11-36. Burckhardt supposes the rocky wilder-
ness of the upper nucleus of Sinai, to be the Desert
of Sinai, so often mentioned in the wanderings of
the Israelites.

[B.C. 1586-40=1546.]

THE PERIOD OF THE WANDERING.

WILDERNESS OP PARAN.

And it came to pass on tlie twentieth day of the
pecond month in the second year [from their depart-
ui'e out of Egypt] that the cloud was taken up from
off the tahernacle of the testimony, and the children
of Israel took their journeys out of the Wilderness
of Sinai, and the cloud rested in the Wilderness of
Paran. Num. x. 11, 12. A jou^rney of three days
brings them into the wilderness of Paran. Where,
then, is this wilderness? Its southern limits are
within three days' march of Sinai ; its northern is
near Beersheba and Kadesh, on the southern borders
of Canaan, Gen. xxi. 14, 21 ; Num. xiii. x. 12, 33.
It is west of Edom, and between that country and
Egypt. Gen. xiv. 6; 1 Kings xi. 18; 1 Sam. xxv. 1.
These and other notices of Paran, Deut. xxxiii. 2,
Hab. iii. 3, indicate under this name a large part of
the desert lying west of the eastern arm of the Red
Sea and the Arabah, that deep valley between this
gulf and the Dead Sea, extending north and south
nearly the whole length of the desert from Sinai to
Canaan, and west toward Egypt to the desert of
Shur. It is the "great and terrible wilderness"
through which the children of Israel wandered
chiefly during the forty years of their Exodus.

The desert of Arabia Petrea, between Sinai and
Canaan, is, therefore, divided by the geography of
the Bible into four unequal divisions. On the
north-west, from the Mediterranean to Suez, and
aome distance bslow, is the Wilderness of Shur : a
portion of this about Suez bears also the name of
Etham. Below Shur, along the coast of the Red
Sea, and stretching north to the southern boundaries
of the promised land, and indefinitely westward to
Shur, is the Wilderness of Paran; and about the
south-west shores of the Dead Sea a portion of the
desert bears the name of the Wilderness of Zin,
extending down to Kadesh Barnea. Num. xiii.
21, xxxiv. 3; Josh. xv. 1; Num. xx. 1, xxvii. 14,
xxxiii. 36.

the base of the high mountain ridge, Et-Tih, which
rises as an immense bulwark before him.

HAZEROTH AND TABERAH.

The burning at Taberah, and the graves of lust,
Kibroth Hattaavah, where, for a whole month, the
children of Israel were miraculously fed with quails.
Num. xi., must have been near this plain. The
plain is extensive enough for a "three days* jour-
ney" of such a multitude; or Hazeroth may have
been more remote than the modern name would
indicate.

From this position they must have turned their

course in a north-easterly direction toward the head

of the gulf, or advanced directly northward across

the desert toward tho land whither they were jour-

[B.C. 1586— 40=1546.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

neying. Ewald, Tuch, and others suppose the lat-
ter route to be distinctly indicated by Moses in his
recapitulation of their march through this great and
terrible wildernesS; as they came to Kadesh Barnea.

KADESH BARNEA.

This outpost of the land of Canaan, so remarkable
in the history of the Exode, the authors above
mentioned locate in the midst of this desert, fifty
miles more or less south of Beersheba. Compare in
this connection, Gen. xx. 1, 2 ; xvi. 7 ; xxi. 14—21.
Travellers have recently discovered here an oasis in
the desert, with fountains of water, where, in the
deep seclusion of the desert, the Israelites might
linger in safety for the return of the spies whom
they sent to search out the land, and to observe the
best means of going up to possess it.

The Rev. Messrs. Rowlands and Williams, in the
autumn of 1842, explored this region of country,
and describe as follows what they regard as the
southern boundary of the land of promise : — " At
three o'clock we turned to the left of our path, and
having ascended a ridge, a scene of awful grandeur
burst suddenly upon us with such startling effect as
to strike us dumb for some moments. We found
ourselves standing on a gigantic natural rampart of
lofty mountains, which we could trace distinctly for
some miles east and west of the spot on which
we stood, whose precipitous promontories of naked
rock, forming as it were bastions of cyclopean archi-
tecture, jutted forth in irregular masses from the
mountain ban-ier into a frightfully terrific wilder-
ness, stretched far before us toward the south, whose
horrors language must fail to describe. It was a
confused chaos of chalk, and had the appearance of
an immense furnace glowing with white heat, illumi-
nated as it now was by the fierce rays of the sun.
There did not appear to be the least particle of vege-
tation in all the dreary waste j all was drought and
barrenness and desolation. Immediately below was
the wide and well-defined Wady Murreh, running
from east to west, which a few hours to the east
divides into two, at a singularly formed hill, called
Moddera j the southernmost retaining its name, and
going east into the Arabah ; the other called Wady
Fikreh, north-east to the Dead Sea. We felt no
doubt that we were standing upon the mountain
barrier of the promised land j and this impression
ff^as confirmed by our sheiks pointing out, some
hours to the west, in a valley, the site of Kad-
dese, the Kadesh of Scripture, mentioned in the
border."

Mr. Rowlands afterward explored this site of Ka-
[A.M. 2516+40=2556.]

desh, and reported the result of his discoveries to
Mr. Williams in the following terms : — " The locality
corresponds with or falls in the line of the southern
boundary of the promised land from the southern
boundary of the Dead Sea, by Safaa or Maaleh
Akrabbim, the Wady El-Murra, and the Wady El-
Arish, or river of Egypt, succeeds in the same line.
It corresponds also with the order in which the
places of the border are mentioned. Adar and Az-
mon, two places in the border which we have dis-
covered under the names of Adeirat and Aseimah,
sometimes called Kadeirat and Kasiemah, now and
perhaps always merely springs or fountains, lie to
the west of Kades, and Wady El-Arish, or river of
Egypt. It lies east of Jebel-el-Halah, or Bloimt
Halak, mentioned somewhere by Jeremiah as the
uttermost extremity of the promised land to the
south. It lies at the foot of the mountain of the
Amorites. It is situated near the grand pass or en-
trance into the promised land by the Beer Laha-roi,
which is the only east/ entrance from the desert to
the east of Halah, and most probably the entrance
to which the Hebrews were conducted from Sinai
toward the land of promise. A good road leads to
this place all the way from Sinai, and the distance
is about five days of dromedary riding, or about ten
or eleven days of common camel riding, as the Be-
douins stated. A grand road, still finer, / was (old,
by broad wadies, leads from Kades to Mount Her."

In opposition to this theory. Dr. Robinson u]-ges,
with great earnestness and force, that the incidents
of the narrative necessarily limit the site of Kadesh
Barnea to the neighbourhood of Mount Hor, in the
deep chasm of the Arabah, below the Dead Sea.
He locates it at a certain watering-place, Ain-el-
Weibah, within a day's march north-west of Mount
Hor. Others assume its position to have- been a
few miles farther north, in the same valley.

To reconcile opposing views, the theory has been
raised of two sites having the same name. On tliis
supposition the route of the Israelites was across the
desert from Horeb to Kadesh Barnea, by eleven
days' journey. Deut. i. 2. At this station they
halted for some time, while the spies went up and
searched the land through the entire length of it,
from the Wilderness of Zin to Rehob, the pass of
Hasbany, between the two ridges of Lebanon, above
Laish, Dan, the modern Tel-el-Kadi, and even to
Hamath, several miles above Rehob. Num. xiii. 21;
Josh. xiii. 5 ; 2 Sam. x. 6.

Disheartened by the report of the spies, the Israel-
ites murmured and rebelled, and were sentenced to
linger and die in the wilderness. Then relenting they
went up to fight with the Amalckitcs and Canaan-
[B.C. 1586-40=1546.]

tr'

THE PERIOD or THE WANDERING.

ites, and were discomfited, "even unto Ilormah."
Num. xiii., xiv.

Hormah, by those who assign to Kadesh a central
position in the desert, is identical with a locality de-
nominated by the Arabs Sepata, equivalent, as they
suppose, to Zephath, which is Hormah. Judg. i. 17 ;
comp. Josh. XV. 30 ; Num. xiv. 45 ; Deut. i. 44-46.
Others find Hormah in the Arabah, near the eastern
site of Kadesh, Arad being found on the heights
above and to the right of the pass that leads up
from the gulf to the southern mountains of Judah.
Num. xxi. 3,

From Hormah, wherever it may have been, the
Israelites returned at the command of God toward the
eastern arm of the Red Sea, to wander forty years
in the wilderness, until they should be consumed
and die there for their rebellion against Grod.

Of their subsequent wanderings for thirty-eight
years we know nothing. Eighteen stations are spe-
cified as occupied in this interval, Num. xxxiii. 18-36,
but of these nothing is known. The Israelites, like
the modern Bedouins, doubtless spent this time in
ro^^ng up and down the Arabah, and over the vast
desert of Paran, between Sinai and Palestine, ac-
cording as they could find pasturage and water.
I The rebellion of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram,
Num. xvi., is referred to this interval, but the date
and place of this judgment are alike unknown.

RETURN TO KADESH.

In the first month, April, they again returned to
Kadesh, which they had left, in the third ov fourth
month, almost thirty-eight years before. The Ka-
iesh of which mention is here made, was confessedly
\n the valley of the Arabah, near the mountains of
Edom, and a few miles south of the Dead Sea. But
before resuming the narrative of the wanderings of
;he Israelites, it will be expedient briefly to notice
;he extraordinary features of the countries through
vhich they are to pass, and the adjacent regions
vith which we are to become conversant in their
[uture history.

THE AILANITIO GULP OR THE AKABAH, THE
ARABAH, AND THE GHOR.

Between the Ailanitic Gulf, or the eastern arm
if the Red Sea, and the Dead Sea, runs in a direct
^ne an immense chasm or gulf, known as the Ara-
fah, the Plain, 100 miles from sea to sea. The
ed of this gulf is a barren sand-plain, varying in
ndth from 5 to 10 or 15 miles, with occasional oases
verspread with a sparse and coarse growth of weeds.
5 £A. M. 2516+40=2556.]

It is lined on either side by perpendicular bluffs,
which, on the west, at the height of 1200 and 1500
feet, form an abutment for the great western desert
that lies at this elevation above the bed of this valley.
On the east the mountains of Edom rise to the
height of 1500 and 2000 feet, which indicates the
elevation of the eastern portion of the great desert
of Arabia. The Ailanitic Gulf is but a continuation
of this extraordinary fissure of the earth, which ex-
tends at about the same variable width to the Red
Sea, a distance of about 100 miles, and lined with
bluffs corresponding to those of the plain of the
Arabah. In its geological character it is but a con-
tinuation of the fissure of the Arabah, which, when
formed by some mighty convulsion, in some distant
age, opened out upon the sea and received its waters.
The depth of these waters is very remarkable. It
greatly exceeds that of the Straits of Dover or the
Gulf of Suez. They have often been sounded to the
depth of 1000 and 1800 feet without finding bottom,
but their actual depth is not known.

Altogether the conclusion is irresistible that the
immense peninsula of Sinai, and the portion of this
desert north, has by some mighty convulsion been
broken off, and fallen back from the greater desert
eastward, leaving this vast cleft and chasm now oc-
cupied by the Akabah and the Arabah.

The Dead Sea itself is only an expansion and
deeper depression of this fissure of the earth, of
which the valley of the Jordan and the Sea of
Galilee are also a farther continuation. The whole
line, from the Red Sea to the mountains of Lebanon,
a distance of not less than 340 miles, is one continu-
ous chasm, deep, dreary, desolate, and mysterious.

This rent in the earth's surface is in geology called
a crevasse, and is the most remarkable of this class
of phenomena perhaps on the face of the earth. It
opens a wide field of speculation respecting the stu-
pendous convulsions and disruptions to which the
surface of the earth has been subject in the early
and unknown ages of its existence. From below
the Dead Sea northward this valley takes the name
of the Ghor, a name which it has appropriately re-
ceived from the Arabic language, in which it means
a valley between two ranges of mountains.

The entire length of this crevasse affords the
most evident indications of volcanic agencies. Ba-
saltic rocks are of frequent occurrence. The foun-
tains of petroleum and naphtha near the sources of
the Jordan, the asphaltum of the Red Sea, and the
hot springs of this and the Sea of Galilee, and the
frequent earthquakes with which the country is
convulsed, indicate the existence of slumbering
agents that may, far back in ages past, have kindled
[B. C. 1586—40=1546.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

into such tremendous activity as to cleave the solid
earth asunder and open this stupendous chasm in its
surface.

Above the Dead Sea the summit level of the moun-
tains which enclose the Ghor, gradually recede and
approach to the bed of the valley by more gentle
declivities, or rather by successive offsets and ter-
races. On the east of the Jordan are formed several
offsets and terraces, with intervening plains of great
fertility and beauty, overspread with the ruins of
cities once numerous and populous. This country,
then occupied by the Amorites and Moabites, the
tribes of Reuben and Gad and a part of Manasseh
wisely chose as their final inheritance.

The plain of the valley forming the bed of the
Jordan rises from the Dead Sea to Tiberias, 1000
feet in 60 miles; and in 25 or 30 miles, ascends 300
or 400 feet farther to the common level of the earth's
surface at the base of the mountains of Lebanon.

THE EXODUS OP THE ISRAELITES RESUMED.

On the second return to Kadesh, Miriam dies; the
people murmur for water ; Moses and Aaron bring
water from the rocks; but, in doing it, sin against
God, and receive sentence of death without seeing
that good land beyond Jordan, so long the object of
their desire ; a passage is demanded through the
land of Edom, and is refused. Num. xx. 14-22.
The children of Israel then journey from Kadesh to
Blount Hor or Mosera, Deut. x. 6, where Aaron dies.
Num. XX. and xxxiii. 37, 38.

While in the vicinity of Mount Hor, the Israelites
gain a signal victory over the Canaanites, by whom
they had been repulsed on their attempt to ascend
up into Palestine after their murmurs at the report
of the spies. Arad is overthrown, and the cities of
the Canaanites laid waste as far as to Hormah,
formerly called Zephath. Num. xxi. 3.

MOUNT HOR.

This is a high rocky peak in the mountains of
Edom, east of the Arabah, and situated midway be-
tween the Red Sea and the Akabah. It rises, in lone
majesty, above the surrounding summits, and over-
looks a boundless prospect of craggy cliffs, gloomy
ravines, and lofty, barren deserts.

The grandeur and sublimity of the scene from the
summit of Mount Hor is forcibly sketched by Dr.
Wilson in the following paragraphs : —

" After the greatness and peril of the effort which
we had been compelled to make, we should, in ordi-
nary circumstances, have been elated with the suc-
[A.M. 2516-1- 40==-^5-5G.]

cess which we had experienced ; but the wild sub-
limity and grandeur and terror of the new and won-
derful scene around and underneath us, overawed
our souls.

" We were seated on the very throne, as it ap-
peared to us, of desolation itself. Its own metro-
polis of broken and shattered and frowning heights — • ,
ruin piled upon ruin, and dark and devouring depth
added to depth — lay on our right hand and on our
left.

" To the rising sun. Mount Seir, the pride and
glory of Edom, and the terror of its adversaries, lay
before us — smitten in its length and breadth by the
hand of the Almighty stretched out against it — bar-
ren and most desolate, with its daughter, the ' city
of the rock,' overthrown and prostrate at its feet.
To the west, we had the great and terrible wilder-
ness, with its deserts and pits and droughts spread
out before us, without any limit but its own vast-
ness, and pronounced by God himself to be the very
' shadow of death.' Jer. ii. 6."

Here Moses took Aaron and Eleazar, and went up
into Mount Hor in the sight of all the congregation,
where these venerable pilgrims took of each other
their last farewell, "and Aaron died there in the
top of the mount." Num. xx. 28. A tomb has been
erected to his memory on the summit, which has
often been visited and described by modern tra-
vellers.

From Mount Hor the children of Israel passed
along the Arabah, south to Ezion-Geber, at the
head of the eastern or Ailanitic Gulf, which is several
times denominated the Red Sea. Deut. i. 40 ; Num.
xxi. 4.

Elath and Ezion-Geber were both situated at the
head of this gulf. The latter afterward became
famous as the port where Solomon, and after him
Jehoshaphat, built fleets to carry on a commerce
with Ophir. Deut. ii. 8 ; ' 1 Kings ix. 26 ; 2 Chron.
viii. 17, 18.

Here they turned eastward, up the pass that
leads to the high plain of the great eastern desert
of Arabia.

At this place a large defile comes down steeply
from the north-east through the mountains, forming
the main passage out of the great valley to this de^^
sert. The ascent of the Israelites was, doubtless^
through this pass, when they departed from the Red
Sea, and turned north to " compass Edom," and
pass on to Moab, and ic the Jordan.

It was at this point in their wanderings that •' thd
people was much discouraged because of the way;'l
and they were bitten by fiery serpents. Num. xxii
4-19; Deut. ii. 8.

[B.C. 1580-40=1546.]

THE PERIOD OF THE WANDERING.

Burckhardt informs us that this place is still in-
f«^sted by poisonous serpents, which are greatly feared
by the inhabitants.

The course of the Israelites now lay along the
border of the eastern desert, back of Mount Seir,
the Mountains of Edom.

The Edomites, who had refused the children of
Israel a passage through their land from Kadesh,
now suffered them to pass unmolested along their
borders on the east, and even supplied them with
provisions for their march. Nothing is known of
the places mentioned in the interval until the Israel-
ites arrived at the brook Zered or Sared, a marshy
valley which rises in the eastern desert near the pre-
sent route to Mecca, and, after a course of several
miles to the west, discharges, in the rainy season, its
waters through the south-eastern shore of the Dead
Sea. In the summer season the channel is dry.
For some distance from the sea the channel of this
brook is, like all similar valleys in this region, a
deep and almost impassable gorge. This is the
'* brook of the wilderness," Isa. xv. 7 ; and, accord-
ing to Ritter, " the river of the wilderness." Amos
vi. 14. It was the southern boundary of Moab.

From this station the children of Israel passed
without molestation around Moab, on the borders of
the desert, Judg. xi. 18, to the river Arnon, twenty-
five or thirty miles farther north. They were now
on the borders of the Ammonites, who, like the
Moabites, had been reduced so as to retain a mere
remnant of their former possessions. They seem
now to occupy the margin of the desert to the right
of the Israelites. This portion of the desert east-
ward bore the name of Kedemoth. Num. xxi. 13 ;
Deut. ii. 26 j Josh. xiii. 18 ; Judg. xi. 19-22.

THE AMORITES.

The children of Israel now encountered a formida-
ble foe in the Amorites, a powerful tribe who had
crossed the Jordan and taken possession of the
country east of it from the river Jabbok, midway
between the Sea of Tiberias, to the Arnon. These
Amorites, in answer to the request of Moses peace-
ably to pass through their territory, came out to bat-
tle against the Israelites at Jahaz, on their borders
at Arnon. The result was the entire conquest of
the Amorites. Num. xxi. 21-25 ; Deut. ii. 24-37.

The neighbourhood of the same station near Kede-
moth and Jahaz, identical with Beer-elim, Isa. xv. 8,
is the same also of the " Song of the Wells." Num.
xxi. 16-20.

From the station on the banks of the Arnon to
the plains of Moab, on the east of the Jordan, oppo-
[A.M. 2516+40=2556.]

site Jericho, the accounts of the intervening stations
seem to be contradictory — comp. Num. xxi. 13-20
and xxxiii. 45-49 — but they are harmonized by sup-
posing the former to be specifications of the encamp-
ments of the army in their conquest of the Amor-
ites, and the latter that of the stations of the people,
who here turned to the west, passing obliquely over
the mountains east of the head of the Dead Sea to
the mouth of the Jordan. Abarim is the name of
the range which overhangs the eastern shore of the
Dead Sea through the entire length of it. Num. xxi.
11, xxxiii. 44, and xxvii. 12. Pisgah is some Tin-
known spur or height at the northern extremity of
Abarim j and Nebo, the summit of Pisgah.

THE AMORITES AND MOABITES, WITH THEIR CITIES.

Heshbon, the capital of the Amorites, whom the
Israelites subdued, and the residence of their king,
was a powerful city. It is still identified by extensive
ruins, twenty miles east of the Jordan, over against
Jericho, overspreading a lofty eminence, which com-
mands an extensive prospect in every direction;
Once a city of the Moabites, Num. xxi. 26, it be-
comes, after the conquest of the Amorites, a city of
Reuben, Num. xxxii. 37; Josh, xiii, 17, and subse-
quently a Levitical city of Gad. Josh. xxi. 39; 1
Chron. vi. 81. In the days of Isaiah and Jeremiah,
700 or 800 years later, it is again a city of the Moab-
ites. Isa. XV. 4, xvi. 9 ; Jer. xlviii. 2, 45^9.

OG OF BASHAN.

After the conquest of Sihon, the Israelites dij^ected
their forces against Og, the giant of Bashan, the
capital of whose kingdom was Edrei, twenty-five or
thirty miles east of the southern extremity of the
Sea of Galilee, and sixty-five or seventy from the
plains of Moab. It was built on a high hill, spring-
ing out of a deep valley, and is now a miserable vil-
lage. The ruins of an ancient cistern, a bridge, an
aqueduct, and a tower remain to attest its former
grandeur; a ruined church indicates that Chris-
tianity once gathered its converts from this seat of
the obscene rites of Baal-pcor. Seetzen observed
there a beautiful sarcophagus, used as a watering-
trough.

From Bashan the Israelites spread their conquests
farther north, over all the region of the Sea of
Galilee and the waters of Merom, as far as Mount
Lebanon. In these conquests they gathered im-
mense booty in herds, flocks, and jewels from the
Midianites, who had come up from the desert of
Arabia, east and south-east, for pasturage in the
[B.C. 1586— 40^1546.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

luxuriant fields of Bashan and Gilead. Modern
travellers, in passing over this country, have found
it overspread in the same manner with the herds
and flocks of the Arabs, from the same desert. They
have estimated these herds and flocks at 20,000
camels, 50,000 goats, and other domestic animals
in like proportion, equalling, even at this day,
the multitude that was taken from the Midianites.
Num. xxxi.

MOAB AND AMMON

The Moabites, well pleased with the subjugation
of the Amorites, were still the foes of the Israelites.
Though fearing to engage with them in open war,
they called Balaam from beyond the Euphrates to
curse these hated invaders. Num. xxii., xxiii., xxiv. j
but finding no enchantment to prevail against them,
they succeeded by wiles, in harmony with their own
incestuous origin, in bringing a plague upon the
people, by which 24,000 perished.

Moab is the frequent subject of historical record
and prophetic denunciation. The following is a
brief stetement of the principal localities of Moab
and Ammon which have been identified : — The
boundaries of these two kindred tribes appear never
to have been well defined or distinctly preserved.
Moab was east of the Dead Sea ; and Ammon north
of Moab and east of the lower part of Jordan. But
cities about Heshbon and eastward from the mouth
of the Jordan are sometimes enumerated among the
cities of Moab ; at others, as belonging to Ammon.

RAMOTH GILEAD.

North-east from the passage over the Jordan
twenty-five miles, about the same distance from the
parallel of the river itself, and half of this space
south from the river Jabbok, is Es-Salt, the strongest
town in all this region, protected by a strong castle
which crowns a high hill, on the steep declivities of
which the houses are built one above another, as if
pressing up to the castle for protection from the
wandering Arabs who rove for plunder over all this
desolate and forsaken region. This is Ramoth Gilead
or Ramoth Mizpeh, a city of the Amorites, under
the Israelites the central city of refuge east of Jor-
dan, in the territory of Gad. It^ was one of the
cities of refuge, Deut. iv. 43 ; Josh. xx. 8, xiii. 26,
xxi. 38, and one of the towns in which Solomon sta-
tioned an intendant. 1 Kings iv. 13. It was the
head-quarters of Jephthah in his war with the Am-
orites. Josh. xi. Ahab was slain here by a bow
drawn at a venture, while engaged in battle for the
mastery of the place, 1 Kings xxii. ; 2 Chron. x^iii. ;
[A. M. 2516-1-40^2556.]

and Joram, his son, fourteen years after, was wounded
in a similar efibrt. 2 Kings viii. 28. Each sought
a confederacy with the contemporary king of Judah ;
an alliance never formed between the kings of those
rival nations on any other occasion, except in a
single instance.

Here Jehu was anointed king over Israel by the
prophet Elisha, and began his exterminating war-
fare against the house of Ahab. 2 Kings ix.

From Ramoth Gilead runs a valley south-west to
the Jordan. Where it breaks through the moun-
tains into the vale of this river are found the ruins
of Nimrah, Beth Nimrah. Num. xxxii. 3, 36; Josh,
xiii. 27; comp. Isa. xv. 6; Jer. xlviii. 34. Beth
Haran was still farther south. See the passages cited
above. Still farther south was Beth Jesimoth, the
northern limit of the encampment on the plains of
Moab, Num. xxxiii. 49; Josh. xii. 3, xiii. 20; and
afterward recovered by the Moabites, Ezek. xxv. 9 ;
and under the Romans was a fortress of Vespasian.
Beth Shittim must be located at the mouth of the
Jordan, on the shores of the Dead Sea. Num.
xxxiii. 49.

Six or eight miles south-west from Ramoth, the
site of Jaazer is supposed to be identified by im-
posing ruins near living waters. Num. xxi. 32,
xxxii. 35; Josh. xiii. 25 ; a Levi tical city. Josh. xxi.
39; 1 Chron. vi. 81; 2 Sam. xx. 5; prophetic de-
nunciations. Isa. xvi. 8, 9 ; Jer. xlviii. 32.

Some two miles north of Heshbon was Elealah,
like its neighbour occupying a commanding position
on a high hill. Num. xxxii. 3, 37 ; Isa. xv. 4, xvi. 9;
Jer. xlviii. 34.

South-west from Heshbon, some two miles, is
Main, Baal Meon of the Scriptures. Num. xxxii. 38;
Josh. xiii. 17 ; 1 Chron. v. 8 ; Jer. xlviii. 23 ; Ezek.
xxv. 9.

Medeba is recognised in extensive ruins over-
spreading a rounded eminence five miles south-east
from Heshbon. Among these ruins can be traced
the remains of a temple of great antiquity. Num.
xxi. 30; Josh. xiii. 9, 16. Two or three miles
west of Medeba was probably Kiriathaim, where
Chedorlaomer slew the Emims. Gen. xiv. 5 ; comp.
Num. xxxii. 37 ; Josh. xiii. 19 ; Jer. xlviii. 1 ; Ezek.
xxv. 9. The site of Kiriathaim has also been as-
signed to a hill arising out of a beautiful plain eight
or ten miles farther west, which Winer supposes
may have been Kirioth, whose palaces the fire should
devour. Amos ii. 2 ; Jer. xlviii. 24.

Dibon is found on a plain two or three miles north

of the Arnon, and some twenty south of Heshbon.

Num. xxxii. 3, 34, xxxiii. 45; Josh. xiii. 9, 17; Isa.

XV. 2 ; Jer. xlviii. 18, 22. In Num. xxi. 13-17 we

[B. C. 1586—40=1646.]

THE PERIOD OF THE WANDERING.

find the Israelites on the utmost borders of the de-
sert, by the " brooks" of the Arnon, known as Beer,
Judg. ix, 21 ; Beer Elim, Isa. xv. 8. At Matta-
nah, their next station, they have left the wilderness
behind them. Num. xxi. 18. Nahaliel must have
been near this place, Num. xxi. 19 ; and both in the
vicinity of Dibon. This is their principal station,
where the people linger during the conquest of
these cities. Bamoth was little north-west of Dibon,
and farther onward in the same direction they pass
the heights of Pisgah to their final resting-place on
the plains of Moab, before Jordan.

Immediately upon the high banks of the Arnon,
south of Dibon, was Aroer. Deut. ii. 36, iii. 12, iv. 48;
Josh. xii. 2, xiii. 9. Immediately below Aroer, in
the deep vale of the Arnon, was Ar, a city of Moab,
which the Israelites were to pass and leave un-
harmed. Deut. ii. 18 ; Num. xxi. 15. This, from its
position in the bed of the Arnon, is called " the city
that is in the midst of the river." Josh. xiii. 9, 16.
Balaam was here met by Balak. Num. xxii. 36.
Both Ar in the valley and Aroer on the plain above
are identified by ruins.

Twelve or fifteen miles south of this Ar was an-
other city, often erroneously confounded with this —
Ar of Moab, called also Rabbath Moab, and by the
Greeks, Areopolis, Num. xxi. 28; denounced by
Isaiah, xv. 1, and Jeremiah, xlviii. This was utterly
destroyed by an earthquake in the fourth century.

Kir of Moab was on the southern frontier of this
country, seventeen miles east of the promontory or
isthmus of the Dead Sea, where Zeboim, one of the
cities of the Plain, is supposed to have been situated.
It is known by the name of Kerak, and is at pre-
sent the only inhabited town in the whole country
of Moab.

It is near the head of a valley which runs down
to the plain of Sodom, and opens a prospect of the
Dead Sea, and of the region beyond, quite to Je-
rusalem.

There is here a strong castle, now in ruins, on a
high hill surrounded by a deep valley with perpen-
dicular sides, and almost impregnable by the ancient
mode of warfare.

The city is the same as Kir-haraseth, which was
taken and destroyed by Jehoshaphat and Jehoram.
2 Kings iii. 25. It is included in the denunciations
of the prophets. Isa. xvi. 7; Jer. xlviii. 19, 20,
31, 36.

PICTORIAL SCENE IN THE PROPHETIC DENUNCIA-
TION OF SEVERAL TOWNS IN MOAB. ISA. XV.

Luhith and Horonaim are mentioned by Isaiah,
I XV. 5, and Jeremiah, xlviii. 3, 5. From a compari-
[A. M. 2516+40=2556.]

son of these passages it is supposed' that these two
towns may have been on the opposite sides of the
same hill. So that the fugitives in passing over it
are seen going up the ascent of Luhith and down
the descent of Horonaim, and weeping as they go.

Verse 6. About eight or ten miles above the
mouth of the Jordan is a small valley and brook
which corresponds to the Waters of Nimrim. The
place still bears its ancient name. These waters are
dried up; withered the grass; gone the herbage;
verdure none.

Verse 7. What little remains to the inhabitants
of their efiects, they are carrying away over the
brook of willows — generally understood to be the
long deep valley which opens upon the south-east
corner of the Dead Sea, the extreme limit of Moab,
from which they are running into Edom.

Several other towns of Moab are mentioned by
the prophet in this prophetic representation of the
judgment of heaven in this country. All are filled
with distress.

Verse 8. All around, the land is filled with la-
mentation. This wailing is heard at Eglairff and at
Beer-elim. The first of these places is said by Je-
rome to have been near the mouth of the Jordan.
Beer-elim, the well of the mighty ones, is the same
that the nobles and princes dug with their staves.
Num. xxi. 18. If these localities are correctly given,
they are equivalent to the general expression, "the
whole land is filled with their wailing."

Verse 9. The Waters of Dimon or Dibon are
supposed to be the stream mentioned 2 Kings iii.
20-22, which shall not be, as then, red in appear-
ance, but in reality — red with blood, the blood of the
slain.

Sibmah, whose vineyards were bewailed with the
weeping of Jazer, was only a short distance from
Heshbon. Isa. xvi. 8, 9.

The Sea of Jazer is supposed to be a fine fountain
at a short distance from Bamoth Gilead. By a
poetical exaggeration, the vine of Sibmah is sup-
posed to extend quite to this sea, overspreading the
whole country.

BOZRAH.

There were two places of this name — one in
Edom, the other in the Hauran, east of ancient
Bashan, on the borders of the Arabian desert. The
former is recognised in the modern Buseirah, in the
northern part of Edom, thirty miles north of Petra,
and twenty south by east from the Dead Sea. It is
now a small village of about fifty houses, situated on
a hill, on the top of which is a small castle. In its
[[3.0.1586—40=1546.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

desolation it verifies the judgments wliich the pro-
pliets denounced upon it. The sword bathed in
heaven has come down upon it. The Lord hath a sa-
crifice in Bozrah and great slaughter in the land of
Idumea. Isa. xxxiv. 5, 6. The Lord has sent the fire
predicted, which should devour the palaces of Boz-
rah. Amos i. 11, 12. "I have sworn by myself,
gaith the Lord, that Bozrah shall become a desola-
tion, a reproach, a waste, and a curse." Jer. xlix. 13.

Bozrah, east of Bashan, is the last inhabited town
in the south of the Hauran. This is nearly on a
parallel with the mountains of Gilboa, and sixty
miles east of Jordan.

It is now inhabited only by a few families of Fel-
lahs, but was once a walled town of great strength,
and the capital of a Roman province of Arabia.
The ruins are five or six miles in circumference, and
consist of dilapidated walls, private dwellings of
which the roofs have fallen in, of two churches, a
magnificent mosque, a temple still more splendid, a
triumphal arch, and a Saracenic castle.

There is also an immense cistern, almost entire,
a hundwd and ninety feet long, a hundred and fifty-
*liree wide, and twenty deep. The prophecies of
Scripture seem to be chiefly, if not exclusively, di-
rected against the former city.

As in Moab, there was an Aroer which became a
city of Reuben, so in Ammon there was another
Aroer, a city of Gad, 2 Sam. xxiv. 5 ; Josh. xiii. 25;
Judg. xi. 33 ; and a Rabbath also corresponding to
that of Moab. This Rabbath of the children of
Ammon is of frequent occurrence in Jewish history.

Deut. iii. 11; 2 Sam. xii. 27; Jer. xlix. 3. The
faithful Uriah fell here in the siege of Rabbah by
Joab, under David. 2 Sam. xi., xii. This city at a
later period bore also the name of Philadelphia. It
was south-east about ten miles from Ramoth Uilead,
fifteen miles north by east from Heshbon ; and Aroer
of Ammon was "over against it," on the west,
doubtless, and distant but five or ten miles. The
ancient magnificence of Rabbath is attested by im-
posing ruins of a bridge, a theatre, and Christian
churches and pagan temples.

The- dreariness of this city of Ammon is repre-
sented by travellers as quite indescribable. From
the luxuriant and extensive pasture-grounds in the
neighbourhood, thousands of sheep, goats, and camels
come to drink at the rivulet which flows through the
valley. Lord Lindsay found the ruins overspread
with the dung of these animals, and the air filled
with the stench of their carcasses : a dead camel was
rotting in the stream. Nothing but the croaking of
frogs and the scream of wild birds broke the silence
of this valley of desolation. Storks were perched in
every direction on the tops of the ruined buildings ;
others soared at an immense height above them, and
vultures were garbaging on the camel. Now, how
runs the prophecy against this place ? " Ammon
. . . shall be a desolation !" " Rabbah of the Am-
monites shall be a desolate heap ! I will make Rab-
bah a stable for camels, and the Ammonites a couch-
ing-place for flocks ; and ye shall know that I am the
Lord." Jer. xlix. 2 ; Ezek. xxv. 5.

CHAPTER V.

THE PERIOD OP THE THEOCRACY j THE JUDGES FROM JOSHUA TO SAMUEL, 450 YEARS.

A. M. 2556 + 450 =» 3006. b. c. 1546 — 450 = 1096.

TiiE land of promise, toward which the children
of Israel, for forty years, had been journeying, and
which they were about to conquer and possess, is
known by difierent names. It is called Canaan,
Gen. xi. 31, xii. 5, from the original settler, the
fourth son of Ham. Gen. x. 15-19. It was known
by the name of Israel, the Land of Israel, and of the
Hebrews ; after the revolt of the ten tribes, Israel,
or Judah, according as the government of one or the
other prevailed. It is denominated the Promised
Land, the Holy Land, Judea, the land of the Philis-
tines, Palestine, the land of the immigrant, of the
stranger. The last, has been the most common
[A. M. 2556+450=3000.]

appellation among the nations of the earth, ancient
and modern.

This land, so inconsiderable in extent, so famous
in the history of the world, is situated between lati-
tude 31° and 33° 36' north, and 34° and 36° of east
longitude. It is bounded on the south by the penin-
sular desert of Sinai, on the west by the Mediterra-
nean, on the north by the mountains of Lebanon, and
on the east by the river J'ordan and the Dead Sea.

The territory of the tribes east of Jordan was
bounded on the north by Syria, on the east by the
great Arabian desert, and on the south by the moun-
tains of Edom.

[B. C. 1546—450=1096.]

THE PERIOD OF THE THEOCRACY.

Palestine proper is about 180 miles in length : on
the north it scarcely exceeds 20 miles in width ; on
the south it is 75 or 80. Its average width is esti-
mated variously from 40 to 60 miles. In form and
dimensions it very closely compares with the State
of New Hampshire.

But the assurance frequently given was that the
land of promise should extend from the Mediterra-
nean to the Euphrates. Gen. xv. 18; Ex. xxiii. 31;
Deut. xi. 24 This is explained to refer to the ut-
most expansion of the kingdom of Israel, which it
actually attained under David and Solomon.

The territory of the Canaanites was a triangle,
having its apex at Sidon, the line of the Mediterra-
nean to Gaza and Gerar, the southern extremity of
Philistia, for one side; from the south-east angle of
this sea to the southern limit of the Dead Sea, its
base; and from this point to Zidon, its other side.
Gen. X. 19.

The boundaries given by Moses, Num. xxxiv. 2-12 ;
Josh. xiii. 15-31, and xv.-xx., are not easily de-
fined. The south line across the desert was from
Kadesh Barnea to the River of Egypt, now El-Arish,
some few miles below Gaza.

The ascent of Akrabbim, Num. xxxiv. 4, is sup-
pt)sed by Dr. Robinson to be a line of cliffs across
the Arabah, some twenty miles south of the Dead
Sea, which sink the level of that sea some sixty or
eighty feet below the higher plain of the Arabah.

The western boundary is the Mediterranean as
far as Zidon.

From Zidon the line of the boundary ran east to
some summit in the mountains of Lebanon, here
called Mount Hor — perhaps Hermon, Josh. xiii. 5,
Judg. iii. 3 ; thence north-east up the valley of Cele-
syria, between Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon, passing
by Balbec to the sources of the Orontcs, the " en-
tering in of Hamath," so often mentioned in the
history of the Israelites, Josh. xiii. 5 ; Judg. iii. 3 ;
1 Kings viii. 65 ; 2 Chron. vii. 8, where Pharaoh
Necho put Jehoahaz in bonds. 2 Kings xxiii. 33.
Zedad is identified by Dr. Robinson in Sudud, east
of the road that leads from Damascus to the lake
Hums, above Hamath. The sites of Riblah and Ain,
Num. xxxiv. 11, have been recovered by our mission-
ary, the Rev. Mr. Thompson, From Zalad, lat. 34°
30' north, the boundary passes over Anti-Lebanon
and down the eastern slope of it to Lake Huleh and
the Sea of Tiberias, following thence the Jordan
to the Dead Sea.

MOUNTAINS.

The desert on the southern border of Palestine
rises, in the hill-country of Judea, to a rugged
[A. M. 2550+450=3006.]

mountainous chain, which runs north through the
middle of the land between the Mediterranean and
the valley of the Jordan to the region of Galilee.
This central chain presents an uneven outline of
summits from 1000 to 2000 feet in height, and
sends off frequent spurs to the right and left, sepa-
rated by deep ravines, which, winding about their
bases and running up into the central ridge, become,
in the rainy season, watercourses for the drainage
of the land. At the distance of a few miles south
of the parallel of the Sea of Galilee, in Samaria,
this highland breaks down to the level of an ele-
vated plain, and sends off north-west a high con-
tinuous ridge, which juts out some distance into the
sea in the lofty and beautiful promontory of Mount
Carmel, 1500 feet in height.

PLAIN or ESDRAELON.

North of the range of Carmel and the mountains
of Samaria, lies the great plain of Esdraelon, twenty
mlies in length from east to west, and ten or twelve
in width. The Bay of Acre, Accho, constikites its
western boundary. The mountains of Gilboa, Little
Hermon, and Tabor define its eastern ; but between
these it sends off arms down to the valley of the
Jordan. This plain presents an undulating surface
of great fertility and beauty, which preserves an
average level of 400 feet above the sea. For thou-
sands of years it has been the highway of travel,
and the battle-field of nations : no field under heaven
has so often been fattened by the blood of the slain.
It has been the chosen place for encampment in
every contest that has been carried on in this coun-
try from the days of Deborah and Barak until the
disastrous march of Napoleon Bonaparte from Egypt
into Syria. Egyptians, Persians, Arabs, Jews, Gen-
tiles, Saracens, Turks, Crusaders, Druses, and French,
warriors out of every nation which is under heaven,
have pitched their tents upon the plain of Esdraelon,
and have beheld their banners wet with the dews of
Hermon and Tabor. This plain will frequently occur
in the subsequent history of the Jews, under the
names of Megiddo and Jezreel,

North of Esdraelon, for thirty miles, are the
mountains of Galilee, presenting a confused succes-
sion of hills and mountains, which form a country
singularly picturesque and beautiful, but highly pro-
ductive. Dr. Robinson represents it to be fruitful
beyond any thing to be found in our Western coun-
try. He found immense crops of wheat growing
there with unparalleled luxuriance.

Beyond the mountains of Galilee rise the lofty
ridges of Lebanon. These, often lifting their heads
[B. C. 1546—450=1096.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OP BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

into the regions of perpetual snow and ice, condense
the clouds of heaven and send them off, borne on the
cold winds of the mountain, to refresh the scorched
and thirsty plains which are spread out below them.
The head- waters of the Jordan spring from the south-
ern base of Lebanon, which indeed is a great con-
denser, refrigerator, and fertilizer for all the lands
of the Jews.

THE JORDAN.

This extraordinary river rises from three principal
sources : of these the most remote springs in the
valley between Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon, from a
large fountain near the town of Hasbeiya. From
this gushing fountain it runs off, in the size of a
small river or mill-stream, due south some twelve or
fifteen miles, when it emerges into the marsh of the
Huleh, ten or twelve miles above the lake of the
same name, known in Jewish history as the Waters
of Merom. At the head of this plain, and two or
three miles to the left of the stream from Hasbeiya,
another fountain of equal volume gushes out from
the crater of an extinct volcano, Tell-el-Kady, which
marks the site of the ancient city of Dan, or Laish.
The stream from this fountain runs south, parallel
to the preceding, and unites with it in the marsh
above the lake.

East of Tell-el-Kady some three miles is Paneas,
or Banias, known in the Gospels as Caesarea Philip-
pi. Matt. xvi. 13-20 ; Mark viii. 27-30 ; Luke ix.
18-2 L Just above this town a third fountain flows
out from the brow of a lofty rock. This stream,
after passing through the town, turns to the west
into the great marsh, and then south towai^ the
lake. Before reaching the lake the three streams
unite, and discharge themselves through one chan-
nel into the reservoir. From the mountains of
Galilee, west of Huleh, several other fountains send
off copious contributions to augment the waters of
the Jordan.

MARSH AND LAKE OF HULEH.

The great marsh above the lake is eight or ten
miles square, and affords pasturage for immense
herds of sheep and goats, and droves of camels, cows,
and buffaloes.

The lake is funnel-shaped, some seven miles broad
at its northern extremity, and tapering down to an
apex at its outlet at the distance of six or eight
miles. It varies, however, in extent considerably at
different seasons of the year. The waters are very
shoal, and covered to a great extent with aquatic
plants.

[A. M. 25564-450^:3006.]

GENNESARET, THE SEA OP GALILEE, OP TIBERIAS.

About ten miles below its outlet from Huleh, the
Jordan again expands into a lake much larger than
Huleh, the Lake of Gennesaret, the Sea of Tiberias,
of Galilee. According to the estimate of Dr. Robin-
son, this sea is ten or twelve miles in length, and
half that distance in width. Lieut. Molyneux esti-
mates the lake to be sixteen or eighteen miles in
length, and half these distances in width.

At Jacob's Bridge, one mile below the outlet
from Huleh, the Jordan, while flowing with a swift
current, is eighty feet wide and four deep. Below
this it sinks into a deep gorge, and rushes rapidly
on to the lake below, making a descent of 400 feet
in its course of ten miles from sea to sea.

The Sea of Tiberias lies deeply embosomed in the
mountains which on the east break boldly down to
its waters. On the west the mountains near the
centre recede and enclose the small, fertile, and
charming plain of Magdala ; and, on the north-west,
recede by a more gentle acclivity. The waters lie
328 feet below the level of the Mediterranean. The
shores of this lovely lake were the favourite resort
of our Saviour, and the native place of several of
his disciples. Wherever you tread along its shores
it is " holy haunted ground," often trodden by the
footsteps of the Son of Man, and drenched with his
tears — the scene of a thousand hallowed associations
connected with the mighty works that have been
wrought there. Capernaum, Chorazin, Bethsaida,
Tiberias ! what a charm have these sacred names to
every Christian heart, especially when blended with
all that nature has added in the picturesque loveli-
ness of her charming scenery. The waters of the
lake are clear and sweet ; and, as in the time of our
Saviour, abound with excellent fish. The few sound-
ings that have been made indicate an average depth
of 120 or 126 feet. Lieut. Lynch found but a sin-
gle boat upon the lake, which he purchased ; nor is it
known that its waters are now cut by a single keel,
or rufl[led by a solitary oar, or that they have ever
been darkened by a single sail.

From the Sea of Tiberias to the Dead Sea, in a
direct line, the distance is sixty miles. But in its
course, the Jordan so infolds and doubles its chan-
nel by frequent windings as to run a course of 200
miles to make this distance of sixty miles in a right
line.

The channel of the river is deeply embedded be-
tween opposite terraces, running nearly parallel to
each other, at the distance of from three to five
miles. These terraces, presenting sometimes per-
pendicular cliffs, sometimes steep, precipitous banks,
[B.C. 1546—450=1096.]

THE PERIOD OF THE THEOCRACY.

.form the commencement of high rounded knolls,
conical hills, and rocks, thrown together in wild
confusion, which rise irregularly as they recede to
the highlands of the central chain of Palestine on
the west, and to a higher series of mountain heights
on the east beyond Jordan.

Between these terraces, the river, from 75 to 100
feet in width, and 6 or 8 in depth, rolls on through
its endless sinuosities and contortions, a chafed and
angry tide of waters, sometimes turbid, sometimes
clear, sometimes swift, sometimes slow, leaping down
frequent and fearful rapids, and dashing from side
to side of the narrow bed in which it is imprisoned,
as if struggling to burst the barriers by which it is
confined, and save its sacred waters from being lost
in that sea of death below.

Toward the end of its course, Lieut. Lynch ob-
served the flow of the Jordan to become more gentle,
but its meanderings continued the same. It "curved
and twisted north, south, east, and west, turning, in
the short space of half an hour, to every quarter of
the compass, — seeming as if desirous to prolong its
luxuriant meanderings in the calm and silent valley,
and reluctant to pour its sweet and sacred waters
into the accursed bosom of the bitter sea."

Such are the windings and reduplications of the
channel as it sweeps and dashes from bluff to bluff
within which it is confined, that, according to Lieut.
Lynch's survey, it runs a distance of 200 miles to
make the distance of sixty miles in a direct line
from sea to sea. In this wonderful course from the
Sea of Tiberias to the Dead Sea, the Jordan dashes
over twenty-seven frightful rapids, and makes a per-
pendicular descent of 1000 feet. The entire dis-
tance from the highest source of the Jordan to its
outlet is, in a direct line, not more than 120 miles,
in which distance it makes a descent of 2000 feet,
and according to some estimates more than this.

THE DEAD SEA.

The Dead Sea is about forty miles long, and from
six to eight miles wide. A broad peninsula projects
from the eastern shore on the south, and contracts
the breadth of the sea to within two miles. South
of this, the water is very shallow, so that in mid-
summer, when, in consequence of evaporation, the
body of the lake falls from twelve to fifteen feet,
this end is left a marsh.

The shores of this mysterious and gloomy lake
are formed on the east by perpendicular cliffs, rising
into ragged splintered points, forming an irregular
breastwork, sometimes receding a little from the
water's edge, and then again jutting out into the
G [A. M. 2556+450= -3006.]

sea; and varying in height from 1600 to 2800 feet.
The western shore presents much the same stern and
forbidding aspect, but preserves a general outline
some 400 feet lower.

Embedded deep in this awful chasm, under a
burning sun reflected from beetling heights on either
side, this sea becomes a vast caldron, from which
the evaporation is so great in summer as to ren-
der the waters intensely saline. There is also an
infusion of other ingredients, which renders the
water bitter and nauseous to the taste. No living
thing inhabits these waters, and never, but in three
instances, are they known to have been navigated
by man.

No deadly miasma, however, arises from it, as
was once supposed. The water is of a dull green
colour, highly transparent, and so dense that one
floats easily on its surface without effort, as if re-
clining on a couch.

We cannot forbear subjoining the lively account
which Mr. Stephens gives of his experience on this
point : —

" From my own experience, I can almost corrobo-
rate the most extravagant accounts of the ancients.
I know, in reference to my own specific gravity, that
in the Atlantic or Mediterranean I cannot float with-
out some little movement of the hands ; and even
then my body is almost totally submerged ; but here,
when I threw myself upon my back, my body was
half out of water. It was an exertion even for my
lank Arabs to keep themselves under.

" When I struck out in swimming, it was exceed-
ingly awkward; for my legs were constantly rising
to the surface, and even above the water. I could
have lain there and read with perfect ease. In fact,
I could have slept, and it would have been a much
easier bed than the bushes at Jericho.

" It was ludicrous to see one of the horses. As
soon as his body touched the water he was afloat,
and turned over on his side; he struggled with all his
force to preserve his equilibrium ; but the moment
he stopped moving, he turned over on his side again,
and almost on his back, kicking his feet out of
water, and snorting with terror.

" The worst of my bath was, after it was over,
my skin was covered with a thick, glutinous sub-
stance, which it required another ablution to get rid
of; and after I had wiped myself dry, my body
burned and smarted as if I had been turned round
before a roasting fire. My face and ears were in-
crusted with salt; my hairs stood out, 'each par-
ticular hair on end;' and my eyes were irritated
and inflamed, so that I felt the effects of it for seve-
ral days. In spite of all this, however, revived and
[B.C. 1546— 450=1096.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

refreshed by my bath, I mounted my horse a new

man.

Modern science has solved all the mystery about
this water. It has been satisfactorily analyzed, and
its specific gravity ascertained to be 1-211, a degree
of density unknown in any other, the specific gravity
of fresh water being 1-000; and it has been found
to hold in solution the following proportions of salt
to one hundred grains of water : —

Muriate of limo . .

. . 3-920 grains

Muriate of magnesia .

. . 10-246 "

Muriate of soda . .

. . 10-360 "

Sulphate of lime . .

. . 0-054 "

24-580 "

The Talmud remarks, perhaps correctly, that no
person was ever drowned in the Dead Sea, such be-
ing the buoyancy of its waters that one cannot sink.
Josephus states that Vespasian had men thrown into
it with their hands tied to their backs, and that
none of them was drowned.

The phosphorescence of the water is worthy of
note. " The surface of the sea was one wide sheet
of phosphorescent foam, and the waves, as they broke
upon the shore, threw a sepulchral light upon the
dead bushes and scattered fragments of rock." The
phosphorescence of the sea is generally ascribed to
the presence of animalcula; but Lieut. Lynch in-
forms us that these watere " have been subjected to
a powerful microscope, and no animalcula nor ves-
tige of animal matter could be detected."

Ten miles from the southern extremity, a bold,
broad promontory, from forty to sixty feet high,
juts from the eastern shore to within two miles of
the western cliffs which overhang the sea. This
promontory sends to the north a cape near five miles
long and two wide, which encloses a bay on the east
of the same length and inconsiderable width. The
shores of the peninsula present a perpendicular
fall, extending all round it, having the coarse and
chalky appearance of burnt stone, with a broad mar-
gin at its foot incrusted with salt and bitumen.
The summit of the peninsula is irregular and rug-
ged, in some places showing the tent-shaped forma-
tion, in others a series of disjointed crags. Lieut.
Lynch found myriads of dead locusts strewed upon
the beach near the margin of the sea.

"There were a few bushes, their stems partly
buried in the water, and their leafless branches in-
crusted with salt, which sparkle as trees do at home
when the sun shines upon them after a heavy sleet.
Such an image, presented to the mind while the
frame was weltering with the heat, was indeed like
^holding a fire in the hand and thinking of the
frosty Caucasus.' Near the immediate base of the
[A. M. 2556+450=3006.]

cliffs was a line of driftwood deposited by the sea«
at its full. Save the standing and prostrate dead
trees, there was not a vestige of vegetation. The
mind cannot conceive a more dreary scene, or an at-
mosphere more stifling and oppressive. The rever-
beration of heat and light from the chalklike-hills
and the salt beach was almost insupportable."

On the neck of this peninsula, Lieut. Lynch dis-
covered traces of ancient and rude substructions,
with fragments of pottery already described, which
indicate, as he and Dr. Robinson suppose, the site
of Zoar, but which De Saulcy regards as the remains
Zeboim.

This plain doubtless once overspread all the space
between the cape and promontory. The bed of all
this southern portion of the sea is now a submerged
plain, covered with shoal water, averaging only thir-
teen feet in deptk. North of the cape the bed
of the sea breaks almost perpendicularly down to
the depth of 1300 feet. Through this northern
section of the bed of the sea runs a ravine from
north to south, corresponding to the bed of the
Jordan.

The Dead Sea is sunk to the extraordinary depth
of 1382 feet below the level of the Mediterranean ;
and, according to some estimates, 1410 below that
of the Red Sea. The survey of Lieut. Lynch esta-
blishes the fact that some miles above the Dead Sea
the great valley of the Ghor sinks by a sudden
" break down in the bed of the Jordan." Dr. Robin-
son has fully established the fact of a similar " break
down" in the watercourses south of the Dead Sea
at the pass of Akrabbim. From these indications
there can be scarce a doubt that this whole section
of the Ghor has sunk from some extraordinary con-
vulsion of nature subsequent to that which rent the
earth and formed the vast crevasse of the Akabah,
the Arabah, and the Ghor, already described. May
not then the northern section of the Dead Sea have
been previous to this convulsion an expansion of the
Jordan similar to the Sea of Tiberias ? Or rather
do not the "two submerged plains" which form the
bed of this sea indicate tico successive convulsions,
which have given this sea those extraordinary fea-
tures, the last of which resulted in the overthrow of
the devoted cities of Sodom and Gomorrah ?

FACE OP THE COUNTRY EAST OF THE CENTRAL
CHAIN.

For some miles below the Sea of Galilee the soil
is fertile, and capable of supporting a dense popula-
tion. At the time of Lynch' s survey it was covered
with a rich gi-owth of grass and wild flowers. The
[B.C. 1546— 450=1096.]

THE PEKIOD OF THE THEOCKACY.

cheerful day was redolent with their fragrance, and
vocal with the song of birds. The distant heights
of ancient Bashan on the east, and of Galilee on the
west, Hermon, Gilboa, and Tabor, were overspread
with verdure.

Lower down, at some distance above the Dead
Sea, the landscape changes to that of a stern and
gloomy desert, of which our author has given a de-
scription : —

" Although the day was some hours past its meri-
dian, the weather was exceedingly sultry, and the
eye ached from the reverberated glare of fight it had
encountered since morning.

" There was something in this solitude — in these
spots, forsaken and alone in their hopeless sterility
and weird silence — that begat reflection, even in the
most thoughtless. In all this dreary waste there
was no sound ; for every living thing had retired,
exhausted, from the withering heat and blinding
glare. Silence, the fit companion of desolation, was
profound. The song of a bird, the chirrup of a
grasshopper, the drone of a fly, would have been out
of harmony. The wind, without which even soli-
tude is incomplete, sounded mournfully as it went
sweeping over the barren plain, and sighed, even in
the broad and garish day, like the blast of autumn
among the marshy sedge, where the cold toad croaks,
and the withered leaf is spotted like a leprosy. The
chaiacter of the whole scene of this dreary waste
was singularly wild and impressive."

EASTERN DESERT.

Between the central ridge and the valley of the
Jordan, there is a cheerless desert, from fifteen to
twenty miles in width, and one hundred miles in
length. This vast desert is composed of naked lime-
stone hills, separated from each other by deep, wind-
ing valleys, and narrow gullies covered with gravel,
and rounded, water-worn stones.

The southern portion especially of this waste, howl-
ing wilderness, is rent and torn in every direction
by jagged, perpendicular ravines, which open to the
traveller frightful gorges along the eastern border
of the desert, bounded by high, precipitous walls, as
the gloomy gateway leading into the wild and deso-
late scenery within.

" With the exception of a few olives and pome-
granates around Jericho, a small village in the Jor-
dan valley, and a few patches of green grass and
shrubs scattered here and there throughout the track
and along the western shore of the Dead Sea, there
is scarcely a tree or shrub or hiade of grass in all
this district. It would seem as though the curse
[A. M. 2556+450=3006.]

which overwhelmed the Cities of the Plain was still
burning over its arid and scathed surface."

PLAIN OF THE COAST.

From Mount Carmel to the southern extremity
of Palestine, a distance of 100 miles, there is a con-
tinuous plain between the coast and the mountains.
This plain, at first narrow and sandy, becomes wider
and more fertile as it proceeds south.

In some places this tract is interrupted by pro-
montories and rising ground running off' from the
mountains, but generally the whole coast of Pales-
tine may be described as an extensive plain of va-
rious breadth. Sometimes it expands to consider-
able width, at others it contracts into narrow valleys.

On the south it spreads out into a broad plain,
comprising the whole land of the Philistines and
the western portion of Judea. This section of coun-
try was sometimes called The Plain, in distinction
from the hill country of Judea.

The soil, with some exceptions, particularly in the
northern part of the plain, is exceedingly fertile;
and in the season of vegetation is overspread with
the richest verdure. This is particularly true of
the plain of Saron, or Sharon, between Cassarea and
Joppa.

This charming valley, so celebrated in the songs
of the poets and prophets of Judah, now lies neg-
lected, save that its verdant knolls are occasionally
interspersed with a few small Arab houses, built of
stone.

The climate all along the coast, compared with
the more elevated parts of the country, is rather un-
healthy, and very warm.

CLIMATE AND SEASONS.

There are but two seasons in Palestine — the rainy
and the dry. The rainy season begins in October
with occasional showers and intervals of fair weather.
The cold attains its greatest height in December and
January. Snow often falls in the winter months,
but the ground is not frozen, and the snow continues
but a day or two. In February and March the
weather is often very fine, but rain continues to fall
in March, so that the rainy season continues from
October to March. The first rains in October and
the last in March are the " former and the latter
rains" of Scripture, on which the productiveness of
the year so much depends. Deut. xi. 14 ; Jer. iii. 3,
V. 24 ; James v. 7.

During the months of April and May the sky is
generally serene, the air soft and balmy, and the
[B.C. 1546— 450=1096.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGBAPIIY.

whole surface of the soil covered with a luxuriant '
verdure. " The winter is past, the rain is over and
gone. The flowers appear on the earth, the time of
the singing of birds is come, and the voice of the
turtle is heard in the land."

During the months of summer not a particle of
rain falls, and under a scorching sun the verdure of
the fields withers and dies.

The harvest begins in May, and in the valley
of the Jordan even earlier, and the harvest of wheat
soon follows. Early grapes are obtained in July,
and the vintage is ended in September. In the val-
ley of the Jordan the heat becomes exceedingly op-
pressive, and the harvest is hastened in an equal
degree. About Tiberias, on the Sea of Galilee, the
inhabitants make a profitable use of this peculiarity
of their climate, by supplying the market at Da-
mascus with vegetables and melons greatly in ad-
vance of their season.

The soil of Palestine, even now, after the waste
and exhaustion of 4000 years, is of surprising fer-
tility. Dr. Robinson in his late tour found the hill
country of Galilee yielding crops which indicate a
productiveness equal to all that Josephus has said
of it. The industrial settlement lately and success-
fully begun near the pools of Solomon, south of
Bethlehem, report that they raise two crops in a
year. Their grapes almost rival the clusters of
Eshcol, a single vine having " 100 bunches of grapes,
each 3 feet long, and each grape 3 J inches in cir-
cumference." They have Indian corn 11 feet high,
watermelons of 20, 30, 40 pounds weight, and bean-
pods 13 inches long, and 6 on each stem. Their
quince-trees yield 400 quinces each, which are larger
than the largest apples of New England ; and a sin-
gle citron-tree yields 510 pounds of fruit.

INHABITANTS OP CANAAN.

Palestine was originally settled by Canaan, a son
of Ham, Gen. ix. 22, and by his posterity. Gen. x.
15-19. At the time of the patriarchs it was only
occupied by a few nomadic families, the most of
whom had no fixed abode, no permanent possessions.
The whole land was open to Lot and Abraham to
settle where they chose. Only the Canaanite and
the Perizzite then dwelt in the land. Gen. xiii. 7, 9 ;
and 200 years later, Jacob, with equal freedom from
molestation, ranged with his flocks at large over the
land. Shechem was inhabited by one of the same
name then living. Gen. xxxiv. 2. Hebron, perhaps
the oldest of the cities of Canaan, had only been
settled a short time at the death of Sarah. Num.
xiii. 22. Abraham, with 318 men, made the con-
[A.M. 2550-1-450=3000.]

quest of Chedorlaomer, who had pillaged the land,
and was returning laden with spoils.

THE HITTITES.

These, who dwelt at Hebron, were originally the
most powerful of the Canaanitish tribes, as appears
from the passages where they are mentioned. Abra-
ham treats them with profound respect. Gen. xxiii.
Esau forms a connection with them. Gen. xxvi. 34.
The possession of the whole land even is assigned to
them. Josh. i. 4. At the time of the invasion by
Joshua they have lost their importance. Uriah, in
David's army, appears as a remnant of this people,
2 Sam. xi. 3, xxiii. 39, who are reduced, with the
remnants of other tribes, to bond-service by Solo-
mon. 1 Kings ix. 20. After this they appear to
have passed over to Cyprus, the land of the Chittim,
Isa. xxiii. 1 — the isles of Chittim. Ezek. xxvii. 6.

THE HIVITES AND PERIZZITES.

These were inhabitants of the mountains of Lebar
non. Josh. ix. 1, xi. 3 j Judg. iii. 3. Some of this
tribe found a settlement farther south, in Shechem
and in Gihon. Gen. xxxiii. 19, xxxiv. 2 j Josh. ix.
3, 7, 15. near the Perizzites Josh xi. 3, xvii. 15.

THE AMORITES.

This tribe came up originally from the desert.
Gen. xiv. 7, 13 ; Judg. i. 35, 36. In the age of the
patriarchs they were an inconsiderable people, but
little known; but in the time of the Exode they
had become a powerful tribe. Their possessions ex-
tended west of the Dead Sea and Lower Jordan, over
a great part of Judea. Josh. x. 1-14. So prevalent
were they over other tribes as sometimes to repre-
sent the Canaauites generally. Josh. x. 5, 12. East
of Jordan they had dispossessed the Ammonites,
and driven back the Moabites, so as to become
masters of the whole country from the river Ar-
non to Bashan and Gilead, and the most deter-
mined and formidable foes of the Israelites. Num.
xxxii. 33, xxi. 13, 34 ; Judg. xi. 22 ; Num. xxi. 33 j
Josh. xii. 5 ; Deut. iii. 5-10.

THE GIRGASIIITES.

These are mentioned in such connection as to in-
dicate that they were an inconsiderable tribe. Gen.
X. 16 ; Josh. XV. 21. Their place of residence is not
distinctly defined. It is conjectured that they were
from the east of Jordan, and that the Gergesenes,
Matt. viii. 28, were a remnant of them.
[B. C. 1546—450=1090.]

THE PERIOD OF THE THEOCRACY.

THE JEBUSITES.

They were a warlike family of tlie Amorites, wlio
inhabited Jebus, Salem, which subsequently took
the name of Jerusalem. They successfully resisted
the Israelites, Josh. xv. 63, and retained their strong-
hold until dispossessed by David, who made their
city the capital of his empire. Josh, xviii. 28 } comp.
X. 1 and 5 ; Num. xiii. 29 ; Josh. ix. 1, xv. 8 ; Judg.
i. 8 ; 2 Sam. v. 6, 7. Solomon reduced them, with
other tribes, to bond-service.

THE PHILISTINES.

These fast and formidable foes of the Hebrews
were foreign immigrants from Caphtor, Deut. ii. 23 ;
Jer. xlvii. 4; Amos ix. 7, supposed to be Crete,
but originally descended from Mizraim, the son of
Ham. Gren. x, 14. In all their history they show
themselves a brave, warlike people, in advance of
their neighbours in cultivation, and the most formid-
able and determined enemies of the Jews.

At the time of the Exode they had become too
powerful for the Israelites to encounter, Ex. xiii.
17, though quite inconsiderable in the age of the
patriarchs. Joshua was careful not to engage in
hostilities with them. But the judges were in
frequent conflict with them. " There was sore war
with the Philistines all the days of Saul." 1 Sam.
xiv. 52. David was in continual conflict with them;
and, through all the Jewish history the Philistines,
in instances innumerable, appear as the antagonists
of the Jews down to their dispersion, when they
in turn yielded to the conquering arms of the Ko-
mans, and were merged and lost in the empire of
the Romans. Joshua indeed included their land
in the distribution to the tribes, but they never
gained possession of this portion of their inherit-
ance. Josh. XV. 45, xix. 43.

DEATH OF MOSES.

Such were the people whom the Israelites were to
dispossess, and such the promised land which they
were to inherit. They had already lingered four or
five months on the plains of Moab, over against
Jericho, in full view of their future inheritance.
During this time they had subdued their enemies
before them, Moses had written the book of Deutero-
nomy, recapitulating the blessings and the curses of
their law, and recording his final exhortations and
entreaties in the full consciousness that his eventful
life was advancing to a close. His last military act
was to wage, by God's command, an exterminating
[A. M. 2556+450=3006.]

war against the Midianites for their agency in en-
ticing the Israelites into a sin which caused 24,000
of them to perish by a plague. Num. xiv. In the
dreadful carnage of this expedition, Balaam, the
apostate prophet, was slain.

The last office of the leader of Israel toward his peo-
ple was to indite that incomparable song, Deut. xxxii.
xxxiii., in which he pronounces blessings on each of
the tribes in order, and concludes with the tri-
umphant exclamation, " There is none like unto the
God of Jeshurun. Happy art thou, Israel ! Who
is like thee, people saved of the Lord !"

Nothing was more natural than that Moses should
earnestly desire to go over and see that good land
which had so long engaged his contemplations — the
land of promise and of invitation — toward which he
had been sending forward his ardent aspirations
during the forty years of his dreary pilgrimage in
the wilderness. " I pray thee let me go over and
see that goodly land that is beyond Jordan, that
goodly mountain and Lebanon." With profound
submission he yields this cherished desire of his
heart. Forgetful of himself, he prays for a fit suc-
cessor to guide his people. " Let the Lord, the God
of the spirits of all flesh, set a man over the congrega-
tion, which may go out before them, and which may
go in before them, and which may lead them out, and
which may bring them in ; that the congregation be
not as sheep having no shepherd." Having finished
his exhortations and his prayers, the selfsame day
he goes, at the command of God, up into the mount
and dies in the presence only of God, in whom he
trusted, and is buried in an unknown grave. ^' No
man knoweth of his sepulchre unto this day."

There is some diflSculty in harmonizing the seve-
ral passages in which the names of Abarim, Pisgah,
and Nebo occur. Num. xxi. 11-13 ; Deut. xxxii. 49,
xxxiv. 1 ; Num. xxxiii. 44-47, xxiii. 14-24. Aba-
rim is supposed to be the chain of mountains run-
ning north and south, east of the Dead Sea ; Pisgah
is some height in the northern part of this chain j
and Nebo, the summit of Pisgah.

Travellers, however, have not noticed any remark-
able mountain height east of Jericho, but a line of
mountain ridge, without remarkable peaks or sum-
mits. This mountain ridge, as seen in the distance,
presents the appearance of a horizontal line, drawn
by a trembling hand along the eastern sky. The
heights of Pisgah and Nebo will probably never be
identified.

PASSAGE OP THE JORDAN.

Upon the death of Moses, Joshua, by divine com-
mand, becomes the leader of Israel, and immediately
[B.C. 1546—450=1096.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

prepares to conduct them over Jordan into their in-
heritance.

The passage of the Jordan from Shittim, the last
place of encampment, opposite Jericho, east of the
river, occurred in April, A. M. 1546 B. C, at ihe
season of the year when the river discharges its
laro'est volume of water into the Dead Sea. Its
usual width may be 100 feet, and its depth 8 or 10.
Lieut, Lynch, April 18th, found the river 120 feet
wide and 12 deep, then "in the latter stage of a
freshet." At the passage of the Israelites it is sup-
posed to have been 1200 feet in width. The waters
stood up in a heap, and set back to Zaretan and
Adam, near Beth-shean, 35 or 40 miles distant.

The Israelites encamped at Gilgal, on the plains
of Jericho, here 5 or 6 miles wide, on the opposite
shores, to renew the neglected rite of circumcision.
Here they ate of the old com of the land, and the
manna ceased. Josh. v.

GILGAL.

The site of Gilgal is entirely obliterated, but it
was east of Jericho. Josh. iv. 19. Memorable for
the pillar of twelve stones from the Jordan, Josh. iv.
20 ; for the presence of the ark of the covenant before
its removal to Shiloh, Josh, xviii. 1-11, comp. v.,
vi.; for Samuel's yearly courts, ISam. vii. 16; for
the offering and sacrilege of Saul, 1 Sam. xiii. 9 ;
for the death of Agag, 1 Sam. xv. 32, 33 ; and the
visits of David, 2 Sam. xix. 15, 40 ; of Elijah and
Elisha, 2 Kings ii. 1, iv. 38-41 ; prophetic denun-
ciations. Hos. iv. 15, ix. 15, xii. 11 j Amos iv. 4, 5.

There was another Gilgal in Samaria, south-west
from Shechem. Josh. xii. 23.

JERICHO.

This, known as the City of the Palm-trees, was
the first of the conquests of the Israelites, Josh, vi.,
is now represented by a miserable hamlet, Kiha, of
100 or 200 inhabitants, six miles west from the Jor-
dan. The original site is supposed to be two miles
west from this hamlet, on the road to Jerusalem,
where are found some ruins. Two miles north-
west from Riha is the copious fountain of Elisha.
Whether permanently healed by Elisha or not,
2 Kings ii. 21, the water is now sweet and salu-
brious. The heat in summer is intense, and the
region unhealthy.

Devoted to destruction, the curse of Joshua, vi.

26, was executed upon Hiel 520 years afterward.

I Kings xvi. 34. The messengers of David, after

the insult of Hanun, tarried here 100 years before; —

[A. M. 2556-1-460=3006.]

the royal residence of Herod the Great, who died
here, it was several times visited by our Lord. On
one occasion he was entertained by Zaccheus, wher
he healed the two blind men. Matt. xx. 29-30
Luke xix. 1-10.

CAPTURE OF AI.

This exploit, accomplished by stratagem, soon
followed. Josh. viii. 1-30. The site has been iden-
tified by Dr. Robinson, twelve miles north-west from
Jericho, ten north-east from Jerusalem, three south-
east from Bethel. It was still a city in the time of
the Syrian invasion, Isa. x. 28, and resettled after
the captivity. Ezra ii. 28 ; Neh. vii. 32.

The valley of Achor, the scene of Achan's tres-
pass, was a short distance north of Jericho.

At Shechem, twenty-five miles north from Ai, the
children of Israel with gi-eat solemnity renew their
covenant, and avouch the Lord Jehovah to be their
God, and his law, with its blessings and its curses,
to be the rule of their life, Josh. viii. 30-35, as di-
rected in Deut. xxvii. Ebal and Gerizim, on which
the tribes stood, rise 800 feet above the valley be-
tween them, which may be one-third of a mile in
width and two or three in length.

The stratagem of the Gibeonites is the next his-
torical event in the order of the narrative. Josh. ix.
" A great city as one of the royal cities," it was situ-
ated on a high eminence, six miles north of Jeru-
salem. Beeroth, four miles north, Kirjath-jearim,
an equal distance south-west, and the unknown
town, Cephirah, were under its jurisdiction.

THE SOUTHERN CONQUEST.

In defence of the Gibeonites against the five con-
federate kings of the south, Joshua was drawn into
the great battle when the "sun stood still on Gi-
beon." Josh. x. 12. The "pool of Gibeon," 2 Sam.
ii. 13, and the " great waters of Gibeon," Jer. xii.
12, are recognised in a large fountain below the
heights of Gibeon. Gibeon became a Levitical city
of Benjamin. Josh, xviii. 25, xxi. 17. The histori-
cal incidents connected with the place are the defeat
of Abner and death of Asahel, 2 Sam. ii. 18-32 — the
assassination of Amasa, 2 Sam. xx. 8-12 — the rest-
ing-place of the tabernacle for many years, the ark
being at Jerusalem, 1 Chron. xvi. 39, xvi. 39, xxi.
29 ; 2 Chron. i. 3, 4 — the offerings and the prayer of
Solomon. 1 Kings iii. 5-15 ; 2 Chron. i. 3, 13.

The confederate army, in their retreat, passed by
Beth-horon, four miles west by north from Gibeon.
Upper Beth-horon was on a high tongue of land be-
tween the valleys that run off from Gibeon and Bgc-
[B. 0.1546-450=^1096.]

THE PERIOD OP THE THEOCRACY.

roth, and uniting below this town, form the valley
of Ajalon. To Joshua, standing on this eminence,
the sun in the early part of the day might have ap-
peared over Gibcon, and the moon, near the western
horizon, might have hung over Ajalon, as he called
unto them to stay themselves in their course. In
their transit by this place the retreating army were
smitten with hailstones. Josh. x. 10-15.

Makkedah, the place of the concealment of the
five kings, is unknown. Winer infers from Joshua
X. 29, 31, that it must have been north of Libnah ;
and from Josh. x. 10, that it was south from Aze-
kah. Eusebius places it eight miles east from
Eleutheropolis. Josh. x. 15-28. It was near Socoh.
Keil supposes it to have been a little east or north-
east of it. Josh. XV. 35; 1 Sam. xvii. 1. These
places must have been on the plains south-west from
Jerusalem, but their sites are unknown.

Jarmuth, the residence of one of the captured
kings, is placed by Dr. Robinson about twelve miles
south-west from Jerusalem.

Eglon is represented by ruins overspreading an
eminence on the plains of Judah, on the borders of
the Philistines, nearly west twenty-five miles from
Hebron, and south-west from Jerusalem, on the way
to G-aza.

LACHISH.

This fenced city of Judah, which resisted for a
time the army of Nebuchadnezzar, Jer. xxxiv. 7,
where Sennacherib stationed his army under Rab-
shakeh to advance toward Jerusalem, 2 Kings xviii.
14, 17, and Amaziah was slain, 2 Kings xiv. 19 ;
2 Chron. xxv. 27, is supposed to be identified by the
ruins of Um Lakis, two miles west of Eglon. To
this conjecture, however. Dr. Robinson objects.

Mr. Layard has discovered in one of the cham-
bers of the palace of Sennacherib, at Nineveh, an
actual picture of the siege and capture of Lachish
by Rabshakeh, when he went to demand tribute of
Ilezekiah. 2 Kings xviii. 14; Isa. xxxvi. 2; 2 Kings
xix. 8 ; Isa. xxxvii. 8. As one of the most interest-
ing and satisfactory discoveries which he has made,
and wonderfully illustrative of Scripture history and
of ancient warfare, his own account of this discovery
is transferred to these pages. The whole scene is
portrayed with great spirit in bas-reliefs on the slabs
which form the ornamented walls of the room.

" These bas-reliefs represent the siege and capture
of a city evidently of great extent and importance.
It appears to have been defended by double walls,
with battlements and towers, and by fortified out-
works. The country around it was hilly and wooded,
producing the fig and the vine. The whole power
[A. M. 2550+450=3006.]

of the great king seems to have been called forth to
take this stronghold. In no other sculpture were so
many warriors seen drawn up in array before a be-
sieged city. In the first rank were the kneeling
archers ; those in the second were leaning forward,
while those in the third discharged their arrows
standing upright, and were mingled with spearmen
and slingers, the whole forming an organized and
compact phalanx. The reserve consisted of a large
party of horsemen and charioteers. Against the
fortifications had been thrown up as many as ten
banks or mounds, compactly built of stones, bricks,
earth, and branches of trees; and even battering-
rams had already been rolled up to the walls. The
be.sieged defended themselves with great determina-
tion. Spearmen, archers, and slingers thronged the
battlements and towers, showering arrows, javelins,
stones, and blazing torches upon the assailants. On
the battering-rams were bowmen discharging their
arrows, and men with ladles pouring water on the
flaming brands which, hurled from above, threatened
to destroy the engines. Ladders, probably used for
escalade, were falling from the walls upon the sol-
diers who mounted the inclined ways to the assault.
Part of the city had, however, been taken. Beneath
its walls were seen Assyrian warriors impaling their
prisoners; and from the gateway of an advanced
tower or fort issued a procession of captives reach-
ing to the presence of the king, who, gorgeously ar-
rayed, received them seated on his throne. Among
the furniture were arms, shields, chariots, vases of
metals of various forms, camels, carts drawn by
oxen and laden with women and children, and many
objects, the nature of which cannot be determined."

The following paragraph is inserted to illustrate
the Jewish costume in that remote age : —

" The vanquished people were distinguished from
the conquerors by their dress : those that defended
the battlements wore a pointed helmet, differing
from that of the Assyrian warriors in having a
fringed lappet falling over the ears. Some of the
captives had a kind of turban, not unlike that worn
by the modern Arabs of the Hedjaz. Othei-s had
no head-dress, and short hair and beards. Their
garments consisted either of a robe reaching to the
ankles, or of a tunic scarcely falling lower than the
thigh, and confined at the waist by a girdle. The
latter appeared to be the dress of the fighting men.
The women wore long skirts, with an outer cloak,
thrown, like the vail of modern Eastern ladies, over
the back of the head, and falling to the feet."

Some of the prisoners were in the hands of the
torturers. Two were stretched on the ground to be
flayed alive : others were being slain by the sword
[B. C. 1546—450=1096.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

before the throne of the king. . . . Above the king
was the following inscription, written in arrow-
headed characters: — Sennacherib, the mighty

KING OP THE COUNTRY OF ASSYRIA, SITTING IN
THE THRONE OP JUDGMENT BEPORE THE CITY OP
LaCHISH, I GIVE PERMISSION POR ITS SLAUGHTER.

Debir, one of the confederate cities, Josh. x. 3,
38, 39, is quite unknown.

Joshua, in the course of a few months, swept his
conquests over the whole of the south of Canaan,
afterward known as Judea, from Kadesh Barnea to
Gaza, and extending as far north in this country as
to Jerusalem, which is here called Goshen, Josh. x.
41, xi. 16 ; and having completely subjugated the
land, returned to the encampment of his people at
Gilgal. The other towns included in these con-
quests enumerated by Joshua, chap, xii., are, for
the most part, unknown in history.

• CONQUEST OF THE NORTH OF CANAAN.

Alarmed by these conquests at the south, the
northern natives of Canaan entered into a more ex-
tensive and formidable confederacy for theix mutual
defence against these invaders.

The head of this confederacy was Jabin, king of
Hazor, near the Waters of Merom, (the Lake Hu-
leh,) in the northern part of Galilee ; assisted by
the people of Dor, on the Mediterranean, between
Csesarea and Mount Carmel, and by the people of
Cinneroth, on the western shore of the Sea of Tibe-
rias. The other smaller tribes who inhabited the
whole extent between the Mediterranean and the
valley of the Jordan, from the mountains of Leba-
non on the north, to the parallel of Jerusalem on
the south, joined in this confederacy.

Joshua, by divine command, proceeded up the
valley of the Jordan, and along the western shore of
the Sea of Tiberias, to give them battle before their
own camp, by the Waters of Merom.

Over this allied army Joshua gained a complete
victory, and pursued the routed fugitives north-west
to "great Zidon." Another company of the confede-
rates he pursued north by east along the lake and
marsh of Huleh, where they would find two places of
retreat : one up toward Hasbeiya, between Lebanon
and Anti-Lebanon; the other, eastward by Banias
toward Damascus, The plain north and east of Hu-
leh is " the valley of Mizpeh eastward." Josh. xi. 8.

Mizrephoth-maim must have been in this region,
but is totally lost.

HAZOR.

This ancient and powerful city Professor Kitter
[A. M. 2556+450=3006.]

recognises in the ruins of Hazuri, on the southern
declivity of the Hermon of the Scriptures, the loftiest
summit of the eastern range of Lebanon. These
ruins are found occupying a commanding position
above Banias, Caesarea Philippi, north-east from the
city. Hazor must have been a city of great strength
and vast resources for that age. It "beforetime
was the head of all those kingdoms." Josh.xi.10-13.
Though burned and destroyed, it acquired power
sufficient, 200 years later, to reduce the Israelites to
servitude, and to furnish an incredible number of
chariots of iron in the campaign against Barak and
Deborah. Judg. iv. 13. Solomon fortified it as a
strong outpost of his kingdom. 1 Kings ix. 15. Two
hundred and fifty years afterward it was sacked by
Tiglath-Pileser. B. c. 738. 2 Kings xv. 29. Even
in the age of the Maccabees it still continued a pow-
erful city. 1 Mac. xi. 67.

Josh. xi. 16-18 is a summary survey of the ex-
tent of the conquests already made, ranging from
south to north. Mount Halk, the bald mountain,
is supposed to be the chalk clifFs, sixty or eighty feet
in height, which cross to Arabah, a few miles below
the Dead Sea, and in which Dr. Robinson finds the
pass of Akrabbim.

Goshen in this passage is some unknown locality
in southern Judea.

Baal Gad is not Baalbec, but some town near
Hasbeiya, and Mount Hermon, Jebel Sheikh. Von
Reaumar conjectures it to be Ctesarea Philippi,
Banias.

These northern conquests of Joshua occupied con-
siderable time. Josh. xi. 18 ; after which he main-
tained a desultory war for some years against the
giant race of highlanders who continued to retain
their strongholds in the mountains of the central
chain. But at the end of seven years the "land
rested from war." Thus during these yef.rs we
have an account of five expeditions : — 1. The over-
throw of Jericho; 2. The capture of Ai; 3. The
conquest of the kings of the south ; 4. Of the kings
of the north; 5. Of the Anakims in the southern
and western highlands.

THE THIRTY-ONE KINGS SUBDUED IN THE SEVEN
YEARS' WAR. 1546 — 7 = 1539.

Several of these have already been mentioned.
Gezer, a Levitical city, Josh. xxi. 21; 1 Chron. vi.
16, 67, on the borders of Ephraim, and in the tribe
of Dan, Josh. xvi. 3, continued in the hands of the
Canaanites, Josh. xvi. 10 ; Judg. i. 29; 1 Kings ix.
16 ; and, in David's time, was in the hands of the
Philistines. 2 Sam. v. 25 ; 1 Chron. xiv. 16 ; xx. 4.
[B. C. 1546— 450:=1096.]

:::5^

THE PERIOD OF THE THEOCRACY.

Subsequently it fell into the bands of Egyptians, and
became a part of tbe dowry of the king's daughter,
wife of Solomon, 1 Kings ix. 16, 17. Its remains
are found two miles east from Jaffa, Joppa, on the
road to Jerusalem.

Of Debir and Geder, the sites are conjectural,
probably near Arad, twenty-two miles south from
Hebron,

Hebron. See page 82.

Hormah. See page 57.

Libnah, Adullam, Makkedah. Unknown.

Bethel. See page 29.

Tappuah, five miles west from Hebron.

Hepher, near Socho, the possession of one of the
commissaries of Solomon. 1 Kings iv. 10.

Aphek, north-western part of Judah, where the
ark was taken by the Philistines. 1 Sam. iv. 1.

Lashavon. Unknown.

At this point in the enumeration the historian
passes apparently from the southern conquest to spe-
cify the results of the northern conquest.

Madon. Unknown.

Hazor. See page 87.

Shimron Meron. Unknown.

Achsaph, supposed to be Kefr Jasif, five miles
north-east from Akko, the sacred burial-place of the
Jews of that city.

Taanach, in the south-west part of the plain of
Esdraelon, south-east of Megiddo four miles, the
scene of battle between Barak and Sisera. Judg.
V.19.

Megiddo, rebuilt and fortified by Solomon, 1 Kings
ix. 15. Ahaziah, king of Judah, when wounded by
Jehu, fled hither and died. 2 Kings ix. 27. Josiah
also was slain near this place. 2 Kings xxiii. 29.
The mourning on this occasion became proverbial for
any similar national sorrow : " Like the mourning
of Hadadrimmon in the valley of Megiddon." Zech.
xii. 11.

The ruins of this place are found on the north
side of a small hill, consisting of foundations for
buildings, with prostrate pillars of granite and lime-
stone.

" The waters of Megiddo," Judg. v. 19, are pro-
bably a small stream noticed by Mr. Walcott, which
springs from the hills above Megiddo. It is suffi-
cient to feed three or four mills, and the largest
rivulet in all the southern region of the great
valley.

Kedesh of Naphtali, a Levitical city, Josh. xxi. 32,
was twenty miles east of Tyre, on the heights north
of Safet, and west of the waters of Merom. It was
a city of refuge, and the birth-place of Barak. Judg.
iv. 6. It was captured by Tiglath.-Pilcser. 2 Kings
7 [A. M. 2556+450=3006.]

90
\

XV. 29. It has been explored by American mis-
sionaries, who found an inconsiderable village, in
a small plain of great fertility, abundantly sup-
plied with water by perennial springs, and com-
manding a view of a landscape of great beauty and
vast extent. Every thing indicated that it was once
a large and important place.

Jokneam of Carmel, a Levitical city of Zebulon,
Josh. xix. 11, xxi. 34, in the plain of Esdraelon,
paid by Eusebius to be six miles north from Me-
giddo.

Dor, ten miles north from Cassarea, and somewhat
farther south from Carmel. It belonged to the tribe
of Manasseh in Issachar, but was not subdued until
the age of Solomon, Josh. xi. 23, xvii. 11 ; Judg. i.
27; IChron. vii. 29; when it became the residence
of Ben-Abinadab, one of the commissaries of Solo-
mon, and his son-in-law. 1 Kings iv. 11. A few
wretched houses mark the site of Dor.

Tii'zah, the residence of Jeroboam and his succes-
sors sixty years, until Omri built Samaria. 1 Kings
xiv. 17, XV. 21, 33, xvi. 8-18; "beautiful as Tir-
zah." Sol. Songs vi. 4. Its position has lately been
established by Dr. Robinson, north of Sychar, on a
commanding site, which is formed by the northern
declivity of Ebal.

THE FIRST DISTRIBUTION. B. C. 1539.

Five or six years the Israelites had now been oc-
cupied in an exterminating warfare with the petty
tribes ; they had made considerable progress in their
conquests. Thirty-one chieftains had been subdued,
but the conquest was incomplete. There remained
"yet very much land to be possessed." On the
south-west the five confederate cities, and the whole
country of the Philistines, and beyond them, the
Geshurites, and the tribes of the desert to Sihon
which is before Egypt, that is the river Nile.
Josh. xiii. 3.

On the north, " all Lebanon" from the coast of
Tyre and Zidon, and upward, the land of the Gib-
lites, toward the sun-rising, the region of Damas-
cus, and Baal-gad, Banias, to the "entering in of
Hamath," Josh. xiii. 4-6, north of Balbec. Still, in
consideration of the great age of Joshua, the distri-
bution was begun.

TERRITORY OE JUDAH.

This was comprised between the Mediterranean
and the Dead Sea, and the country south liordering
on the desert.

The boundaries of the tribes, though specified with
[B. C. 1646— 450=1 096.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

great minuteness, being involved in great uncer-
tainty, we pass unnoticed, and content ourselves with
a specification only of the relative position of the
several tribes. The cities and towns comprised
within the territories of the tribes respectively will
come appropriately under consideration in connec-
tion with the progress of the historical narratives in
the sacred Scriptures; but several of the towns in
the southern part of Judah may with propriety be
specified in this connection, as recently brought to
light by Dr. Robinson and other travellers.

Beersheba has been already mentioned, together
with Gerar and Hormah. Anim and Anab, below
Hebron, together with many other towns, are also
included in those of the south of Judah. The one
six or eight miles south from Hebron, and the other
half of this distance south-east from Anim.

Dr. Robinson has also the honour of having re-
covered several other towns in this neighbourhood,
and thus bringing out a sure and delightful proof of
the truth of sacred history. This history is now to-
tally unknown by the inhabitants, and yet they,
retain to this day the names of these places, just as
they were when frequented by Abraham, Isaac,
Jacob, Joshua, Samuel, and David.

With reference to several of these ancient towns
Dr. R. says, " Here we found ourselves surrounded
by the towns of the mountains of Judah ; and could
enumerate before us not less than nine places, still
beai'ing apparently their ancient names, Maon, Car-
mel, Ziph, and Juttah; Jattir, Socoh, Anab, and
Eshtemoah; and Kirjath-arba,which is Hebron. Josh.
XV. 47-55. The feelings with which we looked
upon these ancient cities, most of which had hitherto
remained unknown, were of themselves a sufficient
reward for our whole journey."

The upper and nether springs given to the daugh-
ter of Caleb, Josh. xv. 19, define a tract of country
near the unknown city of Debir. Compare Josh, xv.
with Num. xxxiv.

Beth-hoglah is a fine fountain of sweet water,
three miles west of the outlet of the Jordan. En-
shemish is supposed to be a fountain near Bethany,
on the way to Jericho; and En-rogel is well known in
the valley of Jehoshaphat, below Jerusalem. These
fountains mark the northern boundary of Judah.

Ephraim and the half tribe of Manasseh, who
chose to receive their portion within the land of pro-
mise west of the Jordan, received each their allot-
ment north of Judah.

The inheritance of Reuben was the country and

cities already described as gained from the conquest

of Sihon, king of the Amoritcs. This extended

from the river Arnon to that of Jabbok, east of

JA. M. 2556+450=3006.]

Jordan, and sixteen miles in a direct line above
the Dead Sea.

THE JABBOK.

This eastern tributary of the Jordan rises in the
mountains of Hauran, near the borders of the desert, ^
and pursues a western course of some sixty miles to
the Jordan. Several times it passes under ground.
In the rainy season it becomes a stream of consider- ^
able magnitude. Lieut. Lynch, April 17th, found:
it " a small stream trickling down a deep and wide
torrent-bed. The water was sweet, but the stones
upon the bare, exposed bank were coated with salt.
There was another bed, then dry, showing that iu
times of freshet there are two outlets to this tribu-
tary."

THE TERRITORY OE GAD.

The territory of this tribe was separated from that
of Reuben on the south by the Jabbok; on the
north it extended to the Sea of Galilee, from which it
seems to have run obliquely toward the south-east to
Ammon, on the great desert. It comprised the fer-
tile grazing country and woodland of Bashan and
Gilead, and extended quite down to Rabbah-ammon,
or Philadelphia.

THE HALF TRIBE OP BIANASSEH.

The territory of this tribe comprised the country
east of the Waters of Merom and the Sea of Galilee,
from the borders of Gad in the line of Edrei and
Salah to Mount Hermon ; an extensive and fertile
tract of country, now overspread with an infinite
multitude of ruins, which attest the ancient gran-'
deur and the number of its cities. In summer it is
at present overrun with immense herds and flocks
from the desert, which resort to these elevated plains)
for pasturage.

SHILOH.

The distribution thus far was made at Gilgal,
where the tabernacle and ark of the covenant had
hitherto continued. But they were now removed to
Shiloh by divine command. Josh. 18 : 1, as a more
central position, and more convenient for the convo-
cations of the tribes.

We are indebted to Dr. Robinson for the recovery:
of this interesting locality. It is between Jerusa-
lem and Shechem, ten or twelve miles south of the
latter place, and twice this distance north of the
former, at a short distance east of the road between
these cities.

The account of Dr. Robinson's discovery may best;
[B.C. 1546-450=1096.]

THE TEPJOD OF THE TIIEOCrvACY.

be given in liis own words : — " We carae at 7 o'clock
to the ruins of Seilun, surrounded by hills, but
looking out through the small valley which we had
traversed toward the plain on the south. Hardly
jBve minutes before reaching the proper site is an an-
cient tower, or perhaps a small chapel, about twenty-
eight feet square inside, with walls four feet thick.
Within are three prostrate columns with Corinthian
capitals, lying separate. The stone which forms
the upper part of the doorway is ornamented on the
outside with sculptured work, an amphora between
two chaplets. Along the outer wall a defence or
buttress of sloping masonry has been built up, obvi-
ously at a later period. The Arabs call this ruin
the Mosque of Seilun. As we came up, three
startled owls flew off in dismay."

Through the narrow valley toward the east, which
breaks through a ridge, and is at first shut in by
perpendicular walls of rock, and then follows a more
open tract, our traveller was conducted to the Foun-
tain of Shiloh.

"The water is excellent; and issues from the
rocks first into a sort of artificial well, eight or ten
feet deep, and thence into a reservoir lower down.
Many flocks and herds were waiting round about.
In the sides of the narrow valleys are many exca-
vated tombs, now much broken away; near the foun-
tain are also several tombs, and one in an isolated
block."

" Here then was Shiloh, where the tabernacle was
set up after the country had been subdued before
the Israelites ; and where the last and general divi-
sion of the land was made among the tribes. Josh,
xviii. 1-10. The ark and tabernacle long continued
here — fi-om the days of Joshua, during the minis-
try of all the Judges, until the close of Eli's life ;
and here Samuel was dedicated to G-cd, and his
childhood spent in the sanctuary. 1 Sam. chap, i.-iv.

" In honour of the presence of the ark there was
' a feast of the Lord in Shiloh yearly,' during which
* the daughters of Shiloh came out to dance in
dances ;' and it was on such an occasion that thoy
were seized and carried ofF by the remaining Benja-
Imites as wives. Judg. xxi. 19-23.

" The scene of these dances may not improbably
have been somewhere around the fountain above de-
iscribed. From Shiloh the ark was at length re-
jmoved to the army of Israel; and being captured
by the Philistines, returned no more to its former
place. 1 Sam. chap, iv.— vi.

" Shiloh henceforth, though sometimes the resi-
dence of prophets, as of Ahijah, celebrated in the
history of Jeroboam, 1 Kings xi. 29, xii. 15, xiv. 2
seq., is nevertheless spoken of as forsaken and ac-
fA. M. 2556+450=3000.]

cursed of God. Ps. Ixxviii. 60 seq. ; Jer. vii. 12-14,
xxvii. 6.

" It is mentioned in Scripture during the exile,
but not afterward ; and Jerome speaks of it in his
day as so utterly in ruins, that the foundations of an
altar could scarcely be pointed out. Jer. xli. 5."

THE SURVEY.

For some time after the erection of the tabernacle
at Shiloh the tribes appear to have suspended their
efforts for the conquest of the country. This indo-
lent inactivity was severely rebuked by Joshua :
" How long are ye slack to go to possess the land
which the Lord G-od of your fathers giveth you ?"

It would seem that an unequal distribution had
been made to Judah and Ephraim, and a survey of
the whole country was necessary in order justly to
allot to the remaining tribes their portion. Three
from each of the seven tribes were deputed for this
service. Seven months were occupied in this topo-
graphical survey, the first of which we have any
knowledge.

FINAL DISTRIBUTION.

On the basis of this sui*vey the distribution of the
land was readjusted, and the territories of the several
tribes assigned. Josh, xviii., xix.

Territory of Benjaimin. It appears that tlie
territory of Benjamin was taken from Judah and
Ephraim, so that Benjamin was located between these
two tribes, the line between Benjamin and Judah
running from the outlet of the Jordan to En-rogcl,
and westward through the valley of Hinnom, south
of Jerusalem, to the tribe of Dan. Between Benja-
min and Ephraim the boundary east and west ran
above Bethel and Ai, including in this territory
these cities, with Jericho, Jerusalem, and Gibeon
with her dependencies. The territory was small,
and much of it barren and incapable of cultivation.
Jericho, Jerusalem, Ilamah,Gibeah, Gibeon, and Be-
thel were the most notable places in Benjamin.
Josh, xviii. 11-28.

Territory of Simeon. The portion of this
tribe was taken from the south-west of Judah, on
the plain bordering upon the Philistines. It con-
sisted rather of certain cities and their dependencies
than of any continuous territory. Josh. xix. 1-10.
The coast of the Mediterranean and the country of
the Philistines continued to be reckoned as the pos-
session of Judah. Judg. i. 18.

Territory of Dan. The possessions of Dan,
like those of Simeon, consisted of certain cities
within the original territory of Judah, north of
[B.C. 1546— 450=1096.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

Simeon and the land of the Philistines. On the
coast of the sea the territory of Dan extended above
Joppa some distance, and included a portion of
the plain of Sharon. Dan was, therefore, between
Ephraim and Judah on the west, bordering on the
Mediterranean, as was Benjamin on the east, bor-
dering on the Jordan. Josh. xix. 40-48.

Territory of Ephraim. This tribe extended
from the Jordan to the Mediterranean, north of
Dan. Shiloh, Shechem, Samaria, and the valley of
Sharon were included in Ephraim. Josh. xvi. 1-3.
The territory of this tribe in extent and importance
was second only to that of Judah. Josh. xvi.

Territory of Manasseh. The half of this
tribe, west of Jordan, extended north of Ephraim to
the plain of Esdraelon and Mount Carmel. Josh. xvii.

Territory op Issachar. This tribe was situ-
ated north of Ephraim, and extended on the Jordan
nearly to the Sea of Grennesaret, and westward to
Manasseh. It extended to the confines of Mount
Tabor, and included the mountains of Hermon and
Gilboa, together with the principal part of the plain
of Esdraelon and Mount Carmel — the most fertile
and delightful section of all Palestine. Endor, Jez-
reel, Taanach, and Megiddo belonged to Issachar.
Josh. xix. 17-24. Tabor, in the 22d verse, is the
same as Chisloth-tabor in the 12th, a Levitical city
in Zebulon,

The Territory of Zebulon was north of Issa-
char, west of the Jordan and a considerable part of the
Sea of Galilee, and east of the southern portion of
Asher. Tiberias, Magdala, Capernaum, Cana, and
Nazareth are localities in Zebulon of great interest,
which will come into notice in the life of our Sa-
viour. Josh. xix. 10-17.

The Territory of Naphtali was north of Ze-
bulon, west of the Sea of Tiberias, the Jordan, and
the Waters of Mierom, to the entering in of Hamath,
and Hermon, or Lebanon, and east of Asher. Ha-
zor, Ijon, Abel-beth-maachah, and Kedesh of the Old
Testament, with Caesarea Philippi, the two Beth-
saidas, and Chorazin of the New, belonged to Naph-
tali. Josh. xix. 32-40.

The Territory of Asher was west of Naphtali,
and extended from the Bay of Acre, or Accho, just
north of Carmel, northward along the coast of Tyre
and Zidon, to the utmost limits of the territory of the
tribes. Josh. xix. 24-32. Rehob, Josh. xix. 28, is
distinct from Num. xiii. 21, which was in Naphtali;
in Josh. xix. 30 another town of the same name in
Asher is specified.

THE LEVITICAL CITIES.

The sons of Joseph, Ephraim and Manasseh, each
[A. M. 2.356+450=3006.]

became a tribe. The twelve were complete wiiln at
reckoning the tribe of Levi, who constituted the
priesthood. This tribe, therefore, received no spe-
cific territory; but, to the several families of the
tribe certain cities, with their suburbs, were assigned,
to the number of forty-eight. The Kohathites, de-
scendants from Aaron, who were the priests intrusted
with the care of the temple and the duties of the
temple-service, received their allotment in the ori-
ginal territory of the tribe of Judah, near the sacred
city and the temple of the Lord.

CITIES of REFUGE.

Six of the Levitical cities, three on cither side of
the Jordan, were appointed as cities of refuge from
the avenger of blood. These were situated at conve-
nient distances from each other, on a line running
from north to south, through the central portions of
the territories east and west of the Jordan.

Moses had made provision for the establishmcn
of six cities, as places of refuge, to which one whi
had accidentally caused the death of another migh'
flee, as an asylum from the avenger of blood. 1
was a merciful provision to protect the innocent"
against the hasty and unjust consequences of the eS'
tablished rights of blood-revenge, and to encourage
mild, forgiving spirit. The laws on this subject, ai
given in the references, sufficiently illustrate the n
ture of this peculiar right of revenge, and the be
nevolent provision of these cities of refuge. Ex. xxi
13; Num. XXXV. 9-35; Deut. iv. 41-43, xix. 1-13;
Josh. XX. 7-9.

In order to give the fugitive all possible advan
tage, the rabbins relate that the sanhedrim were re-
quired to make the roads that led to the cities of
refuge convenient, by enlarging them, and removing
every obstruction that might hurt the foot of the
fugitive, or injure his speed. No hillock was left,
no river was allowed over which there was not a
bridge ; and at every turn there were posts erected
with panels pointing in the right direction, and
bearing the words. Refuge, Refuge, to guide the un-
happy man in his flight.

On the west side of the Jordan the three cities of
refuge were Hebron, Shechem, and Kedesh of Naph-
tali, already described.

On the east of Jordan the three cities were Golan,
Ramoth-Gilead, and Bezer. Golan was situated in
Manasseh, in the province of Gaulonitis, on the high
and fertile table-lands east and south-east from the
Sea of Tiberias, and bounded on the south by Ba-
shan. The site of the city has not been identified.
The Jewish rabbins say that it was opposite Kedesh,
[B.C. 1516— 450=1096.]

THE PERIOD OF THE THEOCRACY.

as Ramotli Gilcad is to Shechcm ; that Bezer was in
the wilderuess east of the Dead Sea, over against
Hebron, and that the cities of refuge, on either side
of Jordan, were situated like vine-stocks in parallel
rows, opposite to each other.

DEATH OF JOSHUA. B. C. 1516.

After the distribution of the land and the dis-
missal of the tribes beyond Jordan, Joshua appears
to have retired to his own inheritance at Timnath-
serah, in the mountains of Ephraim, and to have
passed there the remainder of his days in quietness.
After the lapse of some twenty years, and just be-
fore his death, he summoned two convocations of the
people J one at Shiloh, where he delivered to them
his parting charge. Josh, xxiii. ; and another at She-
chem, where the blessing and the curse had formerly
been announced to the tribes standing on Bbal and
Gerizim.

On this occasion he caused the covenant by which
the Lord had become their sovereign, Deut. xxvii. ;
Josh. viii. 30-35, xxiv. 28; comp. Gen. xii. 6, to be
solemnly acknowledged and renewed; and caused
a record of it to be made in the Book of the Law.
He also erected a pillar, as a standing memorial of
it, under an oak near the place of this solemn trans-
action. It had been consecrated by the prayers of
Abi-aham, and by sacred associations had become a
sanctuary to them.

Soon after these solemn rites and charges to the
people, this venerable patriarch and leader of Israel
died, 1516 B. c, aged 110, and was buried on the
border of his inheritance, in Timnath-serah.

Mr. Smith, the American missionary, has with
great probability identified the burial-place of Joshua
with Tibneh, on the ancient Roman road from Jeru-
salem to Caesarea, about thirty miles north-west
from the former place. On the north side of the
hill on which the town lies are ancient sepulchres,
resembling the tombs of the kings at Jerusalem.
Possibly these tombs, if not as ancient as that of
Joshua, may indicate the site of his sepulchre " on
the north side of the hill Gaash." Josh. xxiv. 30.

EXTERMINATION OF THE CANAANITES.

la answer to the objections that have been fre-
quently urged to the forcible occupation of Canaan,
and the extermination of the inhabitants by the
tsraelites, the reply of Jahn and others is, that they
acted by direct authority of Jehovah, the King of
nations. These tribes had wearied the long-sufier-
ing of God by their sins. Their iniquity was now
full ; and the day of vengeance had fully come.
[A. M. 2556+450=3006.]

Their extermination was necessary for the accom-
plishment of the Divine purpose in making the de-
scendants of Abraham the depositaries of His word,
and preserving among them a pure religion.

They were to be wholly dispossessed of the land ;
but they were at liberty to emigi-ate to other landp,
and many of them are said to have colonized on the
northern coast of Africa.. Many ages after these
events there are said to have been found two pillars
in a town in Numidia, on which were inscribed, in
Phcenician characters, these words : " We are of
those who fled from the arms of Joshua, the robber,
the son of Naue.'^

IDOLATRIES OF THE ISRAELITES.

The children of Israel soon ceased their extermi-
nating warfare with the Canaanites, and contented
themselves with making them vassals. They even
proceeded to contract marriages with them, and thus
spread a snare for their own feet, in which tlicy
were soon entangled. They sank into idolatry, and
into the shocking licentiousness and debaucheries
with which the idolatry of Canaan was characterized.

Of these idolatries we have a remarkable instance
in the case of Micah and the Danites. Judg. xvii.-
xviii. This story, though placed at the end of the
book as a kind of supplement, belongs to a very
early period in the history of the Judges. A party
of this tribe from Zorah and Eshtaol, on the plains
of Judah, west of Jerusalem, dissatisfied with their
inheritance, go forth to establish a colony in the
northern frontiers of the land. On their way through
the mountains of Ephraim, they steal from Micah,
at Kirjath-jearim, his idolatrous images, and esta-
blish his idolatry in Laish, the city of their con-
quest, to which they give the name of Dan,

This was situated a few miles north of the Waters
of Merom, the modern El-IIuleh, and near the foun-
tain Tell-el-Kady, already described as one of the
head-waters of Jordan.

The idolatry which was introduced prepared the
place to become, several hundred years later, the
chief seat of Jeroboam's worship of the golden calf.
1 Kings xii. 29. It was overrun by the Syrians in
their invasion, 1 Kings xv. 20 ; 2 Chron. xvi. 4, and
is celebrated as the northern limit of Palestine, in
the common expression, " from Dan to Beersheba."

The mustering of the hosts of Israel to avenge the
horrible atrocity at Gibcah, was at Mizpeh, Judg.
XX., about four miles north-west from Jerusalem.
Gibeah occupied a conical hill, at an equal distance
north-east of this city, six miles north from Jerusa-
lem. These data are sufficient to direct us to the
[B.C. 1546- -450:=1096.]

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

100

acene of that dreadful caruage by wliich the tribe of
Beujamin was almost exterminated.

Eimmon, to which the remnant fled, is a high,
chalky, naked peak, about fifteen miles north by east
from Jerusalem, and east by north from Bethel.

THE OrriCE OF THE JUDGES.

This was very peculiar. They were not kings;
for Jehovah was the invisible king of the Jews,
whose decrees and instructions were given by the
Urim and Thummim. Neither were the judges
heads of the tribes, but persons who, by their vir-
tues, exercised a presiding influence, more or less
extensive, over the people, like an Indian sachem or
an Arab sheikh. They were not exclusively mili-
tary men, but rulers, headmen, to whom the com-
mand of armies fell as supreme executive officers.
The office was held for life, but was not hereditary.
They wore no badges of office, and had no salary.
Noble, magnanimous men, they felt that what they
did for their country was above all reward. They
were not merely conquerors, but reformers to cor-
rect the vices and the idolatry of the people, and the
instruments of Divine Providence to preserve the
Hebrew commonwealth and save the true religion
from utter extinction.

Dm-ing the period of the Judges, the tribes were
for 111 years, more or less, extensively under the
oppression of foreign enemies j but the whole coun-
try was seldom subject at the same time to one op-
pressor. Their own tribunals of justice were never
entirely subverted, nor was the sacred tabernacle
either entirely deserted or polluted by pagan rites.
Their condition perfectly corresponded to the sanc-
tions of their law, and they experienced its blessings
or its curses in strict conformity to their obedience
or disobedience.

The reformation under the Judges generally was
of no longer duration than the life of the deliverer.
As soon as that generation was extinct, idolatry
agitiu crept in by the same way, and soon became
predominant. Then followed subjection and op-
pression under the yoke of a neighbouring people,
till a second reformation prepared them for a new
deliverance.

"As the Hebrews in the course of time became
continually more obstinate in their idolatry, so each
subsequent oppression of the nation was always
greater and more severe than the precedino-. So
difficult was it, as mankind were then situated, to
preserve on earth a knowledge of the true God,
though so repeatedly and so expressly revealed, and
lu so high a degree made evident to the senses."
[A. M. 2556+450=3006.]

The conquests mentioned in the first cliaptcv of
Judges were antecedent to the death of Joshua.
The situation of Bezek is unknown. Joscplir.3
locates it north-east from Shcchem, near Beth-slicLiii,
but the conquests of Judah and Simeon, in the
same connection, were in the extreme south of Pa-
lestine, with the exception of Jerusalem. Judg. i. 7.
An English traveller mentions a locality bearing
this name, two miles west of Bezur, north-west of
Hebron.

Zephath, Judg. i. 17, already noticed, was one of
the " uttermost cities of Judah toward the coast of
Edom southward," where the repentant Israelites
were repulsed, with severe loss, in their rash at-
tempt to go up and possess the land, after having
been sentenced to die in the wilderness for their
impatient unbelief.

The towns in Manasseh, Ephraim, Zebulon, Asher,
and Naphtali, in which these tribes sufiered the
Canaanitcs still to dwell, have cither been already
mentioned, or are unknown.

The situation of Bochim, where the angel re-
buked the people for their remissness, Judg. ii., is
wholly conjectural. It was probably near Gilgal.

THE SERVITUDES.

The first servitude of the Israelites, b. c. 1486,
about thirty years after the death of Joshua, was of
eight years' continuance, under a king of Mesopo-
tamia, the native country of Abraham. Othniel,
their deliverer, and son of Kenaz, the brother of
Caleb, was from Debir, Judg. iii. 1-11, in the south-
western part of Judea.

Their next conquerors, B. c. 1438, eighteen years,
came from beyond Jordan and the country east of
the Dead Sea. They seem to have contented them-
selves with the conquest of " the City of Palm-trees,"
B. c. 1438.

Nothing is known of Seirath, the dwelling-place
of Ehud. He was of the tribe of Benjamin. Judg.
iii. 11-30.

The third servitude occurred B. c. 1340, twenty
years, after a pause of eighty years under Ehud and
Shamgar. Jabin of Hazor, on the northern fron-
tiers of the land, was the conqueror. Joshua, 200
years before, had subdued the city and prince of
the same name, whose descendant in turn became
the conqueror. The dwelling-place of Deborah, as
defined in Judg.iv.5, was a few miles north-east, and
Kedesh of Naphtali, already described, the residence
of Barak, was eighty miles north from Jerusalem.
Barak mustered his forces at Tabor and fell back 1o
Kishcn, in the south-west of Esdraelon, where Jabiu
[D. C. 1646—450=1096.]

101

THE PERIOD OF THE THEOCRACY.

102

gave him battle, but was pursued in his flight back
to Harosheth of the Gentiles, near Hazor, north-east
of the "Waters of Merom, where he was slain by
Jael : the result was a peace of forty years. Judg.
iv., r.

Judg. vi., vii., viii. The Midianites and Amalek-
itcs, with other tribes from the desert south and east
of Judah, became next the scourge of the Israelites,
who, during seven years of the fifth servitude, B. c.
1280, poured into Palestine in great numbers, and
with their numerous herds trampled down all the
fields, gardens, and vineyards, without distinction,
seized the cattle, plundered men and houses, and
rioted in the country as the Bedouin Arabs are ac-
customed to do at the present day when not re-
strained by force.

Of Ophrah, the birth-place of Gideon, the de-
liverer, B. C. 1273, distinct from Josh, xviii. 23 ;
1 Sam. xiii.l7,we only know that it was in the tribe
of Manasseh in Samaria, The battle of Gideon was
in the valley of Jezreel, between Mount Gilboa and
Little Hermon, where Saul was afterward overthrown.
The well of Harod, by which Gideon was encamped,
was probably on the slope of Gilboa, while the host
of the Midianites was beneath him in the valley,
" like grasshoppers for multitude, and their camels
as the sand of the sea for multitude." Judg. vi. 1,
12. From the field of battle the routed army fled
down the valley of Jezreel to Beth-shean, where
they crossed the Jordan and directed their flight
eastward across the country toward Bozrah, The
ruins of Succoth are still identified near the river on
the east side, below Beth-shean. Near this place
the castings for the vessels of Solomon's temple
were made. 1 Kings vii. 46. Penuel, or Peniel,
where Jacob wrestled with the angel of the covenant.
Gen. xsxii. 24 seq., is placed by Kiepert on the river
Jabbok, east of Succoth. Karkor is not again
mentioned in Sacred Scripture. The rock Oreb,
Judg. vii. 25, Flitter identifies with Kerak, Kir of
Moab.

Nobah, near which place Zebah and Zalmunna
were surprised and fled, is still distinguished by
vast Iloman ruins at Kannat, Kuath, seventy miles
east by north from Beth-shean, and twenty or twenty-
five north from Bozrah in the Hauran. The land
now had rest forty years.

The usurpation of Abimelech for three years
follows the administration of Gideon. Judg. ix.
Jlillo, verse 6, is doubtless a fortress, the strong-
hold mentioned in verses 46-49. Arumah, verse 41,
must have been near Shechem, possibly the same as
Piumnh. 2 Kings xxiii. 36. Thebez, where Abime-
lech met his death, is recognised in Tubas, thirteen
[A. M. 2556-}-4.50=3006.]

miles north-east from Shcchem, on the way to
Beth-shean.

Shamir, the residence of Tola, the sixth judge,
who, after Abimelech, b. C. 1230, judged Israel
twenty-three years, is assumed by Schwartz, the
Jewish rabbi, to have been Sanar, now in ruins,
but until recently a strong fortress on a round, rocky
hill of considerable elevation, five or six miles north
from Sebaste, the ancient Samaria. The Sacred
Scriptures only affirm that Shamir was in the terri-
tory of Issachai*, in the mountains of Ephraim.
Judg. X. 1, 2.

Jair, the successor of Tola, b. c. 1207, and seventh
judge, was from the half tribe of Manasseh beyond
Jordan. The Havoth Jair, thirty cities of Jair,
were in the northern part of Gilead, south and east
of the Sea of Tiberias. These are distinct from the
sixty cities of an earlier Jair. Deut. iii. 4, 14 ; Josh,
xiii. 30 ; 1 Kings iv. 13 ; Num. xxxii. 41. These
were in Bashan, farther north and east. Kamar,
the burial-place of Jair, was, according to Eusebius,
in the plain of Esdraelon, north of Megiddo.

The fifth servitude, B. C. 1185, eighteen years,
Judg. X. 6, was efiectcd by a coalition of the Philis-
tines and Ammonites,

The Maonites of Judg. x. 12, are from Maon, de-
scribed by Burckhardt, a few miles east of Edom, on
the great caravan route to Mecca. Comp. 1 Sam.
xxiii. 24, 25,

Jephthah, the next deliverer, and eighth judge,
Judg. xi., was called from the land of Tob, 1167
B. C, which, according to Schwartz, was one of the
cities of the Decapolis, on the south-east shore of the
Sea of Tiberias. The northern Aroer, near Rab-
bath-Ammon, was the scene of his conflict with the
Ammonites.

Minnith was probably the modern Mesejah, four
miles north-east from Heshbon, where many arches
and pillars, vast cisterns, deep wells, and countless
ruins, indicate the site of a city once powerful, in
this region, then populous though now deserted.
From Aroer the Ammonites were driven back to
IMinnith in their retreat toward their own country.
Mizpeh, to which Jephthah returned, Judg. xi. 34, is
understood by Bitter to have been south of Hermon
and east of the Waters of Merom.

Bethlehem, six miles south-west from Jerusalem,
the dwelling-place of Ibzan, 1161 B. C, the residence
of Boaz and Ruth, and the scene of the delightful
pastoral respecting them, became in subsequent his-
tory for ever memorable as the birth-place of David,
and the scene of the incarnation of the Saviour of
the world. Ibzan was the ninth judge, seven years.

Ajalon in Zcbulon, the burial-place of Elon, the
[B.C. 1546— 450=1096.]

103

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

104

tenth judge, B. C. 1154, distinct from that over
which Joshua commanded the moon to stand still,
is now unknown.

Of Pirathon, in the land of Ephraim, the dwell-
ing-place of Abdon, the eleventh judge, 1144 b. c,
nothing is known.

Eli at this time is high-priest, B. C. 1157, forty
years. The history of the first part of the book of
Samuel thus overlies that of the latter part of Judges.

The sixth and last servitude, B. c. 1136, was of
forty years' continuance, under the Philistines.

Samson, 1136 B. C. This remarkable personage,
equally distinguished for his great bodily strength,
his moral infirmities, and his tragical end, was born
at Zorah, in the tribe of Dan. It is still recognised,
situated upon a high hill, on the western line of the
mountains of Judah, twelve or fourteen miles west
of Jerusalem. It overlooks, on the south, the fine
deep valley of Bethshemesh, that comes out of the
mountains, and commands a wide prospect of the
great plain beyond, on the south and west. Judg. xiii.

Timnath, the scene of the next chapter, lay in
full view on the plain below, three or four miles
south of west from Zorah. Judg. xiv.

Askelon was on the coast of the Mediterranean,
nearly midway between G-aza and Ashdod, and thir-
ty-seven miles west-south-west from Jerusalem, and
twenty south-west from Timnath. It was the birth-
place of Herod the Great, who adorned it with foun-
tains, baths, and colonnades. It is particularly con-
spicuous in the history of the Crusades, at which
period its harbour was closed, and the place re-
duced to ruins.

Rev. Mr. Smith, who visited it in 1827, describes
it as one of the most mournful scenes of utter deso-
lation he had ever beheld. Thick, massive walls,
flanked with towers built on the top of a ridge of
rock that encircles the town and terminates at each
end in the sea, attest the strength and former gran-
deur of the place.

Etam, the stronghold to which Samson retired,
Judg. XV. 8, is supposed by some to have been in the
vicinity of a town of the same name, a mile or two
south of Bethlehem, which was ornamented by Solo-
mon, and fortified by Rehoboam. 1 Chron. iv. 3, 32 ;
2 Chron. xi. 6, Others suggest that it may have
been the Frank Mountain east of Bethlehem.

Lehi, Judg. xv. 9, 14, 19, is supposed to be Eleu-
theropolis, between Hebron and Askelon,
[A. M. 2556+450:^:3006.]

We next find Samson fearlessly lodging in Gaza,
the principal city of the Philistines, and bearing
away the gates of the city by an eflbrt of more
than mortal power } and then again in the valley of
Sorek, a victim to the blandishments of Delilah.
Judg. xvi.

This valley, according to Von Raumer, has its
outlet at Askelon, where it discharges a small stream
of water. Somewhere in the neighbourhood of this
city then, in just judgment for his folly, he is shorn
of his strength, and led captive and blind to Gaza,
to grind in the prison-house of his enemies ; where,
bowing himself down in the greatness of his return-
ing strength, when led out for the diversion of the
people assembled at a great festival of their god
Dagon, he tore away the solid foundations of their
temple, and perished, with multitudes of his insult-
ing foes, beneath its ruins.

Gaza, the last of the five cities of the five lords
of the Philistines, on the high road to Egypt, has
ever been an important post. Anciently it was de-
fended by a wall sixty feet in height. It required
all the energies and resources of Alexander the
Great to reduce it, which he accomplished after a
siege of five months.

The last five chapters of Joshua are an appendix
to this book, and relate to events which occurred
early after the death of Joshua. They have accord-
ingly been considered in their chronological order.

BOOK OP RUTH,

This delightful pastoral belongs to the period of
the Judges; perhaps to the times of Jcphthah. The
husband of Naomi, during a famine, removes from
Bethlehem to the land of Moab, lying south-east of
the Dead Sea, After a few years, Naomi returns in
deep poverty and afiliction to her kindred at Bethle-
hem, having buried in that foreign country her hus-
band and her two sons.

Ruth, the wife of one of the sons, returns with her
aged mother-in-law, saying, "Whither thou goest
I will go; and where thou lodgest I will lodge;
thy people shall be my people, and thy God my
God." Soon after their return to Bethlehem, Ruth
is married to Boaz, a rich relative of her deceased
husband. By this marriage this Moabitish woman
becomes the ancestor of David, and of David's greater
Son, our Lord and Saviour,

[B. 0,1546-450=1096.]

105

THE INTERMEDIATE PERIOD.

Iu6

CHAPTER VI.

THE INTERMEDIATE PERIOD; FROM SAMUEL TO DAVID AS KING, 40 YEARS.

A. M. 3006 + 40 = 3046. b. c. 1096 — 40 = 1056.

The history of Samuel and of David, the last of
the judges and the first of the kings, is inseparably
connected. During the rule of the last three judges,
Eli, a weak and inefficient but pious old man, has
been high-priest contemporary with Samson, a short
time previous to whose death Eli died, 1117 B. C.
Samuel is supposed by chronologists to have been
twenty years of age at the death of Eli and the re-
turn of the ark from the captivity of the Philis-
tines, which occurred six months after the death of
Eli, and about the time of Samson's death.

RAMATHAIM-ZOPHIM.

Samuel, the renowned prophet and judge of Israel,
was born at this place, in the mountains of Ephraim ;
but the locality itself has been the subject of more
conjecture and discussion perhaps than any other in
the history of the judges and kings of Israel. An-
cient writers identified it with Arimathea, Ramleh,
near Jaffa. Dr. Robinson, with whom Ritter also
agrees, makes it identical with Sobah, a high conical
hill, commanding a wide prospect, four or five miles
west from Jerusalem. Gesenius locates it near the
Frank Mountain, six miles south by east from Jeru-
salem ; others still farther south, toward Hebron ;
others again in the mountains of Ephraim, north of
Jerusalem; and Schwartz, the Jewish rabbi, confi-
dently places it near Sanur, north-west of Sebaste,
ancient Samaria, and forty miles north-north-west
from Jerusalem. Among these conflicting opinions,
the views of Dr. Robinson seem most worthy of con-
fidence,

APHEK.

The position of Aphek, where the ark of the cove-
nant was taken by the Philistines, is involved in
almost equal uncertainty. Robinson and Gesenius
make it identical with Aphek, near the mountains
of Gilboa, in the plain of Esdraelon, where Saul was
afterward slain. Winer and others locate it at a
great distance from this, and make it a town in
Judah.

8 [A. M. 3006+40=3046.]

ASHDOD.

The captive ark is first found at Ashdod, 1 Sam,
V. 1-9, a city of the Philistines, midway between
Joppa and Gaza, and about twenty miles from either
city, having Ekron on the north, ten miles distant,
and Askelon at an equal distance on the south. Its
ruins, consisting of broken arches and fragments of
marble columns, are found on a grassy hill near the
Mediterranean. A few inhabitants still linger about
its ruins. It is on the great route from the Eu-
phrates to the Nile, and became a military post of
great importance in the wars between the Assyrians
and Egyptians. It was, with several Philistine
cities, dismantled by Uzziah, b. c. 810. It was cap-
tured by the king of Assyria in the days of Isaiah,
Isa. XX. 1, B. c. 718, and afterward sustained a siege
by Psammetichus, king of Egypt, of twenty-nine
years, which is the longest siege on record. It was
frequently the subject of prophetic denunciation,
Jer. XXV. 20 ; Amos i. 8, iii. 9 ; Zeph. ii. 4 ; Zech.
ix. 6 ; and was afterward destroyed by the Maccabees,
B. c. 163. 1 Mac. V. 68, x. 71-78, xi. 4. Philip was
carried by the Spirit here, after baptizing the Ethi-
opian eunuch. Acts viii. 40. It subsisted many
years afterward as a miserable village.

From Ashdod we trace the ark to Gath, fifteen
miles south-east, and then again to Ekron, one of
the royal cities, Josh. xiii. 3, ten miles north-north-
east from Ashdod. This was on the borders of Ju-
dah, and a part of their territory. Josh. xv. 11, 46,
47. Admonished by the calamities of Ashdod and
Gath, Ekron, fearing to retain the ark, returns it to
the Israelites, after a captivity of seven months.
1 Sam. v., vi. Baal-zebub, the god of flies, was the
god of Ekron. Prophecies against Ekron : Jer.xxv.
20 ; Amos i. 8 ; Zeph. ii. 4 ; Zech. ix. 7. It is now
a small village built of unburnt bricks and mud.

Bethshemesh, which first received the ark from
the Philistines, 1 Sam. vi. 9, 20, is near ten miles
south-east from Ekron, and somewhat more than
-this south-west from Jerusalem. The judicial death
of thousands on this occasion, its supply of stores
[B. C. 1096— 40==1056.]

t07

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

lOS

fi )r Solomon's table, 1 Kings iv. 9, the capture of
Amaziali Iby Joash, 2 Kings xiv. 11, 12, 2 Chron.
XXV. 21, and its conquest by the Philistines under
Ahaz, 2 Chron. xxviii. 18, are the principal incidents
connected with the history of Bethshemesh. Many
foundations and ancient walls of hewn stone, over-
spreading a low swell of ground just west of the
modern village, mark the place and indicate the
fallen greatness of this ancient town.

KIBJATH-JEARIM.

To Dr. Ptobinson belongs the honour of recover-
ing, among many other towns, " the long-lost city,
Kirjath-jearim," to which the ark was conveyed
from Bethshemesh. This city he finds at Kuryet-
el-'Enab, six or seven miles north-west from Jerusa-
lem, and eight or ten north-east from Bethshemesh.
The town is built on terraces upon the side of a hill.
It was one of the dependencies of Gribeon, Josh. ix.
17, xviii. 25, 26, on the border of Benjamin. Here
the emigrants from Dan encamped. Judg. xviii. 12.
It was also the birth-place of Urijah the prophet.
Jer. xxvi. 20. But this locality is chiefly interest-
ing as the resting-place of the ark, which, for rea-
sons which do not appear, returned no more to the
tabernacle at Shiloh. Here chiefly it was kept for
seventy years, until removed to Jerusalem by David,
10-49 B. c. 2 Sam. vi. Forty-three years after which
remove it was deposited in its final resting-place,
the holy of holies in Solomon's temple. Here,
shrouded in the awful eflFulgence of the Shekinah,
the glory of which filled the most holy place in
token of the Divine presence, it continued four hun-
dred and fifty years, until the temple was destroyed.
588 B. c.

MIZPEH.

The twenty years specified in 1 Sam. vii. 2, marks
a season of dreadful declension in Israel, during
which time there was neither prophet nor judge in
the land. The ark, the tabernacle, the solemn as-
semblies, and the worship of God, together with the
administration of justice, were neglected, and the
people wholly given over to the idols of Baalim and
Ashtaroth.

At the end of this period Samuel reappears, the
people return unto the Lord, and in a great convo-
cation at Mizpeh acknowledge and inaugurate Samuel
as judge and seer in Israel. Mizpeh is identified by
Dr. Robinson as a lofty height, now known as Neby
Samuil, about two miles north-east from Kirjath-
jearim, and near twice that distance north-west
from Jerusalem. It is 500 feet above the level of
[A. M. 3006+40:^3046.]

the adjacent plains, overlooking all the mountains
round about Jerusalem, and commanding a vast
prospect from the Mediterranean and the great plain
of the coast to the Dead Sea, and the mountains of
Moab beyond. Here, on this watch-tower, the peo-
ple often assembled, Judg. xx. 1, xxi. 1 ; here Sa-
muel ofibred sacrifice and judged the people, 1 Sam.
vii. 5—16 ; here Saul was chosen king by lot, 1 Sam,
X. 17 ; and here Gedaliah, the Chaldean governor,
resided and was assassinated. 2 Kings xxv. 22, 23 ;
Jer. xl., xli.

This Mizpeh of Samuel is to be carefully dis-
tinguished from others of the same name. There
was a Mizpeh in Judah, Josh. xv. 38 ; another in
Moab, probably the same as Kir-Moab, 1 Sam. xxii.
3; another in Gilead, the same as Ramoth-Mizpeh,
Judg. xi. 29 J Josh. xiii. 26 ; and yet a second in
Gilead, north of the foregoing, where Jacob and
Laban had their final interview. Gen. xxxi. 49 ;
Judg. X. 17 ; Jer. xl. 6, 8 ; and another still, near
Mount Hermon, east of the Water's of Merom. Josh.
xi. 3, 8.

The scene of the overthrow of the Philistines by the
tempest fi-om heaven, the place where Samuel erected
his Ebenezer, Shen, and Bethcar, found in the same
connection, all are alike unknown. 1 Sam. vii. 10-12.

The circuit of Saul, 1 Sam. ix., which brings Saul
first into connection with Samuel, together with Sha-
lisha, Shalim, Zuph, and Zelzah, are involved in the
same inexplicable difficulties as the site of Eama-
thaim-Zophim.

BEZEK.

Bezek, where, with incredible expedition, Saul
mustered the hosts of Israel for the relief of Jabesh-
Gilead, is supposed to have been near Scythopolis or
Bethshean, on the west of the Jordan, and over
against Jabesh-Gilead. It was probably the resi-
dence of Adonibezek. Judg. i. 5. This success was
soon followed by the impiety and defeat of Saul, at
Gilgal. 1 Sam. xi. xiii.

JABESH-GILEAD.

Jabesh-Gilead was fifteen or twenty miles below
the outlet of the Sea of Tiberias, and a few miles
east of the Jordan. In a valley bearing this name
Dr. Robinson has recently discovered the site of this
town. It has already been mentioned. Judg. xxi.
6-14. In grateful remembrance of their deliverance
by Saul, the men of this city went by night to Beth-
shean and brought his remains, and those of his son,
and caused them to be respectfully interred. 1 gam.
xxxi.8-13; 2 Sam. xxi. 12-14 ; comp. 2 Sam. ii. 4, 7.
Filled with admiration at the energy displayed in
I"B. C. 1096— 40=:1056.]

109

THE INTERMEDIATE PERIOD.

110

this expedition against the Ammonites for tlie relief
of Jabcsh-Gilead, all Israel assembled at Gilgal and
inaugurated Saul, previously anointed and elected,
as kmcr. 1 Sam. xi. 15. B. C. 1070 — 63.

MICHMA8H.

1 Sam. xiii. About nine miles north by cast
from Jerusalem, and about half this distance south-
east from Bethaven, Bethel, verse 5, lies Michmash,
now in ruins. Some two miles south, on the way
t.0 Jemsalem, is Gibeah of Benjamin, also in ruins.
Between these places, from east to west, runs a deep
valley, the Pass of Michmash, verse 23 ; Isa. x. 29.
At Michmash and Gibeah, on either side of this
pass, were stationed two divisions of Saul's lifeguard,
verse 2. Jonathan commences hostilities at Geba,
{. e. Gibeah, by breaking down a military piUar or
Tiionument of the Philistines at this place, not by
smiting a garrison here. Incensed at this indignity,
the Philistines ' encamp in great numbers at Mich-
mash, while Saul withdraws to Gilgal, twelve or
fifteen miles south-east, verse 7. After his sacri-
legious sacrifice, which separates him from the throne
of Israel, Saul advances with his terrified forces to
Gibeah, verses 8-15, the two armies being separated
only by the Pass of Michmash. Ophrah, toward
which one band of the spoilers go, is six miles north
by east from Michmash. Sherar must be the dis-
trict beyond. Bethhoron is west from Michmash.
Zeboim, distinct from the petty kingdom near So-
dom, in the vale of Siddim, Gen. x. 19, xiv. 2, 8,
appears to have been in a valley east of Michmash.
Comp. Neh. xi. 34.

1 Sam. xiv. In the deep valley between Gebah
and Michmash, are two remarkable hills, one on
each side of the valley, standing out from the pre-
cipitous walls, of a conical or sugar-loaf form, with
steep rocky sides. These must be Bozez and Seneh,
the seat of Jonathan's bold adventure, which re-
sulted in the flight of the Philistines toward Ajalon,
west by south from Michmash, in the course of
which retreat many thousands of them were slain,
verses 1-46.

Encouraged by his signal success in the defeat of
the Philistines, Saul now begins to extend his con-
quests over enemies more remote. He wages war
with Zobah, a Syrian province north of Damascus,
extending from Hamoth to the Euphrates, whose
king was again subdued by David, 2 Sam. viii. 3 ;
X. 6 ; and yet again by Solomon. 2 Chron. viii. 3.

Ammon and Moab, east of the Dead Sea, were
also drawn into conflict with Saul. Next he directed
his forces against the Amalekitcs, in the desert
[A.M. 8006+40=3040.]

south of Palestine, those ancient, marauding, heredi-
tary enemies of the Hebrews, who had been pre-
destined to destruction. Ex. xviii. 14; Deut. xxv. 19.
Instead of utterly exterminating these, he retains
the best of the cattle for booty, and after erecting a
vain monument of his victory at Carmel, brings
back Agag, their king, as a prisoner to Gilgal, with
the best of the sheep. For this neglect of the
Divine command, the irrevocable decree of exclu-
sion from the kingdom was again pronounced against
him by Samuel. 1 Sam. xv. 23.

BETHLEHEM.

1 Sam. xvi. The anointing of David to be the
future king of Israel brings into notice Bethlehem,
ever memorable as the birthplace of the royal
Psalmist, but infinitely more sacred as the scene of
the nativity of David's Royal Son, the Lord, our Sa-
viour and Redeemer.

Bethlehem is six miles from Jerusalem, a little
west of south, and east of the road to Hebron, on an
oblong ridge, 2538 Paris feet above the Mediterra-
nean, and about 60 feet higher than Jerusalem. It
was called Bethlehem-Judah, to distinguish it from
another Bethlehem in Zebulon. Josh. xix. 15 ; Judg.
xii. 10. It is also called Ephrata, the fruitful, and
its inhabitants Ephrathites. Gen. xlviii. 7 ; Mic. v.
2. It was the scene of the book of Ruth, the birth-
place of David, and of his celebrated nephews, Joab,
Abishai, and Asahel, and was fortified by Reho-
boam. 2 Chron. xi. 6.

Bethlehem has been visited by many travellers,
and been often described. We have selected the fol-
lowing description from the travels of Dr. Olin : —

" The first appearance of Bethlehem is very strik-
ing, in whatever direction it is approached. It is
built upon a ridge of considerable elevation, which
has a rapid descent to the north and east. The
width of the town is very inconsiderable, in some
places hardly exceeding that of a single street.
From the gate at the western extremity to the con-
vent which occupies the eastern, the distance may
be half a mile. The first part of the way, the street
descends rapidly; farther on, and especially near
the convent, it becomes tolerably level.

"The houses are solidly, though roughly built of
the limestone of which this whole region is composed;
but a large part of them are in a very dilapidated
state, and uninhabited. A number are without a
roof; of others, the walls are in a ruinous condition.
The streets are narrow, and, though paved, are
almost impassable for a horse.

" The inhabitants are all Christnns, the Moham-
[B. C. 1096— 40=1056 ]

Ill

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GECGBAPIIY.

112

medans having been expelled and their houses broken
down by Ibrahim Pacha, during the insurrection of
1834. I could not ascertain what is the probable
population, though, from the extent of the town
and the number of houses, it might contain from
two to three thousand people; yet I have seen
them estimated at not more than three or four
hundred. This is certainly much below the real
number.

"The environs of Bethlehem are beautiful, but
they cannot be said to be well cultivated. There is,
indeed, no good tillage in this country, though the
best is perhaps about this ancient town. The soil
is fertile, but it is encumbered with rocks, and the
hills and valleys are covered to a considerable dis-
tance with figs, olives, pomegranates, and vine-
yards."

Since Dr. Olin's visit to this city a very interesting
and flourishing Christian settlement has been made
near Bethlehem, for agricultural purposes, in con-
nection with Christian missions. The object of this
industrial association is to develop the capabilities
of the soil, to give practical exemplification of the
arts of husbandry, and of the culture of suitable
crops, vegetables, and fruits — adopted as a means of
restoring to this desolate country the blessings of
civilized life, and of the Christian religion.

"The deep valley on the northern side of the
town, which is overlooked by the road leading to
Jerusalem, presents a scene of beauty and luxuriance
unrivalled, so far as I have yet seen, in Palestine.
The hill-sides by which it is bounded are terraced
with great labour and care, and covered with fine
fruit trees. This delicious spot may perhaps be
taken as a specimen of the general appearance of the
hill-country in the prosperous days of the Jewish
state, and of what it might once more become under
the fostering care of a good government, and of an
industrious, civilized population."

Below the heiglits of Bethlehem, in different di-
rections, are small, fruitful valleys, in some of which
Ruth followed the reapers of her kinsman Boaz.
To the shepherds also, as they watched their flocks
by night, the glory of the Lord shone round about
them, while the angel of God brought them " good
tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people,"
and the multitude of the heavenly host confii-med
the joyful tidings by that chorus of the skies, " Glory
to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good-will
to men." Such high and holy associations cluster
around the city of David, where Christ the Lord was
born, which we will not disturb by intermingling
the childish stories of legendary superstition.
[A.M. 3006+40=3046.]

CHAP. XVII. DAVID AND GOLIATH. B. C. 10G3.

Shochoh, the scene of the rencontre of David, the
youthful warrior of Israel, with Goliath, the Philis-
tine giant, was fifteen miles south-west from Bethle-
hem, and five south of Bethshemesh, and a short
distance south of the scene of Samson's exploits with
the Philistines.l Sam.xvii. This is situated on an emi-
nence over against a corresponding one on the north,
where travellers locate Azekah. The valley of Elah,
of the terebinth-tree, lay between them. In this
same valley Dr. Robinson found an immense tere-
binth-tree, " spreading its boughs far and wide like
a noble oak — under the shade of such a tree Abra-
ham might well have pitched his tent at Mamre."

Chap, xviii.-xx. The advancement of David to
be armour-bearer to Saul, and then a minstrel to
soothe him with music in his fits of morbid melan-
choly and jealousy; the repeated expeditions of
David against the Philistines ; his marriage with the
king's daughter, and the affection of Jonathan for
him ; his visit to Samuel ; his residence at Naioth,
the school of the prophets, near Ramah ; and his de-
parture from the court of Saul — all these eventful
incidents in the life of David occupied apparently
the space of only a few months,

■WANDERINGS OF DAVID.

Chap, xxi., xxii. Nob, where David ate of the
shewbread, and where, by the treachery of Doeg the
Edomite, the priests of the Lord were slain, must
have been just north of the Mount of Olives, as is
indicated by the approach of the Assyrian, who, on
these heights beyond the valley of Jehoshaphat,
stands and " shakes his hand against the mount of
the daughter of Zion, the hill of Jerusalem." Isa.
x. 32.

From Nob we trace the fugitive twenty miles
west-south-west across the country to Gath, in the
borders of the Philistines, where, under the disguise
of madness, he continues some months unknown.

Chap. xxi. Thence he flees to Adullam, supposed
to be a short distance south from Bethlehem, near
the Pools of Solomon, and some fifteen miles east by
north from Gath. Thence he transfers himself and
his father's family to Moab; and again, by the ad-
monition of the prophet Gad, returns to the unknown
forest of Hareth, in Judah. Chap. xxii. 5.

Chap, xxiii. Next he engages in a successful ex-
pedition for the deliverance of Keilah from the
Philistines. This was a walled town, now lost, a
few miles south and east from Gath, in Judah.
[B.C. 1096-40=1056.]

113

THE INTERMEDIATE PERIOD.

114

The trcaclierous ingratitude of the men of Keikh
compels him to seek his safety in concealment, which
he finds in the wilderness of Ziph, four miles south-
east from Hebron. Hachilah and Jeshimon, xxiii.
19, by the limitations of the narrative, must be re-
ferred to the same neighbourhood, but their situa-
tion is unknown. The treachery of the Ziphites com-
pels him to retire still farther south to Maon, the ruins
of which Dr. Kobinson found on a conical hill, seven
or eight miles south-east by south from Hebron.

Next, after the return of Saul from the pursuit of
him, he takes his position in the strongholds of En-
gedi, on the western cliffs of the Dead Sea, fifteen
miles or more north-east from Maon, and midway be-
tween the extremities of the Dead Sea. This was for
some time the head-quarters of Lieut. Lynch in his
late survey of this sea. The clifis at this place over-
hang the sea to the height of 1500 feet, the summit
of which commands a fine view of the vast, deep
chasm of the sea, shut in on both sides by lofty, pre-
cipitous mountains. From the sides of these cliffs
flows a copious fountain of sweet water. In some
cave within this desert David cuts off the skirt of
Saul's robe. Chap. xxiv.

From this position he soon retires to the wilder-
ness of Paran, on the borders of the great desert,
south of Judah and south-west of the southern ex-
tremity of the Dead Sea. Next follows the incident
with Nabal, the churl of Carmel, between Maon and
Ziph, six miles south by east from Hebron. Dr.
Robinson found Carmel occupying a beautiful grass-
plat, in a secluded valley sm-rounded by hills. A
vast reservoir, an ancient castle, and many founda-
tions and broken walls, with the ruins of a church
at a little distance, indicate at once the former im-
portance and present desolation of Carmel. No pen
has recorded the date or the means of its overthrow.
Chap. XXV.

We are deeply indebted to Dr. Robinson for the
recovery of these localities, the scene of David's
wanderings and trials, while frequently betrayed by
treacherous foes, and hunted, like a partridge on the
mountains, by the frenzied and relentless king to
whose throne Heaven had appointed him. The reader
will readily sympathize with the traveller in the
emotions with which he explored and brought to
light these long-lost localities of Scripture history.

" We were here in the midst of scenes memorable
of old for the adventures of David, during his wan-
derings in order to escape from the jealousy of
Saul ; and we did not fail to peruse here, and with
the deepest interest, the chapters of Scripture which
record the history of those wanderings and adven-
tures. 1 Sam. xxiii. 13 seq. ; xxiv., xxv., xxvi. Ziph
9 [A.M. 3006-j-40:=30i6.]

and Moan gave their names to the desert on the east,
as did also Engedi ; and twice did the inhabitants of
Ziph attempt to betray the youthful outlaw to the ven-
geance of his persecutor. 1 Sam. xxiii. 19, xxvi. 1.

" At that time David and his men appear to have
been very much in the condition of similar outlaws
at the present day ; for ' every one that was in dis-
tress, and every one that was in debt, and every one
that was discontented gathered themselves unto him ;
and he became a captain over them ; and there were
with him about four hundred men.' 1 Sam. xxii. 2.
They lurked in these deserts, associating with the
herdsmen and shepherds of Nabal and others, and
doing them good offices, probably in return for in-
formation and supplies obtained through them. 1
Sam. xxv. 7, 14-16.

" Hence, when Nabal held his annual sheep-shear-
ing in Carmel, David felt himself entitled to share
in the festival ; and sent a messenger recounting his
own services, and asking for a present : ' Wherefore
let the young men find favour in thine eyes ; for we
come in a good day : give, I pray thee, whatsoever
cometh to thine hand, unto thy servants and to thy
son David.' 1 Sam. xxv. 8, 9.

" In all these particulars we were deeply struck
with the truth and strength of the biblical descrip-
tions of manners and customs, almost identically the
same as they exist at the present day. On such a
festive occasion, near a town or village, even in our
own time, an Arab sheikh of the neighbouring de-
sert would hardly fail to put in a word, either in
person or by message; and his message, both in
form and substance, would be only the transcript of
that of David."

Chap. xxvi. xxvii. Having again spared the life
of Saul at Hachilah, David returns across the coun-
try to Achish of Gath, where, a year and a half or
two years before, he had played the madman ; and
settles by the grant of Achish in Ziklag, one of his
dependencies apparently in that vicinity, which has
not been recovered. From this place he goes on an
expedition against several tribes that inhabited the
desert south of the Philistines, xxvii. 8, and again
against other tribes on the south of Judah, who
seem to have been confederates of his people Israel,
xxvii. 10-12.

DEATH OP SAUL. B. C. 1056. MOUNTAINS OP
GILBOA AND HERMON.

Chap, xxviii.-xxxi. The Philistines again renew
hostilities with Israel on the plain of Esdraelon, at
the base of the mountains of Grilboa. These rise
out of the eastern portion of the plain, fifty miles
north by east from Jerusalem They attain to only
[B. C. 1C'D6— 40— 1056.]

115

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY.

116

moderate height, and extend some distance south-
east toward the Jordan. Three miles north of them
is the parallel plain of Little Hermon. These two
heights mark the position of the two armies : Saul
and his men on the western height of Gilboa, the
Philistines on those of Hermon. Endor is beyond
Ilermon, on the northern slope. Saul, in distress,
abandoned of God, passes by night across the valley
and over Ilermon, beyond the camp of the Philis-
tines, to consult the sorceress at Endor. xxviii. 7-25.
Aphek, another station of the Philistines, is said by
Jerome and Eusebius to have been near to Endor.

Either a deep well below Jezreel, on the north of
Gilboa, noticed by Wilson, or a natural fountain far-
ther east, mentioned by Robinson, was doubtless the
fountain by which the Israelites pitched their camp.
The scene of the fatal battle where " the men of
Israel fled from before the Philistines, and fell down
slain on Mount Gilboa," was the valley between
Hermon and Gilboa. xxxi. Here, upon the "high
places" of Gilboa, where, more than 200 years be-
fore, Gideon had routed the host pf Midian, Saul and
Jonathan, the beauty of Israel, were slain. " The
battle went sore against Saul ;" and, " wounded by
the archers," so that he could not escape, he fell upon
his own sword, a guilty suicide, rather than fall into
the hands of the enemy. The chronology of this pe-
riod is confused, but according to our chronologist this
unhappy and wicked prince could not have reigned
more than fourteen, nor less than seven years.

ZIKLAG.

David had accompanied the Philistines on this
expedition, but, before the battle, had returned by
reason of the distrust of the Philistines. Chap. xxix.
In his absence, a marauding party of Amalekites, in
revenge for his victory over the Geshurites,Gezerites,
and Amalekites, 1 Sam. xxvii. 8-9, have come up
from the desert, smitten and burnt Ziklag, and car-
ried away captive his wives. David immediately
pursues after them, surprises them at the brook
Besor, below Gaza, and nearly exterminates the
tribe, of whom little more is heard in history.

THE ELDERS OP JUDAH. 1 SAM. XXX. 26-31.

To the elders of the cities in the south of Judah
who had shown kindness to him as an outlaw, David
now sends presents in return from the spoils of the
Amalekites. xxx. 27-31. Instead of Bethel, The-
nius reads Bethzur, the name of an ancient fortress
of great strength, five miles north-north-west from
Hebron, the ruins of which are still extensive, in
connection with a fountain and an ancient tower.
South Ramoth was undoubtedly south of Hebron,
on the borders of the desert of Jattir. Aroer and
Eshtemoa were in the same direction, nearly in a
line south from Hebron. Rachal, Siphmoth, Chora-
shan, and Athach are quite unknown. Hormah, of
which frequent mention has been made, is located by
geographers in the neighbourhood of Kadesh-Barnea.

CHAPTER VII.

THE PERIOD OF THE MONARCHY; FROM DAVID TO THE BABYLONISH CAPTIVITY, 450 YEARS.

A. M. 3046 + 450 = 3496. b. c. 1056 — 450 = 606.

THE CIVIL WAR.

After the death of Saul, David is acknowledged
as king of Judah, and establishes himself at Hebron.
The other tribes adhere to the house of Saul, and
Ishbosheth his son is by Abner proclaimed king at
Mahanaim, beyond Jordan. Thus a civil war be-
gins between these two rival claimants for the throne,
conducted by Abner, the cousin of Saul, and Joab,
the nephew of David, men of renown and consum-
mate military talents.

Abner soon transfers his forces to Gibeon, near

Gibeah, the seat of Saul's kingdom^where they are

met by Joab at the head of David's men. Here the

challenge of Abner to Joab brings defeat upon him

[A. M. 8046+450=3490.]

and his party. 2 Sam. ii. Ammah, " that lieth be-
fore Giah," near the wilderness of Gibeon, must ha^•e
been near this city itself, 2 Sam. ii. 24, but nothing
is known of them. The same is true of the district
or pass of Bithron, through which Abner retreats to
Mahanaim. 2 Sam. ii. 29.

Laish, from whence David, by the agency of Ab-
ner, recovered his wife, Michal, the daughter of Saul,
has already fallen under our notice as Dan, in the
north of Palestine.

Bahurim, to which her husband followed her
weeping, is near Jerusalem, just east of the Mount
of Olives, where also Shimei cursed David in his
fiiglit from Absalom. 2 Sam. iii. 16, xvi. 5.

Becroth, the native place of Baanah and Rcchab,
[B. C. 1056—450=606.]

117

THE PERIOD OF THE MONARCHY.

118

the assassins of Ishboshetli, 2 Sam. iv. 2, was seven
miles north of Jerusalem, and one of the depend-
encies of Gibeon. Josh. ix. 17, xviii. 25. At the
time of the writing of the book of Samuel the town
was no more inhabited, the inhabitants having fled
to the neighbouring city of Gittaim. The revolt of
Abner and the assassination of Ishbosheth result, at
the end of two years, in the termination of the civil
war, and the inauguration of David as king over all
the tribes.

After a reign of seven and a half years at Hebron,
David takes Jerusalem, 1049 B. C, from the Jebu-
sites, and makes it the seat of his kingdom. Millo
appears to have been a fortress for the defence of
Zion at the north-east, toward Mount Jloriah.

THE PHILISTINES IN EEPHAIM.

Thrice these wakeful enemies of Israel advance to
the very gat^s of the city, and suffer a signal defeat
in Kephaim, a broad valley lying just without the
city, at the south-west, and running off in a narrow
defile through the mountains to the land of the
Philistines.

Baal-perazim appeal's to be some mount in the line
of this valley, not far from Jerusalem. 2 Sam. v. 20 ;
1 Chron. xiv. 11 ', Isa. xxviii. 21.

GEBA. 2 SAM. V. 25.

In their second repulse the Philistines withdrew to
Geba, on the northern line of Benjamin, 2 Kings
xxiii. 8, near to Gibeah, but distinct from it. It
was rebuilt by Asa, with stones from Ramah, from
which circumstance it would seem to have been near
this place. 2 Kings xv. 22 ; 2 Chron. xvi. 6. We
have thus these three towns, Geba, Gibeah of Benja-
min, and Gibeah of Saul, in the immediate vicinity
of each other. From Geba the Philistines turn in a
southwest direction across the country to Gazer, on
the north of their land.

REMOVAL OF THE ARK OF THE COVENANT.

B. c. 1049.

Chap. vi. Baalah, from which the ark of the
covenant was removed to Jerusalem, is only another
name of Kirjath-jearim, 1 Chron. xiii. 6, where it
had remained sixty-eight years.

David's victories.

Chap, viii., 1 Chron. xviii. David now extends his
eoncLuests over the surrounding' nations; first over
[A.M.3016-|-450=8-i9G.]

the Philistines, from whom he takes Metheg-Ammah,
the hridce-hit of the metropolis, — L e. the metropolis
which in 1 Chron. xviii. 1 is Gath, — then Moab and
Edom, east and south of the Dead Sea, and extends
his conquests quite to the eastern arm of the Red
Sea. Damascus, Hamath, and Zobah, on the north,
as far. as the Euphrates, are also subdued under his
arms.

VALLEY OF SALT.

David, in his military expedition to Northern Syria,
gi'eatly enriched himself with various treasures, which
he dedicated to the Lord, and "gat him a name
when he returned from smiting of the Syrians in the
valley of salt, being eighteen thousand men." 2 Sam.
viii. 13. We are indebted to Mr. Thompson for a
lively and graphic description of this remarkable
locality, which hitherto has been but little known,
and seldom visited by European travellers.

It is some distance above Hamath, and twenty-
four miles south-east of Aleppo. The incrustations
which are gathered here are carried to a neighbour-
ing village, where they are sorted, dried, winnowed,
and sold to all parts of the country.

" This vale of salt is the most extraordinary place
that I have yet visited. There was the shore, a
short distance in advance of us, as distinctly marked
as that of the ocean; but what was my surprise not
to find one drop of water — nothing but a boundless
extension of incrusted salt !

"A vast expanse of glassy salt, glowing in the
burning sun of August — an oppressive, saddening,
dismal brightness. I have rarely felt such a sad-
ness at heart as when steeped, drenched in this flood
of glory. The very atmosphere trembled, and sim-
mered, and quivered, as if it were molten silver.
The excess of brightness was terrible, and the total
silence and utter absence of any manifestations of
life were oppressive. It is a vale of utter death,
polished and burnished into intolerable and horrid
splendour. It is four days' ride in circumference.

" In winter this whole region is actually a lake,
with its margin as accurately defined as any other,
but by August the water has all evaporated, and a
crust of white, coarse-grained salt has been deposited
over the entire surface. I nowhere saw this crust
thicker than half an inch. The quantity, however,
depends upon the amount of rain during the winter,
and it is said, sometimes, and in certain places, to be
several inches in thickness."

On the south-eastern margin of this vale, our tra-
veller was informed that very extensive ruins are
found, which bear the name of Zobah or Zebah.
Thi« plac« he supposes marks the site of Hadadezer's
[B*C. 1056— 450=006.]

119

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

1£0'

capital, which David took and destroyed. From
this region to the Euphrates it is " without inha-
bitant."

Lo-debar, from whence David called to his court
Mephibosheth, the only surviving son of Jonathan,
was in Grilead, beyond Jordan, not far from Maha-
naim. 2 Sam. ix. ; xvii. 27.

SYRIAN CONFEDERACY.

Chap. X. But little is knovrn of the Syrian states
which were drawn into this grand confederacy with
Hanun against David. Zobah was north and east
of Damascus; Bethrehob south-west, around the
western base of Mount Hermon. Maacah and Ish-
tob are located on the maps south of Hermon and
east of the Waters of Mcrom. The confederacy em-
braced the provinces north and north-east of Pales-
tine to the Euphrates. The first defeat of the con-
federate army was at Medeba, 1 Chron. xix. 7,
already described, seven miles south of Heshbon.
Helam, the scene of the second defeat under David
in person, is supposed to have been near the Eu-
phrates, beyond the desert, north-east of Damascus.

Chap, xi., xiii., xiv. Eabbah of Ammon, the
scene of the tragical death of the noble and unsus-
pecting Uriah, has been already mentioned.

Baal-hazor, near Ephraim, where Amnon was as-
sassinated by Absalom, appears to have been fifteen
or twenty miles north-east from Jerusalem.

Geshur, to which Absalom fled, was in the days
of Joshua a powerful tribe, extending from Bashan,
east of the sea of Galilee, to Mount Hermon. Josh,
xii. 5.; Deut. iii. 14.

The kingdom of Talmai is assigned, by conjecture,
to the country of the Jordan, between Huleh and
Tiberias. Tekoah, the residence of the vase woman
at whose instigation Absalom was recalled, was twelve
miles south by east from Jerusalem, on an eminence
commanding an extensive prospect, and overlooking
at various points the Dead Sea and the mountains
of Moab beyond. It was fortified by Rehoboam,
and distinguished as the birthplace of the prophet
Amos. It also gave a name to the desert region
lying east of it toward the Dead Sea. The ruins of
the place cover an extent of several acres, and con-
sist of the foundations of houses, the remains of an
ancient tower or castle, and a Greek church.

THE REBELLION OF ABSALOM, AFTER 1027 B. C.

This occurs near the thirtieth year of David's
reign. Giloh, the birthplace of the talented and
[A. M. 3046-f 450^=3496.]

unprincipled Ahithophel, is only known to have
been in the hill-country of Judah. Josh. xv. 51.

On his return, Absalom began his treasonable de-
signs against the king his father. After four years,
which is assumed as the true reading of 2 Sam. xv. 7,
Absalom openly begins his rebellion at Hebron, and
soon advances to Jerusalem. David, in the mean
time, passes out at the eastern gate of the city, and
crossing the brook Kidron, in the valley below, as-
cends the Mount of Olives barefoot, and having his
head covered, and weeping, as he goes on his flight
toward Jordan.

Just beyond this mount, at Bahurim, he meekly
receives the revilings of Shimei ; and, pursuing his
journey, crosses the Jordan, apparently at some
distance beyond Jericho, and makes a stand against
his rebellious son at Mahanaim, in Gilead, where
Ishbosheth formerly held his court. 2 Sam. xv.,
xvi., xvii.

En-rogel, where "Jonathan and Ahimaaz stayed,"
xvii. 17, the seat of Adonijah's conspiracy, 1 Kings
i. 9, was in the valley of Jehoshaphat, south of the
city, just below the junction of Hinnom with this
valley. It is a quadrilateral well, 125 feet in depth,
and a fountain of living water.

The Wood of Ephraim, where Absalom was slain,
B. c. 1023, 2 Sam. xviii. 6, 17, was beyond Jordan,
near Mahanaim.

Abel-beth-maachah, to which Joab, on the return
of David to Jerusalem, pursued the fugitive rebels
under Sheba, the son of Bichri, was in the exti'eme
north of Palestine, north-west from the lake Iluleh,
and north-west of Laish or Dan and Banias, the
Cassarea Philippi of the New Testament. It was a
walled town of importance. Eighty years afterward
it was taken and sacked by Benhadad, king of Syria,
1 Kings XV. 20 ; 2 Chron. xvi. 4 ; and 200 years later,
by Tiglath-Pileser, 2 Kings xv. 29, from Assyria.

2 Sam. xxi. Zelah of Benjamin, where Saul and
Jonathan were buried, verse 14, and Gob, the scene
of battle with the Philistines and their giant cap-
tains, verses 18, 19, are altogether unknown.

These victories terminated the military expedi-
tions of David ; and his death soon followed, B. c.
1016, after a reign of forty years. Ardent and im-
pulsive, his passions betrayed him into great errors
and grievous sins, which, with the deepest penitence,
he confessed and bewailed; devoutly religious, he
zealously promoted the piety of the people ; brave,
valiant, and magnanimous ; prudent in war, mighty
in battle, he was the "light of Israel," and both the
admiration and the terror of his enemies. He
united in himself an extraordinary combination of
[B. C. 1056—450=606.]

121

THE PERIOD OF THE MONARCHY.

222

the talents of the statesman, the wanior, and the
poet, in which all history, whether profane or sacred,
offers no superior.

ACCESSION OF SOLOMON TO THE THRONE, 1017 B. C.

At the age of eighteen or twenty this youthful
monarch inherited the empire of his father, extend-
ing from the Euphrates to the Mediterranean, or, as in
1 Kings iv. 24, from Tiphsah, a city on the Euphrates,
to Azzah or Gaza, and from the mountains of Leba-
non to Egypt and the Ailanitic Gulf; and compris-
ing a population of more than 5,000,000. At peace
with all the nations of the earth, he opened an ex-
tensive commerce with foreign countries, and made
his metropolis the seat of the refinements and arts
of civilized life. He adorned it with palaces, and
with his famous temple, the most gorgeous that was
ever consecrated to the worship of God. But his
various appliances of luxury and effeminacy ex-
hausted the resources of his people; his foreign al-
liances also introduced idolatry, degeneracy, and cor-
ruption, which sadly tarnished the splendour of his
reign, so that in old age he became as ingloriously
distinguished for his effeminacy and folly as in youth
he had been renowned for his wisdom.

JERUSALEM.

This holy city, so renowned in the history of the
Jewish nation and of the world, so celebrated in
sacred song as beautiful for situation, an eternal
excellency, the joy of many generations, so mourn-
fully interesting for its sacred, solemn associations —
this venerable city is in the midst of the central
chain of mountains which runs north and south
through Palestine, on the boundary-line between the
tribes of Benjamin and Judah, thirty-three miles from
the sea, and twenty-four from the Jordan, and nearly
the same distance north of Hebron. It occupies an
irregular promontory in the midst of a confused sea
of rocks, crags, and hills. Here, on her rocky
heights, she sits dreary, silent, and solitary, amid
I surrounding desolation.

The promontory of the city begins at the distance
of a mile or more north-west of the city, at the head
of the valleys of Jehoshaphat and Gihon, which
gradually fall away on the right and left ; and, sink-
ing deeper as they run in a circuitous route around
the opposite sides of the platform of the city, unite
their deep ravines at some distance south-east of the
city, and many feet below the level of its walls.
iPerched on this lofty promontory the sacred city
idwells on high, at an elevation of 2300 feet above
9 [A. M. 3046+450=3496.]

the level of the sea; surrounded on three sides by
the intrenchments of her valleys and rocky ram-
parts, her place of defence is the munitions of rocks.

The valley of Jehoshaphat, on the north, runs
nearly east for some distance, then turns at a right
angle to the south, and opens a deep defile below
the eastern walls of the city, between it and the
Mount of Olives. The valley of Gihon pursues a
southerly course for some distance, then sweeps in a
bold angle around the base of Mount Zion, and falls
by a rapid descent into a deep narrow watercourse,
which continues in an easterly direction to its junc-
tion with the valley of Jehoshaphat.

The platform of the city is divided into four quar-
ters of unequal elevation, two of which are familiar
in sacred history as Mount Moriah and Mount Zion.
Near the line of the valley of Jehoshaphat, before
it turns to the south, a slight depression begins
at the north gate of the city. This depression,
the head of the valley of the Tyropoeon, as it runs
south through the city, sinks into a deep valley, and
divides the city into two sections, of which the east-
ern is terminated by Mount Moriah, on which stood
the temple. The western division is terminated by
Mount Zion, where was David's house and the royal
residence of his successors. These two heights were
united by a bridge crossing the Tyropoeon by a lofty
arch, or rather by a series of arches it would seem,
for the Tyropoeon is here 380 feet wide, of which
one of the bases remains to this day. The Tyro-
poeon below the walls on the south corresponds to
the valley of Hinnom, which name is also applied to
the lower part of Gihon, south of the city.

Another valley less distinct, traverses the city
from west-south-west to east-north-east to the eastern
gate of the city, forming two eminences north of
Zion and Moriah, which bear the names of Acra and
Bezetha : the former, on the west, includes what tra-
dition recognises as Mount Calvary.

Moriah, the temple mount, the south-east division
of the city above the valley of Kidron or Jehosha-
phat, is 2300 feet above the level of the sea; Mount
Zion, south-west of Moriah, rises 100 feet higher.

CALVARY, OR GOLGOTHA.

The limits of this work will not allow us to enter
into details respecting disputed localities, or state the
reasons adduced in defence of opposing opinions.
The plan of the ancient city, as drawn by Kiepert,
supposes the place of the holy sepulchre to have
been without the second wall, and the possible if not
the probable site of the crucifixion. Dr. Robinson
contends with great earnestness and ability, that it
[B. C. 1057—450=606.]

123

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL' GEOGRAPHY.

must have been within that wall, and, therefore,
cannot designate the place of the crucifixion; be-
cause our Lord suflfered without the city. Heb. xiii.
12. Many receive the reasoning of Dr. Robinson
as conclusive. Others, of equal learning and abili-
ty, adopt the tradition which refers the scene of our
Saviour's sufi'ering to the site of the Holy Sepulchre.
The discussion is sustained with great ability in the
works of Dr. Robinson, Williams, Schultz, Tobler,
Von Raumer, &c, A late writer labours to show
that our Lord suffered near the tombs of the kings
by the side of the road leading to Samaria.

OPHEL.

From the southern base of the wall of Mount
Moriah, between the valleys of Jehoshaphat and
Ilinnom, a high tongue of land slopes down to the
junction of these valleys below, at the distance of
1550 feet, where is the fountain of Siloam. On the
eastern side of the same mount there is a descent by
a steep declivity of 150 feet to the valley of Jehosha-
phat. Add to this the elevation of the walls and
the platform of the temple, the pinnacle where Jesus
stood on the last great day of the feast is 200 feet
or more above the valley.

MOUNT OF OLIVES.

Beyond the valley of Jehoshaphat, east of Jeru-
salem, the Mount of Olives rises boldly up to the
height of 2550 feet above the level of the sea, over-
looking every part of the city at the height of 150
or 200 feet, and commanding a wide prospect over
the mountains of Ephraim on the north, the hill-
country of Judea on the south, the valley of the
Jordan, the Dead Sea, and the mountains of Moab
beyond on the east and south-east.

UPPER AND LOWER POOLS.

Above the bend in the valley of Gihon, south-west
of Zion, is a large reservoir or pool, formed by a wall,
running like a mill-dam across the valley. This pool
is 592 feet in length, 275 in width, and 42 deep.
Some distance above, on the west side of the city,
is a similar pool now in ruins, the dimensions of
which are about half as great as the former. At
one of these pools, Solomon was anointed kino-.

1 Kings i. 32-39.

The present pool is now supplied by the drainage of
the ground above them, but it is supposed that both
were fed by a living fountain, which Hezckiah closed
and conducted by a hidden channel into the city.

2 Chron. xxxii. 30, xxxiii. 14; Sirach xviii. 17. Just

[A. M. 3046-f 450=3496.]

without the western wall of the temple mount there
is a well which Mr. Wolcott descended to the depth
of eighty feet, which seems to be supplied by no
natural springs, and may, according to the common
supposition, be connected both with Gihon and Si-
loam. The modern city is dependent chiefly on the
winter rains for water, which is retained in cisterns
beneath every house for use through the summer
months.

ANCIENT FOUNDATIONS.

Jerusalem retains few traces of her ancient gran-
deur, except near the base of the western wall around
the area of the temple. This wall is composed of im-
mense stones of different sizes, from twenty to thirty
feet in length, and from four to six in thickness,
which are supposed to be the remains of the ancient
walls of Solomon. De Saulcy describes similar in-
dications of the original structure on the eastern and
southern base of the existing walls of the city.
Within the walls, and beneath the platform of the
temple, are still to be found immense crypts or broad
arched avenues under ground, which evidently led
up to the temple, " whither the tribes went up, the
tribes of the Lord, to give thanks unto the name of
the Lord." Two of these arched ways, each nineteen
feet wide, opened a magnificent passage to the tem-
ple above. These are now carefully walled up, but
our missionary, Mr. Wolcott, had the rare privilege
of finding access to them through a neglected win-
dow, and to traverse in solitude these ancient aisles.
'' The arches are of hewn stone, and the noblest that
I have seen in the country. As I walked through
the broad aisles, in a stillness broken only by the
sound of my footsteps, it was a thrilling thought
that I was treading one of the avenues through
which the tribes had passed to the temple. I seemed
to see the throng of worshippers and hear their chant :
' I was glad when they said unto me, let us go into
the house of the Lord. I will pay my vows now in
the presence of all the people, in the court of the
Lord's house, in the midst of thee, Jerusalem !
Praise ye the Lord !' "

Of the walls, ancient and modern, of the ancient
gates of the city, and generally of the topography and
history of this city, we forbear to speak. These
would themselves require a volume quite exceeding
the limits of this work.

The modern city has three principal gates — the
Yafa or Jaffa gate on the west, the Damascus gate
on the north, and the eastern gate. The modem
city is divided into several wards, according to the
several religious denominations that inhabit them —
the Jewish quarters in the Tyropojon; between
[B. C 1056—450=606.]

125

THE PERIOD OF THE MONARCHY.

126

Mounts Zion and Moriali the Armenian. These
•wards are indicated with distinctness in the plan of
the city which forms the frontispiece of this book,
which, with the plan of the ancient city, should be
carefully studied in this connection.

We have spoken of the wide and wonderful land-
scape over which the eye ranges from the summit
of the Mount of Olives. But the prospect, however
interesting, is forgotten in view of other scenes nearer
and more overpowering.

You are standing where stood the compassionate
Saviour as he beheld the devoted city and wept over
it. Below you is the valley of Jchoshaphat, and
there " G-ethsemane," so suggestive of sad and sooth-
ing meditation ; there the Saviour of men knelt and
prayed and wept; and there, in the mysterious, awful
hour of his abandonment and his agony, he was be-
trayed into wicked hands to be crucified and slain.
Above and beyond the valley of Jehoshaphat and
Gethsemane, there lies in full view before you the
sacred city — Zion, city of our God. There stood his
temple; there, in the most holy place, rested the
token of his presence, overshadowing the mercy-seat.
There is Mount Zion, beautiful for situation. " On
its summit, at some hundred paces from Jerusalem,"
says Lamartine, " stands a mosque, and a group of
Turkish edifices, not unlike a European hamlet,
crowned with its church and steeple. This is Zion !
the palace, the tomb of David ! the seat of his inspi-
ration and of his joys, of his life and his repose ! A
spot doubly sacred to me, who have so often felt my
heart touched, and my thoughts rapt by the sweet
singer of Israel ! the first poet of sentiment ! the
king of lyrics ! Never have human fibres vibrated
to harmonies so deep, so penetrating, so solemn.
Never has the imagination of poet been set so high,
never has its expression been so true. Never has
the soul of man expanded itself before man, and be-
fore G-od, in tones and sentiments so tender, so
.'sympathetic, and so heartfelt."

There sits the sacred city, like a bereaved and
desolate widow, mourning over her absent and re-
jected Lord, beautiful still, though desolate and in
ruins.

All travellers agree in their representations of the
overpowering impression produced by the first view
of the Holy City, so singular in situation, so striking
in scenery, so sacred in hallowed associations.

The gloomy silence and solitude of this devoted
city, in entire harmony with the stern and awful
scenery around, are forcibly sketched by Lamar-
tine.

" No noise arises from her squares and streets, no
roads lead to her gates from the east or from the
[A. M. 3046+450=3496.]

west, from the north or from the south, except a
few paths, winding among the rocks, on which you
meet only half-naked Arabs, some camel-drivers
from Damascus, or women from Bethlehem or Jeri-
cho, carrying on their heads baskets of raisins from
Engedi, or a cage of doves, to be sold on the
morrow under the terebinthuses beyond the city

" No one passed in or out ; no mendicant even was
seated against her curbstones; no sentinel showed
himself at her threshold ; we saw, indeed, no living
object, heard no living sound ; we found the same
void, the same silence at the entrance of a city con-
taining thirty thousand souls, during the twelve
hours of the day, as we should have expected before
the entombed gates of Pompeii or Herculaneum."

The Jews have a custom singularly expressive and
touching, and equally in harmony with the mourn-
ful associations which cluster around the holy city.
At the foot of the western enclosure of the temple
mount, where the walls tower to the height of sixty
feet, are evident indications that the large stones at
the base are the identical remains of the ancient
wall of Solomon's temple. This portion of the wall
they denominate the " mourning wall." It is visited
by every Israelite on each feast and festival, and on
every Friday afternoon. Here, in confident yet
mournful expectation of again treading these courts
of the Lord, which have so long been profaned by
the foot of the Mussulman alone, the Jews reve-
rentially bow their heads and repeat their wailings
together in a most plaintive dirge. Then, lifting
their tearful eyes to heaven, they exclaim, with
broken sobs : " How long yet, Lord ! O Lord,
how long !"

Reft of thy sons, amid thy foes forlorn.

Mourn, widowed queen ! forgotten Zion, mourn !

Is this thy place, sad city, this thy throne,

Where the wild desert rears its craggy stone ;

Where suns unblest their angry lustre fling,

And wayworn pilgrims seek the scanty spring?

Where now thy pomp which kings with envy viewed;

Where now thy might which all those kings subdued?

No martial mj'riads muster in thy gate;

No suppliant nations in thy temples wait;

No prophet bards thy glittering courts among

Wake the full lyre and swell the tide of song.

But lawless Force and meagre Want are there,

And the quick-darting ej'e of restless Fear;

While cold Oblivion, mid the ruins laid,

Folds his dark wing beneath the ivy shade. Heber.

TYRE.

This renowned city, in the age of Solomon, had
been founded as long as our Eastern cities, Boston or
New York, have been. It had become the great
[B. C. 1056-450=606.]

127

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

1£8

commercial city of antiquity, alike distinguished for
its vast commerce, its various manufactures, its skill
in the arts, and its immense wealth. Her mer-
chantmen were princes in wealth and power, who
had heaped up silver as the dust, and fine gold as
the mire of the streets. The elder Hiram had as-
sisted David to build his palace hy sending him
cedar-trees, carpenters, and masons. The temple of
Solomon owed its curious workmanship and magnifi-
cence to materials, artisans, and exhaustless wealth
drawn from the same source. 1 Kings v., vi., vii.
The superintendent of the work was from Tyre, a
genius who excelled in almost all the arts. 2 Chron.
ii. } 1 Kings vii. 13 seq.

About a century after Solomon, Carthage was
built by a colony from Tyre, a little less than 900
years before Christ. Cyprus, Utica, and Cadiz were
also colonized from the same source. Strabo, indeed,
represents her as having planted no less than 500
cities along the shores of the Mediterranean and the
coasts of the Atlantic.

The city itself was situated near the northern line
of Galilee, 100 miles or more north-west from Jeru-
salem, and thirty from the Sea of Galilee. It was
built along the coast, and on a small island a short
distance from the shore. Such was the strength of
its position, and such its resources, that it sustained,
720 B. c, a siege of five years from the Assyrians,
who abandoned the effort as hopeless. Near 200
years later, it sustained a siege against the Babylo-
nians for thirteen years; and still later by 200
years, it maintained a defence against Alexander for
seven months, who finally reduced the city by cast-
ing up a mound against it, and running out a mole
to connect it with the mainland.

Much of the original island is now, according to
the prediction against it, "a place to spread nets
upon." The western shore is a ledge of rugged
rocks, fifteen or twenty feet high, against which
" the waves of the Mediterranean dash in ceaseless
surges." This shore is strewed, from one end to
the other, with columns of red and gray granite of
various sizes, the only remaining monuments of the
Bplendour of ancient Tyre. At the north-west point
of the island, forty or fifty such columns are thrown
together in one heap, beneath the waves.

The downfall and permanent desolation of Tyre is
one of the most remarkable exemplifications of the
fulfilment of prophecy which the annals of the world
exhibit. Compare in this connection, Isa. xxiii. and
Ezek. xxvi.-xxviii.

COMMERCE AND MERCHANDISE OF TYRE.

The merchandise and the commerce of Tyre, as
[A. M. 3016-1-450=3496.]

described by Ezekiel, chap, xxvii., were connecl^od
with almost all the nations of the earth; from which
she gathered wealth to perfect her beauty, and men
to complete her armies and her navies. Under the
similitude of a noble ship, the prophet sets forth the
care with which the builders perfected her beauty.

Lebanon and Hermon (^Senir) were laid under con-
tributions for fir-trees and cedars. Bashan ( Gilead)
and the coasts of Cyprus (the isles of Chittwi) fof
other materials. Her sails were of fine linen, from
Egypt, and her purple awnings, from the Grecian
islands, (jhe isles of EUsha.') This splendid sym-
bolical ship of state was provided with mariners
from Zidon, Arvad, and Gebal.

Arvad is an island near the coast from 100 or 125
miles north of Tyre, and still containing two thou-
sand inhabitants. It was a place of great strength
and greater antiquity, but its long story of three or
four thousand years is irrecoverably lost.

"Who can tell the history of Arvad? In what
volume is it recorded ? Isaiah, twenty-five hundred
years ago, asks, ' "Where is the king of Ilamath and
the king of Arphad V And Jeremiah, a hundred
years later, responds, ' Hamath is confounded, and
Arphad, for they have heard evil tidings ; they are
faint-hearted, there is sorrow on the sea, it cannot
be quiet.' "

Gebal is the modem Jebeil, on the coast, perhaps
twenty-five miles north of Beirut. " The most re-
markable thing about Jebeil is the multitude of
granite columns which are built into the walls and
castles, choke up the small harbour, and lie scat-
tered over the fields. Beautiful sarcophagi are also
frequently dug out of the ruins."

The armies of Tyre were filled with soldiers drawn
from the remotest countries — from Persia on the
east, and from Phut and Lud, distant provinces of
Egypt, on the south.

The Gammadims are not a people, but warriors,
heroes, and renowned men upon her walls.

Her merchandise was with Tarshish in the far
west, and Javan, Tubal, and Meshech, on the north-
east, provinces in the Caucasian mountains, between
the Caspian and Black Seas. Javan in this place,
according to Havernick, is some province near Tubal
and Meshech, which, like them, was engaged with
Tyre in the slave-trade.

Togarmah, Armenia, traded in these things.

Dedan and the neighbouring isles also brought
thither their merchandise. There were two persons
of this name, both of whom gave names to different
tribes. The first, descended from Abraham; in
Northern Arabia near Idumea or Edom. Gen. xxv.
3 ; Isa. xxi. 13 ; Jer. xxv. 23, xlix. 8; Ezek. xxv.
[B. C. lC56-450==606.]

r:9

THE TERIOD OF THE MONARCHY.

130

13, xxvli. 2(1 This tribe is mentioned below, verse
20. But Dedan, in the passage now under con-
sideration, traded in the productions of Southern
Arabia. Havernick and Knobel locate them near
the Persian Gulf, and suppose the islands of that re-
gion to be the isles in question. Ezek. xxxviii. 13.

Minnith, Ezek. xxvii. 17, is a city of Ammon.
Judg. xi. 33. Pannag is not a town, but some de-
licacy, which was an article of trade.

Helbon, verse 18, has been identified with a val-
ley twenty or twenty- five miles northwest from
Damascus, north of the Barada, the ancient Abana,
and parallel with it. The "wine of Helbon" is
still celebrated.

Arabia and Kedar, verse 21, are wandering Bed-
awins, who rove in caravans over these regions, en-
gaged in the carrying trade of the desert.

Sheba and Raamah, verse 22, are Southern Ara-
bia — Arabia Felix, east of the southern part of the
lied Sea.

Haran, Canneh, and Eden, verse 23, are in Meso-
potamia. Comp. 2 Kings xix. 12. The second, pro-
bably Ctesiphon, on the Euphrates, opposite Seleu-
cia. Eden, Havernick supposes, may have been the
capital of the province of Telassar, lying between
the Tigris and Euphrates, just above their junction.
Isa. xxxvii. 12. These cities, according to this com-
mentator, were the merchants of Sheba, that rich
and remote province of Arabia. But the mercantile
relations of Tyre were even more extensive, for
Chilmad and Asshur, that is, all Assyria, is en-
gaged in trade with her.

CEDARS OP LEBANON.

Lebanon, that " goodly mountain," and the cedars
thereof, the pride of its forests, are so often mentioned
in the history of Solomon as to deserve a passing
notice. We give from Dr. Wilson a description of
these cedars, and a sketch of the scenery from one
of the highest summits above them. Their position
is in the parallel of latitude 34° 15', thirty miles
above Beirut,

" As first seen by us, from Jebel-Makmel, they ap-
peared merely as a speck of green beyond the snowy
wreaths which intervened between us and them.

"The perpendicular fall of the mountain to them
is twenty-four hundred feet, for they are six thou-
sand feet above the level of the sea ; but the road
winds so cautiously down the sides of the mountain
that loaded horses and mules can get to them with-
out much difficulty. We made all possible haste to
them; and we remained a couple of hours beneath
their hallowed shelter. They stand on what may be
[A. M. 3046+460=^3496.]

called the shoulder of Lebanon, on ground of a vary-
ing level. They cover about three acres.

" The venerable patriarch trees, which have stood
the blasts of thousands of winters, amount only to
twelve, and these not standing close together in the
same clump; but those of a secondary and still
younger growth, as nearly as can be reckoned, to
three hundred and twenty-five. A person can walk
easily round the whole grove in twenty minutes.

" The most curious instance of vegetable growth
which we noticed in it was that of two trees near its
western side, stretching out their horizontal branches.
and, after embracing, actually uniting and sending
up a common stem. We measured all the larger
trees, one of which, at least, we found to be forty
feet in circumference.

" The wood is remarkably compact and solid, and
of a fine grain, and capable of being cut and carved
into ornamental pieces, and highly and delightfully
scented."

These trees diminish in every succeeding age.
Travellers formerly counted thirty or forty ; more
recently seventeen ; more recently still only a dozen.
There are now but seven of the parent stock, which
may have stood fast since the ages of Scripture
history.

COMMISSARIES OF SOLOMON.

These are not mentioned in geographical order, but
in the order perhaps in which they furnished supplies
for his household. The rotation of these was —

1st. From Mount Ephraim. 1 Kings iv. 8.

2. Verse 9. From the tribe of Dan on the
western slope of the mountains, and the plain along
the borders of the Philistines as far as Gaza, in the
vicinity of which Dr. Robinson locates Bethhanan.
Elon is a distant town near Timnath and Ekron.
Josh. xix. 43. Shaalbim was near Ajalon, Josh,
xix. 42 ; Judg. i. 35, in Dan. Makas is unknown.

3d. Verse 10. Socho, twelve miles south from
Hebron and Hepher, Josh. xvii. 17, in the uttermost
cities of the children of Judah toward the coast of
Edom southward, Josh. xv. 14, represents the south-
east part of Judah.

4th. Verse 11. Dor, on the coast above Joppa,
ten miles above Caesai-ea, and fifteen below Mount
Carmel, represents the plain of Sharon.

5th. Verse 12. The entire plain of Esdraelon,
Abel-Meholah, is referred to the fertile banks of the
Jordan, near Bethshean. Zartanah was in the same
region. 1 Kings vii. 46 ; 2 Chron. iv. 17. Jokneam,
Thenius supposes to have been situated south-west
from Abel-Meholah, in the mountains over against
the mouth of the river Jabbok.

[B. C. 1056—460=606.]

131

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

13:

Gtli. Yerse 13. Ramotli-Gilead and Argob both
direct us to tlie river Jabbok, beyond Jordan, on the
parallel of Shechem.

7th. Verse 14. Mahanaim represents the dis-
trict immediately north of Argob.

8th. Verse 15. Directs us to the country around
the Waters of Merom.

9th. Verse 16. Asher represents the northern
part of Galilee.

10th. Verse 17. Issachar represents the coun-
try west of the Jordan, about Bethshean, and oppo-
site the river Jabbok.

11th. Verse 18. Benjamin, already known to us.

12th. Verse 19. The country east and south-
east of the Sea of Galilee.

TADMOR, PALMYRA.

In addition to his military defences in Palestine,
Solomon built this remarkable city in the desert be-
tween the Euphrates and Damascus. 1 Kings ix. 18.
The object of this erection was to protect and control
the immense caravan trade of the East across the
desert. The ruins of this city cover an area of ten
miles in circumference, and consist of vast heaps of
indiscriminate rubbish, long ranges of colonnades,
and thousands of prostrate pillars, with foundations
of edifices and temples, which indicate a magnificence
rivalling the grandeur of the most renowned cities of
Greece and Rome. Most of these ruins belong in-
deed to an age subsequent to that of Solomon. But
how vast must have been the flow of wealth and
trade from east to west, that could have reared and
sustained for centuries such a city in the solitude of
a desert far from any other human habitation !

EZION GEBER AND ELATH.

The establishment of these maritime cities at the
head of the Akabah to control the commerce of the
East, and the new diversion thus given to the trade
and commerce of the nation, was another of the
great national enterprises which characterized the
reign of Solomon. The site of these cities can
hardly be identified, but they must have been near
together, at the head of the eastern gulf of the Red
Sea. The distant voyages of his merchantmen from
these ports to Ophir and unknown cities of the East,
and immense importations of gold and other precious
things so enriched the empire that silver became in
Jerusalem as stones, and King Solomon exceeded all
the kings of the earth for riches and for wisdom.

But even Solomon, with all his wisdom, still had
neither wisdom nor grace sufficient for such pros-
[A. M. 3046+450=3496.]

perily. The luxury, effeminacy, and idolatry which
tarnished the splendour of his reign, are themselves
the most expressive commentary that can be givew
upon his own melancholy reflections in the review
of his voluptuous life. " I looked upon all the
works that my hands had wrought, and on the la-
bour that I had laboured to do; and, behold, all
was vanity and vexation of spirit, and there was no
profit under the sun !" He ended his splendid
career B. c.,978, in an inglorious old age, and died
but little lamented by his subjects, having by exces-
sive exactions exhausted the resources and energies
of the nation.

KINGS OF JUDAH AND ISRAEL, 978-721 B. C.

Upon the death of Solomon, Rehoboam, the only
son of this king of whom we have any knowledge,
inherited, at the age of forty-one, that portion of his
father's kingdom, the tribes of Judah and Benjamin,
which had from the beginning adhered to the house
of David and to the religion of their fathers. The
indiscretion of this weak and wicked prince drove the
remaining tribes into open revolt under Jeroboam,
1 Kings xii. 1-20, an ambitious and idolatrous usurp-
er, whose treasonable intentions before the death of
Solomon had been clearly manifested, and who had
been prophetically announced as the future king of
these tribes, in token of the divine displeasure because
of the idolatries of Solomon. 1 Kings xi. 26-40.

The territory of the two tribes under Rehoboam
comprised about one-fourth of the kingdom of Solo-
mon. But the tribe of Levi, refusing to participate
in the idolatry of Israel which Jeroboam introduced
from Israel, went over to the kingdom of Judah.
This was also the most populous part of the country;
so that the two kingdoms numericalJy were more
equally divided.

Jeroboam made Shechem the metropolis of his
empire ; and more effectually to alienate his people
from Jerusalem, and the religious solemnities of this
city, where their fathers worshipped, he instituted
the worship of the golden calves at Bethel and at
Dan, in the two extremities of his kingdom. 1 Kings
xii. 26-33.

Both kingdoms were more or less addicted to
idolatry, and in consequence were finally given over
to captivity and destruction from a foreign foe; but
Israel was particularly distinguished for their rebel-
lion against Jehovah. Their subsequent history re-
presents a contest between Jehovah, who ought to
be ackowledged as their common Lord, and these
two rebellious kingdoms. Israel was more wedded
to her idols, and after all mild punishments proved
[B. C. 1056—450=606.]

133

THE PERIOD OF THE MONARCHY.

184

fruitless, was, at the end of 257 years, delivered over
to captivity and to utter extermination, as liad been
predicted by Moses and by later prophets. Deut.
xxviii. 36 ; 1 Kings xiv. 15 ; Hos. ix. ; Amos v.

We shall find Providence favourable or adverse
to the kingdom of Judah, also, according as the peo-
ple obeyed or transgressed the law; only here the
royal family remained unchanged, in accordance with
the promise given to David. We shall here meet,
indeed, with many idolatrous and rebellious kings,
but they are always succeeded by those of better
views, who put a stop to idolatry, re-established
theocracy in the hearts of their subjects, and by the
aid of prophets, priests, and Levites, and of the ser-
vices of the temple, restored the knowledge and
worship of Grod. Judah, therefore, though much
smaller than Israel, continued her national existence
one hundred and thirty-four years longer; but at
last, as no durable reformation was produced, she
experienced the same fate as her sister kingdom, in
fulfilment of the predictions of Moses and several
other prophets. Deut. xxviii. 36.

TIRZAH.

Tirzah, the residence of Jeroboam and of his suc-
cessors for several years, is recognised by Dr. Robin-
son in an Arab village north of Mount Ebal, at a
short distance, surrounded by immense olive gi'oves.
It was proverbial for the beauty of its situation,
Sol. Song vi. 4, before it became a royal residence.

Jeroboam was from Zared or Zaretan, below Beth-
shean, where Solomon had a brass foundry. 1 Kings
vii. 46. Up to this city the waters of the Jordan
set back when they stood and rose up as a heap for
the passage of the Israelites. Josh. iii. 16.

The reign of Jeroboam continued two-and-twenty
years ; during which he built the unknown city of
Penuel. Twice he received a solemn denunciation
from the Lord for his crimes, accompanied by the
sentence of the utter extermination of his family.
He died at the age of sixty-three years, B. c. 957,
after having acquired an infamous notoriety in all
time, as Jeroboam the son of Nebat, who made
Israel to sin. 1 Kings xii., xiii., xiv.

rehoboam's defenced cities.

Forbidden to fight against Israel, Rehoboam took
care to fortify various towns about Judah against
invasion. 2 Chron. xi. 5-13. Etam, mentioned in
connection with Bethlehem and Tekoah, is supposed
to be Urtas, near the Pools of Solomon, some two
miles south-west from Bethlehem, where a flourish-
[A. M. 3046+450=3496.]

ing Christian settlement has recently been made, to
test the capabilities of the soil and introduce the
arts of agriculture.

Bethzur and Shocho, the scene of the rencontre
between David and Goliath, have already been no-
ticed. Adullam is supposed to have been near Sho-
cho. It is to be carefully distinguished from the
cave of the same name. Comp. Gen. xxxviii. 1 ; Josh.
XV. 35, xii. 15 ; Neh. xi. 30.

Gath, the Philistine city, and Ziph, below He-
bron, the resort of David in his exile, have come
into frequent notice in his history. Mareshah is
located by conjecture a short distance south of Eleu-
thoropolis. Adoraim is still an important village,
four or five ^iles south-west from Hebron, bearing
the name of Dura.

Lachish is supposed to have been seven miles
from Eleuthoropolis, and about the same distance
west from Adoraim. Two hundred and fifty years
afterward it was besieged by Rabshakeh.

The position of Azekah is determined by its
proximity to Shocho, in the history of the combat
of David with Goliath. 1 Sam. xvii. 1.

Zorah is known to us as the birthplace of Samson,
on the borders of the plain west of Jerusalem ; and
Ajalon is that valley in which the "sun and moon
were stayed in their course." Josh. x. 12. Zorah
lies upon a high hill overlooking the plain of Beth-
shemesh. At the base of the hill is a noble foun-
tain, from which the inhabitants obtain their sup-
ply of water. Dr. Robinson, as he passed it in his
second journey, observed twelve women toiling up to
the village with jars of water on their heads, as 3000
years before the mother of Samson may have done.

The invasion of Shishak, king of Egypt, occurred
in the fifth year of the reign of Rehoboam, when
the temple and his own palace were despoiled of
their treasures. 1 Kings xiv. 25 ; 2 Chron. xii.

These military defences, however, soon proved of
little avail against Shishak, king of Egypt, who ad-
vanced by them all in the fifth year of Rehoboam's
reign, B. C. 973, and even took the city of Jerusa-
lem without a battle. 2 Chron. xii. 1-13.

Abijah became the successor of Rehoboam, 960
B. C. Zemaraim, 2 Chron. xiii. 4, where he addressed
his army before his victory over Jeroboam, and Je-
shanah, the scene of his miraculous victories, are
wholly lost in the oblivion of ages. 2 Chron. xiii. 19.

Asa, king of Judah, forty-one years from 958 to
917 B. C, successfully encountered an invading army
of Ethiopians at Mareshah, one of the fortified cities
of Rehoboam, near Gath, and pursued them to Gerar,
on the borders of the desert, 2 Chron. xiv. 9-15 ; but
whether these had come from Sheba, in Southern
[B. C. 1056—450=606.]

135

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

136

Arabia, or were now the masters of Egypt, does not
appear.

To divert Baaslia, the successor of Jeroboam,
B. C. 956, from warlike measures against him at
Ramah, he instigated the Syrians from Damascus to
invade Israel, who took Dan, now the seat of the
idolatry of Israel ; thence they extended their con-
quest down to Cinneroth or Gennesareth, a city long
lost, situated apparently on a small fertile plain of the
same name on the west side of the Sea of Gralilee,
midway between the two extremes. From this city
and plain the lake itself took the name of Gen-
nesaret.

IJON AND ABEL-BETHMAACHAH.

Ijon, now Merj-Agun, meadow of fountains, is
described by Mr. Thompson as "a small but ele-
vated and very beautiful plain, sub-circular or oval,
and so well watered as to appear quite green, even
in September." It is situated six miles above Dan,
and west of the road leading up to Balbec, between
the two ranges of Lebanon. Ijon was taken by
Tiglath-Pileser about 200 years later* 1 Kings xvi.
29. Abel-Bethmaacha, or Abel Maim, is also iden-
tified under the name of Abil, in the immediate
vicinity. They are so situated that their history is
essentially the same. This town has fallen under
our notice in connection with the rebellion of Absa-
lom. Here Sheba posted himself after the return
of David, and was slain.

THE CITY OP SAMARIA.

During the reign of Asa, from 958 to 917 B. C,
several wicked kings ruled over Israel, memorable
chiefly for their sins. 1 Kings xvi. 6-29. Omri,
however, the last of these kings, built the renowned
city of Samaria, 926 B. c, and made it, instead of
Tirzah, the capital of the kingdom of Israel.

This city now becomes distinguished in the history
of the kings of Israel, and of the prophets Elijah
and Elisha, connected with the various famines of
the land, the unexpected plenty of Samaria, and the
several deliverances of the city from the Syrians.

It continued for two hundred years the seat of
idolatry and the subject of prophetic denunciations,
until the carrying away of the ten tribes into cap-
tivity by Shalmaneser. Five hundred years after-
ward it was taken by John Hyrcanus, and razed to
the ground, according to the words of the prophet.
Mic. i. 5, 6.

Where then was Samaria ? The access to it is
through Shechem, along the verdant valley which
breaks through the mountains westward, between
[A. M. 3046+400=8496.]

Ebal and Gerizim. After turning a little to the
north-west, this valley, at the distance of three or
four miles, spreads out into a broad circular basin,
five or six miles in diameter, and bounded on every
side by mountains. From the plain of this beautiful
amphitheatre of mountains, near the western side,
rises a very high hill by almost perpendicular sides,
on which stood Samaria, commanding a position of
impregnable strength and of surpassing loveliness.
The distance from Shechem and Jacob's Well may
be six or seven miles.

Not a vestige of ancient Samaria now remains.
But it was rebuilt and adorned with regal munifi-
cence by Herod. Of these structures many inte-
resting ruins now remain. Here Philip preached the
gospel; and, in connection with Peter and John,
gathered a church. Acts viii. 5-25.

ELIJAH THE TISHBITE, B. C. 915-896.

This extraordinary prophet is abruptly introduced
to our notice in the reign of Ahab, the wicked king of
Israel. 1 Kings xvii. In the midst of a most corrupt
generation, he appears suddenly, of stern and awful
sanctity, like a messenger from heaven to rebuke the
sins of the court and the nation, as if let down from
that fiery chariot by which, when his mission was
ended, he was conveyed up to heaven without tasting
death. He is styled indeed the Tishlite, but whether
a native of Gilead or Galilee is quite uncertain. He
announces to Ahab a drought of three years without
rain or dew, and immediately withdraws and hides
himself by the brook Cherith, the Wady Kelt, above
Jericho, where he is miraculously fed, apparently
for a year or more, until the brook dries up. Then
he retires to Zarephath, the Sarepta of the New Testa-
ment, Luke iv. 26, on the coast of Tyre and Zidon,
where he is miraculously sustained through the dis-
tressing famine that still continues.

Sarepta is on the coast, seven miles below Zidon
and thirteen above Tyre. Some ruins by the beach,
and higher up on the slope of a hill, a mile distant,
indicate the site of this ancient toAyn.

ELIJAH ON MOUNT CARMEL, B. C. 906,

Next in order are the exciting scenes of Elijah with
Ahab and the prophets of Baal on Mount Carmel. 1
Kings xviii. 1-21. This is a noble bluff, which juts
boldly out into the sea forty miles below Tyre, and
about half of that distance west of Nazareth, from the
hills of which it is distinctly seen. It forms the most
conspicuous headland upon all this coast of the Medi-
terranean. From an elevation of 1500 feet in height
[B. 0.1056—450=606.]

1S7

THE PERIOD OF THE MONARCHY.

13S

it breaks almost perpendicularly down to the water's
edge, leaving only a narrow pathway around its base
to the coast below. The chain to which it belongs
runs off in a south-east direction across the country,
forming the southern limit of the plain of Esdraelon
and the boundary between Samaria and Galilee.
Lifting high its head, covered with the richest ver-
dure, it greets the distant mariner with a cheerful
welcome to the Holy Land, which it guards and
adorns so well. Radiant with beauty wherever seen,
the " excellency of Carmel" is still to every traveller
as much his admiration and his praise as of old it
was to the inspired bard.

The Kishon, where the prophets of Baal were
slain, is a fordable stream, fifty or sixty feet wide.
It drains the waters of Esdraelon, and empties into
the sea at the northern slope of Carmel.

The scene of the solitai-y prophet of the Lord
standing around the altar for a burnt-offering on this
mountain, and challenging all the prophets of Baal,
eight hundred and fifty -six in number, to decide who
is God by calling down fire from heaven to consume
the victim ; the frantic and vain cries of the false pro-
phets ; the brief prayer of the prophet of the Lord,
and the immediate and impressive answer; the ex-
termination of the prophets of Baal ; the prayer of
Elijah for the relief of the dreadful drought and fa-
mine, and the immediate answer of abundance of
rain; all conspire to form a spectacle of sublimity
seldom equalled in the stern and awful manifesta-
tions of Divine Power. 1 Kings xviii. 21-46.

FLIGHT OP THE PROPHET

Elijah, this man of God who, when sought out by
Ahab and devoted to death, stood fearlessly before
the enraged monarch, and slew his prophets, now flies
at the threat of Jezebel the queen down the whole
length of the country, 100 miles or more, to the
desert of Beersheba. Here, after recruiting his
wasted energies, he continues his flight 150 miles
farther across the great and terrible wilderness, quite
to Sinai and Horeb. Here the Lord rebukes and
reassures the desponding prophet, and sends him on
a long journey, 350 or 400 miles to Damascus, be-
yond Palestine, to anoint Hazael king over that
country. On his way he finds Elisha at Abel-
Mcholah, in the valley of the Jordan, eight or ten
miles below Scythopolis or Bethshean, and anoints
him to be a prophet of the Lord. 1 Kings xix. 16, 19.

INVASION OP BENHADAD, B. C. 902.

The place of Benhadad's first defeat, 1 Kings xx.
IJ [A.M. 3046+450=3496.]

1-21, is not specified. The second, in the year fol-
lowing, was at Aphek, in the plain of Jezreel, near
Gilboa, where the Philistines, 154 years before, had
encamped against Saul and Jonathan. Here now
the children of Israel pitched against Benhadad
" like two little flocks of kids, but the Syrians filled
the country," who, to the number of 127,000, seven
days afterward, filled the country with their dead
bodies. 1 Kings xx. 21-43.

NABOTH AT JEZREEL, B. C. 897.

Jezreel, where Ahab had a summer palace, the
scene of the tragical death of Naboth, 1 Kings xxi.
1-17, was situated on the heights which form the
western extremity of the mountains of Gilboa, twenty
miles north by west from Samaria. It is represented
to be a magnificent site for a city, commanding a
wide and noble view of the mountains of Samaria on
the south of Carmel, and the great plain of Esdraelon
on the west, and the mountains of Galilee on the
north, while to the east are seen Bashan and Gilead,
beyond Jordan.

The disastrous alliance of Jehoshaphat with Ahab,
the prophetic denunciation against the Syrians, their
defeat at Ramoth-Gilead, and the death of Ahab,
are fully detailed in the Sacred History. With
Ramoth-Gilead we have become acquainted, page 63.
Fourteen years after this, Joram, like his father
Ahab, was wounded in an attempt to recover this
place. 2 Kings viii. 28. And here Jehu was pro-
claimed and anointed king, from whence he went to
Jezreel and executed the exterminating decree of
heaven against the house of Ahab. 1 Kings xxii.
17-25; 2 Kings ix. 13. Thus in the retributive
justice of God, the dogs, according to the denuncia-
tion of the prophet, licked the blood of Ahab, in
punishment for the dogs having licked the blood of
Naboth, not in the spot where tliey licked up the hlood
of Naboth, as it is expressed in 1 Kings xxi. 19.
This was at Jezreel, but the blood of Ahab was
washed out and licked up at the pool of Samaria,
1 Kings xxii. 38, twenty miles distant. The inter-
view with Elijah at Carmel was in the ninth year of
Ahab's reign. The denunciation of the prophet on
the death of Ahab was nine years later.

During the reign of Ahab, Homer flourished
among the Greeks.

jehoshaphat's deliverance, b. c. 897.

The kingdom of Jehoshaphat was invaded by a
formidable army of the tribes east of the Dead Sea.
1 Kings xxii. 41-49 ; 2 Chron. xx. The cliff of Ziz
[B.C. 1056— 450=606.]

139

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

140

is understood to be the difficult and perilous pass of
Engedi. The ascent of some 1500 feet is made by
zigzags along projecting shelves of rocks, smooth
and slippery as glass, often at the steepest angle
practicable for horses. Seen from below, it seems
utterly impassable. And yet ancient armies have
often passed and repassed these frightful cliffs ; and
loaded camels frequently pass them in safety.

The miraculous deliverance of the pious king from
these invaders, by their mutual slaughter, occurred
in the wilderness of Tekoa, here called Israel.

The valley of Berachah, (benediction,^ through
which the army returned with joy, and offering
blessings to the Lord, is a beautiful valley leading
up westward from Tekoa. It lies west of the Frank
Mountain, and south of Bethlehem and Etham. On
the east side of this valley are extensive ruins, cover-
ing three or four acres, consisting of several cisterns
and some large substructures.

Jehoshaphat concluded his virtuous reign of twen-
ty-five years, 893 b. C. The translation of Elijah
occurred three or four years previous to the death of
Jehoshaphat, B. c. 897.

The kingdom of Judah had now continued eighty-
five years, during which time it had made rapid ad-
vances. From this period it continually degene-
rated, and finally lost all its power. This disastrous
degeneracy began with the marriage of Jehoram, son
of Jehoshaphat, with Athaliah, the ^^^g^^er of
Ahab and Jezebel.

ELISHA THE PROPHET, B. C. 896-838.

The mantle of Elijah has already fallen upon
Elisha, whose life is filled up with incidents as ex-
traordinary almost as that of his predecessor, and
more crowded with the displays of his miraculous
power, a brief summary of which is here subjoined.

Elisha, son of Shaphat of Abel-Meholah, was called
to hold the office of prophet during the reign of Je-
horam, B. c. 896. Elijah was taken up to heaven
in a chariot of fire the same year, and Elisha was
now the prophet of Israel. 2 Kings ii. 11. Elisha
wrought many miracles :

1. He smote the Jordan with Elijah's mantle and
divided the waters. 2 Kings ii. 14.

2. He healed the waters of Jericho by throwing
salt into them. 2 Kings ii. 21.

3. He caused bears to destroy the mocking chil-
dren at Bethel. 2 Kings ii. 24.

4. He supplied the armies of Judah, Israel, and
Edom with water, when perishing with thirst. 2
Kings iii. 8-20.

5. He multiplied the widow's oil. iv. 1-7.

[A. M. 30464-450—3496.]

6. He promised a son to the Shunammite. iv. 16.

7. He healed the leprosy of Naaman. v. 1-15.

8. He transferred the leprosy to his servant Ge-
hazi. V. 27.

9. He made an iron axe-head to swim. vi. 6.

10. He disclosed the secret counsels of Benhadad,
the Syrian king, to Jehoram, the king of Israel,
vi. 8-12.

11. He smote the Syrian army with blindness
vi. 18.

12. He promised abundant provisions during the
siege of Samaria, vii. 1, 2.

13. He healed the pottage at Grilgal. iv. 41.

14. He fed one hundred men with twenty loaves,
iv. 42.

15. He restored the Shunammite's son. iv. 18-37.

16. He foretold a seven years' famine, viii. 1.

17. He foretold the death of Benhadad, viii. 10;
and

18. The accession of Hazael. viii. 13.

19. He sent to anoint Jehu king. ix. 1-3.

20. On his deathbed he promised to Joash three
victories over the Syrians, xiii. 19.

After Elisha's burial a corpse was hastily thrown
into his sepulchre, and immediately life was re-
stored, xiii. 21.

Elisha filled the office of prophet in Israel for
fifty-eight years.

In his frequent travels from Gilgal to Carmel he
is hospitably entertained by the wife of the rich
Shunammite, to whom he gives promise, B. c. 895,
of a son, whom he afterward raises from the dead.
2 Kings iv., b. c. 891. Shunem (in Cant. vi. 13, Shu-
lam) was built upon the western extremity of Her-
mon, near four miles north of Jezreel, and, like this
city, commanded a noble view of Carmel and the in-
tervening plain of Esdraelon, and overlooked the
deep broad valley of Jezreel, between Hermon and
Gilboa. Here the Philistines were encamped before
the battle with Saul and Jonathan. 1 Sam.xxvii.4.
This was also the native place of the fair Abishag,
the last of the wives of David. 1 Kings i. 3.

Ibleam and Gur, mentioned in the flight of Aha-
ziah from Jezreel to Megiddo, are lost irrecoverably.
Megiddo is five or six miles west of Jezreel. These
towns seem to have been intervening stations.

DAMASCUS.

In the histories of Elisha, Hazael, and Naaman,
the mention of this city occurs so frequently that
this seems the appropriate place to notice the an-
cient and renowned city of Damascus, which from
the time of Abraham to the conversion of Paul by
[B. C. 1056— 450=606.]

141

THE PERIOD OF THE MONARCHY.

142

reason of the vibion of God that fell upon him just
without its gates, Acts ix. 6 ; xxii. 10, falls under fre-
quent notice in the historical incidents of the Scrip-
tures. Lying out upon the desert, east of the moun-
tains of Lebanon, in the great line of trade and of
travel between the Euphrates and the Mediterranean,
an intermediate station between the east and the
west, caravans innumerable have continued for 4000
years to unlade at her gates, as they do yet, the
wealth of the East; and armies without number
have encamped without on her plains, or swept in
fury over her, pursuing and pursued, in the flush
of conquest or frenzy of defeat. The armies of
Nineveh and Babylon, of Egypt and of Israel, of
Greece and Rome, who in long succession marshalled
by turns their hosts at Damascus, have passed away
with the empires to which they belonged. But this
venerable city still stands out upon the desert like
an ancient pillar, lone and lofty, amid the waste
of ages.

The city, surrounded by a vast sand-plain, lying
at an elevation of 2237 feet above the level of the sea,
is the centre of a charming oasis formed by those
ancient rivers of Damascus, Abana and Pharpar,
and their kindred streams, which flow off from Leba-
non and lose themselves in the eastern desert. The
city herself is embowered and merged in a sea of the
richest verdure, a terrestrial paradise, like an island
of the blest in the desert ocean, the admiration
of every beholder. It is said of Mohammed, that
when he beheld it he exclaimed, " Man can have
but one paradise : I will not enter this below, lest I
should have none above."

The city has still a long street called Straight, as in
the days of Saul, Acts ix. 11, and the rivers of Damas-
cus, Abana and Pharpar, are still celebrated as in
the days of Naaman the Syrian. 2 Kings v. 12.
Abana springs from the side of Anti-Lebanon, a few
miles north-west of the city, and rushes down a
thousand feet to the plains below, where, after water-
ing the city, it is soon lost in the lakes of the desert
beyond. A modern traveller describes in the fol-
lowing terms the beautiful little lake on Mount Her-
mon, which constitutes the source of the Abana, as
a " large and oval basin, deeply depressed, with its
banks lined with sedgy weeds and droves of moun-
tain goats, and its clear crystal surface covered with
paddling ducks and screeching waterfowl. I stood
long upon its banks, gazing into its clear deep bosom,
before I was aware it was the source of the Abana —
Naaman's beautiful stream. And beautiful indeed
it is, to other eyes than Naaman's, as meandering
through that vast plain for miles, and then losing
itself through a fearful mountain gorge, it goes rush-
[A. M. 3046+450=3496.]

ing and tearing on, till at last reaching the pretty
oasis of Damascus, it hangs like a diamond necklace
around the queenly city."

The Pharpar rises from the slope of Lebanon
south-west by south from Damascus. One of its
sources is a singular syphon fountain, which at cer-
tain periods of the year throws ©ut great quantities
of water of a blood-red colour, together with great
quantities of fish. This river, after flowing past the
southern portion of the city, is lost like the other in
the desert. It is described as a fine rapid stream,
one of those rivers which "have ever been the pride
of Damascus."

The chronological table gives the dates of the
parallel reigns of the kings of Judah and Israel,
with a reference to the leading incidents of their
history, which is given in detail in the second books
of Kings and Chronicles. Without attempting to
construct a history of the two kingdoms, we must
limit ourselves to a brief notice of such localities and
countries as occur in the progress of the history,
which have been already mentioned.

VALLEY OF SALT

Amaziah, 825 B. c, gains a victory over Edom in
the Valley of Salt. 2 Kings xiv. 7 ; 2 Chron. xxv. 11.
One extraordinary valley of salt in the north of
Syria has been already mentioned. This we find in
the site of the cities of the plain, at the southern ex-
tremity of the Dead Sea. At the south-western
angle of this sea is an immense mountain of crys-
tallized rock salt, often presenting precipices forty or
fifty feet high, and several hundred feet in length,
of pure crystallized fossil salt. The mountain ex-
tends into the interior five or six miles.

Lieut. Lynch found here a pillar of salt standing
out in advance of the mountain, and near the water's
edge, resting on a rounded pedestal forty or sixty
feet above the level of the sea, itself also forty feet
in height. Possibly this may have given rise to the
traditionary legend which relates that the pillar of
salt into which Lot's wife was changed continues to
this day. Josephus says of it, " I have seen it, and
it remains to this day." Antiq. i. c. 12. Clement
of Rome, of the same age, also aflSrms that it con-
tinued at that time, a memorial of the divine dis-
pleasure. Epist. ad. Cor. c. ii.

SELAH, JOKTHEEL, OR PETRA.

In the same expedition, Amaziah also took this re-
markable city, 2 Kings xiv. 7, the most extraordinary
and mysterious of which we have any knowledge.
[B.C. 10.56—450=606.]

113

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OP BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

144

It is in tiie mountains of Edom, at the base of
Mount Hor, on the east side, in a vast, deep, and
gloomy pit in the earth, a mile in length and half a
mile in width, with perpedicular walls of rock from
400 to 600 or 700 feet in height on every side. On
the east of the city, a narrow cleft in the walls opens
out a passage by a gradual ascent to the summit of
the heights above, sometimes not more than ten or
twelve feet in width, between the rough and frown-
ing walls on each side, which seem ready to collapse
and crush the traveller, or imbed him in their bosom.
This frightful pass is the principal line of communi-
cation with the city. On the north and the south,
the breastwork of rocks opens a single pass through
which a camel can with great difficulty find his way
into the city.

One small stream runs down the eastern pass, by
which the city was supplied with water. Grooves
are everywhere cut around the sides of the walls, to
collect every drop of the precious treasure which
trickles down their sides, and to convey it off to cis-
terns and reservoirs for the use of the inhabitants.
jMany of these reservoirs, cut in the solid rock, still
remain in a good state of preservation.

The area at the bottom, in whole or in part, was
occupied with the buildings and streets and public
promenades of this ancient metropolis, of which only
one solitary palace remains. It is square, and about
thirty-five paces along each side.

The front toward the north was ornamented with
a row of columns, four of which are standing. An
open piazza, back of the colonnade, extends the whole
length of the building. A noble arch, thirty-five or
forty feet high, leads to one of the apartments.
The building is called by the Arabs, "Pharaoh's
house."

But the most wonderful remains of this ancient
city are the excavations in the perpendicular facings
of the rocks which enclose it. The city seems ac-
tually to have been carried on all sides for several
hundred feet up these perpendicular walls of solid
rock, out of which innumerable apartments, of every
conceivable form and size, have been chiselled for
the service of men.

It is generally conceded that these excavations
were not merely depositories for the dead, but were
used also for private dwellings, for theatres and
temples.

They occupy not only the front but the sides of
various ravines and recesses, which are sunk into
the face of the enclosure in every direction. In a
direct line these excavations would extend five or six
miles, and are sometimes carried up to the summit
cf tbe rocks. The ascent to them was by flights of
[A. M. 3046+450=3496.]

stairs cut cut of the rook, and running obliquely up
the perpendicular face of it.

Many of these apartments are adorned in front
with curious ornamental work, facades, columns, and
statues all hewn out of the rock, and still adhering
as a part of it. Both nature and art combine U
lend a strange charm, like a scene of enchantment,
to these wonderful ruins.

"Nothing contributes so much to the almost ma-
gical effect of some of these monuments as the rich
and various colours of the rock out of which, or,
more properly, in which they are formed.

" Many of them are adorned with such a profu-
sion of the most lovely and brilliant colours as, I
believe, it is quite impossible to describe. Red,
purple, yellow, azure or sky-blue, black, and white,
are seen in the same mass distinctly in successive
layers, or blended so as to form every shade and
hue of which they are capable — as brilliant and as
soft as they ever appear in flowers or in the plumage
of birds, or in the sky when illuminated by the most
glorious sunset. The red perpetually shades into
pale, or deep rose or flesh-colour. The purple is
sometimes very dark, and again approaches the hue
of the lilac or violet.

" The white, which is often as pure as snow, is
occasionally just dashed with blue or red. The
blue is usually the pale azure of the clear sky or of
the ocean, but sometimes has the deep and peculiar
shade of the clouds in summer when agitated by a
tempest."

The opening on the east is adorned by two splendid
fayades; farther up, in one of its gloomy recesses
among the tombs, is a vast theatre, capable of seat-
ing five thousand spectators ; and farther still is the
most attractive of these ruins, the treasury of Pha-
raoh. It is an immense temple cut out of the facing
of the rock, with a front highly ornamented, exhibit-
ing an exquisite piece of architecture. The pinnacle
of the temple, at the height of a hundred feet, is
surmounted by a beautiful urn.

On the mountain west of the town there is also a
vast temple ; the front of it is forty-eight paces in
length, and adorned with eight immense colum^us.
The temple stands upon one of the highest, wildest
crags of the mountain, the sides of which have been
hewn down and carried away. So that the temple
stands a single piece of carved work, chiselled out of
the mountain — a stupendous work of an unknown
people, at an age equally unknown.

This mysterious and devoted city and country was
frequently the subject of prophetic denunciations,
which are strikingly fulfilled in the gloomy desola-
tions of Petra. Isa. xxxiv. ; Jer. xlix. ; Ezek. xxxv.
[B. C. 1056-450=^606.]

145

THE PERIOD OF THE MONARCHY.

14G

It was a city of great strength and of vast trade,
several centuries before the Christian era. It was
flourishing, and the seat of a bishopric, in the third
century. But all knowledge of it had for centuries
been totally lost until within the last forty years ;
since which time it has been fully explored and de-
scribed by many travellers.

Soon after his victory over Edom, and the capture
of Selah, Amaziah challenged Jehoash, king of Is-
rael, to battle, in consequence of the murders and
robberies committed by the troops whom he had dis-
missed; and was himself overcome and taken pri-
soner at Bethshemesh.

Amaziah was restored to his throne, but Jerusa-
lem was, at the same time, taken; its walls were
broken down in part, and the treasures of the tem-
ple, and of the king's house, carried away to Sama-
ria. 2 Kings xiv. 8-14. Several years after this he
was assassinated at Lachish.

AZARIAH, KING OF JUDAH. B. C. 809.

Under Azariah, called also Uzziah, Judah had a
season of prosperity, during his long reign of half a
century. 2 Chron. xxvi. 7.

Nothing is known of Gur-Baal and the Mehunims,
over whom Uzziah, B. C. about 800; gained a victory.
Jabneh, now Yebna, was in the northern part of
Philistia, nearly west of Ekron, midway between it
and the sea.

2 Kings xvi. 9. Kir, where Tiglath-Pileser colo-
nized the inhabitants of Damascus, 738 B. c, was on
the river Kir, which enters into the Caspian Sea, in
the north-eastern division of his kingdom, the most
remote from Damascus, and yet the native country
of the Syrians. Amos ix. 7. Jahn remarks that " a
people of foreign aspect, called Usbecks, dwell there
at this time, who may be the descendants of these
captives."

CAPTURE OF SAMARIA AND END OF THE KINGDOM
OP ISRAEL. B. C. 721.

Shalmaneser, king of Assyria, 721 B. c, and 257
years after the revolt of the ten tribes, took Samaria,
after a siege of three years, and destroyed it, 2 Kings
xvii., and the kingdom of Israel. The captives of Is-
rael he transferred to Halah and Habor. The latter
is a river of Mesopotamia, the Chebar of Ezekiel, and
the Chaboras of profane history. It is a tributary of
the Euphrates, with which it unites some 300 miles
above Babylon, and 100 below Tiphsah or Thapsa-
cus, and 300 west from Bagdad. Near its junction
with the Euphrates, and on the opposite shores of
[A. M. 3046+450=3496.]

the river was Carchemish, and perhaps Calno, the
pride and boast of Assyrian conquest. Isa. x. 9.
This river has two principal branches, which unite
about fifty miles above Carchemish : one is the Ha-
bor, the other bears still the name of Al Halih and
Halah ; and the country on its banks is called by
Ptolemy Gauzanitis. " When, therefore, in the
very places where it is most probable that the Is-
raelites were deposited, we find every name recorded
in Scripture so little changed in the lapse of centu-
ries, it is reasonable to believe that we have ascer-
tained the locality in which the captives from Sa-
maria were placed."

FOREIGN COLONISTS IN SAMARIA.

Cutha, one of the provinces from which colonists
were sent to settle in Samaria, has been discovered
by Major Rawlinson, as he believes, in latitude 32°
41', longitude 44° 42', some 150 or 200 miles below
Carchemish and Calno.

Arpad, 2 Kings xviii. 34, must have been an im-
portant city of Syria, the capital of an unknown pro-
vince near Hamath. Dr. Robinson makes it identi-
cal with Arvad on the coast, to which Winer objects.

Sepharvaim is located below Babylon, near the
junction of the Tigris and Euphrates. Irah, yet
unknown, is to be sought for in this region of Meso-
potamia. 2 Kings xviii. 34, xix. 13 ; Isa. xxxvii. 13.

Henah appears to have been a city of Mesopota-
mia, but no more is known of it, or of Ivah or Avah.
2 Kings xviii. 34, xix. 13, xvii. 24; Isa. xxxvii. 13.

Calnah, the same as Calne and Calno, is located
by some writers on the Euphrates, 300 miles above
Babel, at the junction of the river Chaboras, and on
the soixth bank of this river, opposite the more
modern city of Charchemish on the north bank.

But other authorities in great numbers find Cal-
nah to be identical with the Ctesiphon of profane
history, on the banks of the Tigris, twenty miles
below Bagdad, and more than 200 below Nineveh,
sixty north from Babel.

A few miles west of the sources of Habor, and
north-east from its junction with the Euphrates,
stands the ruined but well-known town of Haran or
Hara, the Charnae of ancient geographers, possibly
the residence of Abraham before his final remove to
the land of promise; so that some of his descendants
in their captivity may have been transferred to that
very city which their great ancestor left 1300 years
before, to establish his posterity, the chosen people
of Grod, in that good land from which they, by rea-
son of their sins, had been expelled by the enemy,
into whose hands they had been delivered by the
[B. C. 1056—450=606.]

147

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

God of Abraham their father. From these localities
it would seem that the captives of Israel were trans-
ferred to the central parts of Mesopotamia, and in
the very heart of the empire of Assyria, even to
Nineveh itself

APPROACH OP THE ASSYRIANS TO JERUSALEM.
B. C. 713.

The prophet Isaiah has sketched with unrivalled
spirit and power the approach of this proud invader
toward Jerusalem. He is seen advancing from the
north-east; and his progress may be easily traced
upon the map as described by the prophet. The
language of the prophet is that of an eyewitness,
describing at the moment what he actually sees.
The enemy is first seen in the frontiers of Judah at
Aiath, the same as Ai, after the fall of Jericho, the
first place conquered by the Israelites in taking pos-
session of the land.

They move on through Migron, now unknown.
At Michmash, still nearer on the slope of the steep
valley, between this place and Geba, which was the
scene of Jonathan's heroic exploit in surprising the
camp of the Philistines, 1 Sam. xiv., he has laid up
his carriages, stores, and baggage, because of this
difficult pass. In Geba, beyond the pass, he has
taken up his lodging for the night. The neighbour-
ing towns are filled with consternation. Ramah, in
the distance on the west, though not in the line of
march, is afraid. Gibeah of Saul, nearer to the city,
has fled. Other towns in the neighbourhood raise
their cry of distress and alarm. Gallim, near by,
but no longer known, is about to raise her cry of
distress until it shall be heard at Laish, Dan, in the
remotest part of the land. Ah, poor Anathoth !
Over this the prophet raises his exclamation. This
Levitical city, the native place of Jeremiah, lie' :n
Benjamin, directly in the line of the enemy's march,
on a broad hill, four miles from Jerusalem. The
inhabitants of Jladmena and Gebim, no longer
known, nowhere else mentioned, flee. The next re-
move brings the enemy in full view of the city. At
Nob, on Mount Olivet, just north of its summit, he
stands and shakes his hand in defiance against the
mount of the daughter of Zion, the hill of Jerusalem.

NINEVEH AT THE OVERTHROW OP THE KINGDOM
OF ISRAEL, B. C. 721.

This ancient city, now the capital of Assyria, has

been noticed in another place, page 24. But the

extraordinary discoveries which have been made,

and are still in progress there, are of such interest

[A. M. 3046+450=3496.]

and importance as to require a distinct notice. Nine-
veh had fallen into profound oblivion as early even
as the beginning of authentic history. Xenophon,
400 B. c, and Herodotus, the father of history, fifty
years earlier, know nothing of Nineveh. And yet
this venerable city, after having lain in its unknown
grave 2500 years, has been disclosed, within a few
years, to the searching eye of the antiquary, with its
palaces, its temples, and its idols. Even its myste-
rious arrow-headed characters, which have been
shrouded in inscrutable mystery, and in which were
carved the chronicles of that city, have revealed
at last their hidden meaning, and read out to the
world the strange and stirring story of this long-
lost city.

These discoveries at Nineveh clearly indicate that
the Assyrians had made advances in civilization and
the fine arts, as well as in wealth and power, far be-
yond the culture which has usually been ascribed to
this remote age. Their sculptures exhibit singular
grandeur and boldness of conception. The body and
limbs of their statues are admirably portrayed, with
the muscles and bones strongly developed. Their
bas-reliefs are executed with wonderful spirit and ex-
pi-ession. Their paintings are skilfully executed
and highly coloured. M. Botta and Mr. Layard,
on opening these chambers of imagery in the palaces
of Nineveh, found the warriors and their attire por-
trayed in glaring colours, exactly as Ezekicl had seen
and described them 2500 years before, clothed most
gorgeously, horsemen riding upon horses. There
were men portrayed upon the wall — the images of
the Chaldeans painted in vei'milion, "girdled with
girdles upon their loins, exceeding in dyed attire
upon their heads, all of them princes to look to."
Ezek. xxiii. 15.

Entire halls of vast dimensions are found, with
their walls overspread with these rich and gorgeous
paintings and splendid bas-reliefs. Ivory is also
found in great abundance, and very curiously
wrought. Glass vases, of very delicate structure,
wore manufactured in Nineveh long before the period
to which the discovery of glass is assigned. The
pulley, too, and arch were found, at a period long
anterior to that to which they have been heretofore
ascribed. It is evident that the art of embroidery
was carried to great perfection. Assyria, as we
learn from Ezckiel, had commerce with Tyre, and
thence obtained blue cloths, and broidered work,
and chests of rich apparel. All these sculptures in-
dicate that the garments worn, especially those of
the king, were richly embroidered. The ruins indi-
cate great wealth and power, together with a high
degree of perfection in the fine arts. Even their
[B. C. 1056—450=606.]

149

THE PERIOD OF THE MONARCHY.

150

musical instruments are inlaid with mother-of-pearl,
rivalling in beauty similar specimens of modern art
and skill. A vast quantity of small articles in cor-
nelian, agate, and marble, beautifully polished, have
also been discovered.

Enormous v^^inged lions, and bulls with human
heads, guarding the portals of the palaces, have been
excavated, overspread with their mysterious signs.
The walls of the palace themselves are covered with
pictorial representations, carved with surprising skill
and form, setting forth the exploits of the kings who
reared these halls ; and obelisks and slabs in great
numbers are found, filled with the history of these
kings, recorded in the strange cuneiform characters
of their extraordinary language.

All the figures indicate great physical develop-
ment, animal propensities very strongly marked, a
calm, settled ferocity, a perfect nonchalance amid
the most terrible scenes ; no change of feature takes
place, whether the individual is inflicting or expe-
riencing horrid suffering. " Their bows also dash
the young men to pieces ; they have no pity on the
fruit of the womb ] their eye doth not spare children."

" The pictures are very remarkable as indicating
the entire absence of the higher mental and moral
qualities, and the exuberance of the brutal part of
man's nature. At the same time, there is not want-
ing a certain consciousness of dignity and of inherent
power. There is a tranquil energy and fixed deter-
mination, which will not allow the beholder to feel
any contempt for these stern warriors."

These paintings are a faithful delineation of the
character of the Assyrians, as sketched by the pen
of inspiration: "They are terrible and dreadful;
their judgment and their dignity shall proceed of
themselves." "And they shall scoff" at the kings,
and the princes shall be a scorn unto them; they
shall deride every stronghold, for they shall heap up
dust (a mound) and take it." Hab. i. 10.

These records and representations assume peculiar
importance from the confirmation which they give
to the prophecies and records of the Scriptures.
From the revelations of these ancient chronicles we
learn that the king who built the palace of Khorsa-
bad was Shalmaneser himself, who carried Israel
away captive ; and that the builder of the palace of
Koyounjik was the Sennacherib of Scripture, the in-
vader of Judah, whose army was slain by the breath
of the Almighty whom he defied.

For the results of these most interesting disco-
veries we are chiefly indebted to Major Rawlinson,
who gives in the following words a summary of his
researches : — " I have succeeded- in detcrminately
identifying the Assyrian kings of the lower dy-
[A. M. 3010+150=^3496.]

nasty, whose palaces have been recently excavated
in the vicinity of Mosul ; and I have obtained from
the annals of those kings contemporary notices of
events which agree in the most remarkable way with
the statements preserved in sacred and profane
history.

"The king who built the palace of Khorsabad,
excavated by the French, is named Sargina, (the
Sargon of Isaiah ;) but he also bears, in some of
the inscriptions, the epithet of Shalmaneser, by
which title he was better known to the Jews. In
the first year of his reign, he came up against the
city of Samaria (called Samarina) and the tribes of
the country of Beth-Homri, (Omri being the name
of the founder of Samaria. 1 Kings xvi. 16, &c.)
He carried off" into captivity, in Assyria, 27,280
families, and settled in their places colonists brought
from Babylonia, appointing prefects to administer
the country, and imposing the same tribute which
had been paid to former kings. The only tablet at
Khorsabad which exhibits this conquest in any de-
tail, (Plate Ixx.,) is unfortunately mxxch mutilated.
Should Monsieur de Salcy, however, whom the
French are now sending to Assyria, find a duplicate
of Shalmaneser's annals in good preservation, I
think it probable that the name of the king of
Israel may yet be recovered.

" In the second year of Shalmaneser's reign, he
subjugated the kings of Libnah(?) and Khazita,
(the Cadytis of Herodotus,) who were dependent
upon Egypt ; and, in the seventh year of his reign,
he received tribute direct from the king of that
country, who is named Pirhu, probably for Pha-
raoh, the title by which the kings of Egypt were ever
known to the Jews and other Semitic nations. This
punishment of the Egjrptians by Sargon or Shalma-
neser, is alluded to in the 20th chapter of Isaiah.

" Among the other exploits of Shalmaneser found
in his annals, are the conquest of Ashdod, also
alluded to in Isaiah xx. 1, and his reduction of the
neighbouring city of Jamnai, called Jabneh or Jam-
neh in the Bible ; Jamnaan in Judith, and Udpysia
by the Greeks.

" I now go on to the annals of Sennacherib. This
is the king who built the great palace of Koyounjik,
which Mr, Layard has been recently excavating. He
was the son of Sargina or Shalmaneser, and his
name, expressed entirely by monograms, may have
been pronounced Sennachi-riba. The events, at any
rate, of his reign, place beyond the reach of dispute
his historic identity.

" The inhabitants of Palestine had risen against
their King Padiya, and the officers who had been
placed in authority over them, on the part of the
[B. C. 1056—450=606.]

151

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGBAPIIY.

152

Assyrian monarch, and had driven them out of the
province, obliging them to take refuge with Heze-
kiah, king of Jerusalem, the capital city of Judea.
The rebels then sent for assistance to the kings of
Egypt, and a large army of horse and foot marched
to their assistance, under the command of the king
of Pelusium.(?) Sennacherib at once proceeded to
meet this army, and fighting an action with them in
the vicinity of the city of Allaku, (?) completely de-
feated them. He made many prisoners also, whom
he executed, or otherwise disposed of. Padiya then
returned from Jerusalem, and was reinstated in his
government. In the mean time, however, a quarrel
arose between Sennacherib and Hezekiah on the
subject of tribute. Sennacherib ravaged the open
(jountry, taking "all the fenced cities of Judah,"
and at last threatened Jerusalem. Hezekiah then
made his submission, and tendered to the king of
Assyria, as tribute, 30 talents of gold, 300 talents of
silver, the ornaments of the temple, slaves, boys
and girls, and men-servants and maid-servants, for
the use of the palace. All these things Sennache-
rib received. After which he detached a portion of
Hezekiah's villages, and placed them in dependence
on the cities which had been faithful to him, such
as Hebron, Ascalon, and Cadytis. He then retired
to Assyria,

"Now this is evidently the campaign which is
alluded to in Scripture. 2 Kings xviii. 13-17. The
agreement, at any rate, between the record of the
sacred historian and the contemporary chronicle of
Sennacherib, which I have here copied, extends even
to the number of the talents of gold and silver
which were given as tribute.

" One of the most interesting matters connected
with this discovery of the identity of the Assyrian
kings, is the prospect, amounting almost to a cer-
tainty, that we must have in the bas-reliefs of Khor-
sabad and Kouyunjik representations from the chisels
of contemporary artists, not only of Samaria, but
that of Jerusalem, which contained the temple of
Solomon. I have already identified the Samaritans
among the group of captives portrayed upon the
marbles of Khorsabad, and, when I shall have accu-
rately learned the locality of the difierent bas-reliefs
that have been brought from Kouyunjik, I do not
doubt but that I shall be able to point out the bands
of Jewish maidens who were delivered to Sennache-
rib, and perhaps to distinguish the portraiture of the
humbled Hezekiah."

Mr. Layard has actually found, at Kouyunjik, the

archives of the empire — " the records," " the house

of the rolls," to which reference is several times had

in the book of Ezra, iv. 15 ; vi. 1, &c. These are

[A. M. 3046+450=3496.]

found to be tablets of terra-cotta, in great numbers
the writings of which are as perfect as when the
tablets were first stamped.

Among the ruins, Layard has also found the name
of Jonah inscribed. But his crowning discovery is
an obelisk at Nimroud, which records, in hiero-
glyphics and arrow-headed characters, the great
events of Jewish history connected with the Assy-
rian conquest. It dates from the age of the pro-
phets Hosea, Joel, and Amos, and distinctly chroni-
cles the names of Jehu, Jezebel, and Hazael. Much
more to the same effect is anticipated when the re-
cords of this obelisk shall be more fully deciphered.
The latest account of these researches is subjoined
from Major Rawlinson.

" I am now satisfied that the black obelisk dates
from about 860 B. c. The tribute depicted in the
second compartment upon the obelisk comes from
Israel ; it is the tribute of Jehu. The names are
Yahua, the Khumriya. Jehu is usually called in
the Bible the son of Nimshi, (although Jehosha-
phat was his actual father, 2 Kings ix. 2 j) but the
Assyrians, taking him for the legitimate successor
to the throne, named as his father, (or rather ances-
tor,) 'Omri, the founder of the kingdom of Sama-
ria, 'Omri's name being written on the obelisk as it
is in the inscription of Shalmaneser, where, as you
already know, the kingdom of Israel is always called
the country of Beth 'Omri. If this identification
of name were the only argument in favour of Jehu,
I should not so much depend on it ; but the king
of Syria is also named on the obelisk, Khazail, (which
is exactly the Hazael of Scripture, 2 Chron. xxii. 6,
who was the contemporary of Jehu ;) and in the in-
scriptions of the obelisk-king's father, whom I have
hitherto called Sardanapalus, but whose real name
must be rea<i Assur-akh-baal. There is also a notice
of Ithbaal, king of Sidon, who was the father of
Jezebel, the wife of Ahab, and a contemporary of
Jehu. These three identifications constitute a syn-
chronism on which I consider we may rely, espe-
cially as all the collateral evidence comes out satis-
factorily. The tributes noted on the obelisk are all
from the remote nations of the west; and what more
natural than that the tribute of Israel should thus
be put next to the tribute of Egypt ? There was
no Assyrian campaign at this time against either
Egypt or Israel; but the kings sent offerings, in
order to keep on good terms with their eastern
neighbour. I have not yet had time to go through
the very elaborate history of 'Assur-akh-baal,' con-
temporary with the prophet Elijah ; but I expect
to find several other synchronisms which will set
the chronological question at rest for ever."
[B. C. 1056—450=006.]

153

THE PERIOD OF THE MOXARCIIY.

154

In his last letter, Colonel Rawlinson states that he
has at length received the long-expected cylinder
from Kilah Shergat, a splendid document, consisting
of eight hundred lines of writing, which contains
the bulletins of Tiglath Pileser I., and is at least
two hundred years older than any other document
yet discovered. Neither Calah nor Nineveh are
mentioned on the cylinder, as in those early days
the capital was Kilah Shergat, which is everywhere
on the cylinder called Assur. Having fairly entered
upon a period anterior to the glories of Nineveh and
Calah, Colonel Rawlinson says he does not despair of
ascending up to the institution of the monarchy.
The writing of this inscription of Tiglath Pileser is
better, the language more polished, and the gram-
matical distinctions more nicely marked than in
later legends. The capital city, Assur, is, of course,
the Allasar of Genesis, of which Arioch was king,
and the Tel-Assar of the Targums, which is used
for the Mosaic Resen. He considers the site of
Nineveh to be determinately fixed at Nebbi Yunus,
Calah at Nimrud, and Resen at Kilah Shergat.

The learned writer turned lastly to his real trea-
sure-house of discovery, the debris in fact of the
royal library, of which Layard's collection formed
the upper and better preserved part. Here he has
found fragments of alphabets, syllabaria, and ex-
planations of ideographic signs ; also, a table of
notation, with the phonetic readings of the signs,
showing that the Assyrians counted by sixties, in
exact agreement with the sos, sar, and ner of Bero-
SU3. The numbers are completely Semitic. There
are also elaborate geographical dissertations, explain-
ing their ideographs for countries and cities, desig-
nating their products, and describing their positions;
the principal Asiatic rivers and mountains are also
given. There are treatises on weights and measures,
divisions of time, points of the compass, &c, &c.
There is an almajiac for twelve years, apparently
forming a cycle like that of the Mongols ; each year
bears a name, generally that of a god, and all the
old annals are numbered after this cycle.

Again, there are lists of stones, metals, and trees,
or elementary tracts on geology, metallurgy, and
botany, and astronomical and astrological formulae
without end j there are also what appear to be veri-
table grammars and dictionaries. The whole col-
lection is in fragments ; but it gives a most curious
insight into the state of Assyrian science while
G-reece was still sunk in barbarism.

Among the most important discoveries are the
tables of dynasties. Each king has a separate com-
partment, and his name is followed by the names of

[A. M. 3046-1-450=3496.1
11

from six to thirty others, who constitute his housf^-
hold or cabinet. If a complete tablet can be found,
the historical succession will be established. At
present, only fragments have come into the pos-
session of Colonel Rawlinson ; but he does not despair
of completing the series. More recent discoveries
have indeed almost completed it. Many records are
found of Nebuchadnezzar and of Belshazzar. The
kings of the old Chaldean dynasty are traced back
to 1976 years B. C, the period of Abraham. This
continued 458 years until B. C. 1518, the conquest
of Canaan. The Assyrian kings, from 1273 to 625
B. C, and almost all of the Babylonian dynasty, are
now distinctly identified, covering the period of
Scripture history from Gideon to the return from
the Babylonish captivity,

FROM THE CAPTIVITY OF ISRAEL TO THAT OF
JUDAH, 115 YEARS, FROM 721 TO 606 B. C

The progress of degeneracy and of decay in Judah
in this interval was only partially stayed by the vir-
tuous reigns of Hezekiah and Josiah. But the
idolatries of Judah were fast filling up the measure
of her iniquity, and 115 years after the captivity of
Israel she also was delivered up to the spoiler, accord-
ing to the predictions of the prophets. The mo-
narchy ends and the Babylonish captivity begins
B. c. 606.

PROPHETS OF JUDAH AND ISRAEL BEFORE THE
CAPTIVITY.

The oldest of the prophetic books of the Old
Testament is that of Jonah, who was probably con-
temporary with Azariah and Uzziah in Judah, and
Jeroboam II. in Israel, about 800 years B. C, con-
temporary with Homer, and Lycurgus the Spartan
lawgiver; he lived 100 years before Rome was
founded. Joel soon succeeded him in Judah, and
Hosea and Amos in Israel. In Judah the prophetic
office was next occupied for more than half a century
by Isaiah and Micah, B. c. 758 — 668 = 60 years,
contemporary for some time with Hosea and Amos in
Israel. The two former survived the overthrow of
the kingdom of Israel, B. c. 721. Nahum and Ze-
phaniah prophesied in the reign of Hezekiah and
Josiah, a few years previous to the Babylonish cap-
tivity. Jeremiah survived the overthrow of the
kingdom of Judah and the sacking of the holy city :
after wailing forth his lamentations over the ruins
and solitude of the city, caused by the sins of tlie
people, he retired into Egypt, with a remnant of his
afliiicted people.

[B. C. 1056—450=606.]

155

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

156

CHAPTER VIII.

THE PERIOD OF THE CAPTIVITT AND THE RESTORATION; FROM THE CONQUEST OF JUDEA TO THE
CONCLUSION OF THE CANON OF THE OLD TESTAMENT, 206 TEARS.

A. M. 3496 + 70 + 136= 3702. b. c. 606 — 70 — 136 = 400.

THE BABYLONIAN EMPIRE.

Nineveh, that exceeding great city, that bloody
city, full of lies and robbery, had in process of time
been overthrown with the ancient Assyrian empire.
The Lord had stretched out his hand against the
north and destroyed Assyria, and made Nineveh a
desolation and dry like a wilderness. Even at this
early period this rejoicing city had become, as she
still is, " a desolation, a place for beasts to lie down
in." Babylon had arisen in the greatness of her
power to fulfil her unconscious mission in completing
the captivity of the Lord's rebellious people.

In the reign of Jehoiakim, king of Judah, Jeru-
salem was taken by Nebuchadnezzar, king of Baby-
lon, who removed a part of the golden vessels of the
sanctuary to Babylon, carrying with him a part of
the inhabitants. Daniel and his three friends were
included among these captives. From this date,
606 B. c, begins the Babylonish captivity,

A few years later the revolt of Jehoiachin recalled
the Chaldeans to the siege of Jerusalem again, b. c.
595, when many more were led into captivity, among
whom was the prophet Ezekiel.

Eighteen years from the commencement of the
captivity, B. c. 588, the Chaldeans once more re-
turned to chastise the more determined revolt of
Zedekiah, who sustained a close siege of a. year and
half against the army of Nebuchadnezzar, when a
distressing famine compelled the city to surrender.
The Babylonians now broke down the walls and
burned with fire the city itself, with the palace of
the kings, and the temple, that holy and beautiful
house of the Jews, and laid waste all their pleasant
things. This catastrophe occurred almost 400 years
from the revolt, and 183 years after the overthrow
of the king of Israel. A fourth transportation, four
years later, completed the destruction of Jersalem
and the desolation of Judah.

RIBLAH.

Riblah, where the eyes of Zedekiah were put out,
after his cliildrcn had been slain in his sight, 2 Kings
[ \. M. G43G+T0-f iaG:r.r3702.]

XXV. 7, and where two years before Jehoahaz had
been dethroned and put in bonds by the king of
Egypt, is still known by the same name, on the
Orontes, near Hamath, between Lebanon and Anti-
Lebanon, at a short distance above Balbec. Near
this is a remarkable monument, of which Mr. Thomp-
son, our missionary, has given a description, as fol-
lows : —

" It is built of large hewn stones, is twenty-five
feet square at the base, rises seventy or eighty feet,
and is terminated by a pyramid. The four sides are
covered with figures of various animals, intermingled
with bows, arrows, spears, and other implements of
the chase, in alto relievo, beautifully executed, and
as large as life.

" This monument is in full view of Riblah, which
lies on the river below. Can it have been the work
of Nebuchadnezzar, when he was encamped here,
and designed to commemorate his conquests ? Or
is it a great hunting trophy, erected by some one of
the chase-loving Seleucidae ? I can meet with no
description of this wonderful monument in any book
of travels. The style of architecture will not con-
tradict the first supposition."

BABYLON.

Babylon, the seat of the Chaldean empire, and the
instrument under Providence of completing the cap-
tivity of Judah and Israel because of their sins, re-
nowned in sacred and profane history, and a per-
petual memorial of Heaven's displeasure, and of the
sure word of prophecy, requires again in this place
a distinct notice. It is situated on the Euphrates,
200 miles above the junction of the Tigris, and 300
above the Persian Gulf, and the same distance
south by west from Nineveh. It stood on a perfect
plain, and was an exact square, of not less than
fifteen miles on each side, or sixty in circumference.
The Euphrates ran through the midst of it. The
walls were more than eighty-seven feet thick, and
three hundred high; they were surrounded by a
deep ditch, and pierced by a hundred gates, all of
solid brass. These streets, intersecting at right
[B. C. COO— 70— 136=:4C0.]

i57

THE PERIOD OF THE CAPTIVITY AND RETURN.

158

angles, divided the city into six hundred and seven-
ty-six equal squares. The parts of the city were
united by a bridge over the Euphrates.

The most wondrous structures were the temple of
Bclus and the palace of Nebuchadnezzar. The outer
walls of the latter embraced six miles. The ruins
of Babylon are very extensive — grand, gloomy, and
desolate beyond description. Like Nineveh, it sunk
gradually into decay and utter desolation, and for
two thousand years has remained an appalling me-
morial of divine vengeance and the truth of those
prophecies which foretold its fall.

Who at the time, when Jeremiah and other pro-
phets wrote, would have predicted the fall of Baby-
lon the Great, the glory of kingdoms, the beauty of
the Chaldees' excellency, the queen of nations?
But its destruction is complete and entire. It has
become " heaps, a dwelling-place for dragons, an as-
tonishment and a hissing." It has been "swept
away with the besom of destruction." It was cap-
tured by Cyrus, 539 b. C, in the forty-ninth year
after the destruction of Jerusalem, and the sixty-
ninth of the captivity.

SHUSHAN OR SUSA.

Daniel, after the overthrow of Babylon, was re-
ceived into favour by the conqueror, king of the
3Iedian and Persian empire, and made prime minis-
ter of his court at Shushan, his palace. Here, in
the province of Elam, by the river Ulai, he saw his
prophetic visions, and endured the trial of his faith,
praying toward Jerusalem three times a day in his
room in the palace, contrary to the king's decree,
and was delivered by the God of his fathers from
the lions' mouth. Esther, a captive Jewish maid,
was made queen by Ahasuerus in the palace of Shu-
shan. And Nehemiah, later still, a Jewish captive,
was the cupbearer and confidential adviser of the
king in the same royal residence. It is therefore
a question of great interest, where was this splendid
and voluptuous court of the kings of Persia ?

Major Rawlinson identifies it with a position of
great strength in the midst of wild, romantic scenery,
in the mountains of Mungasht, in Persia, on the
river Kuran, or Karoon, inore than 300 miles east
of Babylon, 150 north of the Persian Gulf, and 200
south by east from Ecbatana. Forming a semicircle
from the river, and thus enclosing the city, is a
range of steep and abrupt mountains, through which
there is no passage either along the deep, precipitous
banks of the river, or at any other point. A once
noble bridge, four buttresses of which still remain
to attest the stupendous nature of this structure,
[A. M. 349G+704-136=:3702.]

which spanned the chasm of the river, connects this
impregnable position with a large mass of ruins upon
the left bank of the river, which again are defended
by a circuitous range of mountains, extending at
both points to the precipitous banks of the Kuran,
and traversed by two solitary passes. Within the
enclosure of the mountains is the tomb of Daniel,
built of massive stones, and held in great veneration;
and a large reservoir filled with great numbers of
sacred fish, which are regarded with the most super-
stitious attachment. In the same neighbourhood is
also an immense tablet of long cuneiform inscrip-
tions, all of which are supposed to be certain indica-
tions of a city or palace of great antiquity. Patter
agrees with Major Rawlinson in the opinion that
this was the site of Shusan.

Susa of the Greelcs, which has generally been re-
garded as Shusan of the Persian kings, was on a
plain near the Choaspes, seventy-five miles west of
these ruins. Here also are vast mounds of extraor-
dinary height, and many cuneiform inscriptions, to-
gether with another celebrated tomb of Daniel.

"The site of this once noble metropolis of the an-
cient princes of Elam, says Sir Robert Ker Porter,
is now a mere wilderness, given up to beasts of
prey; no human being disputing their right, except-
ing the poor dervise who keeps watch over the
tomb of the prophet. The friend to whom I am in-
debted for the outlines I subjoin, passed the night
under the same protection, listening to the screams
of hyenas and the roaring of lions, wandering around
its solitary walls."

Major Rawlinson describes these ruins and the
surrounding country as celebrated for their beautiful
herbage. " It was difiicult to ride along the Shdpiin
for the luxuriant grass that clothed its banks, and all
around the plain was covered with a carpet of the rich-
est verdure. The climate, too, at this season, March
12th, was singularly cool and pleasant, and I never
remember to have passed a more delightful evening
than that, — in my little tent upon the summit of the
great mound of Sds alone, contemplating the wrecks
of time that were strewed around me, and indulging
in the dreams of bygone ages."

The inscriptions above mentioned can now be read,
and future researches will doubtless dispel the dark-
ness that still rests upon this portion of Scripture
history. Within a few months the English commis-
sioners who are engaged in the survey of the country,
appear to have clearly identified the palace of Ahasu-
erus, but whether at either of the places above de-
scribed does not appear from the brief and imperfect
reports yet received.

In the prosecution of their work the commissioners
[B. C. 606—70—136=^400.]

159

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

160

have come upon the remains of the ancient palace
of Shushan, mentioned in the sacred books of Esther
and Daniel, together with the tomb of Daniel the
prophet. The locality answers to the received tradi-
tion of its position, and the internal evidence, arising
from its correspondence with the description of the
palace recorded in the sacred history, amounts almost
to demonstration. The reader can turn to Esther
i. 6 ; there he will read of a " pavement of red, and
blue, and white, and black marble in that palace."
That pavement still exists, and, as described by
Colonel Williams, corresponds to the description
given thus in the sacred history. And in the mar-
ble columns, dilapidated ruins, the sculpture and the
remaining marks of greatness and glory that are
scattered around, the commissioners read the exact
truth of the record made by the sacred penman.

Not far from the palace stands a tomb; on it is
sculptured the figure of a man bound banc! and foot,
with a huge lion in the act of springing upon him
to devour him. No history could relate more gra-
phically the story of Daniel in the lions' den. The
commissioners have with them an able corps of en-
gineers and scientific men, and most interesting dis-
coveries may be expected. The Persian arrow-heads
are found upon the palace and the tomb. Glass
bottles, elegant as those placed upon the toilet-
tables of the ladies of our day, have been discovered,
with other indications of art and refinement, which
bear out the statements of the Bible. Thus, twenty-
five hundred years after the historians of Esther and
Daniel made their records, their histories are veri-
fied by the peaceful movements of the nations of
our day.

JUDAH DURING THE CAPTIVITY.

The people were carried away into captivity, as we
have seen, and the country drained of its inhabitants
by successive removals, the first under Jehoiakim,
606 B. C. The second, seven years later, 599 B. c,
at the end of Jehoiakim's reign ; the third at the
sacking of Jerusalem and burning of the temple, in
the eleventh year of the reign of Zedekiah, 588 B. c.
Soon after this, upon the murder of Gedaliah, 2
Kings XXV. 25, 26, many fled into Egypt, to escape
the vengeance of the Chaldees. Four years after
this the few that remained were taken away by Ne-
buchadnezzar, and the land was entirely bereaved
of its inhabitants.

In the mean time other colonists were not intro-
duced, as they had been in Samaria, when Israel went
into captivity. 2 Kings xxv. 22-26 ; Jer, xl.-xliii.,
lii. 30. The Idumeans settled in some parts of the
country, and wandering tribes roamed over it; but
[A.M. 3496-f 70-J 13G=3702.]

the land, for the most part, * enjoyed her sabbaths,
lying desolate without her inhabitants, while they, in
their enemy's land, accepted the punishment of their
iniquity.' Levit. xxvi. 35, 46.

In the land of their captivity they were natu-
ralized as citizens, and appear to have been left to
the undisturbed enjoyment of their religion. Some
of their nation, as Daniel, Ezra, Esther, Mordecai,
and Nehemiah, were high in honour and in office in
the court of the king. Ezekiel and other prophets
lived and laboured with the captives to preserve their
adherence to the faith of their fathers. But the
tribes of Israel lost there their nationality, and never
returned. Even of Judah but an inconsiderable
portion sought again their promised land.

PROPHETS DURING THE CAPTIVITY.

These were Habakkuk, Daniel, Obadiah, and Eze-
kiel. The latter prophet, for more than half a cen-
tury a captive among his captive people, and Daniel,
for a much longer period at the court of their mo-
narch, fulfilled their mission in communicating the
messages of God to the oppressor and the oppressed.

RISE OF THE MEDIAN AND PERSIAN EMPIRE.

Like Nineveh, Babylon, also the glory of king-
doms, the beauty of the Chaldees' excellence, after
fulfilling her unconscious mission as the scourge of
God's rebellious people, was razed to the earth by an
invading army of the Medes under Cyrus, and soon
fell back into annihilation, an abode, according to
the word of the Lord, for the owl and the bittern,
for the wild beast of the desert, and for any doleful
creature. Isa. xxxiv. 11.

EZRA. — RETURN OF THE FIRST CARAVAN, B. C. 536.

This interesting portion of Jewish history is con-
cisely and clearly stated by Jahn in an historical
survey of the book of Ezra : —

"Cyrus, in the first year of his reign (536 B. C,
seventy of the captivity, fifty-two after the destruc-
tion of Jerusalem and the temple,) proclaimed
throughout his empire, by a herald and by a written
order, that all the people of the God of heaven,
without exception, had liberty to return to Judea,
and rebuild the temple at Jerusalem. This general
permission, therefore, extended to the Israelites in
Assyria, Halah, Gozan, and Media, as well as to
the Jews at Chebar and Babylon.

" As Cyrus announced in his edict that Jehovah,
the God of heaven, had given him all the kingdoms
[B. C. GOG— 70— 136=400.]

il61

THE PERIOD OF THE CAPTIVITY AND RETURN.

162

\ of tlie earth and charged him to build a temple at
1 Jerusalem, this proclamation was not merely a per-
imission, but rather an invitation to all the Hebrews
to return and rebuild the temple. He accordingly de-
livered to the returning exiles five thousand four
hundred sacred vessels of gold and silver, which Ne-
• buchadnezzar had carried from Jerusalem to Baby-
lon, prescribed the size of the temple, and directed
that the expense of its erection should be defrayed
from the royal treasury ; all which particulars
jWere verified by a written edict found fifteen years
after in the archives at Ecbatana. Ezra i. 1-11, vi.
^2-5.

" Thus were the mountains laid low and the val-
leys filled up for the return of the Hebrews to Pa-
lestine ; that is, all obstacles were removed. Zerub-
babel, grandson of the king Jehoiachin, and Jeshua,
a grandson of the high-priest Jozadak, and ten of
;the principal eiders, prepared themselves for the
journey. To these were joined forty-two thousand
three hundred and sixty people, whose servants
amounted to seven thousand three hundred and thir-
ty-seven, so that the whole number was nearly fifty
thousand. Ezra ii. 2, 64 ; comp. Nch. vii. 7.

" Those who were to return, assembled at an ap-
pointed place, according to the usual mode of collect-
ing a caravan, and furnished themselves with pro-
visions and other things necessary for the journey.
Their camels, horses, and beasts of burden amounted
to eight thousand one hundred and thirty-six. Ze-
rubbabel the director of the caravan, received the
sacred utensils which had been restored, and the
donations toward the building of the temple made
by those who remained behind.

" Encumbered as they were with baggage and
small children, they were obliged to travel slowly,
and their journey took up four months. Ezra i. 8-11,
ii. 63-67, vi. 7, vii. 9. Accprdingly, the caravan
could not have arrived in Judea before the close of
the first year of Cyrus. Thus the Jews returned
•precisely at the termination of the seventieth year
of the captivity, the fifty-second year after the de-
istruction of the temple." B. C. 588.

Most of the towns which were resettled after the
Icaptivity, as specified in the second chapter of Ezra,
are now unknown; others have been already men-
tioned.

The Hebrew colony seems never to have been in a
very flourishing condition. Justice was imperfectly
administered, and the rebuilding of the city of Jeru-
salem and of the temple progressed but slowly. For
fifteen years the work of the temple was interdicted
by the king at the instigation of the Samaritans, the
[A. M. 3496+70+136=3702.]

adversaries of Judah and Benjamin. But at the
end of twenty years it was finally completed and
dedicated, 516 years B. c. But in the midst of the
festivities and rejoicings of the occasion, the old men,
who remembered the splendour of the former temple,
wept at the contrast which this presented. It ex-
ceeded the former in dimensions, but it lacked the
regal magnificence which was lavished upon that
structure. And the ark of the covenant, the sacred
oil, the Ui*im and Thummim, the sacred fire and
the more sacred Shekinah, — dread yet endearing
token of Jehovah's presence — all were wanting. This
temple, after standing almost 500 years, gave place
to that of Herod, which was begun twenty years
before the Christian era.

SECOND CARAVAN, B. C. 458.

Fifty-eight years from the dedication, and seventy-
eight after the return of the first caravan, Ezra
arrived at Jerusalem with ample powers, as viceroy
of his sovereign, and adequate treasures to admi-
nister the government and promote the advancement
of the colony. The number, however, of the captives
that consented to accompany him to the land of their
fathers was small, amounting only to seven thousand,
among whom was but a single Levite, who had ori-
ginally volunteered to return. A few, however, had
been constrained to accompany the caravan. But two
prophets of the Lord, Haggai and Zechariah, wore
raised up to encourage and assist Ezra and Zerubbabel
in their efforts to restore and reform the people.

Thirty-four years later, B. c. 424, Ezra was suc-
ceeded by Nehemiah as viceroy of the king and ruler
of the province. At the end of twelve years, B. c. 422.
he returned to his former ofiiee in the palace of the king
at Shushan. Twenty-four years later, B. c. 398, Ne-
hemiah again returned to Jerusalem, and, with his
accustomed energy and decision, undertook the re-
form of vicious customs and irregularities, into which
the people, in his absence, had fallen, through their
adherence to usages and habits of other nations.
The reform which Nehemiah effected was thorough
and complete.

In this work of recovering the people from their
deplorable degeneracy, Nehemiah was aided by the
prophet Malachi, the last of those inspired reprovers
of the sins of men, until the coming of John the
Baptist, that forerunner of the Lord, of stern and
awful sanctity, sent to prepare the way for his
coming by the preaching of repentance. There
were, therefore, three prophets after the captivity
commissioned of God to complete the roll of pro
[B. C. 606— 70— 136:=;400.]

|UFI7BRSITf1

163

TEXT BOOK AND ATEAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

164

phecy, and to conclude the communications of God
to man, until a nobler order of events should begin
to unfold the wonderful scheme of grace and salva-
tion of which the harp of prophecy had so often and
so sweetly sung. A brief notice of the three pro-
phets after the return is subjoined as an appropriate
part of the history of this period.

HAGGAI, ZECHARIAH, AND MALACHI.

The birthplace and tribe of Haggai are unknown;
but the times of his predictions are distinctly marked
by himself when the Jews, discouraged by the im-
pediments thrown in their way by the Samaritans,
had ceased to prosecute the rebuilding of the temple.
Haggai was then raised up to exhort the Jews to
complete the building. Ezra v. 1. Hag.l. Zech.l. He
predicted that the glory of the second temple should
exceed that of the first, which was fulfilled when
(Ihrist entered it; and he foretold the setting up of
the Messiah's kingdom under the name of Zerub-
b:ibel.

Zechariah was the son of Berachiah, and grandson

of Iddo, but his tribe and birthplace are unknown.

Jjike Haggai, he returned from the captivity with

^''erubbabel. His prophecies are in two parts. In

the first he enjoins the restoration of the temple, and

intersperses predictions relative to the advent of the

Messiah. In the second he foretells more distant

circumstances : — the destruction of Jerusalem by

the Romans ; the future condition of the Jews ; their

compunction at having pierced the Messiah; their

admission by baptism to the privileges of the gospel

covenant, and the final re-establishment of Christ's

kingdom.

[A. M. 3496+70+136=3702.]

Malachi was the last of the prophets, and com
pleted the canon of the Old Testament; his exact
time and birthplace are unknown. He was com-
missioned to reprove the priests and people for the
irreligious practices into which they had fallen dur-
ing and after the governorship of Nehemiah, their
disrespect to God in their sacrifices, and their unlaw-
ful intermarriages with idolatresses. He prophesied
the rejection of the Jews, the calling of the Gentiles,
the coming of Christ, and the ministry of his fore-
runner, John the Baptist : — "Behold, I will send my
messenger, and he shall prepare the way before me;
and the Lord whom ye seek, shall suddenly come
to his temple, even the messenger of the covenant whom
ye delight in: behold he shall come, saith the Lord

of hosts Behold, I will send you Elijah

the prophet before the coming of the great and
dreadful day of the Lord." Mai. iii., iv. ; Matt. xi.
14, xvii. 11 ; Mark ix. 11 ; Luke i. 17.

The history of this reform closes the record of the
ancient canon ; after which there is a chasm of four
hundred years in the sacred history, until the com-
ing of Christ and commencement of the Christian
era. This interval we pass in silence, and turn at
once to the historical geography of the New Testa-
ment, and especially to the incidents connected with
the life and ministry of our Lord and Saviour Jesus
Christ.

The principal historical events of Jewish history
in this interval, however, are entered in the continu-
ation of the Chronological Table with the synchro-
nisms of profane history, by which the historical
records of the Old Testament are connected with
that of the New.

[B. C. 606—70—136=400.]

END OF PART 1

PART II.

THE NEW TESTAMENT.

CHAPTER I.

THE LIFE OF CHRIST.

PERIOD ABOUT THIRTY-FIVE YEARS, FROM B. C. 7 TO A. D. 29 ; OR, ACCORDING TO THE CUSTOMARY

CHRONOLOGY, FROM B. C. 2 TO A. D. 33.

That portion of sacred history and geography
upon which we now enter, is appropriately introduced
by a reference to the family of Herod and the pro-
vinces which they respectively governed.

HEROD THE GREAT.

During the interval between the historical events
of the Old Testament and those of the New, the
land of Palestine was several times overrun by dif-
ferent invaders. At the advent of our Saviour, it
was under the power of the Roman empire, under
which Herod the Great ruled over the whole coun-
try with the absolute authority almost of an inde-
pendent sovereign. By his address in gaining the
favour of the ruling factions of Rome after the
death of Julius Caesar, and through the influence
of Mark Antony, Herod had been publicly pro-
claimed, by the Roman senate, king of the Jews ;
and, three years later, Augustus, on ascending the
imperial throne at Rome, confirmed to Herod these
royal prerogatives. This mixed government, to
which Palestine and the adjacent provinces were
subject, was essentially similar to that of the British
East Indies at the present times. The petty princes
of those countries rule according to their own laws
and the customs of their tribes; but, as vassals of
the English government, subject to the limitations
and restrictions of this foreign power.

SONS OP HEROD.

Herod, at his death, which occurred soon 'after
our Lord's advent, and while Joseph and Mary
were lingering in Egypt with the infant Saviour,

(165)

divided, by will, his empire betweeen his three sons
in separate and unequal divisions. To Archelaus
he gave Samaria, Judea, and the province south and
east of Judea, at that time known as Idumea ; to
Herod Antipas, Galilee and the southern portion
of the Persea, in the region beyond Jordan. That
portion of the Pergea which Antipas inherited in-
cluded the ancient territories of the children of
Ammon and Moab, corresponding nearly to the
portion of the tribes of Reuben and Gad.

To Herod Philip was allotted the northern part
of the Peraea, including all east of Jordan, which
belonged to the half tribe of Manasseh, from the
land of Bashan, below the sea of Galilee, to the
northern boundary of the country toward Mount
Hermon and Damascus.

This territory comprised the provinces of Gaulo-
nitis, Iturea, and Trachonitis. The first extended
from the east side of the sea of Galilee northward,
nearly, or quite, to Csesarea Philippi. East of
Gaulonitis was Iturea, which extended farther north
toward Damascus, but not so far south as the former
province.

Trachonitis, lying still farther toward the east,
was more extensive than either of the preceding
provinces. It extended from the plains south of
Damascus to Bozrah on the south, and comprised
the mountain-chain El Hedscha, which lies on the
western border of the great eastern desert, together
with the modern Hauran, the Auranitis of older
writers. This tetrarchy of Philip is a high table-
land, having a level of 2000 or 2500 feet above
that of the sea. The climate is mild and salubri-
ous, and the soil, in many parts, fertile. The coun-
try, once populous, is now a waste, overspread with

(166)

1^7

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

168

ruins, and in the summer season overrun with count-
less herds of goats and camels, which come up from
the great desert of Arabia for pasturage.

Archelaus was soon dethroned and banished to
Gaul, and superseded in his government by a Ro-
man governor sent out from Rome. In this capa-
city, Pontius Pilate was acting at the time of our
Lord's ministry and crucifixion. The residence of
the Roman governor was at Csesarea; but, on the
great festivals of the Jews, he usually went up to
Jerusalem for the preservation of order. For this
reason, Pilate was at Jerusalem at the time of our
Lord's trial and crucifixion. Herod Antipas was
present on the same occasion, as a Jew, in attend-
ance upon the festival. His usual residence was
at Tiberias in Galilee, on Lake Genesareth ; but he
often resided in his territories east of the Jordan,
where he was brought into acquaintance with John
the Baptist. lie appears in history as a weak,
timid, crafty voluptuary, with neither the talents
nor the stern, relentless cruelty of his father, nor
the atrocious barbarity of his brother Archelaus.

THE GALILEANS.

Galilee, after the captivity, had been settled by a
mixed race of foreigners and Jews. Two great
caravan routes passed through this country; one,
from the Euphrates through Damascus to Egypt,
and one from the same regions to the coast of the
Mediterranean. It was also near the great centres
of trade and commerce on the Mediterranean, at
Tyre and Zidon, still cities of considerable trade,
and at the more modern city of Ptolemais, Acre.

The northern part of Galilee, comprising the
hill-country north of the plain of Esdraelon, was,
in the days of Christ, termed heathen Galilee, or
Galilee of the Gentiles, Matt. iv. 15, because
among the Jewish population there were intermin-
gled many foreigners, Phoenicians, Syrians, Greeks,
and Arabs.

From this intercourse and admixture with fo-
reigners, the Galileans had acquired a strong pro-
vincial character and dialect, which made them par-
ticularly obnoxious to the Jews. Their language
had become corrupted by foreign idioms so as to be-
tray them, as was charged upon Peter. Matt. xxvi.
73 ; Mark xiv. 70. For the same general reasons the
Galileans were less bigoted than the Jews of Judea,
and more tolerant toward Christ as an apparent in-
novator in their religion. He accordingly passed
the greater part of his public ministry as well as of
his private life in Galilee, and chose his disciples

from this country, where his miracles and instruc-
tions excited less hostility than at Jerusalem.

Josephus expatiates at length on the extreme fer-
tility of Galilee, and all travellers confirm his repre-
sentations. In proof of its populousness, it is re-
lated by Josephus that there were in this country,
scarcely thirty miles square, 200 towns and villages,
each containing 15,000 inhabitants. He himself,
in a short time, raised 100,000 volunteers for the
war against the Romans. " Surrounded," he adds,
" by so many foreigners, the Galileans were never
backward in warlike enterprise, or in supplying men
for the defence of the country. They were nume-
rous, and accustomed to war from their infancy."

THE SAMARITANS.

The prejudice and enmity of the Jews toward the
Samaritans was even more inveterate and bitter than
toward the Galileans. They were remnants and re-
presentatives of the revolted tribes. They had been
the most violent antagonists of the Jews in the re-
building of the temple. They had erected another
temple on Mount Gerizim. They rejected the sacred
books of the Jews, with the exception of the books
of Moses. Their religion was an abomination to a
Jew, a profane mixture of Judaism and paganism.
For these reasons the Jews had no dealings with
the Samaritans. The term Samaritan became to a
Jew suggestive only of reproach, insomuch that
when they would express their deepest disgust and
abhorrence of Christ, they said, " Thou art a Sama-
ritan, and hast a devil." For the same reason the
Jews avoided travelling through Samaria, and when
compelled to pass through the country, carried their
own provisions, and refused the entertainments of
the people.

Samaria was at this time the smallest of the four
provinces above mentioned, and comprised only the
principal part of the territory of the tribes of Ephraim
and Manasseh.

JUDEA.

This division included on the north the tribe of
Benjamin, and extended south to the boundaries of
ancient Palestine. It was the largest of the three
divisions already mentioned; and was at this time, as
it had ever been, the appropriate land of the Jews,
from whom it took this name after the captivity.

The country is hilly and broken, and less fertile
than Galilee; but a portion of its plains, particu-
larly on the west, was very productive. Jerusalem,
the capital of the whole country, was in this pro-

169

THE LIFE OF CHRIST.

170

vince. It was the great object of interest and union
to all the Jews, and opened various sources of gain
to a numerous population.

It was the place of solemn assembly to the whole
nation at their great yearly festivals. It was the
seat of their religion. Here was the temple, with
all its mysterious rites. Here, therefore, the Jew
appeared in all his national characteristics, enter-
taining a proud consciousness of his importance as
the seed of Abraham and favourite of heaven,
blindly attached to the rites of his religion, and
almost equally regardless of the purity of its princi-
ples J looking down with proud contempt upon every
foreigner, regarding with unmitigated abhorrence the
power of the Romans, and firmly expecting a king
who should establish himself on the throne of uni-
versal dominion.

To the Jews, their subjection to the Roman power
was peculiarly irksome and oppressive. The power
of the sanhedrim had bfen nearly destroyed by
Herod the Great j the power of life and death was
now taken away, and the Jews, though left in the
enjoyment of their religion and their own forms of
government to a considerable degree, felt severely
the power of Roman bondage.

Severe exactions were made upon them of tri-
bute, which was paid directly to their masters, the
Romans ; by whom also government was exercised
and justice administered. The procurator, resident
at Caesarea, quartered his troops upon the town at
his pleasure. A cohort was stationed at Jerusalem,
in the tower of Antonia, so as to command the tem-
ple and quell any popular tumult.

Such was the nature of the government at the
time of the public ministry and death of our Lord.
This government was administered by Pontius Pilate,
the Roman procurator, a weak, cruel, and avaricious
man, who, notwithstanding his cruelty and his vices,
bore ample testimony to the innocence of the ac-
cused whom the Jews brought before him for con-
demnation, and reluctantly gave his consent to the
execution of that just man. Vainly seeking some
" sweet aspersion" to wash away the stain of that in-
nocent blood on his soul, " He took water and washed
his hands, saying, I am innocent of the blood of
this just man : see ye to it."

THE HARMONY.

The public ministry of our Lord is usually esti-
mated to have continued three and a half years. Q^
this ministry the four evangelists have given each a
separate history, neither of whom has followed an
12

exact chronological order, nor given in detail the in-
cidents and instructions of his public life. Each is
in a measure supplemental to the others. What
one omits, another records at length, and a third
passes with an incidental allusion, while each groups
and combines according to his particular object in
writing, and his own mental habits of thought and
diction.

It becomes, therefore, a delicate and difficult task
to reconstruct these four Gospels by arranging the
several parts of each in true chronological order, and
set the different accounts of the same events and
teachings in parallel columns, so that they may fill
out, supply, and elucidate each other, and give to
the reader a full and complete survey of all that the
Gospels record respecting each and every portion of
our Lord's history. This is the design of a Har-
mony. The learned, who have applied themselves
to this task of harmonizing the gospel, differ essen-
tially in their results. But, without entering into a
discussion of the merits of different Harmonies, we
shall adopt and follow substantially that of Dr. Ro-
binson, both as the latest and the most approved and
satisfactory. He has conferred an inestimable bless-
ing upon the public by presenting it with a harmony
of the Gospels according to our English version,
which ought to be in the hands of every intelligent
reader of the Gospels.

Dr. Robinson's views of the different evangelists,
according to which he has constructed his harmony,
are given in the following paragraph : —

" The narrative of John, except during the week
of the Saviour's passion, contains very little that is
found in either of the other writers. That of Luke,
although in the first part and at the close it has
much in common with Matthew and Mark, com-
prises, nevertheless, in its middle portions, a large
amount of matter peculiar to Luke alone. Matthew
and Mark have in general more resemblance to each
other; though Matthew, being more full, presents
much that is not found in Mark or Luke; while
Mark, though briefer, has some things that are not
contained in any of the rest."

CHRONOLOGICAL DATA.

According to approved chronologists, the date of
the Christian era is five or six years subsequent to
the nativity of Christ, so that this great event trans-
pired earlier than the common designation of this
date, to express which we resort to an anomalous and
apparent contradiction, assigning the birth of Christ
to the year B. c. 6. In accordance with this cor-

171

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

172

rected chronology, the dates will be given in the
subsequent notices of the Life of Christ. The cru-
cifixion, according to this system, occurred A. D. 29,
instead of A. D. 33.

The Gospels are generally conceded to have been

written about thirty years after our Lord's ascen
sion. Matthew A. D. 56, Luke 58, Mark 58-61, and
John 61. This Gospel again is supposed to have
been written many years later, in Patmos, or at some
time during the period from A. D. 60 to 100.

SYNOPSIS OF THE HARMONY.
PART L— EVENTS CONNECTED WITH THE BIRTH AND CHILDHOOD OF OUR LORD.

TIME : ABOUT THIRTEEN AND A HALF YEARS.

§ 1. Preface to Luke's Gospel. Luke i. 1-4.
§ 2. Angel appears to Zacharias. — Jerusalem. Luke L 5-25.
B. c. 7.

Zacharias was one of the ordinary priests. These,
when instituted by David, were divided into twenty-
four classes, or courses. 1 Chron. xxiv. 3-19 ;
2 Chron. viii. 14. These classes served each one
week, and were relieved every Sabbath, when they
returned to their several cities. The course of Abia,
to which Zacharias belonged, was the eighth. He
resided at Juttah, in the south of Judea, five miles
below Hebron.

The duties of the priests were, to have charge of
the sanctuary and of the altar, to prepare the sacri-
fices, and to ofier the lamb of the morning and even-
ing sacrifice, together with the several burnt-ofierings
of the festivals and of special occasions, the sin-
offerings, the trespass-offerings, the meat-offerings,
&c., of the people, as they were brought to the altar
for purification, for atonement, or for the fulfilment
of a vow, or other religious purposes.

§ 3. An angel appears to Mary — Nazareth — 6 months later.

Luke i. 26-38. b. c. 7.
§ 4. Mary visits Elisabeth. — Jcjttah. Luke i. 39-56.

Judah (Luke i. 39) is supposed to be Juttah, a
city of the mountains of Judah, five miles south of
Hebron.

This visit of Mary to Elisabeth, therefore, re-
quired her to make a journey of near a hundred
miles, almost the whole length of the land, from
north to south. Juttah has been identified by
Dr. Robinson as a large Mohammedan village on
a low eminence, surrounded by trees, five miles south
from Hebron, and half of this distance north-west
from Carmel. Some old foundations and walls are
still found there. Mary prolonged her visit with
Elisabeth three months, until near the birth of
John.

2 5. Birth of John the Baptist. — Juttah. Luke i. 57-80.

B. c. 6.
2 6. An angel appears to Joseph. — Nazareth. Matt. 1. 18-

2b. B. c. 6.

2 7. Birth of Jesus at Bethlehem, fire miles south of Jerusa-
lem. Luke ii. 1-7. B. c. 6.

g 8. An angel appears to the shepherds near Bethlehem.
Luke ii. 8-20. b. c. 6.

g 9. The circumcision of Jesus, and his presentation in the
temple. — Bethlehem, Jerusalem. Luke ii. 21-38. b. c. 6.

§ 10. The Magi. — Jerusalem, Bethlehem. Matt. ii. 1-12.
B. c. 6.

But who were these Magi ? whence came they ?
and what was the star by which they were guided ?
They were Chaldean Magi*from the region of Baby-
lon and the Euphrates. They were the learned
men of their country, and sustained there, in some
degree, the same relation as the chief priests and
scribes among the Jews.

The conviction had long been spread throughout
the East as well as in Palestine, that, about the
time of our era, a great and victorious prince, or
Messiah, would appear among the Jews. His coming
was supposed, from Numbers xxiv. 17, to have some
connection with the appearance of a star. Some
such phenomenon evidently excited the attention of
these wise men, and influenced them to enter upon
this long pilgrimage, in search of the expected king
of the Jews.

THE STAR IN THE EAST.

It is the common and, perhaps, the true impres-
sion that some supernatural or meteoric appearance
guided the wise men, like the pillar of a cloud to
the Israelites. But the notion has been entertained
that the star may have been none other than a re-
markable conjunction of the planets Jupiter and
Saturn. If this be true, it will relieve the passage
of many difficulties ; and confirm, by another astro-
nomical fact, the correction of our chronology,
which has already been, mentioned. The explana-
tion, as given below, has engaged the attention of
many of the greatest minds, and is at least worthy
of a respectful consideration.

Kepler, the prince of modern astronomers, under
the influence of a conjunction of the planets Jupiter,
Saturn, and Mars, which took place in 1664, was
led to think that he had discovered means for deter-

1T3

THE LIFE OF CHRIST.

174

mining the true year of our Saviour's birth. He
made his calculations, and found that Jupiter and
Saturn were in conjunction in the constellation of
the Fishes, (a fish is the astronomical symbol of
Judea,) in the latter half of the year of Rome 747,
and were joined by Mars in 748. Here then he
fixed the first figure in the date of our era, and here
he found the appearance in the heavens which in-
duced the Magi to undertake their journey, and
conducted them successfully on their way. Others
have taken up this view, freed it from astrological
impurities, and shown its trustworthiness and appli-
cability in the case under consideration. It appears
that Jupiter and Saturn came together for the first
time on May 20th, in the twentieth degree of the
constellation of the Fishes. They then stood before
sunrise in the eastern part of the heavens, and so
were seen by the Magi. Jupiter then passed by
Saturn toward the north. About the middle of
September they were, near midnight, both in oppo-
sition to the sun, Saturn in the thirteenth, Jupiter
in the fifteenth degree, being distant from each
other about a degree and a half. They then drew
nearer. On October 27th, there was a second con-
junction in the 16 th degree, and on November 12 th
there took place a third conjunction in the fifteenth
degree of the same constellation. In the last two
conjunctions, the interval between the planets
amounted to no more than a degree, so that, to the un-
assisted eye, the rays of the one planet were absorbed
in those of the other, and the two bodies would ap-
pear as one. The two planets went past each other
three times, came very near together, and showed
themselves all night long for months in conjunction
with each other, as if they would never separate
again. Their first union in the East awoke the at-
tention of the Magi, told them the expected time
had come, and bade them set ofi" without delay
toward Judea, (the fish-land.) When they reached
Jerusalem, the two planets were once more blended
together. Then, in the evening, they stood in the
southern part of the sky, pointing with their united
rays to Bethlehem, where prophecy declared the
Messiah was to be born. The Magi followed the
finger of heavenly light, and were brought to the
child Jesus. The conclusion, in regard to the time
of the advent is, that our Lord was born in the lat-
ter part of the year of Rome 747, or six years
before the common era.

These results of astronomical calculation do not
call in question the exact and literal truthfulness of
the gospel narrative of the star in the east ; but
they ofier an interesting and beautiful illustration
of the confirmation which science gives to Scripture.

In this view, it is certainly an interesting fact, and
worthy of being rendered familiar to the popular
mind.

2 11. The flight into Egypt, B. c. 5. Herod's cruelty, b. c. 5.
— Bethlehem. The return, b. c. 4. Josephus relates that
an eclipse of the moon occurred a few days before the
death of Herod the Great. This has been found, by calcula-
tion, to have been between March 12th and 13th, B. c. 4.
The return, then, may have been in the summer or au-
tumn following. — Nazaeeth. Matt. ii. 13-23; Luke IL
39-40.

NAZARETH.

Nazareth, for almost thirty years the residence of
our Lord and Saviour in the days of his humilia-
tion, requires in this place a distinct description.
This has been given by many travellers. The fol-
lowing is from the graphic pen of Dr. Durbin, the
distinguished American traveller : —

" Nazareth is nearly due north from Jerusalem,
distant about sixty-five miles, and embosomed in the
mountains of Lower Galilee. I shall not trouble
the reader with the many interesting places which
lie between Jerusalem and Nazareth, such as Bethel,
Shiloh, Shechem, and Samaria; but hasten to the
southern edge of the Great Plain of Esdraelon, from
which one catches the first glance of the gray hills,
in the midst of which lies the early home of Jesus.
On our journey thither, we had wandered so long
amid the venerable remains of Samaria, that night
had shut in upon us as we approached the town of
Jennin, at the northern base of the mountains of
Samaria, and which is directly opposite to Nazareth,
the Great Plain lying between them.

" Upon rising in the morning, and advancing to the
high plateau of masonry on which our khan was
built, a most beautiful scene opened wide and far.
The Great Plain of Esdraelon stretched from the
Jordan on the east, thirty miles westward to the
Mediterranean; and from the mountains of Sama-
ria on the south, where I stood, fifteen miles north-
ward, to the mountains of Lower Galilee. In full
view in this plain were many objects of deep in-
terest, such as Gilboa, Hermon, Tabor, the Foun-
tain of Jezreel, and the battle-field of nations from
time imtnemorial ; but in sight, directly across the
plain, were the gray, wavy hills of Nazareth. In
five hours we were at their base, and began to climb
their steep, rocky sides. As we ascended, we fell
into a rugged dell, and, following it, quickly came
out upon a ridge, below which, to the north, lay
deeply embosomed in the hills a small, narrow val-
ley. I knew that in this sequestered glen lay Naza-
reth where my Saviour ' was brought up.' It is in

175

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

17G

vain to attempt to indicate to the reader the varied
and tumultuous emotions which agitate the Chris-
tian from the New World as he approaches Naza-
reth. As we advanced, my eyes wandered rapidly
over every nook and corner of the vale, as it opened
upon us, to catch the first glimpse of the town.
Suddenly a delicate and well-defined line cut the air;
and almost at the same moment, at a lower eleva-
tion, a small, dark, transverse figure was seen on the
right. They were the crescent and the cross, im-
pending over Nazareth. The spell upon the travel-
ler, as he approaches Nazareth, is more rapt than
that which comes upon him as he approaches Jeru-
salem. In the last case, it is broken by the first
glance at the embattled walls of the city, so unlike
his early imaginings of the holy place; but, ad-
vancing upon Nazareth, the quiet, retired little vale
is so peaceful, and the silence amid the surrounding
hills so profound, that the visions which the place
calls up abide in the imagination ; and the vale of
Nazareth seems a mountain sanctuary from which
came forth the grace of life to a dying world. We
found clean lodgings in a building belonging to the
convent, just without its gates.

" The village of Nazareth is unknown in the annals
of mankind, except in so far as it is connected with
the mystery of our redemption by Jesus. It is not
mentioned in the Old Testament, nor in the New,
except in connection with the life of our Saviour.

" I have already said that the town is in a little
vale, about 800 feet above the sea, and deeply em-
bosomed in the hills of Lower Gralilee. This vale
is not more than 700 yards in length, and 300 in
width. On the east and south, the hills are lower
and more broken up. To the north, they rise higher
and are more commanding. On the west, a precipi-
tous mountain ridge swells up some 500 feet above
the town, which is built at the foot of its eastern
declivity, and overlooks the rich and luxuriant vale
still below it. The houses, as all in Palestine, are,
owing to the scarcity of wood, built of stone, gene-
rally two stories high, and the walls very thick, that
they may stand the frequent shocks of the earth-
quake, and be cooler during the scorching heats of
summer. Nearly every house is finished with a flat
roof, made of water-proof cement, and surrounded
with a low wall of masonry. The roof rests upon
an arch turned over the room below. None of the
dwelling-houses are large or imposing. The only
prominent buildings in the town are the mosque and
the convent. This belongs to the Franciscans of
the Latin Church, and is rather a cluster of massive
buildings, enclosed by a strong wall and gate, and
having gardens attached to it. The mosque is seen

in the centre of the engraving, and the conventual
buildings to the left.

"As living fountains in the East are wellnigh as
immutable as mountains, it is very natural to sup-
pose, that, when Mary was a maiden among the
maids of Nazareth, she often went, as the maids of
Nazareth do now, to the fountain for water. And
who shall say that she was distinguishable from the
crowd of her maidenly companions, except by the
purity of her manners and the modesty of her de-
meanour? This beautiful vision of the youthful
days of Mary was occupying and illuminating my
heart, as I approached the only spot in Nazareth
that I could feel had certainly been trodden by the
Virgin's feet. Alas ! like most other antecedent
visions in the Holy Land, it suddenly vanished when
the fountain appeared. It was surrounded by a
crowd of the maids of modem Nazareth, each some-
what clamorous in contending for her turn to fill her
waterpot. One poor damsel was lamenting over
her earthen jar, which had been broken in the con-
test. As I drew near, the crowd parted to let me
examine the fountain. I found it to be a large mar-
ble trough, probably once a sarcophagus, covered
with a rude stone arch, from under which one end
projected a little. From the trough a feeble jet of
good water issued, and was received into the water-
pots.

" From the Fountain of the Virgin I ascended
the lofty ridge on the west of the town, and seated
myself in the shade of a large white Mohammedan
tomb that crowns its summit. This was one of the
most pleasing hours of my life. It was late in the
afternoon; the sky was cloudless, and a profound
silence reigned throughout the field of vision, which
was wellnigh boundless in every direction. To the
south-west, the long dark ridge of Mount Carmel
seemed banked up against the sky, and beyond it
the evening sun hung over the sea as if in the act
of falling into it ; to the west, the Mediterranean lay
as a mirror of molten silver; on the south, the Plain
of Esdraelon spread its green carpet, beyond which
were the mountains of Samaria; toward the east,
rose in succession the irregular swells of Gilboa, the
summit of Little Hermon, and the bold round top of
Tabor, which seemed to me, in spite of criticism, the
most appropriate mountain in all Palestine for the
transfiguration of our Saviour. For it stands apart
from the rest of the world, uplifted into the pure
resplendent heavens, and looks down upon the scenes
of his youth, the sea of his miracles, and the familiar
walks of his disciples. Farther eastward, beyond
the sea of Genesareth, were seen the dim outlines
of the hills of Bashan. On the north, Kana el

177

THE LIFE OF CHRIST.

178

Jelil, or Cana of Galilee, was visible, where Jesus
wrought his first miracle at the wedding of a neigh-
bour, to which himself and his mother had been
invited. Still farther to the north swelled up the
mountains of Safet, and beyond them towered the
snowy Hermon, the monarch of this sacred moun-
tain-world. Immediately below me on the east, lay
Nazareth impending over its little paradisiacal vale.
Amid this interesting panorama I was sitting at night-
fall, impressed with the assurance that Jesus had often
wandered over this hill, gazed on this scene, and
perhaps sat on this very spot which I now occupied."

The sacred associations and solemn musings,
awakened by the scene before us, are happily ex-
pressed by Dr. Robinson : —

" Seating myself in the shade of the Wely, I re-
mained for some hours upon this spot, lost in the
contemplation of the wide prospect and of the events
connected with the scenes around. In the village
below, the Saviour of the world had passed his child-
hood ; and, although we have few particulars of his
life during those early years, yet there are certain
features of nature which meet our eyes now just as
they once met his.

" He must often have visited the fountain near
which we had pitched our tent ; his feet must fre-
quently have wandered over the adjacent hills ; and
his eyes doubtless have gazed upon the splendid
prospect from this very spot. Here the Prince of
Peace looked down upon the great plain, where the
din of battles so oft had rolled, and the garments
of the warrior been dyed in blood ; and he looked
out, too, upon that sea, over which the swift ships
were to bear the tidings of his salvation to nations
and to continents then unknown. How has the
moral aspect of things been changed ! Battles and
bloodshed have, indeed, not ceased to desolate this
unhappy country, and gross darkness now covers the
people; but from this region a light went forth
which has enlightened the world and unvailed new
climes ; and now the rays of that light begin to be
reflected back from distant isles and continents, to
illuminate anew the darkened land where it sprang
up."

g 12. At twelve years of age, Jesus goes to the Passover.—
Jerusalem. Luke ii. 41-52. April, a. d. 8.
. § 13. The genealogies. Matt. i. 1-17 ; Luke ILL 23-38.

PART IL— ANNOUNCEMENT AND INTRODUCTION OF OUR LORD'S PUBLIC MINISTRY. A. D. 25.

TIME : ABOUT ONE YEAR.

g 14. The ministry of John the Baptist. — The Desert of
THE Jordan. Mat. iii. 1-12; Mark i. 1-8; Luke iii. 1-18.

Abilene, the tetrarchy of Lysanias, was a small
but beautiful and fertile province on the eastern de-
clivities of the mountains of Anti-Lebanon, north-
west and west of Damascus. It was bounded on the
west by the province of Philip, to whom a part of
Abilene had been given, with Iturea and Trachonitis.

THE WILDERNESS.

The desolate region which lies between the Mount
of Olives, east of Jerusalem and the plains of Jor-
dan, and extends far north and south of this line
along the Jordan and the Dead Sea, is generally as-
sumed to have been the wilderness where the Bap-
tist, forerunner of our Lord, began his ministry.
To this also our Lord retired after his baptism,
where he continued for forty days and forty nights,
in fasting and prayer, preparatory to the great work
of his ministry. This mountainous tract, the desert
of Judah, is bare, bleak, and dreary, presenting
everywhere yellow rocks and gray sand; no trees
are seen ; a few shrubs grow here and there on the
slopes, and the intervening dells are covered with

arid grass and some green bushes of cistus. This
region of country is often mentioned in Scripture,
and termed " the Wilderness of Judah," which ex-
tended along the western shore of the Dead Sea, the
plain of Jordan, and the mountains of Judah toward
Jerusalem and Jericho. During the rebellion of
Absalom, David, on his flight from Jerusalem, crossed
the Kidron and withdrew to the banks of the Jor-
dan, and said, "I will tarry in the plain of the
wilderness;" but not being secure there, he passed
over Jordan to gather his army in Gilead. From
the description of Josephus it appears that this re-
gion, between Jericho and the Asphaltic lake, was
then as stony and barren as it is now.

The country was not entirely destitute of the
means of subsistence. The food of John, and doubt-
less of our Saviour also, was such as the desert
afibrds, locusts and wild honey from the rocks. Jo-
sephus informs us that he himself subsisted in the
same manner for three years in this wilderness, with
his teacher, Banas, "and had no other food than
what grew of its own accord."

1 15. Baptism of Jesus.— The Jordan. Matt. iii. 13-17;
Mark i. 9-11 ; Luke iii. 21-23. Autumn of A. D. 25.

Jesus is here supposed to have gone down the east
side of the Jordan, as indicated in the map of his
travels, Map YI., to have been baptized near the

179

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

180

fords of Jericho, and to have passed over into the
wilderness west of the Jordan, whence he returned
up the valley of this river to Nazareth.

§16. The temptation. — Desert op Judea. Matt, i v. 1-11 ;
Mark i. 12, 13 ; Luke iv. 1-13.

The mountain which tradition assigns as the place
of the temptation, is the lofty summit of Quaran-
tania, about three miles north of the road leading to
Jericho. It is fifteen hundred or two thousand feet
high, and " distinguished for its sere and desolate as-
pect, even in this gloomy region of savage and dreary
sights. Its highest summit is crowned with a chapel,
still occasionally resorted to by the more devout
pilgrims, while the eastern face, which overhangs the
plain, and commands a noble view of the Arabian
mountains, is much occupied with grottos and cells,
the favourite abodes of pious anchorites."

g 17. Preface to John's Gospel. John i. 1-18.
§ 18. Testimony of John the Baptist to Jesus. — Bethabaka
BEYOND JoRDAX. John i. 19-34. March ? a. d. 26.

Bethabara is supposed by Lticke to be Beth-bara,
on the Jordan, to which Gideon summoned the Is-
raelites to take the waters before the Midianites.
Judg. vii. 24. Bitter supposes it to have been by
the fords of Jordan, over against Jericho. The
name itself means the House of Fords. Its true
site was early lost, and probably will never be re-
covered. Jerome relates that many believers in his

day, desirous of baptism, resorted there, and were
baptized in the living stream.

g 19. Jesus gains disciples. — The Jordan. Galilee ? John

i. 35-51.
§20, The marriage at Cana of Galilee. John ii. 1-12. March,

A. D. 26.

Dr. Bobinson supposes the third day to refer back
to John i. 44. The two preceding days were sufficient
for the journey to Cana, a distance perhaps of fifty
miles. Cana of Gralilee, as has been shown by Dr.
Bobinson, is not the Cana of most travellers, seen
at the distance, five miles north-east of Nazareth,
but Kana el Jelil, about seven miles north of Naza-
reth, also in full view from the heights above this
place. Cana is remarkable as the place where Jesus
wrought the first two miracles by which to attest the
truth of his divine mission. He visited the place a
short time after the marriage at Cana, on his return
from Jerusalem after the first passover, when he
healed the nobleman's son, then lying sick at Caper-
naum, at the distance of fifteen miles. Nathaniel,
the guileless Israelite, was also a native of this place,
John xxi. 2, afterward known as an apostle of the
name of Bartholomew. Cana is now a ruined, neg-
lected place, but little known. " "War, bloody, re-
lentless war, has swept over the little Cana of
Galilee; fire and sword have laid waste and de-
stroyed the peaceful village in which Christ met
the rejoicing wedding-party."

PART III.— OUR LORD'S FIRST PASSOVER, AND THE SUBSEQUENT TRANSACTIONS UNTIL THE SECOND.

MARCH, A. D. 26.

time: one TEAR.

g 21. At the Passover, Jesus drives the traders out of the
temple. — Jerusalem. John ii. 13-25.

ROUTES BETWEEN JERUSALEM AND GALILEE.

The approach to Jerusalem from Galilee was by
three difierent routes — the western, middle, and
eastern.

1st. The western was either around the headland
of Carmel and along the coast by Csesarea to Joppa
and Jerusalem, or across the pass of Mount Carmel
near Megiddo, and along the eastern border of the
plain of Sharon, by Antipatris, to Lydda, and thence
to Jerusalem.

2d. The middle and most direct route was, as it
still is, across the plain of Esdraelon, and on the
line of the mountains of Samaria by Shechem, the
Sychar of the New Testament, to the city of Jeru-
salem.

3d. The eastern route was down the valley of the
Jordan to Jericho, and thence up to Jerusalem.

The valley of the Jordan is more easily traversed on
the eastern side than on the western. The course
of the Jordan may be conveniently traversed near
the outlet of the Sea of Galilee, or the line of travel
may be through the plain of Esdraelon and down
the valley between Hermon and Gilboa, to Beth-
shean, or Scythopolis, and across the fords of the
Jordan at that place. Then the traveller may fol-
low the plain of the Jordan, or go up from the river
to the table-land eastward, and follow the line of the
terraces to some point nearly opposite Jericho, before
descending to the Jordan. In the map of the travels
of our Lord, the particular route is for the most part
conjectural and arbitrary, nothing being said, except
in one or two instances, to indicate the route pur-
sued by our Saviour in going up to Jerusalem or
returning to Galilee.

§ 22. Our Lord's discourse with Nicodemus. — Jerusalem.

John iii. 1-21.
§ 23. Jesus remains in Judoa and baptizes. Further testi-
mony of John the Baptist. John iii. 22-36. Summer of
A. D. 26.

181

THE LIFE OF CHRIST.

182

It does not appear where in Judea Jesus passed
the interval between the passover and his return to
Galilee ; but from the mention of his haptizing, near
where John also was before his imprisonment, he is
supposed, as indicated in the map, to have restricted
his ministry to the region of Jerusalem and of Jeri-
cho, where the fountains of Elisha and Beth-Hoglah
and the Jordan might afford stations for his ministry
and for baptizing.

g 24. Jesus departs into Galilee after John's imprisonment.
Matt. iv. 12, xiv. 3-5 ; Mark i. 14, vi. 17-20 ; Luke iv. 14,
iii. 19, 20 J John iv. 1-3. Autumn of A. D. 26.

IMPRISONMENT OF JOHN THE BAPTIST.

The imprisonment of John occurred in the second
year of his ministry, which may have continued one
year and six months. On the supposition that the
birth of Jesus was in October, and that both John
and Jesus entered on their public ministry at thirty
years of age, then the ministry of Jesus began six
months before the first passover. Eight months after
the passover he is on his way to Galilee in conse-
quence of John's imprisonment. More than a year
has already elapsed since the commencement of his
public ministry, but the ministry of John began
some months before that of Jesus. It must, there-
fore, have continued at least a year and a half.

MACHiERUS AND THE HOT SPRINGS OP CAL-
LIRROHOE.

Machserus, the castle and palace of Herod, where
John was beheaded, was situated on the east of the
Dead Sea, above the hot springs of Callirrohoe, eight
or nine miles from the sea, about fifteen south-east
of the outlet of the Jordan. Seetzin, about fifty
years since, discovered its ruins, still imposing and
extensive, on the summit of an oblong and lofty
rock, with precipitous sides, and surrounded by a
deep chasm, so as to be altogether inaccessible, ex-
cept at one point, by a very high bridge. Josephus
describes it as " so contrived by nature that it could
not be easily ascended, for it is, as it were, ditched
about with such valleys on all sides, and to such a
depth, that the eye cannot reach their bottoms, and
such as are not easily to be passed over, and even
such as it is impossible to fill up with earth ; for
that valley which cuts it off on the west extends to
threescore furlongs, and does not end till it comes
to the lake Asphaltis."

Lieut. Lynch found the walls of this chasm near
the hot springs standing 122 feet apart, " lofty and
perpendicular, of red and yellow sandstone, majestic

and imposing." Through this chasm a stream of
hot water, twelve feet wide and ten inches deep,
rushes with great velocity. This hot stream of
water is supplied from many springs which gush out
their heated waters along the line of the chasm for
three or four miles. These and the volcanic rocks
which abound in this region are so many additional
indications of the volcanic nature of this whole re-
gion of country. These waters were much fre-
quented in the time of John's ministry for baptism
and for health. They are even mentioned in the
book of Genesis, xxxvi. 24, as discovered by Anah,
son of one of the dukes of Edom, the sons of Esau.
In our translation the word meaning hot springs is
absurdly rendered mules. The interpretation of the
text is, that he " found the hot springs of the wil-
derness as he fed the asses of Zibeon his father."

The return of Jesus to Galilee was in this in-
stance by the middle route, as is indicated by his
conversation with the Samaritan woman. It was
November or December in the second year of his
public ministry.

§ 25. Discourse with the Samaritan woman. Many of the
Samaritans believe on him. — Shechem, Sychar, or Ne-
APOLis. John iv. 4-42. December a. d. 26.

At the distance of some thirty miles from Jeru-
salem the traveller beholds from an eminence a long
narrow valley, extending northward ten or twelve
miles before him, and bounded on the west by a
ridge of mountains 700 or 800 feet in height, and
on the east by an irregular line of hills at the dis-
tance of two or three miles. Our Lord's journey
lay along this valley, at the base of these western
mountains. Near the middle of these mountains
they are rent to their base by a defile which cuts
through them from the West, forming two frowning
bluffs, Gerizim and Ebal, 600 feet high, at the dis-
tance of a quarter of a mile from each other. A
short distance south of the line of the defile, at the
foot of Gerizim, the southern bluff, was Jacob's
Well, where, in the middle of the second day's jour-
ney, Jesus seated himself for rest, while his disciples
passed up the valley between the opposite heights to
the city of Shechem, Sychar, for the purchase of
provisions. While waiting here for the return of
his disciples, Jesus was drawn into that most inte-
resting and instructive conversation with the woman
of Samaria, who had come out to draw water from
the well. The well itself is a perpendicular shaft,
sunk in the solid rock to the depth of seventy-five
feet, the digging of which is ascribed to the patriarch
Jacob.

It is extremely interesting to reflect that from
these Samaritans, who now for the first time received

183

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

184

the gospel from the Son of Man himself, was gathered,
by Philip the Evangelist, the first Christian church
out of Jerusalem, and that they enjoyed the earliest
ministrations of the apostles Peter and John, who,
in the dispersion upon the death of Stephen, preached
in many of their villages.

g 26. Jesus teaches publicly in Galilee. John iv. 43-45; Matt.
iv. 17; Marki. 14, 15; Luke iv. 14, 1 5. January? a. d. 27.

2 27. Jesus is again at Cana, where he heals the son of a no-
bleman lying ill at Capernaum. — Cana of Galilee. John
iv. 46-64. January, A. n. 27.

Sarepta, to which allusion is made in this discourse
of our Lord, was midway between Tyre and Zidon,
on the celebrated plain of Phcenicia. Remains of an
ancient town are found near the shore. The modern
town is on a high hill, a short distance to the east.

Capernaum was on the north-west shore of Gen-
nesaret, twenty miles north-east from Cana. The
nobleman appears to have been some member of the
family of the king. The fame of Jesus had reached
the court of Herod, though Jesus had, at this time,
wrought but one miracle in Galilee.

g 28. Jesus at Nazareth ; he is there rejected; and fixes his
abode at Capernaum. Luke iv. 16-31 ; Matt. 13-16. Janu-
ary, A. D. 27.

The hills south-west of Nazareth break off into a
perpendicular precipice of forty or fifty feet; and
here, doubtless, is the brow of the hill to which his
own citizens led him, that they might cast him down.
Tradition assigns for this incident another place,
which it is needless to describe.

Capernaum becomes now the residence of Jesus.
^' Thou, Capernaum, which art exalted unto heaven,
shall be brought down to hell; for if the mighty
works which have been done in thee had been done
in Sodom, it would have remained until this day."
So completely has this word been fulfilled upon this
doomed city, that the very site of it is unknown.

North of Tiberias, and about midway of the coast,
the hills retire in a kind of arch, and form a small
triangular plain, four miles in length, and two in
breadth, at the widest part, of great beauty and fer-
tility. This is the ancient land of Gennesaret, Mark
vi. 53, in which Dr. Robinson supposes the lost city
to have been located.

This plain Josephus describes as one of surpassing
loveliness and fertility, and modem travellers concur
in attesting the truth of the representation : —

" The country named Gcnnesar extends along the
lake, wonderful both for its nature and beauty. On
account of its fertility it refuses no tree, and the cul-
tivators plant in it all kinds of trees ; and the tem-
perature of the atmosphere suits the several sorts.
For walnuts, which require the greatest colds, flourish

there in vast quantities, and also palm-trees, which
require heat; while fig-trees and olives, which re-
quire a milder atmosphere, grow near them. One
may say that it is the ambition of nature which
forces together the things that are naturally enemies
to one another ; and that there is a happy contention
of the seasons of the year, as if each of them laid
claim to this district as its own; for it not only
nourishes different sorts of fruits, beyond men's ex-
pectation, but long preserves them.

" It supplies men with the principal fruits, with
grapes and figs during ten months of the year, with-
out intermission, and with the rest of the fruits
throughout the whole year as they ripen in course.
And besides the good temperature of the atmosphere,
it is also watered from a most fertile fountain, called
Capharnaum by the natives. Some have thought
this fountain to be a vein of the Nile, because it
produces the Coracine fish, like the lake near Alex-
andria. The length of this country extends along
the banks of this lake, bearing the same name, for
thirty stadia, and in breadth it is twenty. This,
indeed, is the nature of that place."

Upon the coast near the northern limit of this
plain of Gennesar, by a large fountain, are found
some remains of an ancient city, which Dr. Robin-
son supposes to have been Capernaum. An Ameri-
can traveller has assured the writer that he departed
from the usual routes of tourists in passing this
plain — that he neither kept along the shore nor fol-
lowed the windings of the western hills that encir-
cle the plain, but struck diagonally across it, and
found in the centre of the plains piles of rubbish
and other indications of an ancient town. These
localities may possibly indicate the sites of Chorazin
and Bethsaida.

Capernaum, in the opinion of Ritter and Dr. Wil-
son, may have been at a place now known by the
name of Tell Hum, about four miles farther north,
on the north-west margin of the lake, where are
found extensive ruins. Several plausible reasons are
assigned for assuming this to be the site of Caper-
naum, the chosen residence of our Lord. But no-
thing more can be afiirmed with confidence of Caper-
naum, Chorazin, or Bethsaida, than they were on
the western shore of the Sea of Tiberias.

§ 29. The call of Simon Peter and Andrew, and of James
and John, with the miraculous draught of fishes. — Near
CArERNATJM. Luko V. 1-11 ; Mattiv. 18-22; Mark i. 16-20.
January, A. D. 27.

§ 30. Healing of a demoniac in the synagogue. — CAPERNArM.
Mark i. 21-28 ; Luke iv. 31-37. January, A. n. 27.

§ 31. The healing of Peter's wife's mother, and many others.
Capeknaum. Matt. viii. 14-17 ; Marki. 29-34; Luke iv.
38-41. January, A. d. 27.

185

THE LIFE OF CHRIST.

186

g 32. Jesus with his disciples goes from Capernaum through-
out Galilee. Mark i. 35-39; Luke iv, 42-44 ; Matt. iv. 23-
25. February and March, A. d. 27.

Nothing is given to define the course or extent of
this first missionary circuit of our Lord further than
that he went about all Gralilee, " teaching in their
synagogues and preaching the gospel of the king-
dom." The course marked on the map, VI., is alto-

gether conjectural, but is made to comprehend a
considerable portion of Galilee.

§ 33. The healing of a leper. — Galilee. Matt. viii. 2-4 ;

Mark i, 40-45 ; Luke v. 12-16. February or March, a. d. 27.
g 34. The healing of a paralytic. — Capernaum. Mark ii^

1-12 ; Luke V. 17-26 ; Matt. ix. 2-8. March, a. d. 27.
§ 35. The call of Matthew.— Capernaum. Matt. ix. 9 ; Mark

ii. 13, 14 ; Luke v. 27, 28. April, A. D. 27.

PART IV.— OUR LORD'S SECOND PASSOVER, AND THE SUBSEQUENT TRANSACTIONS UNTIL THE THIRD.

A. D. 27-28.

time: one YEAR.

§ 36. The pool of Bethesda ; the healing of the infirm man ;
and our Lord's subsequent discourse. — Jerusalem. John
V. 1-47. April, A. D. 27.

In this third journey to Jerusalem, Christ is sup-
posed to have crossed the Jordan below the Sea of
Galilee, and to have pursued his journey along the
line of table-land east of the river. See Map VI.

North of the temple area, and near the eastern
gate of the city, is an immense cistern, 360 feet in
length, 130 in breadth, and 75 in depth, which,
according to tradition, is the Pool of Bethesda.
But the fountain on the eastern base of the hill
Ophil, below the south-east angle of the walls of the
city, and known as the Fountain of the Virgin or
King's Pool, may with greater probability be assumed
to be the pool in question. This is an intermittent
fountain, rising and falling at irregular intervals,
which may have been indicated by the troubling of
the waters. The water itself is slightly saline, but
constantly used for domestic purposes, and devoid
of any medicinal virtue, as it was at the period of
our Lord's ministry. The healing of the first that
was let down after the troubling of the water was
evidently supernatural. The possibility that one
might be healed collected a multitude of the impo-
tent about the pool; but the certainty that all who-
soever will may be healed of the deadly malady that
kills beyond the grave brings few to the fountain of
the gospel for life and full salvation !

§ 37. The disciples pluck ears of grain on the Sabbath. — On

the way to Galilee. Matt. xii. 1-8 ; Mark ii. 23-28 ; Luke

vi. 1-5. April, A. D. 27.
§ 38. The healing of the withered hand on the Sabbath. —

Galilee. Matt. xii. 9-14 ; Mark iii. 1-6 ; Luke vi. 6-11.
§ 39. Jesus arrives at the Sea of Tiberias, and is followed by

multitudes. — Lake of Galilee. Matt. xii. 15-21 ; Mark iii.

7-12. May, A. d. 27.
g 40. Jesus withdraws to the mountain, and chooses the

Twelve ; the multitudes follow him. — Near Capernaum.

Mark iii. 13-19 ; Luke vi. 12-19 ; Matt. x. 2-4. May,

A. D. 27.

Jesus appears to have returned toward Galilee

immediately after the passover. Nothing is said to
13

intimate by what route he went to Jeioisalem or re-
turned. In map VI. he is assumed to have gone up
to Jerusalem by the eastern route, through the Pe-
rea, at some distance from the Jordan, on the line
of the table-land above, and to have returned by the
middle route through Samaria.

g 41. The Sermon on the Mount. — Near Capernaum. Matt
V. 1 ; viii. 1 ; Luke vi. 20-49. May ? A. D. 27.

§ 42. The healing of the centurion's servant. — Capernauk.
Matt. viii. 5-13 ; Luke vii. 1-10. May? a. d. 27.

g 43. The raising of the widow's son. — Nain. Luke vii. 11-17.
May? A. D. 27.

Nain, the scene of this touching incident, is now
a small settlement at the foot of Little Hermon,
between this mountain and Esdraelon, about three
miles south by west from Tabor, and in full view
from the hills of Nazareth. From Capernaum the
distance must be twenty or twenty-five miles.

g 44. John the Baptist, in prison, sends disciples to Jesus. —
Galilee : Capernaum. Matt. xi. 2-19 ; Luke vii. 18-35.
June ? A. D. 27.

John, having heard in his prison of the works of
Christ, sent two of his disciples into Galilee, a dis-
tance of seventy miles, to inquire whether he was
the expected Messiah. Some time after this, John
was beheaded at the instigation of the infamous He-
rodias, after having lain in prison not far from a year
and six months.

§ 45. Reflections of Jesus on appealing to his mighty works.
Capernaum ? Matt. xi. 20-30. June ? A. D. 27.

§ 46. While sitting at meat with a Pharisee, Jesus is anointed
by a woman who had been a sinner. — Capernaum ? Luko
vii. 36-50. June ? A. D. 27.

§ 47. Jesus, with the Twelve, makes a second circuit in Gali-
lee. Luke viii. 1-3. June to Sept. A. D. 27.

The course of our Lord in this second circuit in
Galilee, as in the first, is wholly conjectural; as
such it is traced on the map, through the northern
part of Galilee.

^ 48. The healing of a demoniac. The Scribes and Phari-
sees blaspheme. — Galilee. Mark iii. 19-30; Matt. xii.
22-37; Luke xi. 14, 15, 17-23. Oct.? A. D. 27.

2 49. The Scribes and Pharisees seek a sign. Our Lord's
reflections. — Galilee. Matt. xii. 38-45; Luke xi. 16»
24-36. Oct. ? A. D. 27.

187

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

188

g 50. The true disciples of Christ his nearest relatives. —
Galilee. Matt. xii. 46-50 ; Mark iii. 31-35 j Luke viii.
19-21. Oct.? A. D. 2r.

§ 51. At a Pharisee's table, Jesus denounces woes against
the Pharisees and others. — Galilee. Luke xi. 37-54.
Oct ? A. D. 27.

g 52. Jesus discourses to his disciples and the multitude. —
Galilee. Luke xii. 1-59. Oct. ? A. d. 27.

§ 53. The slaughter of certain Galileans. Parable of the
barren fig-tree. — Galilee. Luke xiii. 1-9. Oct. ? A. d. 27.

§ 54. Parable of the Sower. — Lake op Galilee : near Ca-
pernaum ? Matt. xiii. 1-23 ; Mark iv. 1-25 ; Luke viii.
4-18. Oct.? A. D. 27.

2 55. Parable of the tares. Other parables. — Near Caper-
naum ? Matt. xiii. 24-53 ; Maik iv. 26-34. Oct.? a.d. 27.

§ 56. Jesus directs to cross the lake. Incidents. The tempest
stilled. — Lake op Galilee. Matt. viii. 18-27; Mark iv.
35-41 ; Luke viii. 22-25 ; ix. 57-62. Oct. ? A. D. 27.

SEA OF GALILEE, OR TIBERIAS.

The Sea of Tiberias, the scene of so many inci-
dents connected with our Lord's ministry, is a wide
expanse of the Jordan, in a deep valley encircled by
mountains, which rise on the east from the water's
edge by steep acclivities, until they reach the height
of a thousand or twelve hundred feet. On the
west, and especially in the north-west, the hills are
lower and more broken. Occasionally they recede a
little from the shore, and form small plains of ex-
treme fertility. The lake is about twelve miles long
and five broad; the waters are pure and limpid,
and abound with fish, as in the time of our Sa-
viour.

From its position between high hills, it is exposed
to sudden gusts of wind, as in the case before us.
There was, at the last accounts, but a single boat
upon the lake.

The rocks are limestone ; and the whole region
volcanic. Near Tiberias, on the south-west shore
of the lake, are several hot springs, and on the op-
posite side several others, at a short distance from
the shore. The opinion has been advanced, that the
lake itself occupies the crater of an extinct volcano.
According to the measurement of Lieut. Symonds,
the surface of the lake is 328-98 feet below the level
of the Mediterranean.

Tiberias, John vi. 23, already mentioned, is the
only town on the lake. This city, renowned in his-
tory, and built by Herod, is now mostly in ruins,
and inhabited by some two thousand Greek Chris-
tians and Jews. -Dr. Olin describes it as the most
wretched of all the towns he ever beheld.

The heat of the summer at Tiberias, as at Jeri-
cho, is almost insupportable, and the climate sickly.
The inhabitants of the coast find profitable occupa-
tion in raising early vegetables, grapes, and melons,
for the market at Damascus. These productions

mature in this valley much earlier than on the high
lands of G-alilee or Gilead.

The scenery of the lake has not the stern and
awful features of the Dead Sea, but is more rich in
hallowed associations, and more attractive in the
softened beauties of the landscape. The view of it
from the western height breaks upon the approach-
ing traveller with singular power.

" We were upon the brow of what must appear
to a spectator at its base a lofty mountain, which
bounds the deep basin of the Sea of Galilee, and
forms the last step in the descent from the very ele-
vated plain over which we had journeyed during the
long day.

" The sun had just set behind us in a blaze of red
light, which filled the western sky for many degrees
above the horizon, and was slightly reflected from
the smooth, glassy surface of the beautiful lake,
whose opposite shore was visible for many miles on
the right and left, rising abruptly out of the water
into an immense and continuous bulwark, several
hundred feet in height, grand and massive, but soft-
ened by graceful undulations, and covered with a
carpet of luxuriant vegetation, from the summit
quite down to the water's edge. ^

" Beyond the lake stretched out a vast, and, to
our eyes, a boundless region, filled up with a count-
less number of beautiful rounded hills, all clad in
verdure, which, at this moment, was invested with a
peculiar richness of colouring. In the remote dis-
tance, though full in our view, the snowy top of
Mount Hermon was still glittering and basking in
the beams of the sun, while a chaste, cool drapery
of white, fleecy clouds hung around its base.

" The green, graceful form of Mount Tabor rose
behind us ; while, over the broad and well-cultivated
plain, the numerous fields of wheat, now of a dark,
luxuriant green, contrasted very strongly and
strangely with intervening tracts of red, freshly-
ploughed ground. Independent of sacred associa-
tions, this was altogether a scene of rare and unique
beauty — nay, of splendid magnificence."

The picturesque beauties of this charming scenery
frequently attracted the admiring gaze of this tra-
veller as he reluctantly retired on his way to Safet : —

" The sea is almost continually in sight, and the
difiierent elevations and ever-shifting points of view
from which it was seen, gave to this lovely expanse
of water reposing in its deep bed, lustrous and glit-
tering in the sunbeams like molten silver, an endless
variety of interesting forms and aspects.

" I thought some of these views the most exqui-
sitely beautiful of any I had enjoyed of this deeply
interesting region ; but, perhaps, it was because they

189

THE LIFE OF CHRIST.

190

were parting views of a region so honoured and hal-
lowed by the presence and ministry of the adorable
Saviour. My eye rested upon the ' Sea of Galilee/
the < coast of Magdala/ and the ' land of Gennesa-
ret :' upon the site of Chorazin, Bethsaida, and Ca-
pernaum, ' the cities where most of his mighty works
were done.' It ' passed over to the other side/ and
traced, in various directions across the shining lake,
the probable track of ' the little ships' in which he
' went about doing good,' and that along which he
came to his disciples, ' walking on the sea,' and
where ' He rebuked the winds and the sea, and there
was a great calm.' Surely no region on earth but
Jerusalem and its environs alone is richer in affect-
ing associations ; and I felt now as I did upon
bidding adieu to the holy city — saddened and quite
overpowered with the thought that I should com-
mune with these endeared scenes no more."

§ 57. The two demoniacs of Gadara. — S. E. coast of the
Lake of Galilee. Matt. viii. 28-34 j ix. 1 ^ Mark v. 1-21 ;
Luke viii. 26-40. Nov. ? A. d. 27.

The ruins of Gadara are recognised on a hill some
five miles south of the lake, and nearly the same
distance east of Jordan. The remains are extensive,
and greatly decayed. Not a building is standing ,
and only the portals of the eastern gate remain en-
tire. Some traces of streets are still discernible by
the lines of rubbish, and two large theatres.

The acclivities of the hill on every side are very
steep ; and are occupied by many tombs cut in the
limestone rocks. Some of these tombs are large
and highly wrought. These tombs are still inha-
bited as they were by these outcast and frantic de-
moniacs in the time of our Saviour.

" The accounts given of the habitation of the de-
moniac from whom the legion of devils was cast out,
have struck us very forcibly, while we ourselves
were wandering among rugged mountains, and sur-
rounded by tombs still used as dwellings by indivi-
duals and whole- families.

" A finer subject for the masterly expression of
the passions of madness in all their violence, con-
trasted with the serenity of virtue and benevolence
in Him who went about doing good, could hardly be
chosen for the pencil of the artist. A faithful de-
lineation of the wild and rugged majesty of the
mountain scenery here on the one hand, contrasted
with the still calm of the waters of the lake on
the other, would give an additional charm to the
picture."

One of the ancient tombs, at the time of the visit
of Mr. Buckingham, from whom the above extract
is taken, was occupied as a carpenter's shop. A

perfect sarcophagus remained within, which was used
by the family as a provision-chest.

§ 58. Levi's feast— Capernaum. Matt. ix. 10-17 ; Mark ii.

' 15-22 ; Luke v. 29-39. Nov. ? a. d. 27.

g 59. The raising of Jairus's daughter. The woman with

a bloody flux. — Capernaum. Matt. ix. 18-26 j Mark v.

22-43 ; Luke viii. 41-56. Nov. ? A. D. 27.
§ 60. Two blind men healed, and a dumb spirit cast out. —

Capernaum ? Matt. ix. 27-34. Nov. ? A. d. 27.
g 61. Jesus again at Nazareth, and again rejected. Matt. xiii.

54-58 ; Mark vi. 1-6. Jan. ? a. d. 28.
g 62. A third circuit in Galilee. The Twelve instructed and'

sent forth. — Galilee. Matt. ix. 35-38 ; x. 1, 5-42 ; xi. 1 ;

Mark vi. 6-13 ; Luke ix. 1-6. March ? a. D. 28.

As in the preceding instances, so in the present,
we are left to our own conjectures respecting this
circuit of our Lord. It is traced on the map by
conjecture through Nazareth and the southern part
of Galilee, around Mount Hermon, and by Tiberias
along the sea-coast.

I 63. Herod holds Jesus to be John the Baptist, whom ho
had just before beheaded. — Galilee ? Perea. Matt. xiv. .
1, 2, 6-12; Mark vi. 14-16, 21-29; Luke ix. 7-9. March?
A. D. 28.

§ 64. The Twelve return, and Jesus retires with them across
the Lake. Five thousand are fed. — Capernaum. N. E.
COAST OF the Lake of Ga lilee. Mark vi. 30-44 ; Luke
ix. 10-17; Matt. xiv. 13-21; John vi. 1-14. March,

A. D. 28.

Near the northern extremity of the Lake, there
were two towns of the name of Bethsaida : one in
the neighbourhood of Capernaum and Chorazin, on
the west side of the lake ; the other, on the eastern
shore. The former, the city of Andrew and Peter,
involved in the doom of Chorazin and Capernaum, is
irrecoverably lost ; the latter, mentioned Luke ix.
10, near which Jesus fed the five thousand, was en-
larged by Philip the tetrarch. The ruins of it are
just beyond a small plain of surpassing fertility, at
the distance of a little more than an hour beyond
the Jordan, where it enters into the lake. They oc-
cupy a knoll, or hill, which is a spur from the moun-
tain on the east, running down into the plain toward
the Jordan. In the desert near this place, Jesus
fed the five thousand, and then ordered his disciples
to cross over unto the other Bethsaida on the western
shore, while he went up into the eastern mountain
for the purpose of secret prayer. In their passage
across the lake, near the dawn of the morning, the
disciples were struck by one of those violent gusts
of wind which often sweep with great fury over the
lake. In the midst of their consternation and peril,
Jesus came to the relief of his disciples, walking
upon the sea, and, as he enters into the ship, the
wind ceases. The ship came to land near the plain
of Gennesaret, below Capernaum, where were ga-

191

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

192

thered many of the five thousand, who, in the mean
time, had crossed the sea to see and hear more of
Jesus.

g 65. Jesus walks upon the water. — Lake of Galilee, Ge-
NESARETH. Matt. xiv. 22-36; Mark vi. 45-56; John vi.
15-21. March? A. d. 28.

66. Our Lord's discourse to the multitude in the synagogue
of Capernaum. Many disciples turn back. Peter's pro-
fession of faith. — Capernaum. John vi. 22-71 ; vii. 1.
Tiberias, from which many of the boats which
had passed up and over the lake to the eastern Beth-
saida before the feeding of the multitude, and then
had recrossed the lake to G-enesareth, is a town on the
south-west shore below Genesareth. The city lies
directly upon the shore, on a narrow strip of undu-

lating land, beyond which the mountains rise very
steeply. It was built by Herod Antipas, by whose
order John was beheaded, and is supposed to have
been one of his residences. The celebrated hot
springs are a mile or more below the modern town,
where are found various fragments of columns of red
and gray granite and marble, together with other
indications which mark the site of the ancient town.
The water flows from the earth too hot to be borne
by the hand, and excessively salt and bitter, and
emits a strong smell of sulphur. Tiberias is un-
healthy, and the inhabitants poor and sickly—" a
picture of disgusting filth and frightful wretched-

PART v.— FROM OUR LORD'S THIRD PASSOVER UNTIL HIS FINAL DEPARTURE FROM GALILEE AT

THE FESTIVAL OF TABERNACLES.

TIME : SIX MONTHS.

g 67. Our Lord justifies his disciples for eating with un-

washen hands. Pharisaic traditions. — Capernaum. Matt.

XV. 1-20; Mark vii. 1-23. April, a. d. 28.
2 68. Fourth circuit of our Lord. The daughter of a Syro-

Phoenician woman is healed. Region of Tyre and Zidon.

April? A. D. 28.

Tyre has been already noticed. Zidon was one
of the oldest cities in Palestine, having been founded
by the eldest son of Canaan, the eldest son of Ham.
Gen. X. 15. It is situated on an elevated promon-
tory, which projects a considerable distance into the
sea. The environs of the city are overspread with
a luxuriant vegetation, and covered with beautiful
orchards and gardens. Zidon, like its younger and
more powerful rival, once commanded an extensive
trade with the principal cities and nations of the old
world. The Zidonians were noted for their com-
merce, their skill in architecture, philosophy, astro-
nomy, and navigation. Their idolatry and wicked-
ness drew down upon them the frequent denuncia-
tions of the prophets. Ezek. xxviii. 21-24 j Joel
iii. 4-8. But the retributive vengeance of heaven
fell upon them less severely than on their neigh-
bours of Tyre. Zidon is still a considerable town
of five thousand inhabitants ; and the harbour,
though now much choked with sand, still enables
them to maintain some trade and commerce with
the cities of the coast.

Our Lord's motive in retiring to the coast of Tyre
and Zidon, seems to have been to escape from the
power of Herod and the malice of Herodias. Like
his great forerunner, whom they had slain, he had
become known as a preacher of righteousness of
stem and awful sanctity. Herod, smitten with re-

morse, sees in this mysterious personage John the
Baptist, whom he beheaded, risen from the dead,
and showing forth mighty works that might awaken
his remorseless rage as well as his secret dread. In
this region, Jesus was entirely beyond the jurisdic-
tion of this Herod, in the tetrarchy of Herod Philip,
the lawful husband of Herodias, who is universally
described as a mild, well-meaning, and righteous
prince.

THE DECAP0LI8.

The Decapolis, to which Jesus must have passed
by a circuitous route around and through different
parts of Galilee, was a confederation of ten cities
south of the Sea of Galilee, and chiefly east of the
Jordan. The inhabitants were, for the most part,
not Jews, but pagans. The cities, though not ad-
jacent, but separated, some of them at a considera-
ble distance from each other, had certain common
rights and privileges, as well as mutual affinities ;
and, being under the jurisdiction neither of Herod
nor of Philip, but of the Roman power, they ofiered
additional security to Jesus against the power of the
Herods and the persecution of the Jews. Gadara,
Scythopolis, Pella, Gerasa, Abila, Capitolias, Ca-
natha, and Philadelphia are included in the cities
of the Decapolis; but they are not all known.
Jesus appears to have lingered in some of those
which were near to the sea of Galilee, where he
healed many and fed the four thousand.

From Capernaum to Tyre is a journey of thirty-
five or forty miles. The whole tour through the
coasts of Tyre and Zidon would require a circuit
perhaps of a hundred miles.

193

THE LIFE OF CHRIST.

194

2 69. A deaf and dumb man healed ; also many others.

Four thousand are fed. — The Decapolis. Matt xv.

29-38 ; Mark vii. 31-37 ; viii. 1-9. May ? A. d. 28.
§ 70. The Pharisees and Sadducees again require a sign.

[See § 49.]— Near Magdala. Matt. xv. 39; xvi. 1-4;

Mark viii. 10-12. May ? A. d. 28.

Magdala, the native place of Mary Magdalene,
was on the coast, about four miles above Tiberias,
and at the southern extremity of the fertile plain of
Genesareth. Near which was Dalmanutha, Mark
viii. 10. Its modern name is Mejdal. Dr. Olin
describes it as a miserable-looking village of thirty
or forty huts : —

" We stopped to make some inquiries of the pale,
sickly-looking inhabitants, who resembled the peo-
ple of Jericho in their aspect and bearing. This
region has, in some respects, a striking resemblance
to that near the mouth of the Jordan. The thorn
of Jericho, which I have so fully described, re-
appears upon this plain. A few scattering palm-
trees adorn the dreary precincts of Tiberias, while
the stagnant atmosphere and oppressive heat pre-
vailing in this deep valley are probably the chief
causes here, as well as at Jericho, of the sickliness
of the climate.

" This poor village, however, possesses a special
historical interest. The people of whom we inquired
its name, called it Mejdal; and it is evident from
the name, as well as from its position here, that this
is the Magdala of the New Testament, and the Mig-
dal of the Old. (Josh. xix. 38 ; Matt. xv. 39.) At
the northern extremity of this village is a large
quadrangular edifice, now in a ruinous state. It
may have been a khan."

2 71. At Magdala, Jesus again takes ship and crosses over to
the north-east coast of the lake. Matt. xvi. 4-12 ; Mark
viii. 13-21. May ? A. D. 28.

g 72. Here, at Bethsaida, he heals a blind man. Mark viii.
22-26. May? a. d. 28.

§ 73. From thence he journeys north to the region of CiEsa-
rea Philippi. On their way, Peter again professes his
faith in Christ. [See § 66.] Matt. xvi. 13-20 ; Mark viii.
27-30; Luke ix. 18-21. May? a. d. 28.

The course to Caesarea Philippi is along the east-
em bank of the Jordan, some ten miles, then up
the east shore of the Lake Huleh, (the Waters of
Merom,) five miles or more, and thence along the
great marsh, ten or twelve miles farther north.
Caesarea Philippi is at the head of one of the princi-
pal branches of the Jordan. We cannot better in-
troduce this place to the notice of the reader than in
the graphic description of the Rev. Mr. Thompson.
The modern name of the city is Banias, known as
Paneas or Panias.

''The city is securely imbosomed among moun-
tains, which stand around it on the north-west.

north, east, and south. The platform, or terrace,
upon which it is built, may be elevated about one
hundred feet above the extensive plain of which we
have already spoken. That part of the city which
was within the ancient walls, lay directly south of
the fountain. The stream formed a deep channel
along the northern and western walls j and a part
of the water was formerly carried into the ditch,
which protected the eastern wall, and fell into the
deep ravine of the mountain torrent, Wady el Kid,
on the margin of which the southern wall was con-
structed.

" Thus the city was surrounded by water, and de-
fended on all sides by natural ravines, except on the
east, which was secured by a wide and deep fosse.
The walls were very thick and solid, and were
strengthened by eight castles or towers ; and before
the introduction of artillery, Banias must have been
almost impregnable. The shape of the city is an
irregular quadrangle, longest from east to west, and
widest at the eastern end. The whole area is small,
not being much more than a mile in circumference.

" The suburbs appear to have been far more ex-
tensive than the city itself. The plain toward the
north-west, west, and south-west, is covered with
columns, capitals, and foundations, bearing indu-
bitable testimony to the ancient size and magnifi-
cence of Banias."

Eusebius relates that the woman who was cured
of an issue of blood was a native of this place.
Her supposed house was still pointed out in the
fourth century, when he visited the city. He adds,
that he himself saw there the statues of this woman
and of Jesus Christ.

Jesus appears to have retired to this remote part
of his native land to escape from the pursuit of the
Pharisees. Here he held those most interesting
conversations with his disciples respecting his death
and resurrection, and the spiritual state which he
exemplified to them in his. transfiguration.

g 74. In this region our Lord foretells his own death and
resurrection, and the trials of his followers. Matt. xvi.
21-28; Mark viii. 31-38; ix. 1 ; Luke ix. 22-27. May?
A. D. 28.

§ 75. Next follows the transfiguration of our Lord, and his
subsequent discourse with his disciples. Matt. xvii. 1-13 j
Mark ix. 2-13 ; Luke ix. 28-36. May ? A. D. 28.

HERMON AND THE TRANSFIGURATION.

This "high mountain," the scene of the Transfigu-
ration, is supposed to have been some lofty eminence
of Mount Hermon, above Banias. The mountain,
towering into the regions of perpetual snow and ice,
has been seldom visited. The following description

195

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

196

of the scenery from its summit is from the pen of
a recent traveller : —

" The snow lay in depths of five and seven feet
at one side. Under such a snow-bank, ten thousand
feet above the busy stir of human life, with the
blue dome of heaven right above, and rocks and
caves and growling bears around, we pitched our
tent and lit our fires for the night. The sun was
just trembling o'er the dark blue sea as we gained
the summit. That sunset I shall carry with me to
my dying hour. The fleecy clouds which had
gathered around the western slope of the mountain,
and extended themselves almost to the distant hori-
zon, presented one sea of rolling gold, then, with
the sinking orb, for a while assuming the most deli-
cate pink, finally resumed their snowy whiteness
and sank to rest on a long level with the dusky
earth. 'We could see the conical shadow of the
mountain in the east, first creeping slowly over the
plain, and shedding the darkness of night wherever
it touched, and then finally mounted high up against
the bright eastern sky, and standing there in fearful
horridness, like the funeral shade of some giant
Anakim. On the north we had Lebanon and Anti-
Lebanon, with long rows of awful ravines and fear-
ful jagged rocks — cjtyeSj^ caverns, and precipices
innumerable — mountain capping mountain — ^a tu-
multuous flood of gray billowy hills extending as
far as the eye could reach. How pleasant the con-
trast toward the south ! There we could see the
Hauran and the Huleh, covered with verdure and
blending with the sky beyond. We could see
smiling villages and noble farms, and vineyards and
fig-orchards, and groves of walnut and shadowy oak.

" I know but of two travellers who have ascended
Hermon, and neither of them mention the extraor-
dinary ruins to be there found. A part of these
ruins can be referred to none other than the oldest
Syrian times, when the worshippers of Baal inha-
bited the land, and temples and noble altars for sun-
worship graced every hilltop, and sent up their
sacrificial smoke to the very dome of heaven. The
mountain is capped by a central limestone peak,
once deeply hollowed by the hand of man, but now
in great part filled by the ruin and rubble which

lies scattered far and wide around. Around this
central peak was an immense circular wall, whose
mighty foundations can yet be traced, and the giant
wreck of whose material is scattered far down the
southern slope of the hill. Its stones are of enor-
mous size; two of them measuring within a small
fraction of nine feet. From their number, this
enclosure must have been of immense height ; and,
from their magnitude and finely cut surfaces, have
formed an ethereal temple worthy of the splendid
idolatry to which it was consecrated."

But a scene, infinitely surpassing all the glories
of Lebanon, was displayed on the heights beneath
its hoary head, when, in the Transfiguration, the in-
carnate Son of God put on the glories of the hea-
venly state to reveal to his disciples what in the
flesh they could know of that world of glory, and
to aid them to form some feeble conception of those
things prepared in heaven for them, which eye hath
not seen, nor ear heard, nor the heart of man con-
ceived.

§ 76. The next day, on descending from the mount, Jesus
heals a dumb demoniac. Matt. xvii. 14-21; Mark ix.
14-29 ; Luke ix. 37-43.

§ 77. Jesus now returns into Galilee, and again foretells his
death and resurrection. Matt. xvii. 22, 23; Mark ix.
30-32 ; Luke ix. 43-45. June ? A. d. 28.

2 78. At Capernaum he miraculously provides tribute-mo-
ney. Matt. xvii. 24-27. June? A. d. 28.

2 79. Here the disciples contend who shall be greatest in tha
kingdom of heaven ; and are exhorted to humility, for-
bearance, and brotherly love. Matt, xviii. 1-35 ; Mark ix.
33-50 ; Luke ix. 46-50. Juno, A. d. 2S.

2 80. The Seventy are instructed and sent out; probably
down the valley of the Jordan, and through the populous
regions of the country beyond Jordan, where our Lord
soon followed them, and preached. This was the conclu-
sion of his public ministry, before going up to Jerusa-
lem for the last time. Luke x. 1-16. — Capernaum, Sept.
A.D. 28.

g 81. Jesus now takes his final departure from Galilee, and
goes up to Jerusalem. On his way he is inhospitably
rejected by the Samaritans. John vii. 2-10; Luke ix.
61-56. — Samaria, Sept. a. d. 28.

g 82. Heals ten lepers in the country of Samaria. Luke xvii.
11-19. Sept. ? A. D. 28.

This journey to Jerusalem is traced on the map,
through Samaria by the middle route.

PART VL— THE FESTIVAL OF THE TABERNACLES, AND THE SUBSEQUENT EVENTS UNTIL OUR LORD'S
ARRIVAL AT BETHANY, SIX DAYS BEFORE THE FOURTH PASSOVER.

TIME : SIX MONTHS, LESS SIX DAYS,
g 83. John vii. 11-53 ; viii. 1. A.D. 28.

The feast of Tabernacles was held in October,
six months after the Passover. Jesus had now

been absent a year and a half from Jerusalem.
This feast commemorated the wandering of the
Israelites in the wilderness. The Jews therefore
dwelt in booths, as they did in the desert. It was
also a festival of thanksgiving for the vintage and

19'

THE LIFE OF CHRIST.

198

the gathering in of the fruits of the season. As
mch it was celebrated as a joyful occasion, on which
the Hebrews bore about branches of palms, willows,
myrtles, and olives, and offered additional and ap-
propriate sacrifices. Num. xxix. 12-39.

§ 84. Dismisses the woman taken in adultery. John viii.

2-11. — Jerusalem. September, A. d. 28.
§ 85. Teaches and reproves the unbelieving Jews, and escapes

out of their hands. John viii. 12-59.— Jerusalem.
§ 86. Soon after leaving the city occurred his conversation

with a certain lawyer, in connection with which he gave

the parable of the good Samaritan. Luke x. 25-37. — Near

Jerusalem. October? a. d. 28.
§ 87. On his way he is entertained in Bethany, at the house

of Martha and Mary. Luke x. 38-42. November ? a. d. 28.

Bethany is now a poor village of about twenty
families, on the south-eastern declivity of the Mount
of Olives, in a little valley, and about one mile and
a half south-east from Jerusalem.

§ 88. The disciples are again taught how to pray. Luke xi.
1-13.

§ 89. The Seventy return. — Jerusalem ? Luke x. 17-24.

^ 90. A man born blind is healed on the Sabbath. Our
Lord's subsequent discourses. — Jerusalem. John ix. 1-^1 j
X. 1-21.

§ 91. In the month of December, Jesus again returns to Je-
rusalem to the feast of the Dedication, where his instruc-
tions give offence to the Jews, and he again retires from
the city to Bethabara beyond Jordan. John x. 22-42.

The feast of the Dedication, otherwise styled the
Purification, was celebrated eight days, with many
sacrifices, in memory of the purification after the
temple had been profaned and defiled by Antiochus
Epiphanes, B. c. 167, who dedicated the temple to
Jupiter Olympus, and on the altar of Jehovah erected
an altar to this heathen god, " the abomination that
maketh desolate" spoken of by Daniel xi. 31, xii. 11.
The feast was celebrated eight days, with many sa-
crifices, beginning with the 25th of December.

§ 92. After remaining here probably a few weeks, he is re-
called to Bethany by the sickness of Lazarus. John xi. 1-46.
January ? A. D. 29.

g 93. From Bethany, in consequence of the designs of the
sanhedrim against him, our Lord withdraws to a city called
Ephraim, near the wilderness. John xi. 47-54. January
and February ? A. D. 29.

Caiaphas, by advising that Jesus should be put to
death, uttered an important prophetic sentiment of
frequent occurrence in the prophets, that Jesus should
die for the people, and in this sense unconsciously
"prophesied that Jesus should die for that nation,
and not for that nation only, but also that he should
gather together in one the children of God that
•were scattered abroad."

We are indebted to Dr. Robinson for the probable
recovery of Ephraim, which he identifies with the

ancient Ephron and Ophrah of Benjamin. Josh,
xviii. 23 ; 1 Sam. xiii. 17 ; 2 Chron. xiii. 19. It is
on a high hill, twelve or fourteen miles north of
Jerusalem, and a short distance north of the rock
Rimmon, to which the remnant of the slaughtered
tribe of Benjamin fled for defence, Judg. xx. 47, and
some five miles north-east of Bethel.

On the highest point of the hill is an ancient
tower, which affords a wide prospect of the wilder-
ness along the valley of the Jordan, of the Dead
Sea, and of the mountains beyond.

The village is on the slope of a hill, and contains
a population of about three hundred Christians of
the Greek church.

" Even *to this day the hardy and industrious
mountaineers have much intercourse with the val- .
ley, and till the rich fields and reap the harvests of
Jericho. It was therefore quite natural and easy
for our Lord from this point to cross the valley and
the Jordan, and then turn his course toward Jericho
and Jerusalem ; while at the same time he exercised
his ministry among the cities and villages along the
valley and in the eastern region." — Eng. Harmony,
p. 187.

§ 94. Our Lord is accordingly next on the coast of Judea, by
the farther side of Jordan, where he heals an infirm wo-
man on the Sabbath. Matt. xix. 1, 2 ; Mark x. 1 ; Luke
xiii. 10-21. Valley of the Jordan ?— Perea. February,
A. D. 29.

§ 95. Passes through the villages teaching and journeying
toward Jerusalem. Luke xiii. 22-35.— Perea, February,
A. D. 29.

§ 96. In his course he dines with a chief Pharisee on the
Sabbath. Luke xiv. 1-24.— Perea. March, A. d. 29.

§ 97. Instructs the multitude what is required of true dis-
ciples. Luke xiv. 25-35. — Perea. March, A. d. 29.

§ 98. The parables of the Lost Sheep and of the Prodigal
Son follow in this place. Luke xv.1-32. — Perea. March,
A. D. 29.

§ 99. Parable of the Unjust Steward. — Perea. Luke xvi.
1-13. March, A. D. 29.

g 100. The Pharisees reproved. Parable of the Rich Man
and Lazarus. — Perea. Luke xvi. 14^31. March, a. d. 2P.
' g 101. Jesus inculcates forbearance, faith, humility. — Perea.
Luke xvii. 1-10. March, A. d. 29.

§ 102. Christ's coming will be sudden. — Perea. Luke xvii.
20-37. March, A. d. 29.

§ 103. The Importunate Widow. The Pharisee and Publi-
can. Luke xviii. 1-14. — Perea. March, A. d. 29.

§104. Precepts respecting divorce. — Perea. Matt. xix. 3-12;
Mark x. 2-12. March ? a. d. 29.

I 105. Little children received and blessed. — Perea. Matt
xix. 13-15 ; Mark x. 13-16 ; Luke xviii. 15-17. March,
A. D. 29.

§ 106. The rich young man. Parable of the labourers in the
vineyard.— Perea. Matt. xix. 16-30, xx. 1-16; Mark x.
17-31 ; Luke xviii. 18-30. March, A. d. 29.

§ 107. A third time Jesus now foretells his death and resur-
rection.— Perea. [See §§ 74, 77.] Matt. xx. 17-19; Mark
X. 32-34 ; Luke xviii. 31-34. March, a. d. 29.

199

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

200

I 108. The ambitious requsst of James and John. — Perea,
Matt. XX. 20-28 ; Mark x. 35-45. March, A. d. 29.

J 109. Our next notice of Jesus is at Jericho, whither he has
gone on his last return to Jerusalem. Near Jericho he
heals two blind men. Matt. xx. 29-34; Mark x. 46-52;
Luke xviii. 35-43, xix. 1. March, A. D. 29.

g 110. Is hospitably entertained by Zacchous, on which occa-
sion he delivers the parable of the Pounds. Luke xix. 2-28.
Jericho. March, a. d. 29.

§ 111. From Jericho he passes to Bethany, on the first of th«
week before the Passover — the 10th day of the month
Nisan, April. John xi. 55-57, xii. 1, 9-11. Bethany.

PART VIL— OUR LORD'S PUBLIC ENTRY INTO JERUSALEM, AND THE SUBSEQUENT TRANSACTIONS

BEFORE THE FOURTH PASSOVER.

li
ll

12.

Sat.

13.

SUND.

14.

MOND

time: four DAYS.

112, The next day after his arrival at Bethany, Monday
the 11th of Nisan — March 14th — he makes his public entry
into Jerusalem, and returns at night to Bethany. John xii.
12-19; Matt. xxi. 1-11, 14-17; Mark xi. 1-11; Luke xix.
29-44. Second day of the week. — Bethany, Jerusalem.

The following schedule of the days of the entire
week of our Lord's passion is inserted from Dr. Ro-
binson's English Harmony. The days of the month
are made to conform to the notation of Strong's
Harmony.

SCHEDULE OP DAYS.

reckoned from sunset. The Jewish Sabbath.
Jesus remains at Jericho.
from sunset. Jesus arrives at Bethany from
Jericho, John xii. 1.

from sunset. Jesus makes his public entry into
Jerusalem, § 112; and returns at night to Be-
thany, Mark xi. 11.

from sunset. Jesus goes to Jerusalem ; on his
way the incident of the barren fig-tree. He
cleanses the temple, §113; and again returns
to Bethany, Mark xi. 19.

from sunset. Jesus returns to the city ; on the
way the disciples see the fig-tree withered,
Mark xi. 20. Our Lord discourses in the tem-
ple, §§ 115-126 ; takes leave of it; and, when on
the Mount of Olives, on his way to Bethany,
foretells his coming to destroy the city, and
proceeds to speak also of his final coming to
judgment, §g 127-130.

frotn sunset. The rulers conspire against Christ.
On the eve of this day, (t. e. the evening follow-
ing Wednesday,) our Lord had partaken of the
supper at Bethany ; where Mary anointed him,
and where Judas laid his plan of treachery,
which he made known to the chief priests in
the course of this day.

Jesus sends two disciples to the city to make
ready the Passover. He himself repairs thither
in the afternoon, in order to eat the paschal
supper at evening.

from simset. At evening, in the very beginning
of the fifteenth of Nisan, Jesus partakes of the
paschal supper; institutes the Lord's supper;
is betrayed and apprehended ; §g 133-143. He
is brought first before Caiaphas, and then in
the morning before Pilate ; is condemned, cru-
cified, and before sunset laid in the sepulchre ;
§§ 144-158.

15. 3. TuESD,

16. 4. Wedn.

17. 5. Thurs,

18. 6. Frid.

19. 7. Sat. The Jewish Sabbath. Our Lord rests in the

sepulchre.

20. 1. SuND. Jesus rises from the dead at early dawn; see

g 159 and Note.

§ 113. Tuesday, the 15th of March, Jesus goes to Jerusalem,
On his way seeks fruit in vain of the barren fig-tree.
Cleanses the temple, and again returns to Bethany. Matt,
xxi. 12, 13, 18, 19 ; Mark xi. 12-19 ; Luke xix. 45-48, xxL
37-38. Third day of the week. — Bethany, Jerusalem.

g 114. Wednesday, 16th of March. Jesus again returns to
Jerusalem. On the way the fig-tree is observed to be al-
ready withered. Matt. xxi. 20-22 ; Mark xi. 20-26. Fourth
day of the week. — Mount of Olives, between Bethany
and Jerusalem.

§ 115. In the city the chief priests and scribes question his
authority. After this ho utters the parable of the Two
Sons. Matt. xxi. 23-32 ; Mark xi. 27-33 ; Luke xx. 1-8.
Jerusalem,

g 116. The parable of the Wicked Husbandman. Matt. xxi.
33^6; Mark xii. 1-12 ; Luke xx. 9-19.

§ 117. The parable of the Marriage of the King's Son. Matt,
xxii. 1-14.

§ 118. The Pharisees propose to him the insidious question
respecting tribute. Matt* xxii. 15-22; Mark xii. 13-17;
Lukf XX. 20-26.

§ 119. The Sadducees also propose an insidious question re-
specting the resurrection. Matt. xxii. 23-33; Mark xii.
18-27; Luke XX. 27-40.

2 120. A lawyer questions him respecting the great com-
mandment. Matt. xxii. 34-40 ; Mark xii. 28-34.

§ 121. Jesus questions the Pharisees respecting Christ, Matt
xxii. 41-46 ; Mark xii. 35-37 ; Luke xx. 41-44.

§ 122. Warns his disciples against the Scribes and Pharisees.
Mark xii. 38, 39 ; Luke xx. 45, 46 ; Matt, xxiii. 1-12.

2 123. Pronounces woes against the Scribes and Pharisees,
and utters his lamentations over Jerusalem. Matt, xxiii.
13-39 ; Mark xii. 40; Luke xx. 47.

§ 124. The widow's mite. Mark xii. 41-44 ; Luke xxi. 1-4.

g 125. Certain Greeks desire to see Jesus; a voice from
heaven proclaims him the son of God. John xii. 20-36.

§ 126. Reflections of John upon the unbelief of the Jews,
who introduces Jesus as speaking. John xii. 37-50.

The incidents and instructions from § 114 to § 131
inclusive, are assigned to the fourth day of the week,
at Jerusalem. Our Lord now takes his final leave of
the temple, and at the same time foretells its future
destruction. On the Mount of Olives, while on the
way to Bethany, four of his disciples, expecting in
the Messiah an exalted temporal prince, who should
restore and extend the kingdom of the Jews, inquire
of Jesus when these things should be ? and what the
sign of his coming, and of the end of the world ?

201

THE LIFE OF CHRIST.

202

This inquiry leads him to speak at length of his
coming, of the destruction of Jerusalem, and of the
final judgment. This discourse, in our Harmony, is
divided into the following sections and heads. Our
Lord and his disciples still remain on the Mount of
Olives, having the whole city in full view before
them, and it is still the fourth day of the week.

§ 127. Destruction of the temple, and persecution of the dis-
ciples. Matt. xxiv. 3-14 ; Mark xiii. 1-13 ; Luke xxi. 5-19.

2 128. Sign of his coming to destroy Jerusalem and put an
end to the Jewish state and dispensation. Matt. xxiv.
15-42; Mark xiii. 14-37 j Luke xxi. 20-36.

I 129. Final coming at the day of judgment. Duty of watch-
fulness. Parables of the Ten Virgins and of the Five
Talents. Matt xxiv. 43-51, xxv. 1-30.

§130. Scenes of the judgment day. Matt. xxv. 31-46.

§ 131. When at supper at Bethany, on the evening of this
eventful day, Judas, filled with sudden resentment at the
rebuke of Jesus, goes out to concert with the chief priests
to betray him. Matt. xxvi. 1-16 ; Mark xiv. 1-11 ; Luko
xxii. 1-6 ; John xii. 2-8. Fifth day of the week. — Jeru-
salem, Bethany.

§ 132. Thursday, 14th. While at Bethany, Jesus sends two
of his disciples into the city to make preparations for the
Passover. Matt xxvi. 17-19 ; Mark xiv. 12-16 ; Luke xxii.
7-13.

PART VIIL— THE THIRD PASSOVER; OUR LORD'S PASSION, AND THE ACCOMPANYING EVENTS UNTIL

THE END OF THE JEWISH SABBATH.

TIME : TWO DAYS.

g 133. Thursday evening. Jesus returns to Jerusalem to
keep the Passover with his disciples, when the disciples
fall into an ambitious strife for pre-eminence. Matt xxvi.
20 ; Mark xiv. 17 ; Luko xxii. 14-18, 24-30.

The incidents from § 133 to § 145 inclusive trans-
pire on this evening and night, introducing the sixth
day of the week, March 17, A. D. 29.

g 134. Jesus washes the disciples' feet John xiii. 1-20.

2 135. Jesus points out the traitor, and Judas withdraws.

Matt Kxvi. 21-25 ; Mark xiv. 18-21 ; Luke xxii. 21-23 ; John

xiii. 21-25.
§ 136. Jesus foretells the fall of Peter, and the dispersion of

the Twelve. John xiii. 36-38; Matt xxvi. 31-35; Mark

xiv. 27-31 ; Luke xxii. 31-38.
§ 137. Institutes the Lord's supper at the close of the Pass-
over, Matt xx>i. 26-29 ; Mark xiv. 22-25 ; Luke xxii. 19-20 ;

1 Cor. xi. 23-25.

g 138. Comforts his disciples, and promises the Holy Spirit.
John xiv. 1-31.

2 139. Declares himself the true vine, and assures his disci-
ples that they shall be hated by the world. John xv. 1-27.

§ 140. Forewarns them of persecution, and promises again
the Holy Spirit. Prayer in the name of Christ. John xvi.
1-33.
- § 141. Christ offers his final prayer with his disciples. John
xvii. 1-26.

g 142. After the supper, Jesus retires at a late hour of the
night from the city toward the Mount of Olives, and be-
yond the brook Cedron or Kidron, just at the foot of the
mount; he enters into the garden of Gethsemane, where
he sinks to earth in a mysterious agony. Matt xxvi. 30,
36-40; Mark xiv. 26, 32-42; Luke xxii. 39-46; John
xviii. 1.

At the gate of St. Stephen, on the east side of the
city, the path is turned out of its line by the terraces
on which formerly stood the temple of Solomon, and
where now stands the mosque of Omar ; and a broad
steep bank descends suddenly to the left, toward the
bridge which crosses the Kidron^ and leads to Geth-
semane and the Garden of Olives, which lies at the
depth of 150 feet or more below the city, and the
14

distance of less than a quarter of a mile from the
gate of St. Stephen. It is, according to the descrip-
tion of Lieut. Lynch, enclosed by a high stone wall.
It is 145 feet distant from the bridge over the Ki-
dron. It is nearly square, and 150 or 160 feet in
length on either side.

" When we saw it/' he adds, about the middle of
May, "the trees were in full blossom; the clover
upon the ground was in bloom ; and, altogether, the
garden, in its aspects and associations, was better
calculated than any place I know to soothe a trou-
bled spirit. Eight venerable trees, isolated from
the smaller and less imposing ones which skirt the
pass of the Mount of Olives, form a consecrated
grove. High above, on either hand, towers a very
lofty mountain, with the deep, yawning chasm of
Jehoshaphat between them. Crowning one of them
is Jerusalem, a living city ; on the slope of the other
is the great Jewish cemetery, a city of the dead.

" Each tree in this grove, cankered, and gnarled,
and furrowed by age, yet beautiful and impressive
in its decay, is a living monument of the affecting
scenes that have taken place beneath and around it.
The olive perpetuates itself, and from the root of the
dying parent-stem the young tree springs into exist-
ence. These are accounted one thousand years old.
Under those of the preceding growth, therefore, the
Saviour was wont to rest; and otie of the present
may mark the very spot where he knelt, and prayed,
and wept. No cavilling doubt can find entrance
here. The geographical boundaries are too distinct
and clear for an instant's hesitation. Here, the
Christian, forgetful of the present, and absorbed in
the past, can resign himself to sad yet soothing
meditation. The few purple and crimson flowers
growing about the roots of the trees, will give ample
food for contemplation — for they emblem the suffer-
ing and the ensanguined death of the Redeemer."

203

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

204

It was a gloomy and befitting place for the sad
and awful scene of the agony, still vailed in darkness,
and full of unfathomable mystery. It lay low in
the valley of Jehoshaphat, where not the sound of
a footfall or note fi-om the city above could have
broken the profound stillness of the nigh't, to disturb
the devotions of the Son of Man in this hour of his
mysterious, awful agony. This hour of his aban-
donment by Grod and man, when prostrate upon the
earth beneath the burden of our sins, was a fit occa-
sion for the treachery of Judas.

§ 143. A tumultuous rabble, led by Judas the traitor, rush in
to arrest Jesus, who calmly advances to meet them, and is
betrayed with a kiss. John xviii. 2-12 ; Matt. xxvi. 47-56;
Mark xiv. 43-52 ; Luke xxii. 47-53. Late on Thursday
night, or early on Friday morning.

^ 144. Jesus is led immediately to the house of Hananiah, or
Annas, the father-in-law of Caiaphas, who examines him
while the sanhedrim assemble. He is now in the inner
court or quadrangle, around which the house is built
There is a fire in the open court of the quadrangle, near
which Peter is standing when he first denies his Lord.
He retreats to the passage, or gateway leading to the
street, where he again denies his Lord ; and, an hour after,
denies him the third time; still within the court, and pro-
bably near the place of the first denial. In the mean time,
Annas sends him bound to Caiaphas, who in his zeal has
come in advance of the council into the court-house. Matt.
xxvi. 57, 58, 69-75 ; Mark xiv. 53, 54, 66-72 ; Luke xxii.
64-62 ; John xviii. 13-18, 25-27.

g 145. Previous to the last denial of Peter, the sanhedrim
have assembled, while it is yet night, or early dawn on
morning of Friday the 15th, and the trial proceeds ; during
which our Lord declares himself the Christ, and is con-
demned and mocked. John xviii. 19-24 ; Luke xxii. 63-71;
Matt. xxvi. 59-68 ; Mark xiv. 55-65.

2 146. The sanhedrim lead Jesus away to Pilate. Morning
of Friday, very early, March 18, a. d. 29. Matt xxvii. 1, 2,
11-14 ; Mark xv. 1-5 j Luke xxiii. 1-5 ; John xviiL 28t-38.

The Prsetorium, or judgment-hall of Pilate, where
he condemned and the soldiers mocked the Saviour
of the world, appears to have been the old palace
of Herod, connected with the tower of Hippicus, the
remains of which are represented in the plan of the
city fronting the title-page, near the western gate
of the city. This locality is very clearly identified
as a fixed point in the survey of the city.

I 147. Pilate sends Jesus to Herod. Luke xxiii. 6-12.

§ 148. Pilate seeks to release Jesus. The Jews demand Ba-

rabbas. Luke xxiii. 13-25 ; Matt xxvii. 15-26 ; Mark xv.

6-15 ; John xviii. 39, 40,
g 149. Pilate delivers up Jesus to death, who is scourged

and mocked. Matt xxvii. 26-30 ; Mark xv. 15-29 ; John

xix. 1-3.

1 150. He again seeks to release Jesus. John xix. 4-16.

2 151. As soon as Judas sees that his Master is delivered to
death, he is seized with remorse, and hangs himself. He
had hoped, perhaps, to enjoy the reward of his treachery
without incurring the guilt of his Master's blood. Matt.
xxvii. 3-10.

Aceldama, or the field of blood, called also Pot-

ter's Field, was the field purchased by the Jews
with the thirty pieces of silver for which Judas be-
trayed his Lord, and which in his remorse he re-
turned. Matt, xxvii. 3-8 ; Acts i. 18, 19. As the
price of blood, it could not be paid into the sacred
treasury j it was, accordingly, applied for the pur-
chase of a burial-place for strangers who might die
in the city. This field is pointed out on the south
of Hinnom, toward the hill of evil counsel. High
up on the heights above the valley, upon a level flat
or terrace, having precipitous clifis in the rear and a
precipice in front, is an immense charnel-house,
which, for many centuries, has been used as a de-
pository for the remains of the dead. There can be
but little doubt that this memorial of the crime and
infamy of Judas truly commemorates the betrayal
of Jesus, while the site of his sepulchre has long
been a subject of dispute, and will probably never
be known.

^ 152. Jesus is led away, about nine o'clock in the morning,
to be crucified. On his way to Calvary, Jesus bears the,
cross to which he is to be nailed ; but, exhausted by the
sufierings to which he has been subjected, he sinks be-
neath the burden, and a stranger from Cyrene, a city on
the coast of Africa, opposite Crete, is compelled to bear
the cross. Matt, xxvii. 31-34 ; Mark xv. 20-23 ; John xix.
16, 17 ; Luke xxiii. 26-33.

§ 153. The Crucifixion ; from nine o'clock A. M. to throe P. H
Matt, xxvii. 35-38 ; Mark xv. 24-28 ; Luke xxiii. 33, 34,
38 ; John xix. 18-34. March 18, A. d. 29.

Calvary, the place of crucifixion, will probably
never be identified. All the research which has
been employed on this locality has done little else
than substitute some plausible conjecture for the
uncertain traditions of the church. A late writer
suggests, with much plausibility, that the place of
crucifixion may have been at the head of the valley
of Jehoshaphat, by the side of the road leading north
to Samaria and Galilee. The multitude ^assm^ by
being those who were going to the city or returning
from it. "Mount Calvary" has become common in
every language, but without any authority from the
Bible, unless the idea of a hill or mount is darkly
intimated by the term Golgotha, a skull.

2 154. Jesus on the cross is mocked by the Jews. He com-
mends his mother to John. Matt, xxvii. 39-44 ; Mark xv.
29-32.

g 155. Darkness prevails over the land from twelve o'clock
to three p. m., when our Saviour expires. Matt, xxvii.
45-50; Mark xv. 33-37; Luke xxiii. 44-46; John xix.
28-30.

g 156. At this great event the vail of the temple is rent, the
earth quakes, many graves are opened, and the Roman
centurion, in attendance to witness these scenes, exclaims,
"Truly, this was the Son of God." Matt xxvii. 61-56;
Mark xv. 38-41 ; Luke xxiii. 45, 47-49.

g 157. It was a custom of the Jews that the bodies of such
as were publicly executed should be taken down before

'::,*

205

THE LIFE OF 'CHRIST.

208

sunset. The body of Jesus is accordingly delivered by
request to Joseph of Arimathea, who takes caro to have it
embalmed and laid in a new sepulchre near by. Mary
Magdalene, and other women, who had stood by the cross
during the sufferings of their Lord, are also attendants at
his burial. John xix. 31-42 ; Matt, xxvii. 57-61 ; Mark
XV. 42-47 ; Luke xxiii. 50-56. A little before sunset, Fri-
day, March 18, A. D. 29.

Arimathea has generally been supposed to be the
modern town of Ramleh, near Lydda. This suppo-
sition is refuted by Dr. Robinson, but defended by
Von Raumer.

g 158. The next day, Saturday, 19th, the Sabbath of the
Jews, a watch is set, and other precautions taken, to pre-
vent imposition. Matt, xxvii. 62-66.

PART IX.— OUR LORD'S RESURRECTION", HIS SUBSEQUENT APPEARANCES, AND HIS ASCENSION.

time: FORTY DAYS.

This difficult portion of the gospel history has
been carefully harmonized by our author. The
order of events will be best presented in his own
words : —

" The resurrection took place at or before early
dawn on the first day of the week, when there was
an earthquake, and an angel descended and rolled
away the stone from the sepulchre and sat upon it,
so that the keepers became as dead men from terror.
At early dawn, the same morning, the women who
had attended on Jesus, viz. Mary Magdalene, Mary
the mother of James, Joanna, Salome, and others,
went out with spices to the sepulchre, in order fur-
ther to embalm the Lord's body. They inquire
among themselves who should remove for them the
stone which closed the sepulchre. On their arrival
they find the stone already rolled away. The Lord
had risen. The women, knowing nothing of all that
had taken place, were amazed j they enter the tomb,
and find not the body of the Lord, and are greatly
perplexed. At this time, Mary Magdalene, im-
pressed with the idea that the body had been stolen
away, leaves the sepulchre and the other women,
and runs to the city to tell Peter and John.

" The other women remain still in the tomb j and
immediately two angels appear, who announce unto
them that Jesus is risen from the dead, and give
them a charge in his name for the apostles. They
go out quickly from the sepulchre, and proceed in
haste to the city to make this known to the disciples.
On the way, Jesus meets them, permits them to em-
brace his feet, and renews the same charge to the
apostles. The women relate these things to the
disciples, but their words seem to them as idle tales,
and they believe them not.

" Meantime, Peter and John had run to the se-
pulchre, and entering it, had found it empty. But
the orderly arrangement of the grave-clothes, and
of the napkin, convinced John that the body had not
been removed, either by violence or by friends ; and
the germ of a belief sprang up in his mind that the
liord had risen. The two returned to the city.

Mary Magdalene, who had again followed them to
the sepulchre, remained standing and weeping before
it; and looking in, she saw two angels sitting.
Turning around, she sees Jesus; who gives to her
also a solemn charge for his disciples.

" The further sequence of events, consisting chiefly
of our Lord's appearances, presents comparatively
few difficulties. The various manifestations which
the Saviour made of himself to his disciples and
others, as recorded by the evangelists and Paul,
may accordingly be arranged and enumerated as
follows : —

1. To the women returning from the sepulchre.
Reported only by Matthew. See § 162.

2. To Mary Magdalene, at the sepulchre. By
John and Mark. § 164.

8. To Peter, perhaps early in the afternoon.
By Luke and Paul. § 166.

4. To the two disciples going to Emmaus, to-
ward evening. By Luke and Mark. § 166.

5. To the apostles (except Thomas) assembled
at evening. By Mark, Luke, John, and
Paul. §167.

N. B. These five appearances all took place
at or near Jerusalem, upon the first day
of the week, the same day on which the
Lord arose.

6. To the apostles, Thomas being present, eight
days afterward at Jerusalem. Only by John.
§168.

7. To seven of the apostles on the shore of the
Lake of Tiberias. Only by John. § 169.

8. To the eleven apostles and to five hundred

other brethren, on a mountain in Galilee.
By Matthew and Paul. § 170.

9. To James, probably at Jerusalem. Only by
Paul. §171.

10. To the eleven at Jerusalem, immediately be-
fore the ascension. By Luke, in Acts, and
by Paul. §171.
Then follows the ascension. § 172."
With these preliminary explanations, the order of
events in the following sections will be readily per-
ceived. '

207

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

208

§ 159. The resurrection, on the first day of the week, the

Christian Sabbath, March 26. Mark xvi. 1 ; Matt, xxviii.

2-4.
§ 160. Visit of the women to the sepulchre. Mary Magda-
lene returns. Matt, xxviii. 1 ; Mark xvi. 2-4 ; Luke xxiv.

1-3 ; John xx. 1, 2.
§ 161. Vision of the angels in the sepulchre. Mark xvi. 5-7 ;

Luke xxiv. 4-8 ; Matt, xxviii. 5-7.
§ 162. The women return to the city. Jesus meets them.

Matt, xxviii. 8-10 ; Mark xvi. 8 ; Luke xxiv. 9, 11.
g 163. Peter and John run to the sepulchre. John xx. 3-10 ;

Luke xxiv. 12.
• § 164. Our Lord is seen by Mary Magdalene at the sepulchre.

John XX. 11-18 ; Mark xvi. 9-11.
§ 165. Report of the watch. Matt, xxviii. 11-15.
g 166. Our Lord is seen of Peter. Then by two disciples on

the way to Emmaus. 1 Cor. xv. 5 ; Luke xxiv. 13-35 ; Mark

xvi. 12, 13.

The position of Emmaus was early lost, and has
never been with certainty recovered. It is generally
recognised in a small village just north of the road
to Joppa, twelve or fourteen miles from Jerusalem.
It is on the western declivity of the mountains, look-
ing westward over the great plain. Its principal
characteristics are a fine fountain and an ancient
church.

g 167. On the evening of the Christian Sabbath, Jesus, while
at supper in Jerusalem, presents himself to the disciples,
with the exception of Thomas. Mark xvi. 14^18; Luke
xxiv. 36-49 ; John xx. 19-23.

§ 168. One week from this time, March 27, A. d. 29, Jesus
again presents himself to the apostles in Jerusalem, while
Thomas also is present. John xx. 24-29.

§ 169. The aposUes now return to Galilee, where Jesus had
before assured them that he would meet them after his re-
surrection. Matt. xxvi. 32; Mark xvi. 7. Here he first
discovers himself to seven of them, at the Sea of Tiberias,
Wednesday, March 30, A. D. 27. Matt, xxviii. 16; John
xxi. 1-24.

2 170. Jesus meets the apostles and above five hundred
brethren on a mountain in GalUee. Matt, xxviii. 16-20;
1 Cor. XV. 6. March or April, A. D. 29.

The final interview of our Lord with his disciples
at the appointed place, a mountain in Galilee, to us
unknown, is appropriately introduced to our notice
by the following remarks of the author of the Har-
mony : —

"The set time had now come; and the eleven
disciples went away into the mountain, ' where Jesus
had appointed them.' It would seem probable that
this time and place had been appointed by our Lord
for a solemn and more public interview, not only
with the eleven, whom he had already met more than
once, but with all his disciples in Gralilee ; and that
therefore it was on this same occasion, when, accord-
ing to Paul, ' he was seen of above five hundred
brethren at once.'

" I, therefore, with many leading commentators, do

not hesitate to regard the interviews thus described
by Matthew (xxviii. 16-20) and Paul (1 Cor. xv.
5-8) as identical. It was a great and solemn occa-
sion. Our Lord had directed that the eleven and
all his disciples in Galilee should thus be convened
upon the mountain. It was the closing scene of his
ministry in Galilee. Here his life had been spent.
Here most of his mighty works had been done, and
his discourses held. Here his followers were as yet
most numerous. He therefore here takes leave on
earth of those among whom he had lived and la-
boured longest ; and repeats to all his disciples in
public the solemn charge which he had already given
in private to the apostles : 'Go ye therefore and
teach all nations ; — and lo, I am with you always,
even unto the end of the world.' It was doubtless
the Lord's last interview with his disciples in that
region; his last great act in Galilee."*

Paul says that our Lord was " seen of all the
apostles;" apparently the same as that of which Luke
speaks just before the ascension, and an appointed
meeting. It was our Lord's last interview with his
apostles.

§ 171. After this public interview with his disciples and fol-
lowers, Jesus again appears to James at Jerusalem, and
then to all the apostles. The language seems indeed to
imply that there were repeated interviews and communi-
cations of which we have no specific record. 1 Cor. xv. 7;
Acts i. 3-8.

g 172. Ascension of Christ. — Bethany. Luke xxiv. 50-53;
Mark xvi. 19, 20 ; Acts i. 9-12.

In connection with this discourse, or soon after it,
our Lord, with the apostles, goes out to Bethany, on
the eastern slope of the Mount of Olives, where he
lifts up his hands and blesses them ; and, while he
blesses them, he is parted from them, and carried
up into heaven, and a cloud receives him out of
their sight. Who can conceive the emotions of the
apostles as they gaze in mute astonishment at this
amazing scene ! In vain they look steadfastly up
toward heaven. The heaven of heavens has received
their Lord and Master unto the right hand of God.
But two of the heavenly host appear, saying, " Ye
men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven ?
This same Jesus which is taken up from you into
heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have
seen him go into heaven." " And they returned to
Jerusalem with great joy, and were continually in
the temple, praising and blessing God. Amen."

§ 173. Conclusion of John's Gospel.

And many other signs truly did Jesus in the pre-
sence of his disciples, which are not written in this

» Eng. Harmony, pp. 214, 215.

209

THE LABOURS OF ST. PAUL.

210

book. But these are written, that ye might believe
that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God ; and that
believing ye might have life through his name."
" And there are also many other things which Jesus

did, the which, if they should be written every one,
I suppose that even the world itself could not con-
tain the books that should be written. Amen."
John XX. 30, 31, xxi. 25.

CHAPTER II.

THE LABOURS OF ST. PAUL.

PERIOD, THIRTY-FIVE YEARS, FROM A. D. 33 TO 68.

The narrative of the evangelists ends with the
ascension of our Lord, but Luke, one of the four,
who was divinely moved "to set in order" the
memoirs of the ministry of the Son of Man, con-
tinued, under the same divine direction, in the Acts
of the Apostles, the history of the origin, increase,
and extension of the Christian church, particularly
through the instrumentality of the apostles Peter
and Paul. The historical geography of this book
will chiefly engage our attention in connection with
the life and missionary labours of the apostle Paul.

The book of the Acts was probably written at
Rome, A. D. 63 or 64, soon after the martyrdom of
the apostle Paul in that city.

The historical order of events in the Acts will
be found inserted in the Chronological Table, to
which the reader is referred.

PENTECOST.

This feast received its name from its occurring on
the fiftieth day, or seven entire weeks, from the
second day of the Passover. From this cycle of
weeks, a week of weeks, the festival was called the
feast of weeJcs. Ex. xxxiv. 22 ; Lev. xxiii. 15, 16 ;
Deut. xvi. 10. It was a festival of thanksgiving for
the harvest, and occurred on the last of May and
first of June, at which time, in that country, the
harvest is completed. Two loaves, accordingly,
made of new meal and a tenth part of an ephah of
grain, were offered as the first-fruits of the new
harvest. Lev. xxiii. 17 ; Num. xxviii. 26 ; together
with many holocausts, and a burnt-offering for sin.
In process of time it was also made to commemorate
the giving of the law on Sinai, for which there is no
authority in the Old Testament. The feast was a
joyful occasion, when many Jews and strangers
from foreign countries came up to Jerusalem.

On the day of Pentecost, fifty days after the
resurrection of our Lord, and ten after his ascen-
sion, while the disciples and Christians were all

assembled together in Jerusalem, the effusion of the
Holy Spirit was suddenly sent forth upon them in a
most miraculous manner, like " a rushing, mightj
wind, and filled the house where they were sitting."
One of the effects of this descent of the Holy Spirit
was that the disciples were suddenly endowed with
ability to speak in foreign and unknown tongues,
one in one language and another in another, accord-
ing as each had occasion in addressing the mixed
multitude who pressed around them to see and to
hear the wonders respecting them which were noised
abroad in the city.

The enumeration of the foreigners in whose lan-
guage the disciples spoke begins in the farthest east,
and proceeds west and south. Acts ii. 9-11. The
Parthians, at this period of history, represented the
country east and south of the Caspian Sea.

The Modes were chiefly south of that sea, and east
of the Tigris. The country of the Elamites, the
ancient Susiana, north of the Persian Grulf and east
of the Euphrates and the Tigris ; but Winer sup-
poses that at this time settlements of Elamites had
been made north of Media, around the south-west
part of the Caspian Sea, where the captive Jews,
who returned to their country, had learned the lan-
guage of the Elamites.

The dwellers in Mesopotamia and Judea are men- ,
tioned, not so much as speaking strange languages,
as to intimate in how many different languages the
apostles spoke.

Cappadocia and Pontus were north-eastern pro-
vinces of Asia Minor, lying south of the eastern
extremity of the Black Sea.

The enumeration now passes to the south-western
portion of Asia Minor, which at this time bore the
name of Asia, and finally gave its name to the
whole continent, of which it was then only a remote
and inconsiderable portion. Phrygia and Pamphy-
lia represent the central provinces of Asia Minor,
between Pontus and Cappadocia on the east, and
Asia on the west.

211

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

llZ

Cyrene was a populous city, some 500 miles west
of Alexandria, in the modern country of Barca. It
was mucli frequented by the Jews. So numerous,
indeed, were the Cyrenian Jews at Jerusalem, that
they had there a synagogue of their own. Acts vi. 9.
Simon, who was compelled to bear our Saviour's
cross, was himself from this remote city, as was also
Lucius, the prophet and teacher at Antioch. Acts
xiii. 1.

To this enumeration of foreign tongues we have
to add those of the Romans, Cretes, and Arabians.
INIany of those who were addressed in these lan-
guages were Jews from these countries, present on
the occasion of their national festival. The Jews
generally adopted the language of the countries
where they resided. The proselytes were originally
heathens who had embraced Judaism.

By reason of the persecution connected with the
martyrdom of Stephen, Philip goes to Samaria,
where he establishes the first Christian church out
of Jerusalem; then he is in the south of Judea,
where he baptizes the eunuch from Abyssinia ; then
he is found at Azotus, Ashdod, already described;
from thence he passed up the coast, through Joppa,
to Csesarea, formerly known as Strato's Tower, the
residence, perhaps the native place of Philip. Acts
viii.

C^ESAREA.

This city, of which frequent mention is made in
the Acts of the Apostles, was near thirty-five miles
north from Joppa, twenty-five south from Mount
Carmel, and fifty-five north-west from Jerusalem.
It was built by Herod the Great, at immense ex-
pense. To form a harbour, he constructed an exten-
sive mole, or breakwater, sufficient to protect a fleet
against the storms which rage on this inhospitable
coast. It was built of large blocks of stone, brought
from a great distance, and sunk to the depth of a
hundred and twenty feet. To this stupendous work
he added a temple, a theatre and amphitheatre, to-
gether with many splendid buildings, and made it
his own residence and the capital of Judea. After
him it became the residence of the Roman governors.

Its present state, and the historical recollections
associated with it, in connection with the history of
the apostle Paul, are clearly exhibited by Dr. Wil-
son : —

" The ruins are very extensive, lying along the
shore to the north, where there are some remains of
aqueducts. The wall of a fort, surrounded by a
moat, still remains in tolerably good order. This
Irby and Mangles suppose to be of Saracenic archi-
tecture. The ruins within it consist of foundations,

arches, pillars, and great quantities of building ma-
terial ; but there is nothing distinctive about them.
Various columns and masses of stone are seen lying
in the sea close to the shore.

" The only considerable pile of building standing
is at the southern part of the fort, where travellers
enter the gate to get a supply of water for them-
selves and cattle. At this place we observed only a
solitary human being : and there are now not more
than one or two families of herdsmen occasionally
to be found at the Roman capital of Judea. Were
either the Grrecian Strato, who first marked the
place by his tower, or Herod the Great, who built
the city in a style of the greatest magnificence, and
formed the breakwater necessary for constituting it
a port, to raise his head, he would be astonished at
the doings of the ruthless hand of man, and the still
more potent hand of Time, the great destroyer.

" It is mentioned in the New Testament in con-
nection with circumstances and events of great in-
terest. Philip preached in all the cities intermedi-
ate between Ashdod and Csesarea, (a distance of
more than fifty miles.) Acts viii. 40. The apostle
Paul was brought down to it from Jerusalem, on his
way to Tarsus, when the brethren were inducing
him to escape from the violence of the Grecians who
had been irritated by his reasonings. Acts ix. 30.
It was the residence of Cornelius the centurion, the
first Gentile convert. Acts x. 1, &c. ; xi. 11. It
witnessed the judgment of God inflicted on Herod
Agrippa, when — probably in the magnificent amphi-
theatre erected by his grandfather — he was smitten
by the angel of God, when glittering in the gorgeous
display of his royal apparel, and rejoicing in the
idolatrous plaudits of the maddened multitude. Acts
xii. 19-23.

" Paul concluded at it his voyage from Ephesus,
and there saluted the church. Acts xviii. 22. This
apostle made it a landing-place on a similar occasion,
when he took up his abode for a time with Philip
the Evangelist. Acts xxi. 8, 16. He was sent to it
by Claudius Lysias to appear before Felix, in whose
presence he uttered the noble speech which made
that governor tremble. Acts xxiii. 24 ; xxiv. Here
he was imprisoned for two long years, till he was
called forth to plead his cause before Festus and
Agrippa. Acts xxv. 26. From Cajsarea he sailed
to imperial Rome, to finish, at that centre of in-
fluence and of power, his wondrous testimony to the
cause of Christ. Acts xxvii. 1."

Here Vespasian was declared emperor. It was
for some time the scene of Origen's labours, and the
birthplace of Eusebius, the first ecclesiastical histo-
rian and the first biblical geographer.

213

THE LABOURS OF ST. PAUL.

214

JOPPA AND THE PLAIN OF SHARON.
32^3.

ACTS IX.

Joppa is the port of Jerusalem, about thirty miles
west by north from the city. From the beach rises
boldly upward a steep and rounded headland, to
which the city clings, supported and braced by suc-
cessive terraces. The flat roofs and hemispherical
domes of its clustering edifices rise by successive
steps one above another, and crown the heights of
this venerable city. No public inn extends to the
traveller on his arrival the hospitalities of a stranger's
home. He seeks in vain for lodgings or entertain-
ment within its walls. He pitches his tent without
the walls by the eastern gate, above the city, and
provides as best he can his own provisions, from the
gardens about the suburbs of the city, which abound
with every variety of tropical fruits.

Tradition dates the origin of Joppa back even to
the years before the Flood ! It affirms that the city
survived the ruins of that great catastrophe, and that
its halls, deserted by the monsters of the deep, on
the retiring of the waters after the deluge, were
peopled again by Japheth, the son of Noah, and his
posterity. Certain it is, that its origin dates back
far beyond the remotest period of recorded history.

What countless generations of men, in this long
lapse of years, have in this venerable city pressed
successively through life, and passed away into eter-
nity ! Like the waves of the ocean that roll at the
base of the city, its fleeting generations, age suc-
ceeding age, have arisen and rolled a moment on the
restless tide of life, alternately gilded by the sun-
shine and darkened by the storm, then sunk and
mingled with their original element.

More than fifteen hundred years before the Chris-
tian era, in the days of Joshua, Joppa was a Philis-
tine city of importance, included in the borders of
Dan. Josh. xix. 46. It was the only port of the
Israelites where the rafts of cedar from Lebanon, for
the building both of the first and of the second tem-
ple, were landed. 1 Kings v. 9 ; 2 Chron. ii. 16 ;
Ezra iii. 7. Jonah, from the neighbourhood of
Nazareth, repaired to this port to take ship, that he
might " flee from the presence of the Lord," unto
Tarshish. Jonah i. 3. Peter, at the request of the
disciples at Joppa, came to this place from Lydda,
fourteen miles south-east from this city, on the occa-
sion of the death of Dorcas, a benevolent woman,
" full of good works and alms-deeds which she did,"
To the sorrowful circle who had assembled to weep
and talk of the charities of their deceased friend, the
miraculous power of God was displayed in her

restoration to health, upon the prayer of Peter.
Acts ix. 36-43.

Encouraged by the favourable impressions made
by this miracle, and the conversion of many in
Joppa, Peter abode here for some time, with one
Simon a tanner, at the base of the city, upon tha
sea-shore. At this time there was stationed at
Caesarea, a military and naval post, thirty-five or
forty miles north of Joppa, a devput Roman officer,
who, warned of God by a holy angel, sent for Peter
to come and preach unto him and his household the
way of salvation by faith in Christ. The messenger
sent on this errand by Cornelius, arrived while Pe-
ter, at three o'clock in the afternoon, had gone up
on the house-top for evening prayer, according to
the custom of the Jews. Here he fell into a
trance; and, by a remarkable sign, let down from
heaven in a vision, he was taught of God that cere-
monial uncleanness under the Jewish law is totally
and for ever abrogated, and that the grace of God is
equally free to all, whether Jew or Greek, Barbarian
or Scythian, bond or free.

While musing on this wonderful revelation he
receives the invitation of Cornelius, the devout Gen-
tile soldier; and, yielding up those Jewish prejudices
which had withheld him, in common with all the
apostles, from ever ofiering the gospel to any but the
Jewish nation, he immediately consents to go and
preach the gospel to this Gentile family, though still
hardly imagining that the gospel can be intended
for any but the seed of Abraham. Acts x.

The men of Joppa profess at this day to point out
the very house-top by the sea-side, which was the
scene of this gracious manifestation, to open unto us
Gentiles a way for the reception of the gospel of the
grace of God. Be this as it may, the house and the
whole scene is in full view from the heights which
overlook the town ; and while we gaze, in imagina-
tion, upon the scene, we seem ourselves to see heaven
opened, and a vessel descending, as it were a great
sheet knit at the four corners, and thrice let down
to the earth, to overcome the prejudices of the apos-
tle, and teach him to preach the gospel of the grajce
of God with equal freedom to all, of every people
under the whole heavens. We behold him, with all
his characteristic ardour, in fulfilment of this new
mission, pressing on his journey northward, along
the coast through the plain of Sharon, radiant in
beauty still, with all its ancient fragrance and ferti-
lity. Turning from this enchanting scene to the
south beyond the olive groves, orchards, vineyards,
and gardens which lie at our feet round about the
towU) far as the eye can reach, it ranges over a plain,
broad, beautiful, and fertile as Sharon itself; lining

215

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

216

the coast of the Mediterranean, and comprising the
ancient land of the Philistines. On the eastern
borders of the landscape rise the rugged, frowning
mountains of Judea and Benjamin, as if gazing in
cold disdain upon the bland and gentle graces that
play over the landscape at their base. But beyond
their frowning heights, in the south-east, we just dis-
cover in the distance a solitary signal from Jerusa-
lem itself, Zion cjty of our Grod, holding out to us a
charming and enchanting invitation to the repose
and quiet which she seems to enjoy, intrenched
within the mountains round about her, as the Lord
encampeth round about them that fear him. Mount
Moriah, Mount Zion, Gethsemane, Calvary, Olivet,
Jerusalem ! — names ever dear to the Christian. How
sorrowful, and yet how delightful, to walk about
Zion, and tell the towers thereof, now prostrated ;
and, in view of the amazing scenes that have been
enacted there, to contemplate with tender melan-
choly and mitigated awe the goodness and the grace,
the judgment and the severity of our Grod.

THE COAST OF PH(ENICIA.

Phenice, to which some of the brethren travelled
in their dispersion on the persecution of Stephen,
Acts xi. 19, known also as Phoenicia, comprised a
portion of the coast of the Mediterranean, extending
from the neighbourhood of Mount Carmel north-
ward 100 miles or more along the base and western
slope of Mount Lebanon, and into the interior a
few miles to the summit of Lebanon. The coast of
Tyre and Zidon occupies the central and most popu-
lous portion of Phoenicia. The mountains, towering
to the regions of perpetual snow and ice, with the
graceful sweep of their waving summits, sloping
sides and mountain dells covered with the deepest
Tcrdure, adapted to every climate from Alpine frosts
to tropical suns, and the ocean sleeping at its base,
or lashed into fury by the tempest, form a succession
of goodly prospects, so grand, so beautiful, so end-
lessly diversified, as to charm the dullest eye and
kindle into poetic fervour the coldest heart. Num-
berless mountain streams flow down to fertilize the
narrow plain of the coast, and open harbours for a
boundless commerce.

Phoenicia was settled soon after the deluge, and
became the earliest and most renowned commercial
region of antiquity. When the Israelites con-
quered the country this coast was occupied by pow-
erful maritime towns, which, though given to the
Jews for an inheritance, maintained their inde-
pendence through all the vicissitudes and aggres-
sions of the Jewish nation.

SAUL THE PERSECUTOR.

This extraordinary character, whose life was more
influential upon the destinies of our race than any
man that ever lived, first appears on the page of his-
tory at Jerusalem, about three or four years after
our Lord's ascension, as a young man, a native of
Tarsus, no mean city of Cilicia, born about the time
of our Saviour's advent. A Pharisee of the straitest
sect, a Hebrew of the Hebrews, of the tribe of Ben-
jamin, educated in the school of Gamaliel, the most
renowned instructor and expounder of the Jewish
religion in Jerusalem, he becomes an enthusiastic
zealot in the traditions of his fathers. Toward the
Christians, as a new religious sect, apostates from the
faith, regardless of the law and the sacred institu-
tions of Moses, he entertains the most implacable
hatred. As the new religion spreads and gathers
daily fresh accessions, his zeal for his religion rises
to the most ungovernable fury against the new sect.
Verily thinking to do God service, he persecutes
them even unto death, making havoc of the church,
entering into every house, and delivering both
men and women to prison and to death, to compel
them to blaspheme the name of Jesus. He is
present at the martyrdom of Stephen, profoundly
impressed by his speech, his vision, and his prayer
for his persecutors, but only moved the more earn-
estly to consent to his death. Finding the adhe-
rents of this new religion springing up everywhere
in the cities and villages of the country, he becomes
exceedingly mad against them, persecuting them
even unto foreign cities. Breathing out threaten-
ings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord,
he goes to Damascus armed with authority and com-
mission to bring any, whether men or women, bound
to Jerusalem to be punished.

PAUL THE APOSTLE. A. D. 39 OR 40.

Behold how changed ! This persecuting zealot
and inquisitor enters Damascus humbled, subdued,
and penitent. Smitten with blindness by a vision
at midday, just without the gates of the city, by that
same Jesus whom he persecuted, he is led, helpless,
trembling, astonished, to the house of Judas, in the
street that is called Straight. So terrible is his con-
flict, so deep and piercing his remorse, that for
three days he neither eats nor drinks. But he finds
relief in prayer. " Behold he prayeth !" This sig-
nificant exclamation announces and confirms the
conversion of Saul. A vision is now in mercy
vouchsafed to him of a devout man of the persecuted
sect coming to him by divine appointment, that he

217

THE LABOURS OF ST. PAUL.

218

might receive his sight and be baptized in the name
of Jesus, to become the apostle of the Gentiles, " to
open their eyes, to turn them from darkness unto
light, and from the power of Satan unto God, that
they may receive forgiveness of sins and an in-
heritance among them which are sanctified."

With all his characteristic ardour, Paul, in obedi-
ence to the heavenly vision, straightway preaches
in the synagogues that Jesus was the Son of God,
testifying to all that they should repent and turn to
God, and do works meet for repentance.

After a few days he goes out into unknown re-
gions of Arabia, in fulfilment of his apostolic mis-
sion. Then, returning to Damascus, narrowly es-
capes assassination, and goes up to Jerusalem, and
essays to join himself now to those whom he had
persecuted. Gal. i. 17 j Acts ix. 25.

Finding himself the object of jealousy and dis-
trust by those who had only known him as their
persecutor and the murderer of Stephen, he retires
to Tarsus, his native city, in Cilicia. No record
remains of his labours among his kinsmen and his
countrymen in Cilicia. It can hardly be doubted
that b 3 had tliere some fruits of his ministry ; some
or sll of his Dwn family we may even imagine to
ha'f e become kindred in Christ. Certain it is that
eight or ten years afterward he went on his second
missionary t^ ar " through Syria and Cilicia, confirm-
ing the chu rches." Acts xv. 41. Perhaps that sis-
ter, the c( mpanion of his childhood, whose son,
twenty yes rs later, saved his life at Jerusalem, now
joined he" jelf to him in the fellowship of Christian
love ; cei <ainly her son's affection for his uncle
seems to imply a closer union than that resulting
from rcJr, iionship alone.

Aboi! t the same time, Peter at Joppa had been

taught by a vision from heaven that the grace of

God was alike free to Gentile as to Jew, and began

his mission to the Gentiles in the family of Corne-

! lius, while certain Hellenistic Jews from Cyprus

I and Cyrene had begun to preach, with great success,

I to the Greeks at Antioch, the Lord Jesus. The

' time had fully come when other sheep, not of the

I fold of Israel, were to be brought into that of the

I Good Shepherd. Barnabas, also a native of Cyprus,

i an early convert, the first to introduce to the

[ brethren at Jerusalem Saul the persecutor as Paul

[ the apostle of the Gentiles, this Barnabas had gone

I up to Antioch ; where, under his ministry, much

i people had been added to the Lord. Feeling the

greatness of the work and his need of assistance,

"he departed to Tarsus to seek Saul." From this

time, about A. D. 44, Antioch becomes, for " a whole

year," the scene of Paul's ministry, and for many
years the centre of his missionary operations.

ANTIOCH.

This city, where the disciples were first called
Christians, Acts xi. 26, became from this early
period the centre of Paul's missionary operations,
and the chief seat of Christianity. Antioch was
situated on the Orontes, 300 miles north of Jerusa-
lem, and about 20 from the north-east angle of
the Mediterranean. After Rome and Alexandria, it
was the largest city of the Roman empire, and in
luxury, licentiousness, and every vice of idolatry, it
was not surpassed even by the voluptuous metropo-
lis itself. It contained 150,000 or 200,000 inha-
bitants, divided into four wards, each enclosed by a
separate wall, and all within the enclosure of a com-
mon wall.

Its suburb, Daphne, celebrated for its grove and
its fountains, its asylum and temple, was a vast
forest " of laurels and cypresses, which reached as
far as a circumference of ten miles, and formed, in
the most sultry summers, an impenetrable shade.
A thousand streams of the purest water, issuing
from every hill, preserved the verdure of the earth
and the temperature of the air."

Antioch was celebrated for its refinements in the
arts, and the cultivation of literature and philoso-
phy. Cicero describes it as distinguished for its
learned men, and the cultivation of the fine arts.*
It was the birthplace of Chrysostom, and the scene
of his labours until his transfer to Constantinople.
To this luxurious, dissolute, and idolatrous city,
Paul, by request of Barnabas, directed his attention,
and made it for many years the centre of his mis-
sionary labours.

Few cities have survived greater vicissitudes of
war, pestilence, and earthquakes, than Antioch. No
less than two hundred and fifty thousand are said
to have been destroyed in the sixth century by an
earthquake j the city being at the time thronged by
multitudes who had gathered there to a festival.

On the south-west side of the town is a preci-
pitous mountain ridge, on which a considerable por-
tion of the old Roman wall of Antioch is still stand-
ing, from thirty to fifty feet in height, and fifteen in
thickness. At short intervals, four hundred high
square towers are built up in it, each containing a
staircase and two or three chambers, probably for

* Loco nobili et celebri quondam urbe ct copiosn, atque eru-
ditissimis hominibus liberalissimisquo studiis affluente.

219

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

220

the use of the soldiers on duty. At the east end of
the western hill are the remains of a fortress, with
its turrets, vaults, and cisterns. Its present popu-
lation may be fifteen or twenty thousand.

FIRST MISSIONARY TOUR OF ST. PAUL, BETWEEN
A. D. 45 AND 50.

Seleucia (Acts xiii. 4) was the port of Antioch,
as was Joppa of Jerusalem, and Oatia of Rome. It
was five miles north of the mouth of the Orontes,
sixteen and a half from Antioch by land, and forty-
one by water, by reason of the windings of the river.
A rocky eminence, the termination of a range of
hills called the Pieria, forms a picturesque site for
the town, overlooking the harbour, and the mercan-
tile suburbs on the level ground toward the west.
Seleucia had, properly speaking, two harbours.
" The iiiner basin, or dock, is now a morass ; but
its dimensions can be measured, and the walls that
surrounded it can be distinctly traced. The position
of the ancient floodgates, and the passage through
which the vessels were moved from the inner to the
outer harbour, can be accurately marked. The very
piers of the outer harbour are still to be seen under
the water. The stones are of great size — some of
them twenty feet long, five feet deep, and six feet
wide; and are fastened to each other with iron
cramps. The masonry of ancient Seleucia is still so
good, that not long since a Turkish pacha conceived
the idea of clearing out and repairing the harbour.
Those piers were still unbroken — this great seaport
of the Seleucidae and the Ptolemies was as magnifi-
cent as ever, under the sway of the Romans — when
Paul and Barnabas passed through it on their pre-
sent mission."

Here, at Seleucia, " in the midst of unsympa-
thizing sailors, the two missionary apostles, with
their younger companion, stepped on board the ves-
sel which was to convey them to Salamis. As they
cleared the port, the whole sweep of the bay of An-
tioch opened on their left, — the low ground by the
mouth of the Orontes, — the wild and woody country
beyond it, — and then the peak of Mount Cassius,
rising symmetrically from the very edge of the sea
to a height of five thousand feet. On the right, in
the south-west horizon, if the day was clear, they
saw the island of Cyprus from the first. The cur-
rent sets northerly and north-east between the
island and the Syrian coast. But, with a fair wind,
a few hours would enable them to run down from
Seleucia to Salamis ; and the land would rapidly
rise in forms well known and familiar to Barnabas
and Mark."

The companions of Paul in this tour were John
Mark the Evangelist, and Barnabas, who- was a
native of Cyprus. This circumstance may have
determined these itinerant missionaries first to visit
Cyprus.

CYPRUS.

The island itself lies at the distance of less than
a hundred miles from the coast of Syria, and more
than fifty from that of Cilicia. Its length is one
hundred and forty miles, and its extreme width about
fifty. A chain of mountains extends through the
northern part of the island. On the south side of the
island are extensive plains of great fertility. The
mountains yield abundant supplies of forest tim-
ber, and are rich in mineral productions.

SALAMIS.

These missionaries landed at Salamis on the east-
em shore of the island, on a bight of the coast to
the north of the river Pediaeus. A large city by
the sea-shore, a widespread plain with cornfields and
orchards, and the blue mountains in the distance,
" clad in the colours of the air," composed the view
on which the eyes of Saul and Barnabas rested when
they came to anchor in the bay of Salamis.

PAPHOS.

Paphos, where these missionaries are next found,
was at the western extremity of the island. To
reach this they must have traversed, through the
length of the island, one hundred miles or more,
preaching the strange doctrines of the gospel of
Christ. This city, now a miserable place, had a
good harbour, and was the residence of the Roman
proconsul Sergius Paulus, a convert to Christianity,
gained by the preaching of Paul. Acts xiii. 6-11.

PERGA.

The sail from Paphos to Perga was less than one
hundred and fifty miles across the sea or bay of
Pamphylia. Perga was the chief city of Pamphylia,
situated on the Cestrus, about seven miles from its
mouth. The vessel which brought Paul and Barna-
bas probably came up the river, though now ob-
structed by sand-bars, and anchored near the famous
temple of Diana. " The first object that strikes the
traveller on arriving here is the extreme beauty of
the situation of the ancient town, lying between
and upon the sides of two hills, with an extensive
valley in front, watci'ed by the river Cestrus

^21

THE LABOURS OF ST. PAUL.

222

and backed by the mountains of the Taurus. An
arch, a kind of castle, and the ruins of a temple,
bespeak the vicinity of the town about half a mile
before arriving at its walls. A few arches and
ruins of many scattered tombs lead to an immense
and beautiful theatre, the seats of which for the
most part remain, rising very steeply one above the
other, whence the height is more than in the usual
proportion j the width is about three hundred and
thirty feet. Near the theatre is a stadium or course
for races, which is quite perfect, with seats along
each side, and also forming a circular end. There
is also a broken aqueduct, and tombs are scattered
on both sides of the site of the town,"

At this place, Mark, intimidated, it may be, by
the discouragements and perils of the enterprise,
leaves his companions and retires to Jerusalem.
The motive certainly was one which Paul did not
approve. Acts xv. 38, though he afterward recog-
nised him as a companion. Col. iv. 10, and com-
mended him as "profitable to him for the ministry."
2 Tim. iv. 11. This desertion, therefore, though it
led to the unhappy separation between Paul and
Barnabas, must not be considered as an abandon-
ment of the cause of Christ on the part of Mark,
who was permitted to minister to the apostle in his
days, and was honoured as the evangelist and biogra-
pher of Jesus Christ,

THE PASS OP PISIDIA. PERILS OF ROBBERS, AND
PERILS OF RIVERS.

The interior of Asia Minor is a lofty table-land
lying from three to six thousand feet above the level
of the sea. From these plains mountains, in va-
rious directions, raise their snowy peaks to the re-
gions of perpetual frost. These highlands are, in
summer, the retreat of the inhabitants of the coast
from the intolerable heat of the lowlands, to which
they repair for the season in caravans and families,
men, women, and children, with their flocks, herds,
camels, and asses. The ascent to these bleak up-
lands is often through narrow passes, with frowning
cliffs, yawning gulfs, hidden recesses and secret
caverns, fit haunts for marauding mountaineers and
robbers that subsist by plunder.

In his ascent up those rugged and dangerous
passes, Paul is supposed to have encountered those
'' perils of waters, (or rivers,) and perils of robbers"
of which he speaks in 2 Cor. xi. 26. The lawless
and marauding habits of the population of those
mountains which separate the table-lands in the in-
terior of Asia Minor from the plains on the south
coast, were notorious in all periods of ancient his-

tory. No population, through the midst of which St.
Paul ever travelled, abounded more in those " perils
of robbcTs" of which he himself speaks, than the
wild and lawless clans of the Pisidian highlanders.

To travellers in the East, there is a reality in the
perils of rivers which we can hardly understand.
The rivers of Asia Minor are liable to violent and
sudden changes ; and no district in this country is
more singularly characterized by its " water-floods"
than the mountainous tract of Pisidia, where rivers
burst out at the bases of huge cliffs, or dash down
wildly through narrow ravines. Strabo describes
these mountains as full of precipices, ravines, and
torrents, which could be passed only by bridges.

The following scene in this region is sketched by
by Sir C. Fellows :—

"An almost uninterrupted train of cattle and
people passed by. The snowy tops of the moun-
tains were seen through the lofty and dark -green
fir-trees, terminating in abrupt cliffs. From clefts
in these gushed out cascades, and the waters were
carried away by the wind in spray over the green
woods. In a zigzag course up the woodland lay the
track leading to the cool places. In advance of the
pastoral groups were the straggling goats, browsing
on the fresh blossoms of the wild almond as they
passed. In more steady courses, followed the small
black cattle; then came the flocks of sheep and the
camels, bearing piled loads of ploughs, tent-poles,
and kettles; and amid this rustic load was always
seen the rich Turkey carpet and damask cushions,
the pride even of the tented Turk."

ANTIOCH OF PISIDIA.

" The situation of Antioch," says a modern tra-
veller, " on an isolated rock, rising in the centre of
the mouth of the valley of the Mosynus, and ccm-
manding a view of that of the Meander, is wortliy
of the ancient Greeks; but the ruins, now covering
and undermining its summit, are quite inferior. The
site of the town is covered with huge blocks of mar-
ble. The first ruin which I saw was an oblong
building consisting of an inner and outer wall. The
outer wall was built of rough blocks of limestone,
four feet thick. The length is about one hundred
and eighty feet ; the breadth sixty. It was a tem-
ple or church — ^perhaps each in succession. About
two hundred yards to the north-east are the remains
of another massive building. One of the most
striking objects is a ruined aqueduct. " Twenty-
one arches are perfect, and are the most splendid
ever beheld. The stones are without cement, and
of massy dimensions." The arches stretch along a

223

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

224

mile or more. For a considerable distance, the
aqueduct is so entire that it forms a convenient walk,
stretching away toward the neighbouring mountain.

ICONIUM.

This city, ninety miles south-east from Antioch,
was situated in a vast plain in the interior of Asia
Minor, surrounded by lofty mountains, some of
which on the north rise to the region of perpetual
snow. The eyes of Paul and Barnabas, for several
hours before reaching the city, and also after they
left it for Lystra, must have ranged over these
snowy summits and a vast expanse of plains to the
south and east. Leake, who approached the city
from the same direction, says, " On the descent
from a ridge branching eastward from these moun-
tains, we came in sight of the vast plain around
Konieh, and of the lake which occupies the middle
of it ; and we saw the city, with its mosques and
ancient walls, still at the distance of twelve or four-
teen miles from us." " Konieh," says another tra-
veller, " extends to the east and south over the plain
far beyond the walls, which are about two miles in
circumference. Mountains covered with snow rise
on every side, excepting toward the east, where a
plain, as flat as the desert of Arabia, extends far
beyond the reach of the eye."

It is famous as the cradle of the rising power of
the Turks. It has been repeatedly destroyed and
rebuilt, and its architectural character wholly al-
tered. Little, if any thing, remains of the G-reek
or Roman Iconium, except the ancient inscriptions
and the fragments of sculptures which are built into
the Turkish walls. At a late period of the empire,
it became a colonia. Its population, in the time of
Paul, was probably the same as that of other im-
portant towns in Asia Minor, a large number of
frivolous Greeks, some remains of an older popula-
tion, a few Roman civil and military officials, and
a colony of Jews, working at their trades in the
week, and meeting in the synagogue on the Sab-
bath. Mr. Hamilton says that the city is one
scene of destruction and decay, with heaps of ruins
and dilapidated mosques. The remains of at least
twenty mosques were passed. The ruined walls
alone mark the former extent of the city. A part
of it is converted into a burial ground.

LYCAONIA, LYSTEA, DERBE.

From Iconium, Paul and Barnabas pass eastward
into Lycaonia, a bare and dreary region, unwatercd
by streams, though in parts subject to occasional

inundations. Lystra, where, in consequence of the
healing of the impotent man, they might have been
worshipped as Jupiter and Mercury, and were after-
ward stoned, is placed on the maps at the distance
of some twenty miles south from Iconium, and
Derbe, more than twice this distance east of Lystra.

Timothy was a native of Lystra, Acts xvi. 1 ;
2 Tim. iii. 11 ; and Gains, the friend and fellow-
traveller of Paul, was a native of Derbe. Acts xx.
4. These were probably the fruits of his ministry
at this time in these places.

]Mr. Brewer, the American missionary and travel-
ler, describes his approach to Klissera, which he
assumes to be the ancient Lystra, as follows : —

" Full of the impression that we were now near
the hlrtliplace of Tivioihy, we bent our course more
westerly, through a narrow, but fex'tile and most
lovely ravine. The pebbly brook, which gave fer-
tility to the vale, was overhung by trees of a larger
growth, walnut, poplar, and so on, than we had been
accustomed to see on our journey. Vineyards, gar-
dens, and small orchards of fruit-trees, were planted
in convenient nooks by the way. A rich fragrance
was exhaled from the wildflowers that besprinkled
the ground, and only the murmuring of the brook,
and the music of here and there a feathered song-
ster, interrupted the stillness which prevailed.
Along these quiet paths, I said within myself, oft
trod that beloved youthful disciple, Timothy ! Be-
neath such shades he repeated, perhaps, the songa
of Israel, before he had learned from the apostle
Paul of the name of Jesus. Perhaps he was inured
to hardship by labour in these very fields; or, more
probably, he may have passed to and from Iconium
with burdens of wood and returns of merchandise,
as those who dwell here now do. Precious saint !
thy memory breathes a richer perfume than the
flowers of thy native vales. Through the long tract
of ages, thy early knowledge of the Holy Scrip-
tures, thy rigid temperance, thy early wisdom, thy
youthful piety, thy useful labours, thy name of good
report, thy apostolic ministry, have come down with
refreshing and stimulating influence to the youth of
our distant and of all coming times. And, ye ex-
cellent and revered ' mother Eunice, and grand-
mother Lois,' so honourably mentioned by an apos-
tle, your example shall live while the sun and moon
endure, as an encouragement to timely and faithful
parental instruction !

" We took notice, as we hurried forward, on the
opposite side of the ravine from which we now
turned off to the right, of a ridge of limestone
rising to the height of twenty or thirty feet, stretch-
ing along for several miles, and bearing a striking

'J.'2b

THE LABOURS OF ST. TAUL.

226

resemblance to an artificial wall. Several small
hills, rising one above another from the ridge which
^ve ascended, were, in like manner, surrounded with
circular ridges. This was especially the case with
that on which the town was situated, and which rose
before us in conical form, and with the appearance
of a rounded beehive, studded with dwellings and
( averus clustered about its sides. The lines of
seeming walls, both within and without the town, as
also some of the others, were hollowed out with a
thousand excavations — sepulchres, doubtless, for the
(lad of other generations. Toward some of the
largest of these caverns, near what appeared to be
the gate of the city, we saw labourers, and shep-
herds with their flocks, hastening for shelter. We
followed, with the full impression that the entrance
was altogether artificial. It was, however, only a
natural passage, but the rules and resources of art
could not have fortified the town here more strongly.
Only the gate was wanting to make it complete."

Our missionary tourist finds the remains of Derbe
in a place denominated the One Thousand and One
Churches, at the base of an isolated sugar-loaf moun-
tain, which rises out of the plain to a great height,
and is known as the Black Mountain. At the east-
ern base of this mountain he found the remains of
many churches, and various indications of a city once
populous and addicted to the Christian religion.
" The walls of a score or two of churches are stand-
ing, more or less entire, and the foundations of a
multitude of others were in ruins. These, and a
sort of castellated house in the upper part of the
town, are thickly covered with crosses."

Paul and Barnabas now retraced their journey,
through Lystra, Iconium, and Antioch, to Perga,
confirming the souls of the disciples, exhorting them
to continue in their faith, and ordaining them elders
in every church. At Perga, instead of sailing down
the Ccstrus, which they ascended on their first visit
to the city, they proceeded westward across the plain
to Attalia, a seaport fifteen or twenty miles distant,
in the Pamphylian Grulf. Attalia, now Satala, is
still, and from its foundation has been, a city of con-
siderable importance. " The style of its relics is in-
variably Roman, agreeing with the date of its founda-
tion. Behind it is the plain through which the
river Catarrhactes flows. In front of it, and along
the shore on each side, are long lines of cliffs, over
which the river finds its way in waterfalls to the sea,
and which hide the plain from those who look
toward the land from the bay. Beaufort describes
the city as beautifully situated jound a small har-
bour, the streets appearing to rise behind each other,
like the seats of a theatre, with a double wall, and a

series of square towers on the level summit of the
hill."

The town is composed of three parts, extending
from the shore to the heifrhts above. It is sur-
rounded by a fertile district ; but the heat is so in-
supportable in summer that most of the inhabitants
remove during that season to the neighbouring
mountains. At this place, the apostle, after having
travelled by land and sea twelve or fourteen hundred
miles, embarked for Antioch in Syria, at which place
he arrived after an absence, perhaps, of two years.
A. D. 46, 47.

SECOND MISSIONARY TOUR. A. D. 51.

After remaining about two years at Antioch, dur-
ing which time he went a third time to Jerusalem
with Barnabas and others, with reference to the dis-
sension about circumcision. Acts xv., Paul entered
on a second missionary tour, more extensive and
eventful than the first. His companion in this tour
was Silas, Barnabas having left him in consequence
of their unhappy quarrel. Acts xv. 36-40. Pass-
ing through Syria and Cilicia, around the north-east
angle of the Mediterranean Sea, he came again to
the cities of Derbe, Lystra, and Iconium, by a journey
of some two hundred and fifty miles.

On his way through Cilicia, he doubtless visited
his own native city. Tarsus, the capital of the pro-
vince, where, as he passed through the streets with
which he had been familiar from childhood, amid
temples, altars, and statues, tokens of idolatry, he
may have recognised some families who had " turned
from dumb idols to serve the living and true God,"
among whom we may contemplate some of his
own kindred, now united to him in bonds more dear
than those connected with the sacred names of bro-
ther, sister, or mother. Some of his own kinsmen
he certainly had the happiness to recognise as bre-
thren in Christ. Rom. xvi. 21.

THE PYL.^S, GATES OF CILICIA.

In passing up from the plains of Cilicia to the
lofty uplands of Lycaonia, Paul had occasion to
ascend through the extraordinary pass so famous
in history as the Cicilian Gates. Colonel Chesney
describes the pass as a rent or fissure in the chain
of Mount Taurus, extending from north to south,
through a distance of eighty miles. This vast ra-
vine contracts in some places to a width of ten or
twelve paces, atFording room only for a single chariot.
On either side are limestone cliffs, many hundred feet
in height. Through this gorge, Cyrus passed in hii*

227

TEXT BOOK AND xVTLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

228

famous expedition against his brother, which Xeno-
phon so minutely describes in his Anabasis. Alex-
ander descended through these gates to the con-
quest of the East; and armies and men innu-
merable have passed through them both, in the flush
of conquest, and in the fear and flight attendant upon
defeat.

At Lystra, Paul receives as his faithful compa-
nion and fellow-labourer, Timothy, now a young
man, who by his mother and grandmother, Lois and
Eunice, had been trained for the service to which, in
the grace of God, he is called.

From Lystra, or Antioch, our missionary tourists
turn northward into Galatia, where churches are
gathered, to whom Paul subsequently addressed his
epistle, and where he seems to have been detained
some time by sickness. Gal. iv. 13.

THE GALATIANS.

About two hundred and seventy years before the
Christian era, a colony from Gaul had wandered east-
ward from their native country, crossed the Hellespont,
and settled in this central province of Asia Minor,
among whose descendants Paul gathered these Chris-
tian converts.

From Galatia, Paul proceeded south-west through
Phrygia, but was " forbidden of the Holy Ghost to
preach the Word in Asia." Acts xvi. 6.

ASIA.

The history and signification of this term requires
a passing notice. In Homer, it is the name of a
meadow by the streams of the river Cayster.* In
Herodotus, it is applied as a general term for the East,
and divided into Asia within, and Asia beyond the
Halys. In the New Testament it is a province west
and south of Phrygia, comprising the more limited
and ancient provinces of Lydia. The seven churches
of the Apocalypse were within this province. Rev.
i. 4. To the people of this province, among others,
Peter also addressed his epistle. 1 Pet. i. 1. From
this limited application, Asia spread, like the Africa
of the Romans, to designate one of the four quarters
of the world.

Diverted from his purpose of preaching in Asia,
Paul next essayed to go north into Bithynia, lying
on the south of the Black Sea ; but, restrained by
the same divine agency, he pursued his course, west
by north, by Mysia to Troas. Acts xvi. 6-8.

* 'Affto) tv Xciji'Sivi Kiiwrpiox) djipi fitcica, II. ii. 461.

TROAS,

Troas was situated on the Hellespont, at some dis-
tance south of ancient Troy, on an eminence oppo-
site the island of Tenedos. The present appearance
of the ruins is thus described : —

'' The ancient port of Troas is very interesting,
and has been highly ornamented. Hundreds of
columns, on a somewhat small scale, lie scattered in
all directions, and bristle among the waves to a con-
siderable distance out at sea. The most striking
ruins are about a mile from the sea, probably near
the centre of the city ; they are on an exceedingly
grand scale. The ground, in every direction within
the walls, is strown with carvings, mouldings, and
pedestals in marble, some of which have inscriptions,
generally Greek."

Homer and Virgil have celebrated, in immortal
song, the battle of gods and men on the plains of
Troy. Xerxes swept over them with his countless
myriads for the conquest of Greece. Alexander
girded on his sword at the tomb of Achilles, and
rushed on to the conquest of the East. And now our
Christian warrior, burning with a loftier, purer en-
thusiasm, goes forth in a holier warfare to fight for a
nobler crown, from the same place.

At this point Paul's party was also joined by Luke
the evangelist and journalist, to whom we are in-
debted for his record of the missions of the apostle
in the Book of the Acts.

Warned by a vision, the apostle sets sail from
Troas for Macedonia, one hundred and twenty-five
miles on the opposite side of the -^gean Sea. Sixty
miles from Troas, he first touched at Samothrace,
a small island in the northern part of the ^gean
Sea, distinguished by a high mountain, described in
the Missionary Herald for 1836, p. 246. There is
now but a single village upon the island.

PHILIPPI,

From Samothrace, an inconsiderable port on the
Strymonic Gulf in Macedonia, by a north-westerly
course, he sailed to Neapolis, and passed down the
coast, twelve miles west to Philippi. This city oc-
cupies a fertile plain between two ridges of moun-
tains. The Acropolis is upon a mount standing out
into the plain from the north-east. The city seems
to have extended from the base of it for some dis-
tance to the south and south-west. The remains of
the fortress upon the top consist of three ruined
towers, and considerable portions of walls of stone,
brick, and very hard mortar. The plain below

229

THE LABOURS OF ST. PAUL.

230

exhibits nothing but rains — heaps of stone and
rubbish, overgrown with thorns and briers; and
nothing is seen of the innumerable busts and
statues, and thousands of columns, and vast
masses of classic ruins, of which earlier travellers
speak.

Euins of private dwellings are still visible ; also
something of a semicircular shape, probably a forum
or market-place — perhaps the one where Paul and
Silas received their undeserved stripes.

There is particularly worthy of notice an ancient
palace, the architecture of which is grand, and the
materials costly. The pilasters, chapiters, &c. are
of the finest white marble ; and the walls were for-
merly encased in the same stone. The marble blocks
are gradually knocked down by the Turks and
wrought into their silly grave-stones. Many of the
ruins of the town are said to be covered at present
with stagnant water.

On the plains of Philippi was fought the last bat-
tle of the republicans of Rome, under Brutus and
Cassius, against Augustus and Antony, B. c. 42,
where Cassius died by his own hand, and Brutus
bade adieu to his friends, saying, " Certainly we must
fly, not with the feet, but with the hands." Many,
despairing of pardon, fled thus from the swords of
the conqueror.

In this city of ancient Thrace, Paul encountered
various vicissitudes of his missionary life. The
conversion of Lydia, the silencing of the sorceress,
the uproar in the city, the scourging of Paul and
Silas, their imprisonment, the miraculous opening
of the prison doors, and the conversion and baptism
of the jailer, Acts xvi. 9-40, are detailed by the his-
torian. But the result was the establishment of a
church, remarkable, above all others founded by the
apostle, for purity of doctrine and fidelity to Christ.
To this church St. Paul, ten years later, wrote an
epistle remarkable as the only one of all his epis-
tles which contains no censure or complaint against
the church addressed.

From Philippi to Thessalonica, the apostle passed
down the coast south-west through Amphipolis and
Apollonia. The former was, at this time, a large
and flourishing city on the banks of a navigable
river about eight miles above its influx into the sea,
and thirty from Philippi. Extensive forests and
valuable gold-mines in its vicinity give importance
to its commerce. Apollonia was of less notoriety.
It was about thirty miles from Thessalonica on the
one hand and Amphipolis on the other. After tarry-
ing apparently only for a night at each of these
places, the apostle took up his abode for three or
four weeks at Thessalonica.

THESSALONICA.

Thessalonica was one of the most populous towns
of Macedonia, and still retains much of its ancient
importance, having a population of sixty or seventy
thousand inhabitants. It is situated near three hun-
dred and fifty miles west from Constantinople, one
hundred south-west from Philippi, and about two
hundred north by west from Athens. It is inha-
bited by many Jews, among whom the American
Board have established a missionary station. The
principal antiquities are the remains of a hippodrome,
a rotunda, and triumphal arches to Augustus and
Constantino. But, to the Christian, this city has a
living interest from the precious epistles which the
apostle addressed to the church which he there esta-
blished. From this city he was compelled to flee, to
escape from a fanatical and riotous mob, instigated
by the unbelieving Jews, and to leave the care of
these young converts to Timothj', as those at Phi-
lippi had been committed to Luke.

Driven thence by the unbelieving Jews, Paul next
retired to Bercea, fifty -five miles farther westward, and
along the coast toward Greece, where the more inge-
nuous Beroeans gave a candid attention to his doc-
trine, " searching the Scriptures daily whether these
things were so." " Of these many believed, and
honourable women who were Greeks, and of men
not a few."

Bei'oea was situated near the borders of Macedonia
and Greece, at the base of an offshoot from the
chain of Mount Olympus, on the banks of the Hali-
acmon, at a little distance from the shore.

Still pursued by the persecuting Jews of Thessa-
lonica, Paul, leaving the care of the Beroean con-
verts to Silas and Timothy, was conducted by the
brethren to Athens, the metropolis of Greece. The
journey by land would have been more than two
hundred miles; by sea, the passage might have been
not more than two or three days' sail with a fair
wind. He is supposed to have gone by sea to
Athens.

ST. PAUL AT ATHENS.

Here, from the proselytes and Jews in their syna-
gogues, from the inquisitive Athenians and idlers in
the streets and market-places, as well as from philo-
sophers of the Epicureans and Stoics, Paul gained a
ready audience, "preaching unto them Jesus and
the resurrection." Demosthenes himself charges
his countrymen with the same inquisitive, gossiping
disposition of which the historian speaks. Acts xvii.
21, alleging that they do nothing but sit in the mar-

2<31

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

232

ket and inquire " What news ?" The strange doc-
trines set forth by Paul soon awakened such curi-
osity and contradiction, that the multitude conducted
him to the place of holding the renowned council
of the Areopagus on Mars' Hill, where he might be
more distinctly heard by the multitude.

ST. PAUL ON MARS HILL.

To form a just impression of the scene, we must
place ourselves, in imagination, in the agora, public
square, improperly rendered " ma)-ket-place," of the
city, and survey the scene around us. The square
itself is a large area crowded with temples, altars,
and statues, with columns and porticoes adorned with
statuary and painting, the common resort of states-
men, philosophers, orators, poets, and men of business,
as well as of crowds of the inquisitive, pleasure-
loving idlers of Athens. Before and above us on
the north is Mars Hill, a high, craggy eminence,
which is ascended by a broad flight of steps cut in
the solid rock. On the left is the Pnyx, a sloping
hill, partially levelled into an open area for political
assemblies, the platform of Athenian orators in their
public addresses to the men of Athens. On the
right is the Acropolis, towering high above the scene
of which it is the glory and the crown.

Here, standing in the midst of Mars Hill, the
whole city lies in full view below ; and beyond the
walls are the plains of Attica, bounded by the graceful
sweep of the mountains of Pentelicus and Hymet-
tus. The sea of Attica is seen in the distance, and
the ports of the city reposing on the margin of the
distant bay. The Acropolis rises high above him,
crowned with the lofty Parthenon, adorned with the
magnificent propylaea, and crowded with temples
and statues, the choicest models of Athenian taste
and skill. Here, treading almost in the very foot-
prints of the great Athenian orators, while the hea-
vens above are almost reverberating still with the thun-
ders of Demosthenes' eloquence, the great apostle,
fired with all these classic associations, and guided by
an inspiration which Demosthenes never knew, de-
livers before the sages and philosophers of Greece
that masterly discourse, unrivalled in Christian ora-
tory, which sets forth the doctrine of the great God
our Saviour, in place of the unknown God, whom
they ignorantly worshipped.

It is a singular and instructive fact, that the mi-
nistry of the apostle appears to have been attended
with little profit at this seat of Grecian refinement
and learning ; nor does he appear ever again to have
visited Athens. The rich, voluptuous, and mer-
cantile population of Corinth ofiered him far more

encouragement than the orators, sages, and philoso-
phers of her proud rival.

Such was Paul's anxiety for his new converts in
Macedonia, that he had consented to remain alone
at Athens, that Silas might minister to the Be-
roeans, and Timothy to the Thessalonians. After
remaining at Athens about two weeks, perhaps, the
apostle proceeded alone to Corinth, about fifty miles,
where he continued from one and a half to two
years.

CORINTH.

This metropolis, rivalling Athens in wealth and
commerce, in luxury and licentiousness, and scarcely
inferior in the fine arts, was situated on the isthmus
of the Peloponnesus, fifty miles west of Athens,
guarded and defended by a lofty acropolis, which rises
two thousand feet above the platform of the city.
The region is now unhealthy, and only a few mise-
rable hovels still occupy the site of this far-famed
city of Corinth. A few excavations, the tombs of
the ancient dead, and seven Doric columns, sad se-
pulchral monuments of departed greatness, are all
that remains of this devoted city, which, for al-
most two years, A. D. 52, 53, became the scene of
the apostle's labours. Abiding with Aquila and
his wife Priscilla, because " he was of the same
craft, for, by their occupation, they were tent-
makers," he reasoned both with Jew and Greek.
Though to the one a stumbling-block, to the other
foolishness, he faithfully and fearlessly preached
Christ, and him crucified, in the face of great opposi-
tion and blasphemy. But even in that corrupt city,
the most hopeless, it would seem, that could have
been selected, the Lord had " much people," and
many of the Corinthians, both Jews and Greeks,
believed and were baptized. During his residence
at Corinth, the apostle wrote the Epistle to the
Thessalonians, and planted other churches in Achaia.
2 Cor. i. 1.

Cenchrea, on the eastern side of the isthmus, at
the head of the Savonic Gulf, a bay in the ^gean
Sea, was about ten miles distant from Corinth.
From this place Paul set sail for Caesarea, on his
way to Jerusalem. He landed for a short time at
Ephesus, in company with Aquila and Priscilla; but
hastened on his way to keep the Passover, or Pente-
cost, at Jerusalem, leaving to the church at Ephesus
the promises of a speedy return. After a short
visit, for the fourth time, to Jerusalem since his
conversion, Paul returned to Antioch, apparently in
the spring or summer of A. D. 54. Afteran absence of
about three years, during which time he must have

233

THE LABOURS OF ST. PAUL.

234

travelled by sea and land not less tlian two thousand
five hundred or three thousand miles, and encoun-
tered innumerable perils, hardships, and trials, in
planting many churches.

At this centre of Gentile Christianity, the har-
mony and fellowship of the brethren was sadly
marred by the prejudice of Judaizing teachers from
Jerusalem, who had the address to lead away Peter,
the first apostle of the Gentiles, together with Bar-
nabas, the companion of Paul in his first missionary
tour to these very Gentile nations. Comp. Gal. ii.
11 sq. ; Acts xv. 35. These dissensions gave rise
to a party of false brethren in all the churches, who
failed not to oppose and persecute the apostle in all
his subsequent labours.

THIRD MISSIONARY TOUR. A. D. 54-58.

After a. short time wasted at Antioch in these
unhappy altercations, Paul resumes his missionary
labours with Timothy, having left Silas apparently
at Jerusalem. Pursuing the general course of his
last tour through Cilicia, Lycaonia, Galatia, and
Phrygia, doubtless visiting these churches, he came
to Ephesus. This route would lead him again to his
own early home in. Cilicia, and Timothy to the
scenes of his childhood in Lycaonia.

EPHESUS.

This city now became, for near three years, from
A. D. 54 to 57, the scene of the apostle's labours
and the centre of his missionary operations, during
which time he wrote his Epistle to the Galatians
and the first to the Corinthians, and probably that
to Titus and the first to Timothy. Aquila, Pris-
cilla, Apollos, Tychicus, Timothy, and others, were
also Christian teachers of these privileged Christians
at Ephesus. After the martyrdom of Paul, Ephesus
engaged for some time the pastoral care of John,
the venerable and sole survivor of the disciples of
Christ, who, in his exile in Patmos, addressed to
this church the warning of the Spirit, in connection
with others of the seven churches of Asia. At
Ephesus he is also supposed to have written both
bis Gospel and his Epistles.

The city was situated in Ionia, on the western
coast of Asia ]MiQor, upon the south bank of the
Cayster, sixty miles north from the isle of Patmos.
It was a very ancient centre of commerce and city
of great wealth, wholly given up to idolatry. The
great goddess Diana was its tutelary divinity. Her
temple, four hundred and twenty-five feet in length
and two hunlred and twenty in width, was adorned
16

with a colonnade of one hundred and twenty-seven
columns of Parian marble, sixty feet in height. The
several columns of this colonnade were each the
gift of as many monarchs. This was burned the
same night that Alexander the Great was born, Oct.
13-14, B. c. 356, by Herostratus, who could think of
no means so efi"ectual to give him an immortal fame
among men. By this sacrilegious act he gained for
all time the distinction of an immortal infamy. The
temple was rebuilt with equal magnificence, and be-
came one of the seven wonders of the world. The
worship of Diana was connected with magic arts
and oriental superstitions respecting the efiicacy of
charms and amulets. These Paul confronted by
miracles closely allied to these amulets, healing dis-
eases by handkerchiefs laid upon them, so that the
name of the Lord Jesus was magnified.

The city was built upon heights overlooking the
harbour and the surrounding plains, to which it gra-
dually extended. The harbour itself is now a pesti-
lential morass, and the city is in utter ruins, but some
traces of its ancient magnificence remain. The theatre
where the maddened multitude assembled on the
occasion of the uproar caused by Demetrius the
craftsman. Acts xix. 21-41, still remains in ruins
sufficiently distinct to indicate its ancient magnifi-
cence and vast extent. It was built on the slope of
a lofty hill, and could afford convenient seats for thirty
thousand persons. What a scene of confused and
fanatical uproar, " when the whole multitude, with
one accord, rushed into the theatre, and all about the
space of two hours cried out, Great is Diana of
the Ephesians I"

During his residence at Ephesus, Paul appears to
have made a visit to the church at Corinth to cor-
rect the licentiousness into which the converts there
had fallen in conformity with the custom of the city.
This journey is not recorded, and probably occupied
but a short time. Having now preached not at Ephe-
sus alone, but almost throughout all Asia, he next
visited the churches of Macedonia, A. D. 57 or 58.

Proceeding northward along the coast, apparently
by sea, to Troas, one hundred and fifty miles, Paul
tarried, week after week, in anxious expectation of
the return of Titus, whom he had sent to Corinth
with the epistle to that church. Sailing from Troas,
he landed at Neapolis ; and probably proceeded to
Philippi to refresh his troubled spirits, in commu-
nion with this affectionate, faithful church. Here
he had the happiness to welcome Titus on his return
from Corinth, and to learn that his letter to this de-
generate church had been well received and attended
with the desired effect.

From Macedonia he wrote his second Epistle to

235

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

236

the Corinthians, and soon after proceeded from ]Ma-
cedonia to visit them the third time. 2 Cor. xii. 13 ;
xiii. 1.

After visiting the churches of Philippi, Thessalo-
nica, and Beroea, he appears to have penetrated into
the interior as far as Illyricum on the west of Mace-
donia. Rom. XV. 19. From Illyricum, he proceeded
to Corinth, where he tarried some three months, dur-
ing which time he wrote his Epistle to the Galatians,
to recover them, if possible, from the apathy and
apostasy into which they had suddenly and surpris-
ingly fallen.

While at Corinth, where he tarried three months,
the apostle also wrote to the church at Rome by the
hands of Phebe, a deaconess of the church at Cen-
chrea, a widow of consideration and wealth, about to
sail to Rome on private business.

From Corinth, he purposed to sail, on his return,
to Jerusalem ; but, in consequence of a conspiracy
of the Jews against his life, he returned up the
coast, through Beroea and Thessalonica, to Philippi,
from whence he set sail for Troas.

RETURNING VOYAGE, A. D. 58. SPRING.

After administering the Lord's supper at Troas,
which he now visited for the third time, and restor-
ing to life a young man who had been killed by fall-
ing from an upper story in his sleep during the
preaching of Paul, Acts xx. 7-12, the apostle pro-
ceeded on foot to Assos, opposite the island of Les-
bos, about twenty miles south from Troas, where
he was joined by his party, who came by sea to this
port, now a miserable village built high upon the
rocks. He sent the ship around Cape Lectum to
Assos — " for thus had he arranged, intending him-
self to go afoot." He hastened, therefore, through
the southern gate, past the hot springs, and through
the oak woods — then in full foliage — which cover
all that shore with greenness and shade, and across
the wild watercourses on the western side of Ida.
Such is the scenery which now surrounds the travel-
ler on his way from Troas to Assos. The great dif-
ference then was, that there was a good Roman
road, which made St. Paul's solitary journey both
more safe and more rapid than it could have been
now. We have seldom had occasion to think of the
apostle in the hours of his solitude. But such hours
must have been sought and cherished by one whose
whole strength was drawn from communion with
God, and especially at a time when, as on this pre-
sent journey, he was deeply conscious of his weak-
ness, and filled with foreboding fears. There may
have been other reasons why he travelled from

Troas to Assos on foot ; but the desire for solitude
was doubtless one reason among others. The dis-
comfort of a crowded ship is unfavourable for devo-
tion ; and prayer and meditation are necessary for
maintaining the religious life even of an apostle.
That Saviour, to whose service he was devoted, had
often prayed in solitude on the mountain, and crossed
the brook Kidron to kneel under the olives of Geth-
semane. And strength and peace were surely sought
and obtained by the apostle from the Redeemer, as
he pursued his lonely road, on Monday morning, in
the verdure and fragrance of spring, among the
oak woods and the streams of Mount Ida.

Mitylene, where the ship's company appear to
have landed for the night, was on the east side of
Lesbos, about thirty miles from Assos.

From Mitylene they sailed a distance of forty or
fifty miles by Chios, the modern Scio, ever memora-
ble for the atrocious butchery of the inhabitants by
the Turks in 1822, and thence, an equal distance,
unto Samos, an island lying near the coast of Ionia,
below Ephesus.

Trogyllium was on a promontory of the mainland
across the narrow strait at this place, about one mile
wide, that separates it from Samos. Trogyllium was
on the ridge of Mycale, the scene of the victory
of the Greeks over the Persians. Miletus was still
farther south, twenty-eight miles from Ephesus.

Fearing to trust himself at Ephesus, lest he
should be detained too long by the afiectionate im-
portunity of his friends, and unwilling to leave
them without an affectionate salutation, he made an
appointment with the elders of Ephesus to meet
him at Miletus, a very ancient city, seventeen iniles
below Trogyllium, at that time old and decaying, now
in ruins. The broad bay, where her shipping once
lay, is now a pestilential morass. Here, with the
most affectionate counsels and prayers, he bade them
adieu, fully impressed with the conviction that they
would see his face no more.

From Miletus, a straight course of forty miles
south, brought the apostle along the coast of Caria
to Coos, the seat of the famous medical school of Est-
culapius. At the distance of fifty miles south-east,
he made the celebrated harbour of Rhodes, famous
for the colossal statue of bronze which had stood
astride the entrance, and between whose feet vessels
were wont to come into port under full sail. At
this time, it was prostrate, having been overthrown
by an earthquake. The city has been renowned,
from remotest to latest history, for her commerce
and her ship-building.

" No view on the Levant is more celebrated than
that from Rhodes toward the opposite shore of Asia

237

THE LABOURS OF ST. PAUL.

238

Minor. The last ranges of Mount Taurua come
down in magnificent forms to the sea ; and a long
line of snowy summits is seen along the Lycian
• coast, while the blue sea between is an unruffled ex-
panse of water under a blue and brilliant sky."*
Across the glad waters of this dark-blue sea, the
apostle's course now lay north-east to Patara — the
port of the ancient city of Xanthus, on the coast
of Lycia, once celebrated for its walls, its theatre,
and an oracle of Apollo that almost rivalled that of
Delphos. Vast and imposing ruins of the theatre
still remain, and above it a singular pit with a square
column, which is supposed to have been the secret
shrine of the oracle, whence proceeded those enig-
matical, lying responses, which were received as the
voice of the god. The harbour is now an inland
marsh, generating poisonous malaria, and the shore
a " desert of moving sand."

At Patara the party, for reasons that do not ap-
pear, took another ship and sailed the same day for
Tyre, 400 miles distant, on the coast of Phoenicia, in
Syria. Here Paul tarried seven days, during which
time he "broke bread" with the disciples, who
affectionately urged him to desist from going up to
Jerusalem, but finding him unalterably fixed in his
purpose, the brethren, with their wives and children,
attended him out of the city to the place of embar-
cation, where they kneeled down upon the shore and
prayed; and then, taking a final and affectionate
leave of them, Paul and his party set sail down
the coast for Ptolemais, the ancient Accho, Akre, or
Acre, and the disciples returned in sadness to the city.

Acre is almost thirty miles below Tyre, and eight
north of Mount Carmel. This town, the key of
Syria, is more strongly fortified than any other in
the country. The appearance of its defences is still
formidable, notwithstanding all the vicissitudes of
war which it has survived. It stands on an angular
promontory jutting into the sea. The walls are in
many places double ; and those on the land side are
protected by strong out-works of mounds with fac-
ings of stone.

Age after age Acre has flourished and fallen into
decay, with the alternations of peace and war. It
was the stronghold of the crusaders; and was be-
sieged by Bonaparte. In 1832 it sustained a siege
of six months against Ibrahim Pacha, during which
thirty-five thousand shells were thrown into it.
Again, in 1840, it was bombarded by the English
fleet, and was reduced by the explosion of the pow-
der magazine, by which two thousand soldiers were
hurried into eternity without a moment's warning.

» Conybeare and Howson's Life of St. Paul.

The manufacture of glass is erroneously said to have
been discovered here.

After tarrying here one day with Christian
brethren, Paul proceeded by land down the coast by
Mount Carmel, thirty or thirty-five miles, to Cajsa-
rea, where he and his party were entertained in the
bouse of Philip the evangelist, one of the seven
deacons, who, twenty-two years before, had ex-
pounded the Scriptures to the Ethiopian eunuch;
and whose family now consisted of four daughters,
" who did prophesy." This was Paul's third visit
to Caesarea. Compare Acts ix. 30, xviii. 22. Here,
prophetically admonished of the bonds and imprison-
ment that awaited him at Jerusalem, his com-
panions and the disciples of Caisarea earnestly be-
sought him, with many tears, not to go up to Jeru-
salem ; to Avhich he firmly replied, " What mean ye
to weep and break my heart ? for I am ready not to
be bound only, but also to die at Jerusalem for the
name of the Lord Jesus." Perceiving that none of
these things would move him, his Christian friends
desisted from further entreaty, saying, with submis-
sive sadness, " The will of the Lord be done !"

Thus ended at Jerusalem the apostle's third mis-
sionary tour, in the spring of A. D. 58, in which he
had been occupied four years, almost three of which
he had spent at Ephesus.

With this tour he ended his ministry in the East.
How extensive the travels, how vast the results of
the missionary labours of this great apostle in the
East ! Within a few years he had traversed the
countries of Arabia, Palestine, Syria, and most of
the provinces of Asia Minor, Macedonia, Achaia,
and Corinth, together with the island of Cyprus,
preaching everywhere the gospel of the grace of
God, testifying both to Jew and Gentile, repentance
and faith in Christ, and establishing churches, over
all of which he had watched with more than pa-
rental tenderness.

The next day after his arrival at Jerusalem, Paul,
with his companions, visited James the brother of
our Lord, at whose house the presbyters of the
church were assembled. They listened with great
interest to his account of the effects of the gospel
among the Gentiles. But James called his atten-
tion to the fact, that a great number of Jews who
believed on Jesus as the Messiah, and were yet
zealous and strict observers of the Mosaic law, were
prejudiced against him ; for those Judaizers, who
everywhere sought to injure Paul's ministry, had
circulated in Jerusalem the charge against him,
that, not content with releasing the believing Gen-
tiles from the observance of the Mosaic law, he had
required of the Jews who lived among them not

239

TEXT BOOK AXD ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

240

to circumcise their children, and not to observe the
law.

This charge, so brought forward, was certainly
false ; for Paul combated the outward observance of
Judaism only so far as the justification and sanctifi-
cation of men were made to depend upon it.

As by this accusation the conduct of Paul would
be presented in a false light, and since he was far
from being such an enemy to Judaism as his adver-
saries wished him to appear, he declared himself to
be ready, according to the proposal of the assembly,
to refute that charge by an overt act, by taking part
in the Jewish rites in a manner which was highly
esteemed by pious Jews, He joined himself to
four members of the church, who had undertaken a
Nazarite's vow for seven days. He submitted to
the same restraints, and intimated to the priests that
he would be answerable for the expense of the offer-
ings that were to be presented on the accomplish-
ment of the purification. But though he might
have satisfied by this means the minds of the better
disposed among the Jewish Christians, the inveterate
zealots among the Jews were not at all conciliated.
On the contrary, they were only more incensed, that
the man who, as they said, had everywhere taught
the Grentiles to blaspheme the people of God, the
Law, and the Temple, had ventured to take a part
in the Jewish ritual. They had seen a Gentile
Christian, Trophimus, in company with him, and
hence the fanatics concluded that he had taken a
Gentile with him into the temple and defiled it. A
violent tumult instantly arose, and Paul was rescued
from the enraged multitude only by means of the
Roman tribune, who hastened to the spot with a
band of soldiers from the Arx Antonm, the quar-
ters of the Roman garrison, adjacent to the temple
on the north. The remaining incidents of this visit
are detailed in Acts xxiii.

ANTIPATRIS.

Antipatris, to which he was conducted by a strong
escort on his way to Csesarea, was a town built by
Herod the Great on the plain of Sharon, some dis-
tance from the coast, eighteen miles north from
Lydda, twenty-six south by east from Csesarea, and
about thirty-eight north by west from Jerusalem.
It is now a Muslim, village, built entirely of mud,
on a slight circular eminence, without any old ruins,
or the least relic of antiquity.

The ruins of an ancient Roman road still conduct
the curious traveller securely along the route over
which the apostle was subsequently conducted by a
Roman escort from Jerusalem to Antipatris. This

road was undoubtedly, at that time, the principal
line of travel and transportation between the city
and the coast of the Mediterranean.

The forebodings of the apostle's friends, and his •
anticipation of bonds and imprisonment, were soon
realized. His arrest and miraculous deliverance from
the mob and conspirators are detailed from Acts
xxi. 18 to chap xxiv.

After lingering two years in confinement at Cassa-
rea, he was permitted to proceed on his way to
Rome, to prosecute his appeal before the governor.

VOYAGE TO ROME. A. D. GO OR 61.

In going to Rome, the usual way was to embark
for some port in Asia Minor, and there take passage
for Italy, because it was not easy to find a ship that
might sail from Caesarea direct for Rome ; the
centurion accordingly, who had St. Paul in charge,
in the autumn of 60 or 61 sailed in a ship then in
port from Adramyttium, a seaport of Mysia, on the
eastern shore of the ^gean Sea, opposite to Lesbos,
at that time a flourishing city. Directing their
course northward along the coast, they passed by
Tyre and touched at Sidon, seventy-eight miles
from Cassarea; from Sidon the ship still stood to
the north, because the strong westerly winds that
prevail at this season prevented a more direct course
to the westward. Sailing under Cyprus on the left,
and having the sea of Cilicia and Pamphylia on the
right, she would be favoured by land-breezes from
the coast of Asia Minor, as well as by a current
that sets strongly to the westward along this coast.
By these means she had a prosperous run to Myra,
in Lycia ; this was an ancient port, of considerable
importance, two or three miles from the coast, com-
manded by an acropolis, which was ascended by a
flight of steps cut out of the solid rock.

Here the centurion and his prisoner embarked on
board a ship of Alexandria for Italy, but the same
baflJing winds from the west now greatly impeded
their progress, so that they were " many days" be-
fore they came over against the port of Cnidus, on
the south-west extremity of Asia Minor, in the pro-
vince of Caria, at the distance of not more than
150 miles from Myra. But the wind not suffering
them to enter this port, it only remained for them
to change their course and sail south toward the
island of Crete.

Passing by Salmone, the eastern promontory of
this island, they were enabled to coast along the
south shore of Crete to Fair Havens, a roadstead
which afforded them anchorage, near the unknown
port of Lasea. From this point they were exposed

241

THE LABOURS OF ST. PAUL.

242

to the north-west wiuJs, by reason of a bold turn of
the coast to the north. The winter was now near at
hand, and the season of safe navigation passed. The
prevailing winds and the thick and stormy weather
made the navigation of these seas, in winter, without
chart or compass, extremely hazardous. Paul's
earnest advice, therefore, was to winter there, but
'' because the harbour was not commodious to winter
in," his advice was overruled; and, improving a
gentle south wind that blew, they set sail, hoping
to make Phenice, a harbour on the coast, farther
west, not well identified, which, according to the
historian, opened, ^^ looked" to the south-west and
north-west. It is supposed to have been not more
than forty miles from Fair Havens.

They had, however, but just set sail before they
were struck by a violent north-east wind, enroclydon,
which drove them to seek shelter under the south
shore of Clauda, now the island of Gozzo, about
twenty miles south-west by west from Fair Havens,
where, Math great difiiculty, they were enabled to
take in and to secure their hoat, Acts xxvii. 16, a
precaution which they had omitted at the outset be-
cause the weather was then mild, and they expected
to be at sea but a few hours. Here they under-
girded the ship; and, fearing lest they should be
driven into the quicksands of the coast of Africa,
they headed into the wind and lay to, in seamen's
phrase, carrying as much sail as might be needful
to steady the ship, and let her drift at the mercy of
the elements. Verse 15. Being exceedingly tossed
with the tempest, the next day they lightened the
ship, and the third day they were obliged to relieve
it still more by throwing overboard the furniture of
the ship, such as beds, chests, tables, and the like.

The terrible tempest lying on them many days,
as they wei-e driven up and down in an unknown
sea, while neither sun nor stars appeared, just as the
whole company are abandoning themselves to utter
despair in view of inevitable death, Paul, on the
fourteenth day, stands up in the midst of them and
encourages them to take some sustenance, assuring
them that he had been warned by an angel of God
that they must be shipwrecked on some island, but
that God, in answer to his prayers, had given him
all them that sailed with him. About midnight the
same day they found themselves drifting near to some
coast ; then, casting anchor, and throwing overboard
their lading to ease the ship and save her from
driving upon the breakers, they anxiously waited
for the morning, when they succeeded in running
the ship aground, where she went to pieces, and the
whole ship's company, 276 souls, "■ some by swim-

ming, some on boards and broken pieces of the ship,
escape safe to land."

The place of the shipwreck proved to be a bay on
the north-east side of Melite, Malta, now known as
St. Paul's Bay, an inlet about two miles deep and
one mile broad. The distance from Clauda is 476
miles, which, according to the computation of nauti-
cal men, is just about the distance which a ship
would drift in the time specified ; and her course,
west by north, is just that which she would make,
the wind E. N. E.

The island of Malta lies in the Mediterranean,
about sixty miles south from Cape Passaro, in Sicily.
It-is sixty miles in circumference, twenty in length,
and twelve in breadth. Near it, on the west, is a
smaller island, called Gozzo, about thirty miles in
circumference. Malta has no mountains or high
hills, and makes no figure from the sea. It is natu-
rally a barren rock, but has been made in parts
abundantly fertile by the industry and toil of man.

After lingering here three months during the win-
ter, A. D. 60-61, and working many miracles, they
sailed to Syracuse, a large, wealthy, and beautiful city
on the east coast of Sicily, about eighty miles from
Malta. It is said to have contained a million of inha-
bitants, and still has a population of two hundred and
forty thousand. The cathedral of the city, it is said,
was a temple of Minerva, twenty-five hundred years
ago.

Ehegium, where they next landed, is in the ex-
treme south of Italy, opposite Messina, on the north-
east point of Sicily. Between these places is the
strait of the fabulous Scylla and Charybdis. A
favourable south wind the next day carried them
through this famous strait to Puteoli, on the Bay
of Naples, eight miles north-west from the city of
Naples, and one hundred and eighty north from
Fihegium. Puteoli, now Pozzuoli, a miserable, de-
caying town, was at this time the principal port
south of Rome. It received nearly all the trade of
Alexandria, and a great part of that of Spain.
Dating from a remote antiquity — probably from the
third century of Rome — it rose under the Roman
republic and empire to a luxury and magnificence
second only to that of the imperial city. Its mild
climate, its picturesque situation, its abundant
fruits, its mineral and salt baths, its marine pro-
ducts, rendered it the favourite resort of the wealthy
citizens of Rome, and it probably vied with Hercu-
laneum and Pompeii in the magnificence of luxury
and the elegance of vice. Here the great men of
Rome had their villas; here Cicero and Virgil had
their schools; here Caligula and Nero had their

243

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

244

palaces ; and of all these the ruins, in piles of brick,
welded together with imperishable cement, may yet
be traced along the shore where Paul landed after
his shipwreck at Malta. The very spot can be iden-
tified, for at that time there existed a long mole, or
pier, which broke the force of the waves and afforded
vessels a safe landing. Here the ship in which
Paul came must have made fast, and the ruins of
this pier may yet be seen. The mole on which the
apostle landed at Puteoli still stretches its ruins into
the blue waters of the bay. The remains of the
Italian villas, whose marble porticos he then beheld
glittering in the sunset — his first specimen of Italian
luxury — still are seen along the shore. The Lu-
crine lake, filled with oyster-beds for the luxurious
tables of Rome, the baths of Baiae, the Stygian lake
Avernus, and Sibylline Cumae, famous in classic
song, were also near.

From Puteoli to Rome, 150 miles, the journey of
the apostle was along the Appian Way, on the great
line of communication with the metropolis, through
classic ground, consecrated by the genius of Virgil,
of Horace, and of Cicero. At Formiae he passed the
favourite retreat of the great orator from the turmoil
of the political world, where he fell by the hand of
assassins.

At Appii Foriim, forty miles from Rome, at
the head of the canal which drained the Pontine
marshes, the apostle was met by a delegation of
Christians from Rome ; and at the Three Taverns,
ten miles farther, he was welcomed by a second
group of brethren, who had come out to accompany
him to the city. The affectionate salutations of
these Christian friends greatly refreshed the wearied
spirits of the prisoner, so that " when Paul saw the
hrethren he thanked God and took courage."

Appii Forum, the terminus of the canal across
the Pontine marshes, was a low, sickly place, a
station for the mules and muleteers who were em-
ployed on the canal. Horace has given a vivid
description of this vile place, filled with these canal-
men, and villanous knaves.* The scene of this holy
man, the aged apostle, a despised captive in the midst
of this motley and vulgar crowd, worn down with
hardships and fatigue, dejected and disgusted with
their coarse vice and vile speech, suddenly saluted
by Christian friends, and rising into a transport of
joy, giving thanks to God and taking fresh courage —
this scene, fit for a painter's pencil dipped in the
colours of heaven, presents one of the most touching
passages in the eventful life of the great apostle.

The report of Festus and Agrippa, confirmed as it

* Differtum nautis, cauponibus atque malignis. — Sat. i. 5. 4.

must have been by the centurion who had con-
ducted Paul to Rome, appears to have made a
favourable impression respecting him. He was ac-
cordingly treated with more indulgence than tlio
other prisoners. He was allowed to have a private
dwelling, to enjoy the free intercourse of his friends,
and to correspond with those that were absent.
Only a single soldier attended him as guard, to
whom, according to the military custom of holding
one under arrest, he was fastened by a chain on the
arm.

Three days after his arrival he began his benevo-
lent labours, with the Jews first ; and continued, for
two full years, while detained as a prisoner, to
receive all who came to him, " preaching the king-
dom of God, and teaching those things which con-
cern the Lord Jesus Christ, with all confidence, no
man forbidding him." Acts xxviii. 17, 31.

During his confinement at Rome, from A. D. 61
to 63, the apostle continued his labours for the con-
version of men and in the care of the churches.
In these labours he was assisted by Luke, his fel-
low-traveller and biographer; by Timothy, his be-
loved son in the faith ; and by Tychicus, his former
companion.

It is particularly interesting to notice that Mark,
from whom he had unhappily separated twelve
years before, is here also the faithful assistant and
fellow-labourer of Paul.

The fruits of Paul's ministry were gathered from
every condition — from the humblest to the highest^ —
from Caesar's household to bondman and slave. One
of his most interesting converts was a fugitive slave,
who, escaping from Philemon, Paul's fellow-labourer
in the church of the Colossians, had wandered away
to this common receptacle of vagabonds and adven-
turers. The return of this Christian slave to his
master gave occasion for the Epistle to Philemon,
to commend him to his master's kindness. At the
same time he also wrote his Epistles to the Colos-
sians and to the Ephesians.

During Paul's captivity at Rome, the church at
Philippi sent Epaphroditus with contributions, as
a token of their fond affection and noble liberality,
which he had occasion frequently and gratefully
to acknowledge. The return of this "brother and
companion in labour," A. D. 62, was the occasion of
his writing his Epistle to the Philippians.

Here Luke's history of the labours of Paul ab-
ruptly terminates, but he is believed, after his trial
and acquittal, to have again passed through Mace-
donia to Philippi and Ephesus; to have ministered
again for some time to this church, to have visited
the churches in Asia, Smyrna, Sardis, Hierapolis,

245

THE LABOURS OF ST. PAUL.

246

Colosse, and Laodicea, Philem. xxii. ; Philip, ii. 24;
then to have fulfilled his cherished desire of preach-
ing the gospel in Spain, where he spent two years,
from A. D. 64 to 66, and once more to have returned,
on a hasty visit, to the churches of Asia Minor.
After leaving Timothy at Ephesus, he again went
over to Macedonia, from whence he set sail for
Crete, where he left Titus to complete his lack of
service with these churches.

From Macedonia, before going to Crete, he wrote
his First Epistle to Timothy, A. D. 67, to encourage
and aid him in his struggle with the heretical teach-
ers at Ephesus.

From Crete he seems yet again to have visited
Ephesus, and from that place to have written his
Epistle to Titus, in the autumn of A. D. 67, and
from thence to have gone down to Miletus, 2 Tim.
iv. 20, whence he sailed for Corinth, purposing to
spend the winter of A. D. 67-8 at Nicopolis, in Epi-
rus. Tit. iii. 12. In this summary we have adopted
the conclusions of Conybeare and Howson, without
assuming to decide upon the correctness of their
reasoning.

NICOPOLIS.

This " City of Victory" was built by Augustus,
to commemorate his victory at the battle of Actium
100 years before Paul's visit It stood upon the
site occupied by his land forces before that battle.
" A long lofty wall spans a desolate plain ; to the
north of it rises, on a distant hill, the shattered scena
of a theatre ; and, to the west, the extended though
broken line of an aqueduct connects the distant
mountains, from which it tends, with the main sub-
ject of the picture — the city itself, on a low and
swampy plain."

Here, on this field of battle and of victory, our
Christian warrior, more "august" than imperial
Cassar, who proudly bore this name, ended his war-
fare and returned to Rome, not in triumph, to
secure a corruptible crown, but in bonds, to await an
incorruptible. He had fought the good fight, and
his triumph was complete.

When arrested at Nicopolis by the Roman autho-
rities, he was forsaken by Demas " for love of this
present world," and by Crescens, the one retiring to
Thessalonica, the other to Galatia; and Titus, we
may charitably hope for better reasons, withdrew
up the coast to Dalmatia.

Luke remained faithful, and accompanied his
master through the perils of wintry seas to encoun-
ter fiercer terrors at Rome as "a malefactor."
2 Tim. ii. 9. Paul was sought out, with difficulty

and danger, and refreshed by Onesiphorus and a few
faithful friends, among whom was Claudia, the
daughter of a British king. 2 Tim. i. 16; iv. 21.

A terrible persecution was now raging under Nero,
that brutal monster that disgraced the throne of
Caesar ; and Paul, in calm and certain expectation
of his death, writes from his cell his final letter to
Timothy, in the vain hope that he might come to
him before his martyrdom.

A hasty form of trial soon ended in the sentence
of death by decapitation, and the aged apostle, de-
siring to depart and be with Christ, was led forth,
from the southern gate, to execution, upon the road
to Ostia, the port of Rome, to suffer like his Lord,
" without the city."

How eventful his life ! in labours most abun-
dant, in prisons frequent, in deaths oft; four times
scourged with forty stripes save one, thrice beaten
with rods, once stoned, thrice shipwrecked, a day
and a night in the deep, in journeyings oft ; in peril3
of waters, in perils of robbers, in perils by his own
countrymen, in perils by the heathen, in perils in
the city, in perils in the countiy, in perils in the
wilderness, in perils in the sea, in perils among false
brethren; in weariness and painfulness, in watch-
ings often, in hunger and thirst, in fastings often,
in cold and nakedness, — besides the care of all the
churches that pressed daily upon him. No wonder
the aged apostle, after such a pilgrimage, worn
down with such hardships, such ceaseless toil, such
exhausting cares, pants for the repose of heaven.
According to his desire, so it is granted to him.
Heaven is already let down into his soul. Its tri-
umph is begun. The crown of glory which is just
settling on his head, sheds its divine radiance on
the victor's brow and fii-es his eye, while he ex-
claims, "I am now ready to be offered, and the
time of my departure is at hand. I have fought a
good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept
the faith. Henceforth there is laid up for me a
crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the right-
eous Judge, shall give unto me."

The friends of Paul, like the disciples of John,
" took up his corpse and laid it in a tomb," one of
those subterranean labyrinths, at once the sepulchres
of the dead and the sanctuaries of the living ; which
in these troublous times sheltered so many of the
saints of God, and enshrined their sacred dust.
Eusebius informs us that the name of Paul remained
in one of these cemeteries even to his day. A lofty
sepulchral pyramid, by the Ostian road, is still
standing, unshattered by the waste of so many ages^
as it stood then calmly overlooking the scene of his
martyrdom, as if reared to be, in all time, a lone

247

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

2iS

monument of this atrocious crime. The ground is
now used as the burial-place of English Protestants.
Thf' clods that drank the blood of the sainted mar-
tyr may now enwrap the body of some Christian

stranger, whose ransomed spirit, in deep communion
with that of the great apostle, now tastes the full
bliss of heaven, where the wicked cease from troub-
ling and the weary are at rest.

CHAPTER III.

PATMOS AND THE SEVEN CHURCHES.

The "isle that is called Patmos," where John
was in exile for the word of God and for the testi-
mony of Jesus Christ, is a small island in the JEgean
Sea, eighteen or twenty miles south-south-west from
Samos, and forty or fifty west by south from Miletus.
It is a rocky, barren island, exceedingly irregular,
deeply indented by bays and gulfs, which afford
several good harbours, of which one on the north
side is chiefly frequented by shipping and occupied
by a few shops and houses. The principal town is
built on the summit and the steep sloping sides of
a high hill which overlooks the harbour, the ascent
of which is by steep, narrow, and difficult streets.

The hermitage and grotto of St. John is halfway
down the hill on a jutting rock, where, according to
tradition, John, " in the spirit, on the Lord's day,"
saw the visions of God which completed the mighty
roll of prophecy, that for a thousand years had been
unfolding, and closed and sealed up the communica-
tions of God to man.

The monastery of St. John, a strong old castle of
the eleventh century, crowns the top of the moun-
tain on which the town is built. The terrace of the
castle presents a fine view of the island, with its
rugged hills, its silent, sequestered glens, rocky pro-
montories, and deep retiring bays, piercing on every
side its rock-bound shores. The entire population
of this island is 3000 or 4000.

The following extract is from the diary of the
Rev. Mr. Brewer, American missionary to the Le-
vant, who visited Patmos in 1831 : —

" We had earnestly desired to be in the ' isle

called Patmos on the Lord's day.' With all

our efforts, however, to expedite the voyage, and
offers of a reward to our indolent Greek boatmen, it
was not until near midnight that our little bark
slowly made her way from the east around its rocky
promontories and a projecting shoal. The hour and
circumstances all were favourable for deepening the
impressions one would wish to cherish on visiting
so hallowed a spot. As we drew near the shore the
extreme stillness of the scene was broken in upon

by such multitudes of sea-fowl which the gentle
movements of our vessel disturbed, that we were
ready to conclude none but a solitary hermit at
most could be a tenant of the place. But when we
came to anchor in the principal haven, we could dis-
cern, by the light of the moon, a considerable num-
ber of the magazines and hahlialia, or storage and
grocery shops, that abound in the towns, and espe-
cially at the scalas, or landing-places in the Levant.
Farther distant also were dwelling-houses, and the
neatly whitewashed chapels, which impart so pic-
turesque an appearance to many of the Greek islands.

"When the morning dawned, the monastery of
St. John was to be seen rising, like a castle, on the
summit of one of the highest hills, from the midst
of a walled town of 400 or 500 houses. Halfway
up the mountain were several buildings in a ruinous
state, around and covering what the tradition of the
island affirms to be the very spot where the favoured
disciple 'was in the spirit,' and in the visions of
earth beheld the glories of heaven. Without either
crediting or totally rejecting the truth of such tradi-
tionary testimony, it was sufficient for us that we
were doubtless in the same harbour which he en-
tered, and were looking out upon the same general
scene on which his eyes rested, when gazing in the
direction of his persecuted flock, now left without a
shepherd.

" Venerable old man ! what a sweet and holy in-
terest is attached to his history. His youthful days
had been spent on the banks of the Jordan, and
around the secluded lake of Gennesaret. There, in
the humble employment of a fisherman, he continued
with James, his brother, until at the Saviour's call
they arose, left all, and followed him to 'become
fishers of men.' "

THE SEVEN CHURCHES.

On the map No. VII. may be noticed three large
islands, Lesbos, Chios, and Samos, lying off the
western coast of Asia Minor, over against the pro-

249

PATMOS AND THE SEVEN CIIUrtCIIES.

250

viaces of Lydia and Caria, at the distance of about
forty miles from each other. Opposite these islands
are seen four rivers emptying into the sea. First in
order from south to north is the Meander, then the
Cayster, the Hermus, the Caicus. Of these the
Meander and the Hermus are the most considerable,
being about 200 miles in length. Miletus, already
mentioned, was at the mouth of the Meander.
Laodicea is in the interior, on a branch of the
Meander, less than 100 miles from Miletus. Hiera-
polis is ten or fifteen miles north-east from Loadicea,
and Colosse fifteen or twenty east by south from it.
Ephesus is on the Cayster, near forty miles north of
Miletus, and Smyrna forty miles farther north, near
the Hermus. Sardis is fifty miles from Smyrna, in
the interior on the Hermus, and Philadelphia thirty
miles farther east, on a southern branch of the Her-
mus, and Thyatira about the same distance north
from Sardis on another branch of the Hermus.
Pargamos again is sixty miles north-north-east from
Smyrna.

EPHESUS.

Ephesus, the first of the apocalyptic churches, has
been already noticed. Her ruin is now complete,
and in her overthrow we recognise the fall of the
first angel, the extinction of the first candlestick
of the Revelations. Rev. ii. 1-5.

SMYRNA.

Smyrna, the second of these churches, forty miles
north of Ephesus, is on a bay or gulf that sets
inland thirty-five or forty miles, which forms a fine
harbour and safe anchorage for the port of Smyrna.
By reason of these commercial advantages, Smyrna
is still one of the principal cities of Western Asia.
It has a population of 120,000 or 150,000 inhabit-
ants, Greeks, Jews, Armenians, and Franks, who
sustain an extensive and lucrative foreign commerce.
The city is protected by the acropolis of Mount
Pagus, which rises by a bold ascent to an imposing
height, directly north of the city, and is surmounted
by a frowning castle, now considerably dilapidated.
The harbour is much frequented by foreign shipping,
British, French, Austrian, Russian, American, both
merchantmen and ships of war, which are greatly
annoyed by a violent sea-breeze that rolls in a heavy
surf through the day.

Smyrna maintains an active trade with the in-
terior by means of caravans of camels, which are
often encamped in great numbers in the suburbs of
the city. Rev. Mr. Brewer gives the following de-
scription of such an encampment : —
17

" To a stranger from the Western World it is a
great source of entertainment to watch these patient
and friendly animals, as they obey their master's
peculiar call to kneel down for the discharge of their
double burden of merchandise, fruit, coals, or the
like. When about to rest for the night, they are
grouped together in a circle with all their heads
facing outward. In one of the open squares near the
barracks may be sometimes seen, at evening, five
hundred or more. These, with the drivers' tents
pitched by their side, the kindling of fires, and pre-
paration of their evening meal, form a truly Oriental
scene."

The extract subjoined, from another hand, is a
pleasing exemplification of the benevolent attention
with which the Turks provide for the supply of man,
beast, and bird with water : —

" As there is no object of so much consumption
in life, so precious to a Turk as water, so there is
none he takes so much care to provide, not only for
himself, but for all other animals. Before his door
he always places a vessel filled with water for the
dogs of the streets ; he excavates stones into shallow
cups to catch rain for the little birds, and wherever
a stream runs, or a rill trickles, he builds a fountain
for his fellow-creatures, to arrest and catch the fra-
grant current, that not a drop of the fluid should be
wasted. These small fountains are numerous, and
inscribed with some sentence from the Koran, incul-
cating practical charity and benevolence. The be-
neficent man at whose expense this is done never
allows his own name to make part of the inscription.
A Turk has no ostentation in his charity ; his fa-
vourite proverb is, ' Do good, and throw it into the
sea, and if the fish do not see it, ALLAH WILL.'"

Smyrna was the scene of the apostolic labours of
the venerable Polycarp, the disciple of St. John;
and here he sealed his ministry with his blood.

" As he was brought to the tribuaal, there was a
great disturbance on hearing that Polycarp was
taken. When he came near, the proconsul asked
him whether he was Polycarp, and urged him to
deny the faith, saying, 'Reverence thy old age,'
with many other exhortations of like nature, as their
custom is, saying, ' Swear by the fortune of Caesar :'
' Repent, and say, Away with the atheists.' Then
Polycarp, looking with severe countenance upon the
whole company of ungodly Gentiles who were in the
lists, stretching forth his hand to them, and groan-
ing, and looking up to heaven, said, ' Away with
the atheists!' But the proconsul continuing to
urge him, and saying, 'Swear, and I will release
thee, reproach Christ,' Polycarp answered, ^Four-
score and six years have I served him, and he hath

251

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

252

never wronged me at aU ; how, then, can I hlaspheme
my King and my Saviour?' And when the pro-
consul, nevertheless, still insisted and said, ' Swear
by the genius of Caesar,' he answered, ' If thou art
so confident as to expect that I should swear by
what thou callest the genius of Caesar, hear me
freely professing unto thee, I am a Christian!'

" The proconsul then said, ' I have the wild beasts
ready ; to those I will cast thee, unless thou repent.'
He answered, ' Call for them then, for we Christians
are fixed in our minds not to change from good to
evil.' The proconsul added, ' Seeing thou despisest
the wild beasts, I will cause thee to be devoured by
fire, unless thou shalt repent.' Polycarp answered,
' Thou threatenest me with fire which burns for an
hour, and in a little time is extinguished ; for thou
knowest not the fire of the future judgment, and of
that eternal punishment which is reserved for the
ungodly.'

" When the pile was ready, Polycarp, laying aside
his upper garments, and loosing his girdle, endea-
voured also to loose his sandals, which aforetime
he was not wont to do, forasmuch as always every
one of the faithful that was about him contended
who should soonest do it for him. Immediately,
they put upon him the instruments which were pre-
pared for the pile ; but when they would have nailed
him to the stake, he said, ' Leave me thus, for He
who hath given me strength to endure the fire, will
also enable me, without your securing me by nails,
to remain unmovable in the pile.' "

The place of the martyrdom of Polycarp is be-
lieved to have been the theatre, of which some ruins
remain, above the town, under the steepest part of
Castle Hill.

A church of seven members has been organized
within the present year by the American missionaries
at Smyrna.

PERGAMOS.

Pergamos is sixty-four miles north of Smyrna.
It is situated about thirty miles from the sea, on the
north bank of the Caieus, at the base and on the
declivity of three high and steep mountains, which
flank the city on three sides. The middle summit is
the highest, and is crowned by an ancient and deso-
late castle. The town has a population of ten or
twelve thousand.

" The ascent to the castle is quite circuitous, over
a broad, ancient, paved road. Halfway up the hill
is an outwork, consisting of a wall of considerable
length, with frequent towers. A little above this is
a platform intended for a battery, and built entirely
of marble fragments cemented in mortar. The castle

embraces the entire summit of the hill, and includes
a space of about eight acres. Facing the south-east
is a wall of hewn stone, a hundred feet deep, built
into the rock, which helps to form a spacious area,
where, anciently, stood a temple visible everywhere
from the plain of the Caieus, and even from the sea
beyond. On the north and west sides, the descent
is almost perpendicular into a deep, narrow valley.
Through this runs a rivulet, with a great aqueduct
of lofty arches at one extremity, and at the other a
massive pile, filling the whole valley, and forming
with it a naumachia, or place for the exhibition of
sea-fights. When the stream occupied only its na-
tural bed, and the interior was dry, it was probably
used for chariot races and gymnastic exercises. Still
lower down is a work apparently of Koman origin,
being a hollow cylinder of brick, at lest thirty feet
in diameter, for the passage of the rivulet, and, as
some think, answering at one period the purpose of
common sewers, certainly much resembling those of
Rome.

" At the eastern extremity of the hill are remains
of a theatre, whose entrances still are standing. Its
area, however, is filled with houses and small gar-
dens against the sloping sides, where the semicircular
seats rose one above another."

About two centuries and a half before the Chris-
tian era, Pergamos became the residence of the cele-
brated kings of the family of Attalus, and a seat of
literature and the arts. King Eumenes, the second
of the name, greatly beautified the town, and in-
creased the library of Pergamos so considerably that
the number of volumes amounted to two hundred
thousand. As the papyrus shrub had not yet be-
gun to be exported from Egypt, sheep and goats'
skins, cleaned and prepared for the purpose, were
used as manuscripts; and, as the art of preparing
them was brought to perfection at Pergamos, they,
from that circumstance, obtained the name of Per-
ganiena or parchment. Parchment, however, seems
to have been in use at an earlier period with the
Persians and lonians; but it may have been im-
proved and brought into more general use at Per-
gamos. The library remained in Pergamos after
the kingdom of the Attali had lost its independence,
until Antony removed it to Egypt, and presented it
to Queen Cleopatra.

When or by whom the church at Pergamos was
founded is not known. The city seems to have been
exceedingly corrupt — the very seat of Satan, accord-
ing to the Apocalyptic epistle. The fate of the
church at Pergamos is now unknown. The city has
still a population of about 15,000, chiefly Turks.
No missionary efforts have been encouraged here for

253

PATMOS AND THE SEVEN CHURCHES.

254

the restoration of the gospel of Christ. No Antipas
remains a faithful witness for Christ. The church
of St. John is in ruins; and the fanes of Jupiter, of
Diana, of Esculapius, and of Venus, are prostrate
in the dust. The minarets of nine or ten mosques
show that the god of Mohammed almost alone
dwelleth here, where Satan's seat is.

THYATIRA.

This city, the fourth of the seven churches, is be-
tween fifty and sixty miles north-east from Smyrna,
and forty or fifty south-east from Pergamos, in the
midst of an extensive plain, eighteen miles in breadth,
around the head-waters of the northern branch of the
Hermus, and contains a population of 6000 or 7000
inhabitants. In a distant view it appears embosomed
in cypruses, poplar, and other trees, through which
domes and minarets of mosques and dwelling-houses
appear. An amphitheatre of hills rises at the dis-
tance of a few miles behind, from which abundant
streams of water descend to fertilize the gardens and
impart a delightful coolness during the summer
months. The inhabitants are still celebrated, as in
former times, for their skill in the art of dyeing.
They sustain an active trade with Smyrna in wool
and scarlet cloth. Lydia, a seller of purple, con-
verted by the apostle Paul at Philippi, Acts xvi. 14,
15, 40, was a native of this place.

The Christian traveller who visits this place in
search of the ancient city, is requited only with dis-
appointment and vain regrets. He finds nothing
that he can identify with the Apocalyptic church.
The "works, and charity, and service, and faith,
and patience," of this faithful church have no longer
any memorial on earth but the commendation con-
tained in the epistle to the angel of the church in
Thyatira.

Some efforts have been made by the American
missionaries to plant anew the gospel in Thyatira,
who say, " We trust it has taken root in Thyatira,
and if it can be properly watered, we hope for good
fruit."

SARDIS.

The ruins of this celebrated city are found on
the left bank of the Hermus, and at the foot of
Mount Tmolus, about thirty miles south-east from
Thyatira, and a little more than fifty south-east from
Smyrna. The valley of the Hermus and its tribu-
tary, the Pactolus, around the lofty Tmolus, pre-
sents a site of incomparable beauty for a city, be-
neath which Sardis lies entombed, the splendid and
opulent capital of the kings of Lydia, of Croesus, the

last of her kings, and the richest of monarchs.
Cyrus, B. c. 548, with an army of 196,000, con-
quered this voluptuous prince with an army of
420,000, and gathered the richest spoils that victory
ever won from a vanquished foe. The treasure
which Croesus delivered up to Cyrus has been com-
puted at the enormous sum of 631,820,000 dollars.

" I know thy works, that thou hast a name that
thou livest and art dead." As was thus said of the
degenerate church of Sardis, so of the city itself.
A few miserable huts occupy its place. The black
tents of the wandering Turcomans are scattered
through the valley ; the whistle of the camel-driver
now resounds in the palace of Croesus, and the song
of the lonely thrush is heard from the walls of the
old Christian church. Schubert found there only
two Christian millers, in 1836, who spoke nothing
but Turkish. A countless number of sepulchral
hillocks beyond the Hermus, where sleep the dead
of three thousand years, heighten the desolateness
of the spot which the multitudes lying there once
made busy by their living presence and pursuits.
The summit of the Tmolus is bare, rocky, and
snow-clad; a little lower its heights are covered
with wood, and at the base there are high ridges of
earth, and rocks with deep ravines. On one of these
eminences, the sides of which are almost perpen-
dicular, stood the ancient castle of the governors of
Lydia. A concealed, narrow, and steep passage
conducts to the walls, near to which probably is the
place where the Persians appeared before the town.

" Little now remains of the walls of the Acropolis.
Earthquakes, the elements, and time, are fast de-
stroying its crown of glory. Its western side, a
frightful pass of many hundred feet, exhibits pro-
bably a very different appearance from what it did
when besieged by the Persians. Cyrus, we are told,
had offered a reward to the person who should first
mount the wall. One of his soldiers had seen a
Lydian descend for his helmet, which had rolled
down back of the citadel. He tried to ascend there,
where not even a sentinel was placed, and succeed-
ing, the Persians became masters of the place."

The following graphic description of the scenery
of the place by moonlight is given by a recent tra-
veller : —

"Beside me were the cliffs of the Acropolis,
which, centuries before, the hardy Median scaled,
while leading on the conquering Persians, whose
tents had covered the very spot on which I was re-
clining. Before me were the vestiges of what had
been the palace of the gorgeous Croesus ; within its
walls were once congregated the wisest of mankind,
Thales, Cleobulus, and Solon. It was here that the

255

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

256

wretched father mourned alone the mangled corpse
of his beloved Atys; it was here that the same
humiliated monarch wept at the feet of the Persian
boy, who wrung from him his kingdom. Far in the
distance were the gigantic tumuli of the Lydian
monarchs, Candaules, Halyatt^s, and Gryges ; and
around them were spread those very plains, once
trodden by the countless hosts of Xerxes when hur-
rying on to find a sepulchre at Marathon.

''There were more varied and more vivid remem-
brances associated with the sight of Sardis than
could possibly be attached to any other spot of earth,
but all were mingled with a feeling of disgust at the
littleness of human glory ; all — all had passed away.
There were before me the fanes of a dead religion,
the tombs of forgotten monarchs, and the palm-tree
that waved in the banquet-hall of kings ; while the
feeling of desolation was doubly heightened by the
calm sweet sky above me, which, in its unfading
brightness, shone as purely now as when it beamed
upon the golden dreams of Croesus."

PHILADELPHIA.

Philadelphia was about thirty miles south-east
from Sardis, and eighty from Smyrna. From Ephe-
sus the distance is about seventy miles. It still
exists as a Turkish town, covering a considerable
extent of ground, running up the slopes of an irregu-
lar hill with four flat summits, and containing a popu-
lation of 12,000 or 14,000 inhabitants.

" The country, as viewed from these hills, is ex-
tremely magnificent — ^gardens and vineyards lying
at the back and sides of the town, and before it one
of the most extensive and beautiful plains of Asia.
The town itself, although spacious, is miserably
built and kept, the dwellings being remarkably mean,
and the streets exceedingly filthy. Across the sum-
mits of the hill behind the town, and the small val-
leys between them, runs the town-wall, strengthened
by circular and square towers, and forming also an
extensive and long quadrangle in the plain below.

" There are few ruins ; but in one part there arc
still found four strong marble pillars, which sup-
ported the dome of a church. The dome itself has
fallen down, but its remains may be observed, and
it is seen that the arch was of brick. On the sides
of the pillars are inscriptions, and some architectural
ornaments in the form of the figures of saints. One
solitary pillar of high antiquity has been often no-
ticed, as reminding beholders of the remarkable
words in the Ajpocalyptic message to the Phila-
delphia church : ' Him that overcometh will I make

a pillar in the temple of my God ; and he shall go
no more out.' "

LAODICEA.

Laodicea lay south by east from Philadelphia, and
about 100 miles south-east from Smyrna, and 100
east from Ephesus, on the Meander, in the south-west
part of Phrygia, and near Colosse and Hierapolis.
The ruins of the ancient town are situated on the
flat summit of the lowest elevation of the mountain,
which terminates steeply toward the valley of the
Lycus. Many sepulchral monuments and imposing
ruins attest the ancient grandeur of the place. It
is celebrated for a hot spring with remarkable petri-
fying qualities. Here was a Christian church under
the care of Epaphras, Col. iv. 12, 13, and here, ac-
cording to Eusebius, the apostle Philip was cruci-
fied. At a later period famous councils were held
here, whose decrees still remain, but no pen has
recorded the history of this last of the Apocalyptic
churches. It was once a large city, as the ruins
yet extant sufficiently attest. Some of the remains
of the city are a vast aqueduct, two immense theatres,
one of which might have contained 20,000 or 30,000
spectators, an odeon and a circus, which were con-
structed under the patronage successively of Titus,
Yespasian, and Trajan. " It is in a hollow, of an
oblong form, with an area of more than three hun-
dred and forty paces in length, and has twenty or
more ranges of seats remaining entire. Its entrance
was from the east, but at the west end is a vaulted
passage of one hundred and forty feet long, designed
for horses and chariots.

" This coupling together the names of Vespasian,
Titus, and Trajan, on such an edifice, leads a recent
Christian traveller to remark, ' "What painful recol-
lections are connected with this period ! Twelve
years were employed in building this place of savage
exhibitions, and in the first of these years, the tem-
ple of Jerusalem, which had been forty-eight years
in building, was razed to its foundations, and of the
Holy City not one stone was left upon another which
was not thrown down. That abomination of desola-
tion was accomplished by him to whom this amphi-
theatre was dedicated, and may have been in honour
of his triumph over the once favoured people of God.
Perhaps in this very amphitheatre the followers of a
crucified Redeemer were a few years afterward ex-
posed to the fury of wild beasts, by the order of
the same Trajan.' "

" The whole rising ground on which the city stood
is one vast tumulus of ruins, abandoned entirely to
the owl and the fox. This city was so situated as

257

PATMOS AND THE SEVEN CHURCHES.

258

to become the battle-ground of contending parties in
Asia Minor, first under the Romans, and then under
the Turks. It has doubtless suffered also from earth-
quakes. For centuries, we know not how many, it

has been a perfect mass of ruins The name

of Christianity is forgotten, and the only sounds that
disturb the silence of its desertion, are the tones of
the Muezzin, whose voice from the distant village
proclaims the ascendency of Mohammed. Laodicea
is even more solitary than Ephesus ; for the latter
has the prospect of the rolling sea, or of a whitening
sail, to enliven its decay ; while the former sits in
widowed loneliness; its walls are grass-grown, its
temples desolate, its very name has perished. We
preferred hastening on to a further delay in that
melancholy spot, where every thing whispered deso-
lation, and where the very wind that swept impetu-
ously through the valley, sounded like the fiendish
laugh of Time exulting over the destruction of man
and his proudest monuments."

COLOSSE AND HIERAPOLIS.

These two cities, having been in the immediate
vicinity of Laodicea, and associated together by the
apostle Paul, Col. ii. 1; iv. 13, 15, 16, may be no-
ticed in this connection. Colosse is about fifteen
miles east from Laodicea, on the Lycus, not far
from its confluence with the Meander. The huge
range of Mount Cadmus rises immediately behind
the village, close to which there is, in the mountain,
an immense chasm, nearly perpendicular, which
affords an outlet for a wild mountain torrent. The
ruins of an old castle stand on the summit of the
rock which forms the left side of this chasm. There
are some traces of ruins and fragments of stone in
the neighbourhood, but barely sufficient to attest the
existence of an ancient site. The severed heights of
Mount Cadmus rise on the left hand, lofty and per-
pendicular, crowned with forests ; in some parts
clothed with pines, in others bare of soil, with im-
mense caverns and chasms. The mountain torrent
which breaks through the chasm of the Cadmus
finds its way in a few miles to the Lycus. There
are also several other wide and deep watercourses,
worn by the floods of Cadmus, which must at times
be terrific, though their beds are dry in summer.
The Lycus, near Colosse, sinks into the ground,
from which it emerges again at the distance of more
than a mile. Soon after the date of Paul's Epistle
to the Colossians, this city, with Laodicea and Hiera-
polis, were destroyed by an earthquake, but they
were again rebuilt.

Ten or fifteen miles from Laodicea, and about

fifteen from Colosse, stood Hierapolis, the Sacred
Cit^, of which mention is but once made in the New
Testament. Col. iv. 12, 13. Its name, its position,
and its importance, ail are derived from its hot
mineral springs. These waters hold in solution an
immense quantity of the carbonate of lime, which
the waters deposit in the form of incrustations on
every thing with which they come in contact, which
give to the place an appearance singularly unique
and characteristic.

" The springs extend over a considerable surface,
and are of different degrees of warmth. We found,
on trying the principal, that in some places they
were quite as hot as one could comfortably bear.
The quantity of water which flows from them all is
sufficient to form a considerable stream. What are
all their chemical properties, and for what particular
diseases they are most beneficial, is not well known.

"Next to the white cliffs and mineral waters
of Hierapolis, one of the most striking objects is
the field of Sarcophagi, covering, perhaps, the space
of half a mile. These are to be seen both with
and without their lids. Some, too, are sculptured,
and others have inscriptions. A few occur in the
form of a small building with pillars. Many of
them, no doubt, were constructed for those who came
from abroad, to see if, perchance, the flickering lamp
of life might for a little longer ' hold out to burn.'
Along with these houses of the dead, it is pleasant
also to find the remains of two or three Christian
churches, and to feel assured that from the myriads
once here entombed, a few at least shall awake to
everlasting life.

" But the principal ruins are the theatre and the
gymnasium. The former, on the eastern side of the
hill, is in an admirable state of preservation; its
marble seats, thirteen vaulted entrances, and the
proscenium being perfect. Its diameter is about
three hundred and fifty feet. Fragments of sculp-
ture, in Roman rather than Grecian style, lie round
about. The seats are three feet broad, and a foot
and a half high, and had hollow vessels of copper
underneath to reverberate the sound, so that 40,000
persons might hear the performers. Chandler found
in one part of the theatre, a hundred years since, a
short inscription, in which Apollo, the leader, is
prayed to be propitious; and in another compartment,
an encomium in verse, as follows : * Hail, golden
city, Hierapolis ; the spot to be preferred before any
in wide Asia, revered for the rills of the nymphs ;
adorned with splendour.'

" Time would fail, nor would it interest to detail
the numerous ruins which cover an extent of four or
five miles. Removed from the coa&t, they could jiot

(l7iri7SRSlTiri

Yv >*,

259

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

260

be plundered by sea; and wlien tlie healing effects
of the waters no longer derived any aid from pagan
superstition, there were no local causes to raise up a
modern town which should make a demand on its
materials for building."

Gibbon has sketched, with his characteristic force,
the condition of the seven churches. " Of Ephesus
the desolation is complete ; and the temple of Diana,
or the church of Mary, will equally elude the search
of the curious traveller.

'^The circus, and the three stately theatres of
Laodicea, are now peopled with wolves and foxes.
Sardis is reduced to a miserable village. The God

of Mohammed is invoked in the mosques of Thyatira
and Pergamos ; and the populousness of Smyrna ia
supported by the foreign trade of Franks and Ar-
menians.

" Philadelphia alone has been preserved by pro-
phecy or courage. At a distance from the sea, for-
gotten by the emperors, encompassed on all sides by
the Turks, her valiant citizens defended their religion
and freedom above fourscore years, and, at length,
capitulated with the proudest of the Ottomans.
Among the Greek colonies and churches of Asia,
Philadelphia is still erect — a column in a scene of
ruins."

CONCLUSION.

The preparation of this compend was undertaken
in the hope of commending to the reader the study
of the history and geography of the Bible as one
of its most instructive and endearing literary attrac-
tions. By these means especially may the young be
won to a more interested and profitable perusal of
the Word of God, and by his grace may learn what
power divine it has to enrich the mind, to refine the
taste, to rejoice the heart, and to convert the soul.
To each earnest student of the Bible, who, like the
merchantman seeking for goodly pearls, searches for
them on this exhaustless strand, it offers the sure
promise of true riches, while it makes him a wiser,
holier, happier man. Nor can the author of this
humble effort to illustrate one of the attractions of

the Bible, express a purer wish for himself and the
reader of this work than that each may be drawn to
a closer study of the Book of God.

Anoint mine eyes,

holy Dove I
That I may prize

This book of love.

Unstop mine ear.

Made deaf by sin.
That I may hear

Thy voice within.

Break my hard heart,

Jesus, my Lord :
In th' inmost part

Hide thy sweet word.

CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE.

The following Table embodies the results of the investigations of Mr. Browne in his Ordo Saeclorum.
From the Babylonish Captivity the Table is continued from Winer's Realwbrterbuch, and other sources.

I. THE ANTEDILUVIAN PERIOD ; FROM THE CREATION TO THE FLQOD. 1656 YEARS.

B. C.

4102-1.

The first year of the Mundane Era, and of the
life of Adam. Whether the years of Adam
are reckoned from his creation, or from the
expulsion from Paradise, is loft undecided.

Cain and Abel.

Birth of Scth.

Birth of Enos. " Then began men to call upon
the name of the Lord."

Birth of Cainan.

Birth of Mahalalcel.

Birth of Jared.

Birth of Enoch.

Birth of Methuselah.

Birth of Lamech.

Death of Adam, 930 years.

Translation of Enoch, 365 years.

Death of Seth, 912 years. [Bisection of the
period from Adam to the Promise.]

Birth of Noah.

Death of Enos, 905 years.

Death of Cainan, 910 years.

Death of Mahalaleel, 895 years.

Death of Jared, 962 years.

The ark begins to be prepared, (120 years.)

Noah's eldest son is born, (500 years.)

Shorn is born.

Lamech dies, 777 years.

Methuselah dies, in his 969th year.

The Flood, in the 600th year of Noah, 99th
of Shem.

The death of Abel must be supposed to have not long pre-
ceded the birth of Seth, since Eve regarded Seth as the substi-
tute " for Abel, whom Cain slew." In that case there will be
no difficulty in explaining Cain's exclamation, " every one who
findcth me shall slay me." In 120 years after the Creation,
the earth may have had a considerable population.

13L

3972-1.

236.

3867-6.

326.

3777-6.

396.

3707-6.

461.

3642-1.

623.

3480-79

688.

3415-4.

875.

3228-7.

931.

3172-1.

988.

3115-4.

1043.

3060-59

1057.

3046-5.

1141.

2962-1.

1236.

2867-6.

1291.

2812-1.

1423.

2680-79

1536.

2567-6.

1557.

2546-5.

1558.

2545-4.

1652.

2451-0.

1656.

2447.

In the year of the Flood we have the following dates and
numbers : —

Gen. vii. 3-10. A pause of 7 days.
12, 17. Rain 40 days.

24. The waters prevailed 150 days: "at the
end of the 150 days the waters were
abated." viii. 3.
"We must, therefore, arrange the times in this way : —
40 days, to the 10th of the 2d month, (a. m. 1656, b. c. 2447.)
7 days suspense to the 17th day. The Flood begins. Noah
enters the ark.

40 days rain.
110 days the waters prevail.

150 days, ending at the 16th of the 7th month. (17 Nisan,
A. M. 1656, B. c. 2446.)

The year being lun.ar, the interval is in fact but 148 days, or
it was on the 149th day current that the ark rested; but this
discrepancy is of no moment.

viii. 5. The waters decreased till the 10th month, 1st day;
100 days from the ark's resting.

Ver. 6. At the end of 40 days, (10th day of 11th month, t. e.
of the month afterward called Ah, the 5th month,) Noah opened
the window and sent forth the raven and dove.

Ver. 10. Seven days later the dove was sent forth the second
time ; and at the end of another week, the third and last time
—24th of 11th month.

Ver. 13. On the first day of the new year (a week after the
departure of the dove) the face of the ground was dry.

Ver. 14. On the 27th of the second month Noah issues from
the ark, after a sojourn of a lunar year and 10 days, or a com-
plete solar year.

"Shem was 100 years old and begat Arphaxad two years
after the Flood." xi. 10. If these two years are measured from
the beginning of the Flood, so that the birth of Arphaxad lies
in the year 1658, one year after the egress from the ark, the
Table then proceeds as follows : —

II. THE PERIOD OF THE DISPERSION ; FROM THE FLOOD TO THE PROMISE. 430 YEARS.

A. M. B. C.

1657. 2446-5. Noah issues from the ark, 27th of 2d month.

(October or November.)
1G53. 2445-4. Birth of Arphaxad.
1693. 2410-09. Birth of Salah.
1723. 2380-79. Birth of Eber.
261

1757. 2346-5. Birth of Poleg. The earth divided in his days,

(239 years.)
1787. 2316-5. Birth of Eeu,
1819. 2284-3. Birth of
1849. 2254-3. Birth * /

263

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

264

A. M.

B. C.

1878.

2225-4.

1948.

2155-4.

1996.

2107-6.

1997.

2106-5.

2006.

2097-6.

2008.

2095-4.

2026.

2077-6.

2049.

2054-3.

2083.

2020-19

Birth of Terah,

(Terah's eldest son is born.)

Death of Peleg, (239 years.)

Death of Nahor, (148 years.)

Death of Noah, (950 years.)

Birth of Abraham.

Death of Ecu, (239 years.)

Death of Serug, (230 years.)

Death of Terah : Abraham departs to Canaan.

A. H.

2084.
2085.
2086.

B. C.

2019-8.
2018-7.
2017-6.

Abraham in Canaan — after in Egypt.
Separation of Lot.

The war at Sodom, Lot rescued. The Pro-
mise, 15 Niaan, 2016 B. c.

The annexed Table exhibits at one view the contents of the
genealogies in Gen. v. xi., so as to show at the same time the
relative ages of the patriarchs and the contemporary durations
of their lives.

CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE.

B. C.

4102

;»72

:W67

3777

3707

3642

34S0

3415 3228

.3172 3115 3060

3046

2962

2867

2812

2680

2.545

l(;447'2446

A. M.

1.31

23C

326

396

461

461
331
226
1.36

623

~023
493

38S
298

688

688
558
453
363

875

875
745
640
550

931 988 1043
(ph. 930y.)

1057

1141

1236

1291

1423

1558

(?^;!656;iC57

131
1

230

IOC

326

196

396
266
161
71

Seth

8011 858
696 753
6061 663

(ofc.912v.'(

(o?>.906y.)

808
718

822
7.32

Cainan

816|(ofc.910v.)

Mahalaloel

228

293

480

536 593

648

662

746 841

(o6.895y.)

Jared

163

228

416

47 ll 528

573

587

671

760

821

(o6.962y.)

Enoch

253

309 (/r. 365y.)

Methuselah

188

244

301

356

370

454

549

604

736

871

905

(o6.969th)

Lamech

114

169

183

267 362

417

649

684

(ph.llly.)

Noah

85 180

235

367

502

696

600

601

Shem

100

B.C.

iUr,

241(1

2.'»0

2346

2,316

22S4

2254

2225

2155

2107

2106

2097

2095

2077 2054

2020

2007

1995

1977

1945

19.35

1920

1916

A.M.

iCci--

lC9o

1723

1757

1787

~731
230
130

1819

7 a

262
16V

1849

793
292
192

1878

822
321
221

1948

1906

1997
941

2000

(oU)
449
349

2008

50y^
45i
351

2026 2049

2083

526

4?6

2096
639

2108
551

2126
669

2108

2168

2183

21^7

ft '2
101

a??

13(i

C67

166

701
200

ion

892
391
291

940

469

369

492
392

439
,3,39

440

■340

fo6.600T.1

Arphaxad

(06.438 v.l

Pnlah

127

157

186

256

304

305

314

.316

,3.34

3,57

.391

404

410

(o?).433v.)

35
1

65
31

6i;

127
93
63

156
122
92

226
192
162

274 275

284
' 220

286
222

304

(ob.1

327
39y.)

361

374

386

404 436

446 4C1 (oi».464y)

Peleg "

Reu

(ob.2
210

09^

Serup

130

178

179

188

190

208

(o6.230y.)

Xiihor

30 j 100

148

(06. 148v.)

Terah

119

120

129

131

149

172 (06.2

l.'iT.')

Abraham

•^\

42 76

101

119

151

161

(o6.175y.)

Isaac

761 SO

Jafob

16 20

This tabular view is interesting and instructive in several
particulars. It shows that Noah might have received the ac-
count of creation through six equal channels with equal direct-
ness, thus — from Adam through Enos only, or from Cainan or
Mahalaleel, or Jared or Methuselah, or Lamech, his own father.
LamQch was 56 years contemporary with Adam, and 100 years
with Shem ; and Shom again was contemporary for several years
both with Abraham and Isaac. The communication from Adam
to Abraham and Isaac is only through Lamech and Shem.

All the generations from Adam to the Flood were eleven.
Of all these, AdaTh was contemporary with nine, Seth with nine,
Enos ten, Cainan ten, Mahalaleel ten, Jared ten, Enoch nine,
Methuselah eleven, Lamech eleven, Noah eight, Shem and bro-
thers four. Thus there were never less than nine contem-
porary generations from Adam to the Flood, which would give,
in one lineal descent, eighty-one different channels through
which the account might bo transmitted.

Who ever imagined, without making the comparison, that
Shem lived to witness all the glorious things transacted between
God and Abraham ! Who would have supposed that Abraham
and Isaac lived with those who for one hundred years of their
early life witnessed and assisted in the building of the ark ;
who were borne triumphantly in it through the swelling flood,
saw the opening heavens, felt the heaving earth when its deep
foundations were broken up, and heard the groan of a peri.sh-
ing world ! Yet such was the fact. Noah was contemporary

with every generation after him down to Abraham, and Shem
down to Jacob.

Three narrations bring the account to the time when minute
and particular history commences ; and when the art of inscrib-
ing upon papyrus, and probably upon parchment, was under-
stood. The participators in the awful scenes of the flood lived
to see the Pharaohs, the pyramids and obelisks of Egypt, and
probably to have those scenes stereotyped on monuments and
in hieroglyphics which have come down to us. So that wo
have the account, in a manner, second-handed from Shem.

2093.
2018.

2017.

2016.

Abraham born.

Abraham, 75 years old, departs from Haran, to
which place he had previously gone from Ur of the
Chaldees, Gen. xi. 31-xii. 5; comes to Sichem,
thence to a place between Bethel and Ai ; thence
advances southward, and, in consequence of a
famine, descends into Egypt, where he makes
no long stay, xii. Keturns to Bethel. Lot se-
parates from Abraham, xiii. At this time the
cities of the plain were revolted from Chedor-
laomer, to whom they had been subject 12 years,
xiv. 1. Chedorlaomer's invasion, and battle with
the kings of these cities. Abraham rescues Lot.
Melchizcdek blesses him, xiv. : The word OP
THE Lord comes to Abuaiiam : the Promise, xv.

III. THE PERIOD OF THE PATRIARCHS, FROM THE PROMISE TO THE EXODE. 430 YEARS

B. C. 2007. Abraham 86 years.

Tshmael is born, xvi.

'tit renewed ; cir-
v:-ii. of the Three
■A Sodom, xix.

B. c. 1993.

Abraham journeys southward : second denial of
Sarah, xx., (in Gerar.)
Isaac is born, (in Beer-sheba,) xxi. Long sojourn
in the land of the Philistines, ver. 34. Abraham

265

CimONOLOGICAL TABLE.

266

B. c. 1956.

1954.

1934.

1918.
1894.
1870.
1856.

1849.

1842.

1836.

offers up Isaac, xxii. The time is not specified :
the next event is the death of Sarah, 127 years,
(Abraham 137 years,) xxiii.

Isaac marries Rebekah, xxv. 20. Abraham mar-
ries Keturah.

Esau and Jacob born, xxv. Isaac removes to Ge-
rar in consequence of a famine : denies his wife,
xxvi.

Abraham dies, 175 years, xxv. 7.

Esau, 40 years, marries, xxvi. 34.

Ishmael dies, 137 years, xxv. 17.

Isaac, 137 years, blesses Jacob and Esau, 77 years.
Jacob flees to Padan-Aram, xxvii. xxviii. Esau
goes to Ishmael [to his family] and marries his
daughter, xxviii. 6.

Jacob, having served 7 years, marries Leah and
Rachel, xxix. 20-30. Leah bears Reuben, Si-
meon, Levi, and Judah. Bilhah bears Dan and
Naphtali, to Rachel. Zilpah bears Gad and
Asher, to Leah. Leah bears Issachar, Zebulon,
and Dinah.

Rachel bears Joseph, xxx. 25. Jacob serves 6
years for his cattle ; 20 years in all, xxxi. 41.

The departure from Padan-Aram, xxxi. Jacob 97
years, wrestles with the angel, xxxii. Interview
with Esau, xxxiii. Comes to Succoth, and there
builds a house, ver. 17. Hence to Shalem, a city
of Shechem, " When he came from Padan-Aram,
and pitched his tent before the citj', and he
bought a parcel of a field where he had spread
his tent, of the children of Ilamor . . . and he
erected there an altar." xxxiii. 17-20.

B. c. 1836.
1825.

^6ou<1815.

1814.

1813.
1812.

Ab. 1807.

1805.
1804.
1803.

1786.
1732.
1666.
1626.

Between this year and 1825, Jacob is settled at
Hebron.

Joseph's dreams, xxxvii. He is sold into Egypt.
Judah separates from his brethren, and marries
Shuah, xxxviii. Birth of Er, Onan, and Shelah,
1825-1822. Jacob removes from Hebron to
Shechem : the slaughter of the Shechemites by
Simeon and Levi, xxxiv. Jacob departs from
Shechem, and is commanded to remove to Bethel,
XXXV. 1.

Departure from Bethel to Ephrath : Rachel dies in
giving birth to Benjamin, ver. 16-20. Jacob re-
moves to Edar ; thence to Hebron.

Joseph has been some time in prison, xxxix. ;
interprets the dreams of the butler and
baker, xl., (two years before Pharaoh's dream,
xli. 1.)

Isaac dies, 180 years xxxv. 28.

Pharaoh's dream; Joseph advanced ; seven years
of plenty begin, xli.

"Judah took a wife for Er his first-born," xxxviii.
6. Death of Er and Onan. Joseph's two sons
born.

Seven years of famine begin.

First descent of the Patriarchs into Egypt, xlii.

Second visit; Joseph discovers himself; Jacob
and his household descend into Egypt, xlii.-
xlv.

Jacob dies, 147 years, xlvii. 28.

Joseph dies, 110 years, 1. 26.

Moses born.

Moses, 40 years, flees to Midian, Acts vii. 30.

IV. THE PERIOD OF THE WANDERING, FROM THE EXODE TO THE PASSAGE

OVER JORDAN. 40 YEARS.

V. THE PERIOD OF THE THEOCRACY, FROM JOSHUA TO SAMUEL. 450 YEARS.

1545.

to
1540.

B. C. 1546. 10 Nisan, 13-14 April, passage of the Jordan;
circumcision at Gilgal, passover 14 Nisan, 17-18
April, siege of Jericho, 7 days ; war with Ai ;
convocation on Mount Ebal, perhaps at Pente-
cost. Peace with Gibeon; confederacy of the
five kings of the south; their defeat; after
which, in one campaign, Makkedah, Libnah,
Lachish, Eglon, Hebron, Debir, are taken and
destroyed : thus the south is conquered.
Jabin of Hazor and the other kings of the north
are defeated in a battle at Merom. The north is
conquered. This war lasted a long time.
In 1540, after the return to Gilgal, the separate
wars begin, viz. those in which the tribes were
to take possession and exterminate the remain-
der of the Canaanites, especially the Anakim.
" They consulted the Lord, saying, Who shall
go up for us first against the Canaanites, to fight
against them ? And the Lord said, Judah shall
go up first." Judg. i. 1, 2. Caleb claims Hebron,
Josh. xiv. 13. The battle in Bezek, Judg. i.
4—7. Jerusalem is taken and burnt, ver. 8 ; thence
the army, commanded by Caleb, goes to the
highlands ; Hebron and Dobir are taken, ib. 9 ff.
Josh. XV. 14 ff. — Meanwhile Joshua is extermi-
nating the Anakim and other Canaanites from
the highlands of Israel, Josh. xi. 23 S, Thus
18

the subjugation of the land is complete, with
the exception of the parts noted, xiii. 2-6.
B. c. 1539. The convoc.ition at Shiloh ; the Tabernacle erected;
the land divided among the seven tribes, the
boundaries of Judah and Joseph having been
first defined, xviii. xix. The cities of refuge
and of the Levites are assigned; the ti-ans-Jor-
danic tribes dismissed, xx.-xxii.
Ab. 1516. Joshua, 110 years old, holds a convocation of the
whole nation, [at Shiloh, xxiii.] in which he
delivers his parting charge ; the convocation as-
sembles again at Shechem, and renews the cove-
nant. Joshua dies.

The Angel of the Lord rebukes the people at

Bochim, Judg. ii. 1-5.
The people served the Lord all the days of the
elders who outlived Joshua, who had seen all the
great works of the Lord that he did for Israi-I,
ii. 7. "All that generation died, and there arose
another generation after them, which knew not
the Lord, nor yet the works which he had done
for Israel," ib. 10. "The children of Israel did
evil," &c. iii. 7.
The first servitude ; Chushan Rishathaim of
Mesopotamia, 8 years, ib. 8.

1478. The first judge; Othniel, son of Kenaz, ver. 9,
The land had rest 40 years, ver. 11.

A period

about

30 years.

1486.

267

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

268

B. c. 1438. The second servitude ; Eglon of Moab, 18 years,

ver. 14.
1420. The second judge j Ehud,Ter. 16. Rest, 80 years ;

during which time, after the death of Ehud, the

THIRD judge was Shamgar.
1340. The third servitude, Jabin of Canaan, 20 years,

iv. 3.
1320. The fourth judge, Barak, 40 years, v. 21.
1280. The fourth servitude, the Midianites, 7 years,

vi. 1.
1273. The fifth judge, Gideon, 40 years, viii. 28.
1233. Abimelech reigns 3 years, ix. 22.
1230. The sixth judge. Tola, 23 years, x. 1.
1207. The seventh judge, Jair, 22 years, ver. 3.
^ 1185. The fifth servitude, Philistines and Ammonites,

18 years, ver. 7.
1167. The eighth judge, Jephthah, 6 years, xiL 7.
1161. The ninth judge, Ibzan, 7 years, ver. 9.
[1157. Eli, high-priest, 40 years.]
1154. The tenth judge, Elon, 10 years, ver. 11.
1144. The eleventh judge, Abdon, 8 years, ver. 14.

B. c. 1136. The sixth servitude, Philistines, 40 years,
xii. 1.
The twelfth judge, Samson, 20 years, xv. 20.
The birth of Samson was announced during a
time of Philistine oppression, xiii. 5 ; that is,
while the Philistines were oppressing the south
and west, and the Ammonites the east, x. 7. At
the beginning of the sixth servitude, he might
be between 20 and 30 years old.
1117. Autumn. The ark is taken, Eli dies. Somewhat
earlier, Samson is taken ; the ark is in captivity
7 months : restored in the days of wheat-har-
vest, 1 Sam. vi. 1, 13 ; (hence the time of cap-
ture is defined.) The return of the ark must
have preceded Samson's death and the great
overthrow of the lords of the Philistines. Per-
haps the great sacrifice to Dagon, in Gaza, be-
sides its connection with the rejoicing on account
of the capture of Samson, Judg. xvi. 23, may
have been intended as a celebration of the deli-
verance from the plagues, 1 Sam. v. vi.

VL THE INTERMEDIATE PERIOD, FROM SAMUEL TO DAVID AS KING. 40 YEARS.

B. C. 1096. Probably at Passover, (or Pentecost,)

the day of the deliverance at Miz-
peh. Samuel begins to judge Is-
rael.

Ishbosheth born ; Jonathan, older.

David born in one of these years.

In one of these years, Saul, previously
anointed and elected, then rejected,
is, after his victory over the Ammo-
nites, (xi.,) solemnly re-elected. The
time was about Pentecost, xii. 17.

War against the Philistines, xiii.-xv.

Saul sent against Amalek : is proved,
and, being found wanting, is rejected.

David is anointed by Samuel at Bethle-
hem; is sent for to be minstrel to
Saul, xvi.

(After David's return home) the Philis-

Before 1066-1059 tines come out to war at Shochoh;

David slays Goliath, xvii.

David at Saul's court, hated by Saul : he

comes to Samuel, xviii. xix., finally
quits the court of Saul, and goes to

1091-

1086-1079.

1070-1063.

3d of Saul.
4th ?

B. c. 1058, Winter.
29.

1057.

1056, Spring.

the priest Abimelech at Nob; the
same day to Achish at Gath, xx. xxi. :
thence to the cave at AduUam, where
he gathers a company, ixii. 1, 2;
pursued by Saul, who slays Abime-
lech and the priests ; Abiathar escapes
to David; David defeats the Philis-
tines at Keilah, (about harvest:)
flees to Ziph : thence to Engedi,
xxiii. : spares Saul's life, who takes
an oath of him and departs, xxiv.

Samuel dies. David with Nabal, at the
time of sheep-shearing. Saul, again
pursuing David, is a second time
spared by him, and departs, xxvi.
David flees to Achish at Gath, (16
months before the death of Saul.)

David at Ziklag all this year.

The Philistines make war. Saul at En-
dor; is defeated on the following day,
and slays himself. David reigns over
Judah in Hebron, 7 years 6 mouths,
2 Sam. ii. 11.

VIII. THE PERIOD OF THE MONARCHY, FROM DAVID TO THE BABYLONISH CAPTIVITY.

450 YEARS.

B c. 1051. Abner makes Ishbosheth, Saul's son,

king over Israel ; he reigns two years,

ih. 10, then is assassinated, iv. 6.

1049, Autumn. David anointed king of all the tribes,

in Hebron ; takes Jerusalem ; smites

the Philistines, v. j brings the ark

from Kirjath-jearim, vi. 1 Chron. xiii.

David's victories, viii.

The time of Absalom's rebellion must lie at least 9 years

after the birth of Solomon. After Amnon's sin, Absalom waited

two years before he took vengeance, xiii. 23 ; three years after

this he spent in voluntary exile, ih. 38, and, after his return,

four years passed while he was stealing away the hearts of the

people. Hence the time of the rebellion lies after 1036-9 =

1027 B.C.; i. e. in one of the last ten years of David'*
reign.

After the rebellion, the history notes a period of about four
years ; three years of the famine, xxi. ; 9 months and 20 days
of the numbering of the people, xxiv. 8.

B. c. 1036-1032. In one of these years Solomon is born.

After 1027. Absalom's rebellion.

The famine, three years.
The numbering of the people.
David's preparation for the Temple,
1 Chron. xxii.
1018-7. Adonijah's rebellion. Solomon 18

anointed and proclaimed king.
1016 Autumn. David dies.

269

CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE.

, 1013, 1 Nisan,
2 Zif, (20 April.)

1006, 1 Nisan.
Tabernacles.
14th Oct.

B.C.

978
977
976
973
961
960
959
958
957
956

955
944

934
933

4th year of Solomon begins.

Solomon began to build " in the month

Zif, which is the 2d month," 2 Kings

Ti. 1, "in the 2d day of the 2d

month," 2 Chron. iii. 2.
11th year of Solomon begins.
"At the feast in the month Ethanim,

■which is the 7th month/' the Temple

270

is dedicated ; the feast lasted 14 days
in all ; t. e. the feast of Tabernacles
was followed by the feast of Dedica-
tion, 7 days more, 2 Kings viii. 2, 65,
66 ; hence the Temple was finished,
t. e. completed and dedicated on the
1st of the month Bui, which is the
8th month, vi. 38.

JB.R.

1
2
5

17
18
19
20
21
22

23
34

44
45

Jndah.

Last year of Solomon.

Israel.

1 Jeroboam.

1 Rehoboam

1 Abijam
2

1 Asa

2-3

5-6

17-18

18-19

19_20

20-21

21-1 Nadab.
1-2 N. 1 Baasha.

1-2 Baasha.
12-13

22-23

23-24 B. = 1 Elah.

932

1-2 Elah = 1 Zimri.
'=10mri,Tibni

931

1-2 Omri and Tibni.

923

4-5 , 1 Omri sole.

927

6-6 Omri (1-2) <

926

6-7 2-3

921

1-12 (7-8)

1 Ahab

920

1-2

918

3-4

917

1 Jehoshaphat

4r-5

916

6-6

915

6-7

The years b. c. and x. r. bear date from 1 Nisan. The first of Jero-
boam bears date from some point in the year preceding the 1 Nisan
of 1 Rehoboam.

Shishak king of Egypt invades Jem8alem,l Kings xiv.l 5. 2 Chron. xii. 2.

War with Jeroboam all the reign of Rehoboam.

Abijam carries on the war with Jeroboam, 1 Kings xv. 7. His mi.^
raculous victory is related 2 Chron. xiii. The power of Jeroboam is
prostrated.

Baasha slew Nadab and exterminated the house of Jeroboam in 3 Asa,

1 Kings XV. 28.
War between Asa and Baasha.
Zerah, the Ethiopian, invades Judah, and is miraculously discomfited.

The great reformation in Asa's 15th year (3d month) followed by

ten years of rest and prosperity.

Baasha in the 26th of Asa [and last year of his own reign] recom-
mences open hostilities by fortifying Ramah. Asa, by a league
with Ben-hadad, diverts him from his purpose. The Syrians invade
Israel and make conquests. Baasha dies, after a reign of 24 yeaxs,
[ctirrent,'] and is succeeded by Elah, in 26 Asa, who reigns 2 years,
[current,] 1 Kings xvi. 8, and in 27 Asa is slain by Zimei, who ex-
terminates all the house of Baasha, but reigns only 7 days, xvi. 15.
Omri and Tibni, rival kings, xvi. 21, till 31 Asa, when Tibni dies,
and Omri reigns over all Israel.

Omri reigned 6 years in Tirzah, 1 Kings xvi. 23, (932-926.) Then
founded Samaria, ib.

Reigned 12 years [current] in all, ib. Ahab aucc. 38 Asa, «. 29.

Asa diseased in his feet, 2 Chron. xvi. 12, and died after a reign of 41

years, 1 Kings xv. 9.
Jehoshaphat succ. 4 Ahab, xxii. 42.

899 79
893 80

19
20

22 A.-1 Ahaziah.
1-2 Ahaziah.

Jehoshaphat sends Levites to teach Judah the Law, 1 Chron. xvii.
7-9, moved, perhaps, by the apostasy of Israel to Baalism, which
may have begun at this time, 1 Kings xvi. 31-33. Elijah the
Tishbite, 1 Kings xvii. S. At the end of 3 years, the national
worship is restored.
902 76 16 19-20 Ben-hadad besieges Samaria, and is defeated. Ahab spares him,

1 Kings XX. (3 years before Ahab's last year, xxii. 1.) Naboth
the Jezreelite, xxi.

Ahab slain at Ramoth-Gilead, xxii., after a reign of 22 years, [com-
plete,] xvi. 29. Ahaziah succeeds and reigns 2 years, [complete.]
Jehoshaphat reproved by Jehu, son of Hanani, again reforms Judah,

2 Chron. xix. Confederacy of Moab, Ammon, and other tribes
against Jehoshaphat. Miraculous overthrow, 2 Chron. xx. Elijah :

897 81 21 Jehoshaphat 2 A.-l Joram, son of Ahab. fire from heaven, 2 Kings i. Joram, son of Ahab, succ. Ascension

of Elijah, 2 Kings ii. Moab rebels, and is defeated, ib. iii., by the
conjoint forces of Israel, Judah, and Edom. The king of Moab
raises the siege by sacrificing the son of the king of Edom, ib.
(Comp. Amos ii. 1.)

1-2 Elisha's miracles, 2 Kings iv. v. Ben-hadad besieges Samaria ; the

4-5 famine, the plenty, vi. vii. Seven years of famine begins, viii.

1 Joram, son of J. 6-6 Joram, son of Jehoshaphat, succ, son-in-law of Ahab, an idolater. In

Israel, seven years of famine continue, 2 Kings viii. After which,
Elisha is at Damascus, ib. Hazael murders Benhadad. In Judah,
Joram, son of Jehoshaphat, slays all his brethren, 2 Chron. xxi. 4.
Edom and Libnah revolt, 2 Kings viii. 20. He receives a writing

896

893

892

271

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICxVL GEOGRAPHY.

272

B. C. JE. R.

885 93 8 J. = 1 Ahaziah 12 J. -1 Jehu.

884 94 Usurpation, 6 years. 1-2 Jehu.

878 100 1 Joash
867 121 22

856 122 23

760
759
758
767
742
741

218
219
220
221
236
237

7-8

28 J.-l Jehoahaz.

1-2 Jehoahaz.

840 138 39 Joash 17 Je.-l Joash.

839 139 40 1-2 Joash,

838 140 (41 J.) 1 Amaziah 2-3

825 153 14 15

824 154 15 16 J.-l Jeroboam.

810 168 29 14-15 Jeroboam.

809 169 1 Azariah=Uzziah 15-16

783 195 27

772 206 38
771 207 39

60 Uzziah

1 Jotham

740 238
739 239

1 Ahaz

41 Interregnum, or
Anarchy, eleven
years to 772 B.C.

Zechariah.

Shallum, 1 Menahem.

10 M.-l Pekahiah.

1-2 Pekahiah.
2 P.-l Pekah.

1-2 Pekah,

16-17

17-18

18-19
19-20

from Elijah the prophet, 2 Chron. xxi. Philistines and Ethiopian
Arabs take Jerusalem, and take caiitive Joram's wives and sons,
except Jehoahaz = Ahaziah.

Joram of Judah dies of a horrible disease, ib,

Jehu rebels agsiinst Joram, son of Ahab, and kills him. Ahaziah, be-
ing on a visit to Joram, at Jezreel, is slain by Jehu. On the death
of Ahaziah, Athaliah destroyed all the seed royal, except Joash,
who was secreted by his aunt Jehosheba. Athalia's usurpation
lasted 6 years. Hazael oppresses Israel, x. 32.

Joash began to reign 7 Jehu, 2 Kings xii. 1.

Jehu reigned 28 years, 2 Kings x. 36. Succeeded by Jehoahaz in
the 23d of Joash, 2 Kings xiii. 1.

Joash repairs the Temple, xii. 4-16. Hazael and his son still oppress
Israel, 2 Kings xiii. Syrians take Gath, and are diverted from
Jerusalem by a present of the Temple-treasures, xii. 17. Joash
does well all the days of Jehoiada, xii. 2 ; but, after the death of
Jehoiada, he falls into apostasy, 2 Chron. xxiv. 15,

Joash (of Israel) succ. in 39 Joash, 2 Kings xiii. 10. Martyrdom of
Zechariah, son of Jehoida, 2 Chron. xxiv. 20.

Syrians take and spoil Jerusalem, ib. 23, at the end of the year, (j. e.,
after the death of Zechariah.) Joash, left diseased on his bed, is
slain by conspirators, ib. 25, 2 Kings xii. 19, 21. Amaziah succ.
2 Joash, xiv. 1. Israel, brought to extremity by Syrian oppression
in the reign of Jehoahaz, begins to recover. Elisha, dying, promises
Joash three victories over Syria. The miraculous resuscitation at
Elisha's grave, 2 Kings xiii. Amaziah hires mercenaries from Israel
for a war upon Edom, but dismisses them on a reproof from a pro-
phet ,* the Iraelites are incensed, 2 Chron. xxv. Amaziah is success-
ful against Edom, He challenges Joash, is conquered, and Jerusa-
lem is spoiled, ib. and 2 Kings xiv.

Joash d. Jeroboam succ. 15 Joash, 2 Kings xiii. 23.

Amaziah outlives Joash 15 years, 2 Kings xiv. 17, reigned 29 years, ver. 1.

UzziAH.

The revival of prosperity in Israel and Judah. Jeroboam recovers
the whole territory of the ten tribes, according to the prediction of
Jonah, 2 Kings xiv. 25, and Uzziah the whole territory of Judah,
2 Chron. xxvi. 1-15, \Joel prophesies in Judah, Hosea and Amos in
Israel.]

Zechariah b. 38 Uzziah, reigned 6 months, the last of the house of
Jehu, slain by Shallum, 2 Kings xv. 8, who began 39 Uzziah, reigned
1 month, and was slain by Menahem, ib. 13-17. Pul, king of Assyria,
invades Israel, ib. 19. In Judah, Uzziah, invading the priest's oflSce,
is smitten with leprosy, 2 Chron. xxvii. 16. Isaiah begins to prophesy
in the last year of Uzziah.

Pekahiah began 50 Uzziah, reigned 2 years, slain by Pekah. ;2 Kings
XV. 23-26.

Pekah b. 52 Uzziah, reigned 20 years, ib. 27.

JoTHAM b. 2 Pekah, ib. 32. {Micah prophesies concerning Samaria
and Jerusalem.]

Ahaz b. 17 Pekah, 2 Kings xvi. 1. Rezin king of Syria and Pekah of
Israel form a confederacy against him, and invade Judah with intent
to besiege Jerusalem ; it did not come, however, to a siege, 2 Kings
xvi, 5. Isa. vii. 1-9.

After this joint-campaign, Rezin recovered Elath to Syria and ex-
pelled the Jews, 2 Kings xvi. 6, and in that or a subsequent expe-
dition "smote Ahaz and carried a great multitude of captives to
Damascus," 2 Chron. xxviii. 5. Pekah likewise " smote him with a
great slaughter, for he slew in Judah 120,000 in one day, which
were all valiant men." .... "And the children of Israel carried
away captive 200,000 women, sons and daughters :" upon the re-
monstrance of the prophet Oded, the captives were honourably
restored, ib. 6-15. Edom and the Philistines invade Judah at the
same time, ib. 17-19,

273

CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE.

274

B.C.

^. R.

Judali.

738

240

(=20 Jotham,
2 Kings XV. 30.)

730

248

12 Ahaz

727

251

726

252

1 Hezekiah

725

253

723 255 4 Hezekiah
721 257 6

-1 Hoshea.

3-4

4-5

6-6 Pekah.

7-8 Hoshea.

Ahaz sends to Assyria (T. Pileser) for help, ib. 16, 2 Kings xvi. 7.
T. Pileser invades Syria and takes Damascus, ib. 9, also Israel, and
takes Gilead, Galilee, all Naphtali, &c. ib. xv. 29; then Pekah is con-
spired against and slain by Hoshea, ib. 30.

Hoshea " did evil .... hut not as the kings of Israel which were
before him." Shalmaneser invades him and makes him tributary,
2 Kings xvii. 1, 2.

Hezekiah b. 3 Hoshea.

Hezekiah, having cleansed the Temple and restored religion in the
first month, commands a solemn Passover to be holden in the second
month, to which he invites Israel as well as Judah, 2 Chron. xxix. xxx.
" Divers of Ashor, Manasseh, and Zebulun, humbled themselves and
came to Jerusalem." About this time Hoshea revolted, and allied
himself with So (= Sevechus) king of Egypt: " Shalmaneser shut him
up and bound him in prison," 2 Kings xvii. 4, then invaded all Israel,
and besieged Samaria, 4 Hezekiah = 7 Hoshea, ib. 5, xviii. 10, took
it in 6 Hezekiah = 9 Hoshea, ib. 10, and carried away Israel to As-
syria. JEtid of the kingdom of Israel,

SUMMARY OP THE PRECEDING STATEMENTS.

Jndah : from 1 Nisan,

Eehoboam

Abijam

2 = 3 current.

Asa

Jehoshaphat

Joram

7 = 8 current

Ahaziah

Athaliah

Joash

Amaziah

Uzziah

Jotham

Ahaz

15 = 16 current

Hezekiah

Israel : from an earUer epoch.

Sum

257

Jeroboam

Nadab

Baasha

Elah

Zimri, &c.

Omri

Ahab

Ahaziah

Joram

Jehu

Jehoahaz

Joash

Jeroboam

[Interregnum]

Zechariah, Ac.

Menahem

Pekahiah

Pekah

[Interregnum]

Hoshea

Sum

B. C. 2E.. R.

720 258 7 Hezekiah.
to
713

265 14

Hezekiah successful against the Phi-
listines. Rebels against Assyria.
Sennacherib invades Judah, and,
at first, is pacified by a tribute.
Besieges Lachish ; sends Rabsha-
keh to incite the Jews of Jenisa-
lem to revolt, 2 Kings xviii. ; Isa.
xxvi. Besieges Libnah; Tirha-
kah comes against him ; he sends
a letter to Hezekiah, whom Isaiah
comforts. That night, Sennache-
rib's host is miraculously over-
thrown, ib.

712 266 15 Hezekiah's illness and miraculous

recovery; 15 years added to his
life ; Merodach Baladan's em-
bassy, Isaiah reproves Hezekiah
and foretells the Babylonian judg-
ment, 2 Kings XX. ; Isa. xxxviii.-
ix. ; 2 Chron. xxxii.

697 281 1 Manasseh. Manassfh reigns 55 years ; goes an

642 336 1 Anion.

640 338 1 Josiah.

636 342 5

628 350 13

623 355 18 Josiah.

21 = 22 current.

1 = 2

23 = 24

1 = 2

11 = 12

12
23
17
16
41
11

1
10

2
20

257

awful length in apostasy, 2 Kings
xxi. 1-18; 2 Chron. xxxiii. 1-10.
The captains of Assyria tike Ma-
nasseh prisoner to Babylon ; re-
turning thence, he repents and
reforms, 2 Chron. ib. 11-17.

Amon reigned 2 years ; restored idol-
atry; slain by conspiracy, 2 Kings
xxi. 19; 2 Chron. xxxiii. 21.

JosiAH began to reign at 8 years
old, 2 Kings xxii. 1 ; 2 Chron.
xxxiv. 1.

At 12 years old, he began to purge
Judah and Jerusalem from the
high places and idols, 2 Chrou.
xxxiv. 3 fi".

[^Jeremiah begins to prophesy.]

After purging the land, ib. 8, in his
18 years, ib., and 2 Kings xxii. 3,
he begins to repair the Temple ;
the book of the Law is discovered;

275

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPIIY.

276

610 368 31 Josiah.

1 Jehoahaz.

the great Reformation and solemn
Passover, 2 Kings xxii. 10 ff. ;
zxiii. 21 ff. J 2 Chron. xxxiv. xxxv.
1-18.
Josiah, as an ally of the king of
Assyria, joins battle with Pharaoh-
Necho and is slain in the plain
of Megiddo, 2 Kings xxiii. 29;
2 Chron. xxxv. 20, (at Hadadrim-
mon, Zech. xii. 11.) Jehoahaz
(Shallum, Jer. xxii. 10, 11) suc-
ceeding, reigns only 3 months,

B.C. M.S.

609 369

1 Jehoiaklm.

606 372 i Jehoiakim.

2 Kings xxiii. 31. Necho "put
him in bonds at Riblah in the land
of Hamath, that he should not bo
king in Jerusalem," 2 Kings xxiii.
33. Jehoahaz was taken into
Egypt, (2 Kings and 2 Chron. and
Jer. u. s.,) and Pharaoh gave the
throne to Eliakim, changing his
name to Jehoiakim.
Nebuchadnezzar conquers Judea.
Beginning of the seventy years'
captivity.

VIII. THE PERIOD OF THE CAPTIVITY AND OF THE RESTORATION, FROM THE CONQUEST
OF JUDEA TO THE CONCLUSION OF THE CANON OF THE OLD TESTAMENT. 206 YEARS.

B.C.

606

695

690

688

684
636

634

EVENTS IN SACRED mSTOET.

Jerusalem taken by the
Chaldeans ; the temple
plundered ; Jehoiachin
and many Jews carried
captive, (among them
Ezekiel.)

Zodekiak king.

Ezekiel appears as a pro-
phet in Babylonia.

Daniel in the Chaldean
court.

The inclination of Zedekiah
to seek aid from Egypt,
occasions an invasion by
the Chaldeans. Jerusa-
lem besieged. Labours of
the prophet Jeremiah.

Jerusalem taken and de-
stroyed. Zedekiah put to
death. The greater part
of the Jews carried to Ba-
bylon.

Gedaliah appointed govern-
or of Judea by the Baby-
lonians, is murdered after
two months. Many Jews
flee into Egypt. Jere-
miah accompanies them.

Last deportation of the Jews
to Babylon.

The exiled Jews receive per-
mission from Cyrus to re-
turn to Palestine. The
first company, Jews and
Levites, return. Zerub-
babel. Jeshua.

Building of the temple be-
gins.

The Samaritans, excluded
from taking part in build-
ing the temple, malign at
thePersian court the Jews.

STNCHRONISMS.

Psammuthis II. reigns in
Egypt.

Vaphres or Hophra (after

590) reigns in Egypt.
Solon in Athens.

In 586 or 585, Nebuchad-
nezzar begins the siege
of Tyre. The ruler in
Tyro is Ethbaal.

Cyrus ascends the Medo-

Babylonian throne.
Pisistratus. Pythagoras.
Croesus in Lydia.

534. Tarquinius Superbus
becomes king at Rome.

529. Cyrus.* Cambyses,
king of Persia.

525. Egypt and the neigh-
bouring countries con-
quered by the Persians.

B.C.

634

520

616

EVENTS IN SACKED HISTORY.

458

445

400

The building of the temple
is interdicted by a royal
decree.

The building of the temple
proceeds. The prophets
Ilaggai and Zechariab.

The temple completed and
dedicated.

485, Esther, Mordecai.

A second company of Jews,
under Ezra, arrive in Pa-
lestine.

Nehemiah, royal viceroy in
Palestine. Confirms and
arranges the civil and re-
ligious affairs.

Nehemiah comes the second
time to Palestine (not be-
fore 414?) and reforms
abuses.

The prophet Malachi.

A Jewish priest, who had
married "a strange wo-
man," banished.

End of the canon of the
Old Testament.

STNCHRONISMS.

522. Smerdis, a Magian, as

cends the Persian throne.

Cambyses.*
521. Smerdis is murdered.

Darius Hystaspes, chosen

king.

510. Tarquinius Superbus
banished. Borne a re-
public.
Xerxes, king of Persia.
492 seq. Wars of the Per-
sians and EuropeanGreeks.

480. Xerxes and Leonidas

at Thermopylae.
Themistocles.
465. Xerxes murdered. Ar-

tabanus. Artaxerxes Lon-

gimanus.
460 seq. Age of Pericles at

Athens.

451. Laws of XIL Tables

in Rome.
Sybaris, in Italy, peopled

by a Greek colony.
Herodotus.

424-3. Xerxes II., Sogdi-
anus, and Darius Notlms,
successively kings of Per-
sia,

Alcibiades. Socrates.

Xenophon. Plato.

404. End of Peloponne^ian
war.

IX. THE PERIOD OF JEWISH HISTORY FROM THE CONCLUSION OF THE CANON OF THE
OLD TESTAMENT TO THE CHRISTIAN ERA. 400 YEARS.

B.C.

EVENTS IN JEWISH mSTOIlT.

BTNCHRONISMS.

400

404 to 336. The kings in
Persia are Artaxerxes
II., Mnemon, Artaxerxes
Ochus, and Arses.

360. Philip, king of Mace-
don. Aristotle. Demos-
thenes.

336. Alexander, king of

Macedon.

* The mark thus (*) indicates the^eatb of the person with
whose name it is connected.

B.C.

332

EVENTS IN JEWISH HISTORY.

About this time Samaritan
temple on Gerizim built,
.according the Joscphus.

BYNCHRONISMS.

335. D.arius Codomannns,
king of Persia.

333. Alexander marchet
against the Persians. Bat-
tle near Issus, Darius de-
feated.

332, Alexander besiege*
and takes Tyre, and en-
ters Jerusalem. Alexan-
dria in Egypt founded.

U77

CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE.

278

EVENTS TS JEWISH HIBTORT.

STNCHROinHMS.

Onias, high-priest of the
Jews.

Ptolemy I. Lagns, viceroy of
Egypt, occupies Jerusa-
lem and Palestine. Many
Jews voluntarily go to
Egypt. Jews also migrate
to Lybia and Cyrene.

Antigonus seizes on Phoe-
nicia and Palestine, but
thereby brings on a war
with Ptolemy.

Ptolemy Lagus, now king,
retakes Palestine. Simon
the Just, high-priest.

Jews remove into Sjrria, and
obtain the rights of citi-
zenship, especially at An-
tioch.

Translation of the LXX.

Eleazar high-priest.
Wars between Egypt and
Syria afflict Palestine
also. Antigonus Socho
the writer.

Onias II., surnamed the
Just, high-priest, (Josh.
Ant 12, 4 1.)

.S31. Persians again de-
feated by Alexander, near
Guagamela.

330. Alexander enters Per-
sia Proper. End of the
Persian monarchy. Da-
rius killed in flight.

323. Alexander.* The con-
flicts of his generals be-
gin with each other. Lao-
medon viceroy of Syria.

The democratic element in
Rome seeks to place itself
on an equality with the
aristocratic.

318 seq. War between Eu-
menes and Antigonus, for
the supremacy in Asia.

315. Eumenes killed. An-
tigonus retains the supre-
macy, and expels Scleu-
cus, viceroy (after 321) of
Babylonia.

312. Seleucus again takes
Babylonia and Media.
Beginning of the era of
the Seleucidae.

306. Antigonus assumes the
title of king. The other
viceroys follow his ex-
ample.

302. Antigonus attacked by
Seleucus, Ptolemy Lagus,
Lysimachus, and Cassan-
der.

301. Battle near Ipsus.

Antigonus loses the battle
and his life, in the 12th
year of his rule over Asia.
Syria falls to Seleucus,
(Nicator,) and Phoenicia
and Coele-Syria to Ptole-
my.

300. Antioch founded; soon
also many other cities in
the provinces of Syria.

284. Ptolemy Lagus.* Pto-
lemy II. Philadelphus
king.

284 seq. .^tolian league
in Greece ; alongside of
which, soon after, is the
Achsean league.

281. Seleucus murdered.
Antiochus I. Sotcr, king.

281 seq. War of the Romans
with Pyrrhus ; the former
for the first time carry
their arms to countries
beyond the sea.

264-41. First Punic war.
Romans create a naval
force.

262. Antiochus II. Deus.
Arsaces, viceroy in Par-
thia, revolts and founds a
Parthian kingdom, 256.
Berosus, the Babylonian
historian. Manotho, au-
thor of the Egyptian Dy-
nasties, about 260.

247. Ptolemy IIL Euer-
getes, king of Egypt.

245. Seleucus Callinichus'
unfortunate war with the
Parlhians.

240 seq. Beginnings of Ro-
man literature.

226. Seleucus Ceraunus.

221. Antiochus the Great.

221. Ptolerav IV. Pb;lopa-
tor kiug of E^ypt.

B.C.

218

2ir

202

199

198

193

176

175

172

167

166

EVSKTS m JEWISH HISTORT.

Antiochus the Great, in war
with Egypt, seizes the
greater part of Palestine.

Palestine again underEgyp-
tian rule. Third Book of
Maccabees.

Simon IL high-priest.

Antiochus again takes Pa-
lestine, and transplants
many Jews from Babylo-
nia to Asia Minor.

Egyptians again conquer

Palestine.

Antiochus takes Palestine
once more, but promises
to return it to Ptolemy
Epiphanes, as a marriage
dowry to his daughter,
whom Ptolemy marries.

In consequence of this mar-
riage, Palestine reverts
to Egypt.

Palestine subjected to Syria.
Son of Simon II. high-
priest. Heliodorus at-
tempts to plunder the
temple.

Jason, brother of Onias,
purchases for himself the
high-priest's office, and
becomes head of the
" Greek" party among the
Jews.

The high-priest's office
transferred to Menolans,
(Onias,) who, later, plun-
ders the treasures in tfi^
temple.

Antiochus Epiphanes, in-
formed of the rebellious
conduct of the Jews,
plunders the temple, and
causes great slaughter
among the Jews.

A Syrian army under Apol-
lonius seize Jerusalem
and inflict great cruelties
on the Jews. Worship
of Jehovah abolished. A
statue of Jupiter Olympus
set up in the temple. In-
surrection of a part of the
Jews under Mattathias.

Mattathias.* His son Ju-
das a successful leader of
the Jewish patri<its. Suc-
cesses ngnir.st the Sy-
rians.

STWCHHONISMS.

218. Ptolemy Philopator is
attacked by Antiochus.

Second Punic war begins.

217. Egyptians utterly de-
feat Antiochus, near Ra-
phia.

217, 16. Hannibal victori-
ous in Italy.

216. Romans defeated near
Canna).

214. Syracuse besieged by
the Romans. Archimedes.

204. Ptolemy V.Epiphanes.
Antiochus allies himself
with Philip of MacedoD
against Egypt.

Romans enter Africa under
P. Corn. Scipio.

202. Phoenicia, Coele-Syria,
and Palestine, occupied
by the Syrians.

Hannibal defeated near
Zama.

201. End of the Second

Punic war.
198. Antiochus defeats the

Syrians near Paneas.

192. Antiochus wars with
the Romans, but,

190, is defeated by them
near Magnesia, and is,

189, compelled to consent
to a disgraceful peace.

The .^tolian League dis-
armed by the Romans.

187. Antiochus the Great
killed. Seleucus IV. Phi-
lopator king.

180. Ptolemy Philometor
still a child. The Jews in
great honour in Egypt,
Jos. Ap. 2. 5.

175. Seleucus murdered.
Antiochus IV. Epiphanes
king, possesses Coele-Sy-
ria and Phoenicia.

171. Antiochus IV. begins a
campaign against Egypt.

170. Ptolemy Philometor
taken prisoner by the Sy-
rians. Ptolemy Physcon
assumes the government.

169. Roman poet Ennius.*

168. Ptol. Phil, liberated,
reigns in connection witli
Ptol. Physcon.

Perseus, king of Macedon,
submits to the Romans ;
Macedonia a republic, but
acknowledged by the Ro-
mans as free.

Romans interdict Antiochus
from all hostile acts to-
ward Egypt.

166 seq. Terence in Rome.

279

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

280

EVENTS IN JETTISn HISTORT .

Jerusalem taken by the
Jews. Temple purified.
First offering on the 25th
of Chisleu.

Judas head of the country,
and even undertakes ope-
rations against the neigh-
bouring tribes.

The Jews besiege the for-
tress in Jerusalem. A
Sj'rian army enters the
land. Antiochus makes
peace with Judas.

Alcimus, head of the Greek
party, is confirmed as
high-priest by Demetrius,
and is introduced by a Sy-
rian army. Judas is de-
feated by the Sj'rians and
slain. Jonathan takes his
place as leader.

Alcimus suddenly dies.
Jews live some years in
peace with the Syrians,

Jonathan, going over to
Alexander's party, is
named high-priest by
him.

Jonathan, as an ally of
Alexander, takes the field
ajcainst Demetrius.

Jonathan goes over to De-
metrius, and is confirmed
as high-priest by him ;
but the Syrians still hold
the fortress at Jerusalem.
Jonathan sends troops to
Demetrius against the
Antiochian party who had
revolted, but soon de-
clares for Antiochus.

Jonathan taken prisoner by
Tryphon. Simon, leader
of the Maccabees ,• Jona-
than soon after murdered.

Simon joins Demetrius, and
proclaims the people free
from tribute. First year
of Jewish freedom. Peace
and returning prosperity
to the Jews.

Fortress at Jerusalem falls
into Simon's hands.

Simon becomes hereditary
prince of the Jews.

Simon allies himself with
Antiochus Sidetes, but is
soon attacked by him. A
Syrian army under Cen-
dobseus, defeated by the
Jews.

SYNCHRONISMS.

163 seq. Ptolemy Physcon
e.xpels Ptolemy Philome-
tor, but is himself ba-
nished by the Romans to
Lybia and Cyrenaica.
Philometor alone, again
king of Egypt.

163. Antiochus Epiph. dies;
is succeeded by Antiochus
V. Eupator.

162. Eupator compelled to
meet an irruption into Sy-
ria by Philip, his former
guardian.

Onias, a Jewish priest, ob-
tains permission for the
Jews to build a temple at
Leontopolis. A Jewish
central divine worship is
there established, accord-
ing to Eusebius, b. c. 161.

Dcm. Soter causes the death
of Eupator, and ascends
the Syrian throne.

152. A rival king, Alexan-
der, (Balas,) appears in
Syria.

151. Alexander conquers
Demetrius, and becomes
king.

150. Ptolemy Philom. gives
his daughter as queen to
Alexander of Syria.

149. Third Punic war be-
gins.

148. Macedonia becomes a
Roman province.

147. Demetrius II. Nicator,
son of Demet. just men-
tioned, seeks the Syrian
crown, and makes war on
Alexander.

146. Carthage taken and
destroyed by the Romans.
Corinth destroyed by L.
Mummius,and Achaia be-
comes a Roman province.

Polybius, the historian.

Ptolemy Philometor invades
Syria, ostensibly to aid
Alexander, but declares
immediately for Deme-
trius. Alexander flees to
Arabia, and is there mur-
dered.

145. Ptol. Physcon, king of
Egypt to 116.

145. Antiochus VI. is set
up by Tryphon as rival
king to Demetrius, and in

144 gets possession of the
throne.

143. Tryphon causes An-
tiochus to be murdered,
and himself ascends the
throne.

Demetrius and Tryphon
reign in Syria, having
made a division of the
country.

140. Demetrius is taken
prisoner in a war with the
Parthians.

138. Antiochus VIT. Si-
detes contends for the Sy-
rian throne. Tryphon is
killed in flight.

135

129

127

110
109
106

102

EVEKTS IN JEWISH HISTORY.

Simon, with the knowledge
of Antiochus, killed. John
Ilyrcanus becomes high-
priest and leader of the
Jews. Jos. Ant. 13. 8 seq.

Hyrcanus attacks the Idu-
means.

He sends ambassadors to
Rome to renew his alli-
ance with the Roman
power.

He takes Samaria after a
year's siege.

Ilyrcanus dies after a reign
of 26 years.

Under his government the
three principal Jewish
sects, the Pharisees, the
Sadducees, and the Es-
senes, are supposed to
have first appeared, but
their exact epochas are
not known.

Alexander Jannasus, king
of the Jews, makes an alli-
ance with Cleopatra, and
takes some places in Pa-
lestine.

The Jews revolt against
him, but he subdues them.
He wages several wars
abroad with success. His
subjects war against him
during 6 years, and in-
vite to their assistance
Demetrius Encenes, king
of Syria.

Alexander Jannseus takes
the cities of Dion, Gerasa,
Gaulon, Seleucia, &c.

Alexander Jannajus dies,
aged 49 years.

Alexandra, his queen, suc-
ceeds him.

Alexandra dies. Hyrcanus,
her eldest son, and bro-
ther of Aristobulus, is
acknowledged king.

Reigns peaceably 2 years.

Battle between Hj-rcanus
and Aristobulus.

Pompey comes to Damas-
cus, and orders Aristobu-
lus and Hyrcanus to ap-
pear before him. Hears
the cause of the two bro-
thers, and decides in fa-
vour of Hyrcanus, who
is made high-priest and
ethnarch, but is deprived
of the regal dignity.

Aristobulus withdraws into
Jerusalem, and maintains
the city against Pompey,
who besieges it. The city
and temple taken. Aris-
tobulus taken prisoner ;
Judea reduced to its an-
cient limits, and obliged
to pay tribute to the Ro-
mans.

Pompey takes Jerusalem.
Judea becomes a Roman
province. The Jewish
nation loses its inde-
pendence and the faniilj'
of Asmoneans (the illus-
trious, a title borne by
the Maccabees) its royal
dignity.

STXCimONISMS.

131. Antiochus Sidetes
goes to war against the
Persians.

106. Judas, otherwise called
Aristobulus or Philel-
len, succeeds John Hyr-
canus, and associates his
brother Antigonus with
him in the government.

91. The social war begins
and continues 3 years,
until finished by Sylla.

89. The Mithridatic war
begins and continues 26
years.

88. The civil wars of Ma-

rius and Sylla begin and

continue 6 years.
86. Sylla conquers Athens,

and sends its valuable

libraries to Rome.

82. The death of Sylla.

66. Mithridates conquered
by Pompey in a night
battle. Crete is subdued
by Metellus after a war
of 2 years.

65. The reign of the Se-
leucidoo ends in Syria on
the conquest of the coun-
try by Pompey.

63. Catiline's conspiracy
detected by Cicero.

The first triumvirate, in the
persons of Julius Caesar,
Pompey, and Crassus.
About this time flourished
Terentius Varro, Cicero,
Catullus, Sallust, Ac.

End of the kingdom of
Syria.

Augustus, afterward empe-
ror, is born.

58. Cicero banished from
Rome, and recalled next
year.

55. Cfesar passes the Rhine,
defeats the Germans, and
invades Britain. Ptole-
my Auletes, king of
Egypt, by money induces
Gabinius to come into
Egypt to restore him to j
his throne. AVhiie Ga-

CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE.

282

EVENTS IN JEWISH HISTOKT.

Antipater governor of Ju-
dea

Antipater, by order of Hyr-
canus, joins Mithridates,
who was going into
Egypt with succours for
Caesar, and assists him in
reducing the Egyptians.

Cassar, having finished the
war in Egypt, comes into
Asia; confirms Hyrcanus
in the high-priesthood.

Antigonus, son of Aristobu-
lus, remonstrates to Cae-
Bar ; but Caesar is preju-
diced against him by An-
tipater. Antipater takes
advantage of the indo-
lence of Hyrcanus ; makes
his eldest son, Phazael,
governor of Jerusalem ;
and Herod, another of his
sons, governor of Galilee.

Herod is summoned to Je-
rusalem to give an ac-
count of his conduct, but,
finding himself in danger
of being condemned, re-
tires to his government.

Hyrcanus sends ambassa-
dors to Julius Caesar to
renew alliance, which is
received in a manner ad-
vantageous to the Jews.

Herod and Phazael, te-
trarchs of Judea. Anti-
gonus, son of Aristobu-
lus, gathers an army ; en-
ters Judea ; prevails with
the Parthians to place
him on the throne of
Judea.

Herod, fleeing to Rome, is
constituted king of Judea.

SYNCHROinSMS.

binius is in Egypt, Alex-
ander, son of Aristobulus,
wastes Judea. Gabinius
defeats him at the foot of
Mount Tabor.

54. Crassus succeeds Gabi-
nius in the government
of Syria. Crassus, passes
into Syria and finding
the province quiet, makes
war against the Par-
thians.

53. He comes to Jerusalem
and takes great riches
out of the Temple. He
marches against the Par-
thians — is defeated and
killed by Orodes.

52. Cassius brings the re-
mains of the Roman
army over the Euphrates,
takes Tirhakah, and
brings from thence over
30,000 Jewish captives.

50. Civil war between Caj-
sar and Pompey.

49. Julius Caesar, making
himself master of Rome,
sets Aristobulus at liber-
ty and sends him with
two legions into Syria.
Those of Pompey's party
poison Aristobulus.

Scipio slays young Alexan-
der, son of Aristobulus.

The battle of Pharsalia.

48. Alexandria taken by
Caesar.

47. The war of Africa.
Cato kills himself. This
year is called the year
of Confusion, because the
calendar was corrected by
Sosigenes, and the year
made to consist of 15
months, or 445 days.

44. Caesar killed in the se-
nate-house at Rome.

43. The battle of Mutina.
The second triumvirate,
in Octavius, Antony, and
Lepidus. Cicero put to
death.

42. The batUe of Philippi.

B.C.

20
19
14

11
10

EVENTS IN JEWISH HISTORT.

He takes Joppa, and then
goes to Massada.

Takes Jerusalem after a
year's siege. Antigonus
surrenders himself to So-
sius, and is beheaded at
Antioch by the order of
Antony. End of the
reign of the Asmoneans.

Ananel made high-priest.

By the influence of Alex-
andra his mother, Aristo-
bulus is made high-priest.

Aristobulus is drowned in a
year by order of Herod.

Ananel is again high-priest.

Hyrcanus is put to death by
Herod.

Herod goes to Rome to
make his court to Augus-
tus; obtains the confirma-
tion of the kingdom of
Judea.

Herod puts to death his
wife Mariamne, daughter
of Alexandra,

Herod undertakes several
buildings, contrary to the
religion of the Jews.
Builds Caesarea of Pales-
tine.

Augustus gives Trachonitis
to Herod.

Herod undertakes to rebuild
the Temple of Jerusalem.

He comes to meet Agrippa,
and engages him to visit
Jerusalem.

Divisions in Herod's family.
Salome, Pheroras, and
Antipater at variance
with Alexander and Aris-
tobulus.

Herod goes to Rome and
accuses Alexander and
Aristobulus at Augustus.

Csesarea, the city built by
Herod in honour to Au-
gustus, is dedicated.

Herod takes treasure from
the tomb of David.

An angel appears to Zacha-
rias. The conception of
John the Baptist.

Annunciation of the incar-
nation of the Son of God
to the Virgin Mary.

Birth of John the Baptist
six months before the
birth of Christ.

STNCnUONISMS.

39. Pacorus, general of Par-
thia, defeated by Venti-
dius, 14 years after the
disgrace of Crassus, and
on the same day.

36. Pompey the younger
defeated in Sicily by Oc-
tavius.

32. Octavius and Antony
prepare for war.

31. The battle of Actium,
2d September. The era
of the Roman emperors
properly begins here.

First year of the sole so-
vereignty of Augustus in
the Roman empire.

30. Alexandria taken, and
Egypt reduced to a Ro-
man province.

27. Octavianus becomes
emperor of Rome, with
the title of Csesar Augus-
tus.

25. The Egyptians adopt
the Julian year. About
this time flourished Vir-
gil, Maecenas, Horace,
Livy, TibuUus, Ovid, <fec.

22. The conspiracy of Mu-
rasna against Augustus.

21. Augustus visits Greece
and Asia.

The year of Virgil's death.

19. The year of Horace's
death. Sent. Saturninus
proconsul in Syria.

17. The secular games cele-
brated at Rome.

8. Augustus corrects the
calendar by ordering the
12 ensuing years to bo
without intercalation. —
About this time flou-
rished Damascenus, Hy-
ginus, Flaccus the gram-
marian, Dyonysius of
Haliearnassus, and Dio-
nysius tho geographer.

6. Tiberius retires to
Rhodes for 7 years.

X. THE FIRST PERIOD OF THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH, TO THE END OF THE SACRED CANON.

A.D. EVENTS IN CHRISTIAN mSTORT.

The nativity of our Lord
and Saviour Jesus Christ,
the 4th year before A, D.,
and the 4102d year after
the Creation.

An angel appears to the
shepherds. Circumcision
of Jesus, and his presenta-
tion at the temple.

Adoration of the Magi;
flight into Egypt. He-
rod's massacre of the
infant children; the re-
turn.

SYNCHRONISMS.

2. Antipater put to death

by order of Herod.
Herod dies 6 days after

Antipater.
Archelaus appointed king

of Judea by the will of

Herod.

3. Archelaus goes to Rome
to procure of Augustus
the confirmation of He-
rod's will in his favour.

A.D.

EVENTS IN CHRISTIAN HISTORY.

Jesus goes to the Passover.

SYNCHRONISMS.

He takes the high-priest-
hood from Joazar and
gives it to Eleazar.

6. Ovid banished to Tomos.

Archelaus is banished to
Vienna, in Gaul.

10. The enrolment or tax-
ation made by Cyrenius
in Syria. This was his
second enrolment.

12. Marcus Ainbivius, go-
vernor of Judea. Augus-
tus dies at Nola, and is
succeeded by Tiberius.

283

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

284

A. D. «VE»TS W CHRISTUN HISTORY.

8TNCHR0SI8M8.

Baptism of Jesns; tempta-
tion ; preface to John's
Gospel ; testimony of
John the Baptist to Je-
sus. Jesus gains disci-
ples ; marriage at Cana
of Galilee.

At the Passover in Judea ;
baptizing; further testi-
mony of John the Bap-
tist. Jesus departs into
Galilee after John's im-
prisonment; teaches pub-
licly in Galilee ; again at
Cana, he heals the son of
a nobleman lying ill at
Captmaum at Nazareth ;
is there rejected, and fixes
his abode at Capernaum ;
call of Simon Peter, and
Andrew, and James and
John ; with his disciples
goes from Capernaum
throughout Galilee ; call
of Matthew.

Poolof Bethcsda; healing of
the infirm man; our Lord's
subsequent discourse ;
Jesus arrives at the sea
of Tiberias ; is followed
by multitudes ; with-
draws to the mountain ;
chooses the Twelve ; mul-
titudes follow him ; ser-
mon on the mount; John
the Baptist in prison
sends disciples to Jesus ;
with the Twelve makes
second circuit of Galilee ;
directs to cross the lake ;
incidents; tempest still-
ed ; demoniacs of Gada-
ra; again at Nazareth;
again rejected; third cir-
cuit in Galilee ; the
Twelve instructed and
sent forth ; Herod holds
Jesus to be John the
Baptist, whom he had just
before beheaded ; the
Twelve return ; Jesus re-
tires with him across the
lake ; five thousand are
fed ; walks upon the wa-
ter; four thousand fed.

Oar Lord foretells his
own death, resurrection,
and trials of his follow-
ers ; transfiguration ; our
Lord's subsequent dis-
course with the three dis-
ciples ; again foretells his
death and resurrection ;
disciples contend who
should be greatest; Je-
sus exhorts to humility ;
seventy instructed and
sent out; Jesus goes up
to festival of Taberna-
cles ; final departure from
Galilee ; Jesus at festival
of Tabernacles ; public
teaching; further public
teaching of our Lord ;
disciples taught how to
pray ; the seventy return ;
Jesus in Jerusalem at

30. Herod Antipas marries
Herodias, his brother
Philip's wife, he being
yet alive.

John the Baptist declares
vehemently against this
marriage ; he is put in
prison, and, after a few
months, beheaded in the
castle Machserus.

The reign of Augustus con-
tinued 57 years, and ter-
minated A. D. 14. This
was the culminating pe-
riod of Koman greatness
and grandeur. Tiberius
succeeded him, and reign-
ed 22 years and 6 months.
His reign includes the
public ministry and cru-
cifixion of our Lord Je-
sus Christ

Countries subject to Rome,

In Europe. Italy, Gaul,
Spain, Britain, Rhoetia,
Vindelicia, Noricum,

Pannonia, Illyria,Greece,
Macedonia, Thrace, Moe-
sia, and Dacia.

Ix Asia. Asia Minor, Sy-
ria, Phoenicia, Palestine,
the northern and eastern
coast of the Black Sea,
Armenia, Mesopotamia,
and Assyria.

In Africa. Egypt and the
whole northern coast; its
distant territories were
Scandia, India, Ethiopia,
and Galatia — Rome it-
self being the common
centre of the whole.

irmy— 400,000 men. Thir-
ty legions of 12,500 men :
eleven on the Danube,
five on the Rhine, three
in Britain, one in Spain,
eight on the Euphrates,
one in Egypt, and one in
Africa. 20,000 praetorian
guards in Italy.

TV^ary— 50,000 men. Two
fleets at Ravenna and
Naples : stations at Fre-
jus, in the Black Sea,
in the British Channel,
Rhine, and Danube.

Government — A monarchy
with republican forms.
The dignities of consul,
tribune, imperator, and
pontifex maximus are
united in his person.
The senate continues the
great council of state,
besides which there is a
privy council of the Cae-

The population of the Ro-
man republic at the ac-
cession of Augustus is
120,000,000 ; half of

A.D.

EVENTS IN CEnilSTIAN HISTORY.

festival of Dedication ;
retires beyond Jordan ;
raising of Lazarus ; coun-
sel of Caiaphas against
Jesus ; retires from Jeru-
salem ; beyond Jordan is
followed by multitudes;
our Lord teaches, jonr-
neying toward Jerusa-
lem ; is warned against
Herod ; blesses little chil-
dren ; rich young man ;
a third time foretells his
death and resurrection ;
James and John prefer
their ambitious request;
visit to Zaccheus ; ar-
rives at Bethany 6 days
before the Passover; pub-
lic entry into Jerusalem ;
cleansing of the temple;
lamentation over Jerusa-
lem ; foretells destruction
of temple and persecu-
tion of disciples; signs
of Christ's coming to de-
stroy Jerusalem and put
an end to the Jewish
state and dispensation ;
transition to Christ's final
coming at the day of
judgment ; scenes of
the judgment ; rulers
conspire ; supper at Be-
thany ; treachery of Ju-
das ; Passover meal ; Je-
sus washes feet of disci-
ples ; Lord's supper ; Ho-
ly Spirit promised ; ago-
ny in Gethsemane; Je-
sus betrayed and made
prisoner before Caiaphas;
Jesus before Caiaphas and
the Sanhedrim ; the San-
hedrim le.ad Jesus to
Pilate ; Jesus before He-
rod ; Pilate seeks to re-
lease him ; the Jews de-
mand Barabbas ; Pilate
delivers up Jesus to
death ; crucifixion ; the
Jews mock at Jesus on
the cross ; he commends
his mother to John ;
darkness prevails ; Christ
expires on the cross ; vail
of the temple rent and
graves opened ; burial ;
watch at the sepulchre ;
morning of the resurrec-
tion ; visit of the women
to the sepulchre ; vision
of angels ; our Lord is
seen by Mary Magdalene
at the sepulchre ; report
of the watch ; our Lord
is seen of Peter; then
by two disciples on way
to Emmaus ; Jesus ap-
pears in midst of disci-
ples ; apostles go into
Galilee ; Jesus shows
himself to seven of them
at the sea of Tiberias ;
meets apostles and above
five hundred brethren on
a mountain in Galilee ;
is seen by James, then
by all the apostles ; the
Ascension.

The Dispensation of the
Spirit begins.

Baptism and the Lord's
supper administered ac-

STNCHRONISMS.

these are slaves

40,000,000 are tributa-
ries and freed-men; only
20,000,000 enjoy the full
rights of citizens.

Jewish Sects.

Pharisees — The most nume-
rous, instituted b. o. 135.
Tenets: 1. The existence
of angels and spirits ;

2. Pre-existence and
transmigration of souls ;

3. Eternal happiness of
the Jews — sanctimonious
formalists, hypocrites and
fiery zealots.

Sadducees — Originated a-
bout 250 years b. c, near
the time of the transla-
tion of the Septuagint.
Tenets : infidels ; 1. Nei-
ther angels nor spirits,
and no resurrection ;
2. No over-ruling Provi-
dence; 3. Traditions of
no authority; but the
letter of the law must be
strictly observed. Rela-
tively very few in num-
ber, but very influential.

Scribes and lawyers, the
same. Learned men,
transcribers and ex-
pounders of the law. •

Herodians — A political fac-
tion attached to the inte-
rests of the family of Ue-
rod the Great, in their
adherence to Rome and
the observance of hea-
then customs.

Samaritans — A mixed race,
descendants of colonists
sent to occupy the land
after the overthrow of
the kingdom of Israel,
B. c. 721, and of Jews.
Blended the idolatries of
the nations to which they
belonged with the reli-
gion of the Jews ; built
a temple on Gerizim; gra-
dually adopted the wor-
ship of Jehovah and the
five books of Moses as
their sacred books, but
ever maintained an im-
placable hatred of the
Jews.

CimOXOLOGICAL TABLE.

286

EVESTB IN CrrelSTIAN HISTORT.

cording to the appuint-
ment of Christ

Assemblies for divine wor-
ship under the superin-
tendence of the apostles,
after the model of the
synagogue ; breaking of
bread ; prayer; psalmody:
preaching.

Gospel preached to the
Jews in Judea, Samaria,
and Antioch ; the seven
Hellenistic deacons ap-
pointed in addition to
Jewish, who had proba-
bly been appointed from
the beginning. The mar-
tyrdom of Stephen ; con-
sequent dispersion of the
disciples ; gospel preach-
ed in Phoenicia, Antioch,
Cyprus, and Cyrene.

First apostolical journey of
St. Peter.

St. Paul's conversion, (sup-
posing the erri rpia of Gal.
i. 8,) judaically reckoned.

At Damascus.

Paul's flight from Damas-
cus to Jerusalem, and
thence to Tarsus.

During these years, St.
Paul preaches in Syria
and Cilicia, making Tar-
sus his head-quarters, and
probably undergoes most
of the sufferings men-
tioned at 2 Cor. xi. 24-26,
viz. two of the Roman
and the five Jewish scour-
gings and three ship-
wrecks.

Church of Antioch founded
by Barnabas and other
apostles, who fled from
persecution at Jerusalem.

Paul is brought from Tar-
sus to Antioch, Acts xi.
25, and stays there a year
before the famine.

Paul, with B.arnabas, at At-
tioch. .Tames, the brother
of ,Tohn, beheaded, at the
command of Agrippa.
Potor cast into prison.

Paul visits Jerusalem with
Barnabas to relieve the
famine.

At Antioch.

His " First Missionary Jour-
ney" from Antioch to Cy-
prus, Antioch in Pisidia,
leonium, Lystra, Derbe,
and back through the
same places to Antioch.

St. Paul and Barnabas at-
tend the " council of Je-
rusalem."

Paul's " Second Missionary
Journey" from Antioch to
Cilicia, Lycaonia, and
Galatia.

Troas, Philippi, Thessalo-

STSCHROVISMS.

37. Pilate ordered into
Italy.

Tiberius dies ; Caius Cali-
gula succeeds.

Caligula gives Agrippa the
tetrarchy of his uncle
Philip.

39. Herod the tetrarch
goes to Rome in hopes
of obtaining some favour
from the emperor ; but
Caligula, being prepos-
sessed by Agrippa., ba-
nishes him to Lyons.

40. Caligula orders Petro-
nius to place his statue in
the temple of Jerusalem.
The Jews obtain some
delay from Potronius.

Agrippa endeavours to di-
vert the emperor from
this design, and at length
obtains, .as a great favour,
that this statue should
not be set up.

Philo, the Jew, goes with a
deputation from the Jews
at Alexandria to Caligu-
la ; obtains an audience
of the emperor at the ha-
zard of his life.

41. The Jews quit Babylon
and retire to Seleucia.

Caius Caligula dies ; Clau-
dius succeeds him. —
Agrippa persuades him to
accept the empire oifered
him by the army. Clau-
dius adds Judea and Sa-
maria to Agrippa's do-
minions. Agrippa re-
turns into Judea, takes
the high-priesthood from
Theophilus, son of Ana-
nus, and gives it to Si-
mon Cantharus. Soon
after he takes this dig-
nity from Cantharus and
bestows it upon Matthias.

43. Agrippa deprives the
high-priest Matthias of
the priesthood and gives
it to Elioneus, son of Ci-
theus.

44. Agrippa II. (Acts xxv.)
made king of Chaleis.

45. Cuspius Fadus sent into
Judea as governor.

46. Cuspius Fadus recalled.
The government of Ju-
dea given to Tiberius
Alexander.

48. Herod, king of Chaleis,
takes the pontificate from
Joseph, son of Camides ;
gives it to Ananias, son
of Nebedeus.

Herod, king of Chaleis,

dies.
Ventidius Cumanus made

governor of Judea in place

of Tiberius Alexander.
Cumanus made procurator

of Judea about this time.

49. Troubles in Judea un-
der the government of
Cumanus.

50. Caractacus captured by
the Romans in Britain.

51. The Jews expelled.
Rome in the reign of
Claudius.

Felix sent governor into
Judea instead of Cuma-
nus.

KVBNTS IN OHniRTIAN IlISTOItY.

nia, Bersea, Athens, an<l
Corinth. Writes 1 Thes-
salonians.

At Corinth. Writes 2 Thes-
salonians.

(Spring.) He leaves Co-
rinth, and reaches (Sum-
mer) Jerusalem at Pente-
cost, and thence goes to
Antioch.

(Autumn.) His " Third
Missionary Journey." He
goes to Ephesus.

At Ephesus.

Gospel of Matthew.

Gospel of Luke between
56 and 58.

(Spring.) St. Paul writes

1 Corinthians.
(Summer.) Leaves Ephe-
sus for Macedonia, (Au-
tumn,) where he writes

2 Corinthians, and thence
(Winter) to Corinth,
where he writes Gala-
tians.

(Spring.) He writes Ro-
mans, and leaves Corinth,
going by Philippi and
Miletus (Summer) to Je-
rusalem, (Pentecost,)
where he is arrested and
sent to Caesarea.

At Cwsarea.

(Autumn.) Sent to Rome
by Festus, about August.

(Winter.) Shipwrecked at
Malta.

(Spring.) He arrives at
Rome.

Epistle of James about 61.

First Epistle of Peter before
62.

Embassy from Jerusalem to
Rome to petition about
the wall.

At Rome.

(Spring.) St Paul writes
Philemon,Colossians, and
Ephesians.

(Autumn.) Writes Philip-
pians.

(Spring.) He is acquitted
and goes to Macedonia
(Philip, ii. 24) and Asia
Minor. Philem. xxii.

He goes to .Spain.

Acts of the Apostles pro-
bably written at Rome,
A. D. 63 or 64.

Gessius Flovus made procu-
rator of Judea.

Epistle of Jude before 65.

Paul in Spain.

Second Epistle of Peter.

(Summer.) St. Paul goes
from Spain to Asia Minor.
1 Tim. i. 3.

The Jewish war begins.

Epistle to Hebrews.

(Summer.) Paul writes
1 Timothy from Mace-
donia.

STNCmiONISMS.

54. Claudius, the emperor,
dies, being poisoned by
Agrippa. Nero succeeds
him.

58. Ishmael, son of Tabei,
made high-priest instead
of Ananias.

60. Porcius Festus made
governor of Judea in the
room of Felix.

61. The Jews build a wall
which hinders Agripra
from looking within iho
temple.

Ishmael, the bigh-prie>-t,
deposed. Joseph, sur-
named Cabei, is put in
his place.

63. Albinus, successor of
Felix, arrives in Judea.

64. Agrippa takes the high-
priesthood from Jesus,
son of Gamaliel, and
gives it to Matthias, son
of Theophilus. Nero sets
fire to the city of Ron:e :
throws the blame on tlie
Christians, several v{
whom are put to death.

66. Cestius Gallus, gover-
nor of Syri.a, comes to
Jerusalem ; enumerates
the Jews at the Passover.

Disturbances at Caesarea
and at Jerusalem.

Florus puts several Jews to
death.

The Jews rise and kill the
Roman garrison at Jeru-
salem. A massacre of
the Jews of Csesarea ai;d
Palestine. All the .J';'\vs
of Scythopolis slain in
one night.

Cestius, governor of Syria,
comes into Judea. ile
besieges the temple of
Jerusalem; retires; is de-
feated by the Jews.

The Christians of Jerusa-
lem, seeing a war about
to break out, retire to
Pella, in the kingdom of
Agrippa beyond Jordan.

Vespasian appointed )y
Nero for the Jewish war.

Josephus made governor
of Galilee.

Vespasian sends his son Ti-
tus to Alexandria ; comes
himself to Antioch .ind
forms a numerous army.

67. Vespasian enters Judct;
subdues Galilee.

Josephus besieged in Jota-
pata.

Jotapata taken ; Josephus
surrenders to Vespa-
sian.

Tiberias and Tarichca,
which had revolted
against Agrippa, reduced
to obedience by Vespa-
sian.

Divisions in Jerusalem.

The Zealots seize the tem-
ple and commit violences
in Jerusalem.

They depose Theophilus
from being high-priest,
and put Phannias in his
place.

The Zealots send for the
Idumseans to succour Je-
rusalem.

287

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

288

A. D.

EVENTS IN CHRISTIAN BISTORT.

(Autumn.) Writes Titus
from Ephesus.

(Winter.) At Nicopolis.

(Spring.) In prison at
Rome. Writes 2 Timo-
thy.

(Summer.) Executed. —
(May or June.)

St. Peter put to death at
Rome, according to tlie
common but doubtful tra-
dition of the Romish
church. There is no re-
liable evidence that he
died at Rome.

First, Second, and Third
Epistles of John.

Assemblies for worship up-
on the model of the sy-
nagogue ; breaking of
bread ; prayer, psalmody,
preaching; a common
fund for the relief of the
poor, but not a strict
community of goods ;
feasts of charity in con-
nection with the Lord's
supper.

Destruction of Jerusalem.
In the siege and over-
throw 2,000,000 of per-
sons are said to have
perished. The Chris-
tians had previously re-
tired to Pella, beyond the
Jordan.

After A. D. 45

preached to Gentiles, but
converts from them con-
sidered distinct until the
destruction of Jerusalem.

Officers of the church, apos-
tles and their assistants j

ST^•CHB0!^SMS.

The Idumaeans retire from
Jerusalem.

68. Nero, the emperor,
dies; Galba succeeds him.

Vespasian takes all the
places of strength in Ju-
dea about Jerusalem.

Simon, son of Gioras, ra-
vages Judea and the south
of Idumaea.

69. Galba dies; Otho de-
clared emperor.

Otho dies; Vitellius pro-
claimed emperor.

Vespasian declared empe-
ror by his army ; is ac-
knowledged all over the
East.

Josephus set at liberty.

John of Giscala heads the
Zealots.

Eleazar, son of Simon,
forms a third party ;
makes himself master of
the inner temple, or court
of the priests.

70. Titus marches against
Jerusalem to besiege it.

Comes down before Jerusa-
lem some days before the
Passover.

The factions unite at first
against the Romans, but
afterward divide again.

July 17, the perpetual sacri-
fices cease in the temple.

The Romans become mas-
ters of the court of the
Gentiles, and set fire to
the galleries.

A Roman soldier sets the
the temple on fire, not-
withstanding Titus com-
mands the contrary.

The last enclosure of the
city taken.

John of Giscala and Simon,

100

EVENTS IN CHRISTIAN HISTORY.

evangelists ; prophets ;
presbyters, elders or
bishops, ministers of in-
dividual churches; dea-
cons who were teachers
and almoners of the
church ; deaconesses ;
widows ; all churches in-
dependent of each other.
The members elected
their own officers, admi-
nistered their discipline,
and consulted upon all
matters of importance.
The distinction between
presbyters and bishops,
was, as yet, unknown.

Church founded in Edessa
on the Euphrates about
this time.

Persecution under Domi-
tian, commonly called
the second persecution.

Revelation of St. John.
Gospel by St John. (?)

Death of St. John about

this time.
Conclusion of the Canon

of the New Testament.
Clement of Rome died about

this time.

STNCHEONISMS.

son of Gioras, conceal
themselves in the com-
mon sewers.

74. Titus demolishes the
temple to its very founda-
tion.

He also demolishes the city,
reserving the towers of
Hippicos, Phazael, and
Mariamne.

Titus returns to Rome with
his father Vespasian ;
they triumph over Judea.

79. Death of Vespasian and
succession of Titus. Her-
culaneum and Pompeii
destroyed by an eruption
of Vesuvius, November 1.

81. Death of Titus, and suc-
cession of Domitian.

Age of Martial, Valerius
Flaccus, Epictetus, Quin-
tilian, Agricola, <fec.

86. Capitoline games insti-
tuted by Domitian, and
celebrated every 4th year.

88. Secular games cele-
brated ; war with Dacia
begins, and continues 15
years.

96. Domitian put to death
by Stephanus, and suc-
ceeded by Nerva.
The age of Juvenal and
Tacitus.

98. Nerva dies, and is suc-
ceeded by Trajan.

100. About this time, Pliny,
proconsul of Bithynia,
sends to Trajan his famous
account of the Christians.
Age of Floras, Suetonius,
Pliny the younger, Dion,
and Plutarch.

END OF CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE.

INDEX.

Abana River, op Damascus 141

Abarim, Mountains of. Num. xxi. 11, xxvii. 12;

xxxiii. 44, 47 ; Deut xxxii. 49 ; Jer. xxii.

20 62, 82

Abdon, a Levitical city belonging to the tribe of

Asher Josh. xxi. 30; IChron. vi. 74.

Abel in Syria.

Abel-beth-Maachah, (Naphtali.) Sam. xx. 14; 1

Kings XV. 20 120, 135

Abel-Keramim Judg. xi. 33.

Abel-Maim, (Naphtali.) 2 Chron. xvi. 4.

Abel-Meholah. Judg. vii. 22; 1 Kings iv. 12,

xix. 16 130

Abel-Mizraim, near Jericho Gen. 1. 11.

Abel-Sittim Num. xxxiii. 49.

Abez, (Issachar.) Josh. xix. 20.

Abilene Luke iii, 1. 177

Abimael, Arabian tribe. Gen. x. 28; 1 Chron.

i. 22

Abishai 110

Abraham 25, 27, 28

Abrona Num. xxxiii. 34.

Absalom, rebellion of. 119

Accad 24

Accho, (Ptolemais,) (Asher.) Judg. i. 31. 70, 237

Aceldama Acts i. 19. 203

Achaia. Kom. xv. 26, xvi. 5; 2 Cor. i. 1; 2

Thess. i. 7 232

Achlab Judg. i. 31.

Aehmetha-Ecbatana Ezra vi. 2.

Aohor, valley of. Josh. vii. 26, xxiv. 15, 7 ; Isa.

Ixv. 10; Hos.ii. 16 84

Achsaph, (Asher.) Josh. xi. 1, xii. 20, xix. 25. 89

Achzib, 1) city in Asher. ..Josh. xix. 29; Judg. i. 31.

— 2) City in Judah Josh. xv. 44; Micah i. 4.

Acra 122

Acre 70, 167, 237

Adada, (Judah.) Josh xv. 22.

Adam, city near the Jordan Josh. iii. 16. 8.3, 133

Adama, city in the valley of Siddim. Gen. x. 19,

xiv. 2; Hos. xi. 8

— City in Naphtali Josh. xix. 36.

Adami, (Naphtali.) Josh. xix. 33.

Adar = Hazar-Adar, (Judah.) Num. xxxiv. 4 ;

Josh. XV. 3.

Adarin

Aden, Gulf of.

Adithaim, (Judah.) Josh xv. 36.

Admah, i.e. Adamah Deut. xxix. 23. 31

Admedera

Adoraim, (Judah.) 2 Chron. xi. 9. 134

Adraha

Adramyttium

Adriatic Sea Acts xxvii. 27.

AduUam, Cave of, 1) 1 Sam. xxiit 1 ; 2 Sam. xxiii.

13; 1 Chron. xi. 15.

— 2) City in Judah. Josh. xii. 15, xvi. 35 ; 2

Chron. xi. 7; Josh. xi. 30; Micah 1.15.

89, 112, 134

Adummim Josh. xv. 7, xviii. 17.

JKuon John iii. 23.

jP.ra

Agagites Esther iii. 1.

Agar-Sinai Gal. iv. 25.

Agrigentum

Ahalibamah, Arabian tribe. Gen. xxxvi. 41 ; 1

Chron. i. 62.

Ahara River Ezra viii. 15, xxi. 31.

. liithophel 120

Ai, 1) City in Benjamin. Gen. xi. 8, xiii. 3; Josh.vii.

2, viii. 1, xii. 9; Ezra ii. 28 ; Neh. vii. 32. 84, 147
289

HAPS.

IV. Ea

[V.Eb

[Dc
rV. Ea
[V.Dc
IV. Db

rv.Dd

V.Eb
II. Co

II. Db

III. Ec
[IV. Cc

[V.Cc
IV. Cb

[VI.Bc
IV.Eb

V. Cg

Cg-

VII. Db

VII. Ba

rv.Fg

V. De
V.Ec

VII. Ab

Ai, 2) in Ammon Jer. xlix. 3.

Ain, 1) Levitical city in Simeon. Josh. xv. 32, xix.

7, xxi. 16; IChron. iv. 32

— 2) City in northern Palestine. Num. xxxiv. 11.
Aja = Ajiath = Ai. 1 Chron. vii. 28 ; Neh. xi.

31 ; Isa. X. 28.
Ajalon, 1) Levitical city in Dan. Josh. x. 12;
Judg. i. 35 ; 1 Sam. xiv. 31 ; 1 Chron. vi.
69, viii. 13; 2 Chron. xi. 10, xxviii. 18 85

— 2) City in Zebulon Judg. xii. 12. 102

Ajiath, Aja. See Ai, No. 1 127

Akad, in Mesopotamia Gen. x. 10.

Akabah, Gulf of. See Elanitic Gulf. 67

Akra

Akrabbi

Akrabbim, Maaleh-Akrabbim, (Judah.) Num.

xxxiv. 4; Josh. xv. 3; Judg. i. 36 69

Alemeth, Levitical city in Benjamin perhaps, = A1-

mon 1 Chron. vi. 60.

Alamelech, (Asher.) Josh. xix. 26.

Alexandria Acts xxvii. 6.

Alexandroseena)

Aliah, Alevah, a tribe in Edom. Gen. xxxvi. 40;

1 Chron. i. 51.

Allotment of Territory 92

Almodad, Arabian tribe in Yemen Gen. x. 26.

Almon, a Levitical city belonging to the tribe of

Benjamin Josh. xxi. 18 ; 1 Chron. vi.45.

Almon-Diblathaim = Beth-Diblathaim = Dibla-

thaim Num. xxxiii. 46.

Aloth 1 Kings iv. 16.

Alush Num. xxxiii. 13. 50

Amalek, Amalekites. Gen. xiv. 17; Ex. xvii. 8;

Num. xiii. 30, xxiv. 20 ; Judg. iii. 13 ; iv.

3, 33, xii. 15; 1 Sam. xiv. 48, xv. 3, xxvii.

18, XXX. 1 ; 2 Sam. i. 1, viii. 12 ; 2 Chron.

iv. 43; Ps. Ixxxiii. 8 20, 50, 101, 109

Amam, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 26.

Amana, Abana 2 Kings v. 12.

Amasia

Amastris

Amathus

Amead, (Asher.) Josh. xix. 26.

Amida

Amisus

Ammah 2 Sam. ii. 24. 116

Ammaus, (Nicopolis.)

Ammon, Ammonites. Gen. xix. 38 ; Num. xxi. 24 ;

Deut. ii. 19 ; Judg. iii. 13 ; 1 Sam. xi. 1, 14,

xvi. 47 ; 2 Sam. x. 1, xxiii. 37 ; 1 Kings xi.

1; 2 Kings xxiv. 2 ; 2 Chron. xx. 1, xxvi. 8 ;

Ezra ix. 1 ; Neh. iv. 3, xiii. 23 ; Ps. Ixxxiii.

8; Isa. xi. 19 ; Jer. ix. 26, xxv. 21, xxvii.

8, xl. 11; xlix. 1; Ezek. xxv. 2; Dan. xi.
41; Amos i. 13; Zeph. ii. 9 61,63,68,109

Amorites. Gen. iv. 22, xiv. 7, xv. 21 ; Ex. iii. 8,
xxxiii. 2; Num. xiii. 30, xxi. 1.3, 21 ; Deut.
i. 19, iv. 47 ; xx. 17 ; Josh. ii. 10, iii. 10, ix.
1, X. 5, xi. 3, xiii. 11, xxiv. 11, 18 ; Judg. i.
34, iii. 5, vi. 10, X. 8; ISam. vii. 14; 1
Kings iv. 19, ix. 20 ; 2 Kings xxi. 11 ; Ezra
ix. 1 ; Neh. ix. 8 ; Ps. cxxxvi. 19 ; Ezek.

xvi. 3; Amosii. 9 19,61,80

Amphipolis Acts xvii. 1. 229

Anah, (.Judah.) Josh. xi. 21, xv. 60. 91

Anaharath, (Issachar.) Josh. xix. 19.

Anakims, Giants. Deut. ii. 10; Josh. xi. 22, xiv. 16.

Anamim, Egyptian people Gen. x. 13. 18

Ananiah, (Benjamin.) Neh. vii. 27, xi. 32.

Anathoth, Levitical city in Benjamin. Josh. v. 3,
xxi. 18 ; 2 Sam. xxiii. 27 ; 1 Kings ii. 26 ;

290

rv. cf

[VLBe
V. Cf.
[IV. Ef.

in. Dg

rv. cd

[V.Ce

VIL De
V. Ce -

ILDd

IIL Cg

[in. Ce
IL Cc.
[IV.ABf

VIL Fa
VIL Ea
VIL Ec
[V.Do
VIL Gb
VII. Fa

IIL Fd

IV. Ee

V. Ef

[IIL Ed
IL Cb
IV. Cf
[V.Cg

ILCb

291

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

292

229
243

1 Chron. vi. 60, xi. 28, xii. 3 ; Ezra ii. 23 ;

Noh. vii. 27; Isa. x. 20; Jer. i. 1 147

Ancient Foundations 124

Ancient Jerusalem

Anem, a Levitical city belonging to the tribe of

Issachar, == En-Gannim. 1 Chron. vi. 73.
Aner, Levitical city, (Manasseh.) 1 Chron. vi. 70.

Anim, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 50. 91

Antediluvians, Chronology of 12

Anti-Lebanon, Mountains

Antioch, 1) in Syria. Acta vi. 6, xi. 19, 26, xiii. 1,

xiv. 26, XV. 22, xviii. 22; Gal. ii. 11 218

— 2) in Pisidia Acts xiii. 14, xiv. 19, 21. 222

Antipatris Acts xxiii. 31. 239

Apamea

Apamene

Apharsatbchites, a people in Persia, perhaps. Ezra

iv. 9, vi. 6.
Aphek, city in Issachar. Josh. xii. 18; 1 Sam. iv.

1, xxix. 1 89, 105

— = Aphik, (Asher.) Josh. xiii. 4, xix. 30 ;

Judg. i. 31.

— in Perea I Kings xx. 26; 2 Kings xiii. 17.

Aphekah, (Jndah.) Josh, xv, 53.

Apherima, perhaps = Ilapharaim.

Aphni == Opbni Josh, xviii. 24.

Apollonia Acts xvii. 1

Appii Forum Acts xxviii. 15

Apulia

Ar in Moab = Rabbath-Moab. Num. xxi. 15, 28;

Isa. XV. 1 ; Deut. ii. 9

Arab, in mountains of Judah. Josh. xv. 52 ; 2 Sam.

xxiii. 35

Arabah, 1) the plain of Jordan. Deut. i. 1, ii. 8;

Josh. xii. 1 ; 2 Sam. iv. 7 ; 2 Kings xxv. 4 ;

Isa. xxxiii. 9 ; Jer. 1. 12 53,

— 2) == Beth-Arabah, (Benjamin.) Josh, xviii.

18 ; 2 Sam. xxiii. 31 ; 1 Chron. xi. 32.
Arabia. See Sheba No. 1. 1 Kings x. 1 ; 2 Chron.

ix. 1, xvii. 11, xxi. 16, xxvi. 7; Job i. 15;

Ps. Ixxii. 15 ; Neh. ii. 19 ; Isa. xiii. 20, xxi.

13; Jer. iii. 2; xxv. 24 ; Ezek. xxvii. 21,

xxxviii. 13 ; Joel iii. 13 ; Acts ii. 11 ;

GaL i. 17 129

Arabia, Desert of. 45

Arad, (Judah.) Num. xxi. 1; Josh. xii. 14; Judg.

i. 16 59

Aradus

Araloth, near Gilgal Josh. v. 3,

Aram. See Syria 20

Aram-Beth-Rehob. 2 Sam. x. 6, 8 ; 1 Chron. xix. 6,

A.ram-Damapcus. See Syria.

Aram-Maachah. See Maachah.

Aram-Maharaim. See Mesopotamia.

Aram-Padan, Mesopotamia. See Padan.

Aram-Zoba. See Zoba.

Ararat, Land and Mountain. Gen. viii. 4; 2 Kings

xix. 37; Isa. xxxvii. 38 ; Jer.Ii. 27 13,14

Araxes River 10

Arbathites, inhabitants of Araba No. 2. 2 Sam.

xxiii. 31 ; 1 Chron. xi. 32.

Arbel, Arbela = Both-Arbil

Arbites, inhabitants of Arabia 2 Sam. xxiii. 35.

Archelais

Archi, inhabitants of an unknown part of Pales-
tine. i.... Josh. xvi. 2; 2Sam. XV. 32; xvi. 16.

Archipelago

Areopagus Acts vii. 19. 231

Areopolis 65

Arethusa

Arga

Argob, region in Bashan. Deut. iii.4; 1 Kings iv.l. 131

Argos

Arimathea. Matt, xxvii. 57; Mark xv. 42; Luke

xxiii. 51 ; John xix. 38.
A rkites, Assyrian people near Lebanon. Gen. x. 17. 19

Armenia, i. e. the Land of Ararat 128

Armenians

Ar-Moab 65

Arnon, country and brook in Moab. Num. xxi.

13, 24; Deut. ii. 24, iii. 8, xii. 16, iv. 28;

Josh. xii. 1, xiii. 9 ; Judg. xi. 13, 22 ; 2

Kings X. 33 ; Isa. xvi. 2 ; Jer. xlviii. 20. 61, 65
Aroer, 1) town in Judah. 1 Sam. xxx. 28 ; 1 Chron.

xi. 44 116

V. Cf
L

[V. Eab

IV. Da

[V. Ff
VIL Eb

V. Be
VIL Eb
V. Ff

[V. Dd
IIL Ec
[IV. Dc

V. Cc.

V. Cf
VIL Ca
VIL Aa
VIL Ba
V. Dfi

V. Cg

[II. Dc
IIL Efa

IV. Fg
VIL Fc
[V. Ef
IL Cb
[IV. Ea

ILDb
ILDb

[IV. Dc
VL Cc

[V.Ed
V. Ce

VIL Db
[V. Dg
VIL Fc
V. Fg
IV. Dd
IIL Fc
ILBb

IIL Fa
VIL Fb
IL Db
IIL Ed
[IV. Df

[IIL Ed
IV. Df

[V. Cg
IV. Cf

Aroer, 2) in Gad. Num. xxxii. 34; Josh. xiii. 25 ;

2 Sam. xxiv. 5; Isa. xvii. 2 67, 116

— 3) on the Arnon. Deut. ii. 36, iii. 12, iv. 48 ;

Josh. xii. 2, xiii. 16 ; Judg. xi. 26, 33 ; 2

Kings X. 33; Jer. xlviii. 19 67

Arphaxad, descendants of Shem. Gen. x. 22, 24 ;

xi. 10 19

Arphad, in Syria. 2 Kings xviii. 34, xix, 13; Isa.

X. 9, xxxvi. 18, xxxvii. 13; Jer. xlix. 23. 19,146

Arra

Aruboth, (Judah.) 1 Kings iv. 10.

Arumah == Ruma Judg. ix. 41. 101

Arvad, Aradus Gen. x. 18 ; Ezek. xxvii. 8. 19, 128

Asahel 110

Asan, Kor Asan, Levitical city in Simeon. Josh.

XV. 42, xix. 3 ; 2 Sam. xxx. 30 ; 1 Chron,

iv. 32 ; vi. 57.
Ascalon. See Askelon. Josh. xiii. 3 ; Judg. i. 18,

xiv. 19 ; 1 Sam. vi. 17; Jer. xxv. 20, xlvii.

5; Amos i. 8; Zeph. ii. 4, 7 103

Ashdod, Azotus. Josh. xi. 22, xiii. 3, xv. 47 ; 1

Sam. v. 1, vi. 17 ; 2 Chron. xxvi. 6 ; Neh.

iv. 7, xiii. 33 ; Isa. xx. 1 ; Jer. xxv. 20 ;

Amos i. 8, 39; Zeph. ii. 4, v. 68, ix. 15;

X. 78; Acts viii. 40 106

Asher Gen. xxx. 13; Josh. xix. 24-31. 95,131

— City in Manasseh Josh. xvii. 7,

Ashtaroth, Asbtaroth-Karnaim, Levitical city in

Manasseh. Gen. xiv. 5 ; Deut. i. 4; Josh.

ix. 10, xii. 4; 1 Chron. vi. 71, xi. 44; Isa.

xiii. 12 30

Ashur 19

Ashurites, Arabian tribe. Gen. xxv. 3 ; 2 Sam.

ii.9.
Asia Minor, province of. Acts ii. 9, vi. 9 ; 2 Cor.

i. 18; 1 Peter i.l 227

Askelon. See Ascalon 103

Askenaz, (Japheth.) Gen. x. 3 ; Jer. Ii. 27. 15

Asmaveth Ezra ii. 24; Neh. xii. 29.

Asna, name of two cities in Judah. Josh, xv.

33, 43,

Asnoth-Thabor, (Naphtali.) Josh, xix, 34,

Asser

Asson Acts xxvii, 13,

Assos 236

Assyria. Gen. ii. 14; Num. xxiv. 24; 2 Kings xix,

19, 29, xvi. 7, xvii. 3, 23, xviii. 13, xxii. 29 ;

1 Chron. v. 6 ; 2 Chron. xviii. 16, xxxii. 1,

xxxiii. 11 ; Ezraiv. ii.; Ps. Ixxxiii. 9; Isa.

vii. 18 ; xi. 11, xix. 23, xx. 3, xxiii. 13, xxxi.

8, xxxvi. 1, Iii. 4; Jer. ii. 36; Eziak. xxiii.

12; Hos. v. 13, vii. 11, ix. 3, x. 6 24, 147

Asuja, pool near Jerusalem Neh. iii. 16.

Athach, (Judah.) 1 Sam. xxx. 30. 116

Atad Gen. 1, 10. 42

Ateka 44,45

Atharim Num. xxi. 1,

Atharoth, (Gad.) Num. xxxii. 3, 34,

— = Atharoth-Adar, (Ephraim.) Josh, xvi, 5, 7,

xviii, 13,

Atharoth-Beth-Joab, (Judah.) 1 Chron. ii. 54,

Atharoth-Zophim, (Gad.) Num. xxxii, 35,

Athens 230

Athribis

Attalia Acts xiv. 25. 225

Attica 231

Ava 2 Kings xvii. 24.

Aven, 1) =0n Ezek, xxx, 17.

— 2) See Beth-Aven, No. 1.

— 3) Field of Aven Amos i. 1.

Avim, 1) the inhabitants of Ava. 2 Kings xvii. 31.

— 2) Philistian tribe

— 3) City in Benjamin Josh, xviii. 23.

Avith, station in Edom. Gen. xxxvi. 35 ; 1 Chron.

i. 46.

Azal, in or near Jerusalem Zach. xiv. 5.

Azekah, (Judah.) Josh. x. 10, xv. 35; 1 Sam. xvii.

1 ; 2 Chron. xi. 9; Neh. xi. 30; Jer. xxxiv. 7, 134
Azem, Ezem, (Simeon.) Josh. xv. 29, xix, 3;

1 Chron. iv. 29.

Azmon, (Judah.) Num. xxxiy. 4; Josh. xv. 4.

Azotus. See Ashdod.

Azzah. See Gaza 1 Chron. vii. 28. 121

Baal, 1) city = Baalath-Beer-Bamath, (Simeon.)

1 Chron. iv. 33.

— 2) High places of Nam, xxii, 41.

IV. De

IV. Df

IL Db
[V. Pa

IV. Fb

V. Ff

IL Cb

[IV. Ao
IIL Dd

[FV. Be
IIL Dd
IV. Cb

[V.Ed
IIL Fc
ILDb

VII. Fb
V. Bf
ILBb

IV. Cd
VIL Db

ILDb

[IL Ab
VIL Cb
IIL Ao
VIL Eb

IV, Ef

203

INDEX.

294

Baalah, 1) city in Judah, = Baal-Judah == Kir-
jath-Baal = Kirjath-Jearim. Josh. xv. 9j
xix. 3; 2 Sam. vi. 2; 1 Chron. xiii. 6 117

— 2) mountain in Judah Josh. xv. 11.

Baalath, (Dan.) Josh. xix. 44 j 1 Kings ix. 18 ;

2 Chron. viii. 6.
Baalath-Beer-Ramath. See Baal 1. (Simeon.)

Josh. xix. 8.

Baalbee 88,135

Baal-Gad Isa. xi. 17, xii. 7, xiii. 5.

Baal-IIamon Sol. Songs viii. 11.

Baal-Hazor, (Ephraim,) = Hagor. 2 Sam. xiii.

23; Neh. xi. 33 119

Baal-Hermon, mountain. Mount Hermon. Judg.

iii. 3; 1 Chron. v. 23

Baal-Moon, Beth-Meon, (Reuben.) Num. xxxii.

37 ; Josh. xiii. 17 ; 1 Chron. v. 8 ; Ezek.

XXV. 9

Baal-Perazim 2 Sam. v. 20; 1 Chron. xiv. 11.

Baal-Shalisha, in Ephraim 2 Kings iv. 42,

Baal-Tamar Judg. xx. 23.

Baal-Zephon, in Egypt. Ex. xiv.2; Num.xxxiii. 7.
Babel, Babylon, Babylonia. See Sheshach Shinar.

Gen. X. 10, xi. 9; 2 Kings xvii. 24, xx. 12,

xxiv. 1, 12 ; 1 Chron. ix. 1 ; 2 Chron. xxxii.

31, xxxiii. 11, xxxvi. 6; Ezra i. 11, iv. 9.

Ixxxiv. 4, cxxxvii. 1 ; Isa. xiii. 1, xxxix. 1,

xlviii. 14; Jer. xx. 4, xxi. 2, xxv. 11, xxvii.

6, xxviii. 11, 1. 1, Iii. 11 ; Ezek. xii. 13 ; Dan.

i. 1; Micah iv. 10 ; 1 Peter v. 12 21, 22, 156

Babylonian Empire 155

Baccatajali, town in northern Syria

Baelath

Bahurim, (Benjamin.) 2 Sam iii. 16, xvi. 5, xvii,

18, xix. 16; 1 Kings ii. 8 ; 2 Sam. xxiii,

31; 1 Chron. xi. 33 116,120

Balaam the prophet Josh. xix. 3. 63

Bamoth, Bamoth-Baal, (Reuben.) Gen. xxi. 19,

xxii. 41 ; Isa. xiii. 17 65

Banias. See Caesarea Philippi 71, 193

Barada, the ancient Pharpar 129

Bared, in the desert of Shur Gen. xvi. 4.

Bashan. Num. xxi. 33, i. 4, iii. 1 ; Josh. ix. 10,

xii. 4, xiii. 11-30, xvii. 1, xx. 8, xxii. 7;

1 Kings iv. 13, 19 ; 2 Kings x. 33 ; 1 Chron.
V. 11 ; Ps. vi. 8, 16, cxxxvi. 20 ; Isa. ii. 13,
xxxiii. 9; Jer. xxii. 20, 1. 19 ; Ezek. xxvii.
6; Nah. i. 4; Zech. xii. 2 77,128

Batansea

Bath-Rabbim, Valley Sol. Songs vii. 4.

Battle of the Kings

Bazrah, Bozrah, in Moab. Gon. xxxvi. 33; 1

Chron. i. 44; Isa. xxxiv. 6, Ixiii. 1 ; Jer.

xlviii. 24, xlix. 21; Amos i. 12

Bealoth, (Judah.).... Josh. xv. 24; 1 Kings iv. 16.
Boer, 1) (Benjamin.) Judg. ix. 21.

— 2) = Beer-Elim in Moab, city. Num. xxi.

16; Isa. XV. 8 65,66

Beer-Lahai-Roi Gen. xxiv. 62, xxv. 11. 56

Beeroth, (Benjamin.) Josh, xviii. 25; 2 Sam. iv.

2, xxiii. 37 ; 1 Chron. xi. 39 ; Ezra ii. 25 ;

Neh. vii. 29 ; Deut x. 6 ; Josh ix. 17... 84, 116
Beer-Sheba, a town in Simeon. Gen. xxi. 14, 31,

xxii. 19, xxvi. 33, xxviii. 10, xlvi. 1; Josh.

xix. 2 ; Judg. xx. 1 ; 1 Sam. iii. 20, viii. 2;

2 Sam. iii. 10, xvii. 11, xxiv. 2, 15 ; 1 Kings
iv. 25, xix. 13; 2 Kings xii. 1, xxiii. 9;
1 Chron. iv. 28, xxi. 2 ; 2 Chron. xix. 4 ;
xxiv. 1, XXX. 5 ; Neh. xi. 27, 30 ; Amos v.
6, viii. 14 32, 91

Beesh-Terah, perhaps = Ashtaroth, (Manasseh.)

Josh. xxi. 27.

Bela-Zoar Gen. xiv. 2, xix. 20.

Bene-Berak, (Dan.) Josh. xix. 45.

Bene-jaakan Num. xxxiii. 31.

Benhadad, invasion of 137

Ben-IIinnom, valley. See Hinnom.

Benjamin, tribe Josh, xviii. 11. 94, 131

Benjamites, land of 1 Sam. ix. 4.

Beon Num. xxxii. 4.

Berachah, valley of blessing 2 Chron. xx. 26. 139

Berenice, on the coast of Africa

Beroea Acts xvii. 10, xx. 4. 230

Berothai, city in Sj ria. 2 Sam. viii. 8 ; Ezek. xlvii.

15, 16

Berytus, the modern Beirut, Beyroot

[V. Eb
VII. Fc
IV. Db

[V. Df
IV. De

III. Be

II. Db

V. Ef
III. Fb

V. Of

VI. Cb

[III. Fc

IV. EFc

V. Fe

IV. Fd

[IV. Fe
V. Cf

III. Dd
V. Bg

IV. Bf

IV. Ce

VII. Be
Vir.Ca
[IV. Da
III. Eb
VII. Fc

SeeBezek Judg. i. iv.

Besor ISam.xx. 2, 9, x. 21. 116

Betah, city in Syria = Tibehath 2 Sam. viii. 8.

Beten, (Asser.) Josh. xix. 25.

Bethabara = Bethania John i. 28. 179

Beth-Anath, (Naphtali.) Josh. xix. 38; Judg. i. 33.

Beth-Anoth, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 69.

Bethany. Matt. xxvi. 6; Mark xi. 11, xiv. 3;

Luke xix. 29, xxiv. 60 ; John xii. 1, xii. 1. 197

Bethar, captured under Hadrian, A. D. 135

Beth-Araba = Araba, No. 2, (Benjamin.) Josh.

XV. 6, 61, xviii. 22.

Beth-Arbel == Arbeel Hos. x. 14.

Beth-Asmaveth, near Jerusalem Neh. vii. 28.

Beth-Aven, 1) (Benjamin.) Josh. vii. 2; 1 Sam.

xiii. 5, xiv. 23; Hos. iv. 15, 58, x. 5; Amos

V. 5 29

— 2) Wilderness of Josh, xviii. 12.

Beth-Baal-Meon, Baal-Meon, (Reuben.) Josh.

xiii. 17.

Beth-Bara, Bethabara Judg. vii. 24. 179

Beth-Birei, (Simeon.) 1 Chron. iv. 31.

Beth-Dagon, 1) (Judah.) Josh. xv. 41.

— 2) (Asher.) Josh. xix. 27.

Beth-Diblathaim =Diblathaim Jer. xlviii. 22.

Beth-Eden, near Damascus Amos i. 5.

Beth-Eked, shearing-house 2 Kings x. 2, 14.

Beth-El, 1) =Luz, (Benjamin.) Gen. xi. 8, xiii.

3^28, 19, xxxi. 13, xxxv. 1; Josh. vii. 2,
viii. 9, xii. 9, 16, xxviii. 22; Judg. i. 22,
4, 6, XX. 31, xxi. 19; 1 Sam. vii. 16, x. 3,
XXX. 27; 1 Kings xii. 29; xiii. 1, xvi. 34;
2 Kings ii. 2, x. 29, xvii. 28, xxiii. 15; 1
Chron. xii. 28 ; 2 Chron. xiii. 19 ; Ezra ii.
28 ; Neh. vii. 32, xi. 31 ; Hos. xii. 5 ; Amos
iii. 14, V. 5, vii. 10 29

— 2) Mountains of.. .Josh. xvi. 1; 1 Sam. xii. 2.

Bcth-Etnek, (Asher.) Jo.sh. xix. 27.

Bethesda, pool John v. 2 185

Beth-Gader = Gederah. Josh xv. 36 ; 1 Chron.

ii. 51.

Beth-Ezel, a town in Judah Micah i. 11.

Beth-Haccerem Neh. iii. 14; Jer. vi. 1.

Beth-Haglah, Beth-Hoglah, (Benjamin.) Josh.

XV. 6, xviii. 19, 21 91,181

Beth-Hanan, (Judah or Dan.) 1 Kings iv. 9 130

Beth-IIaram, I?eth-Haran, (Gad.) Num. xxxii. 36 ;

Josh. xiii. 27 64, 130

Beth-Hoglah. See Beth-Haglah.

Beth-Horon, the Upper, Levitical city in Ephraim.

Josh. xvi. 5, xxi. 22 ; 1 Chron. vii. 24 ; 2

Chron. viii. 5 ; 1 Sam. xiii. 18 ; 1 Chron.

vi. 68; 2 Chron. xxv. 13 84, 109

— 2) the Lower, (Ephraim.) Josh. x. 10, xvi. 3,

xviii. 13 ; 1 Kings ix. 17 ; 1 Chron. vii. 24 ;

2 Chron. viii. 6 ; 1 Sam. xiii. 18 ; 1 Chron.

vi. 68 ; 2 Chron. xxv. 13

Beth-Jeshimoth, (Reuben.) Num. xxxiii. 49; Josh.

xii. 3, xiii. 30; Ezek. xxv. 9 64

Beth-Car, (Judah.) 1 Sam. vii. 11.

Beth-Lebaoth = Lebaoth, (Simeon.) Josh. xix. 6.
Bethlehem, 1) Judah, Ephratah. Gen. xxxv. 19,

xlviii. 7 ; Judg. xii. 10, xvii. 7, xix. 1 ;

Ruth i. 1, 19; 1 Sam. xvi. 4, xvii. 15, xx.

6 ; 2 Sam. ii. 32, xxiii. 14 ; 1 Chron. xi. 16 ;

2 Chron. xi. 6; Neh. vii. 26; Jer. i. 17;

Micah V. 1 ; Matt. ii. 1, 5, 8, 16 ; Luke ii.

4; John vii. 42 102,110

— 2) in Zcbulon Josh. xix. 15. 110

Beth-Maachah = Abel-Maachah, (Naphtali.) 2

Sam. XX. 14 ; 2 Kings xv. 29.
Beth-Marcaboth, (Simeon.) Josh. xix. 5 ; 1 Chron.

iv. 31.
Beth-Meon = Baal-Meon, (Reuben.) Jer. xlviii. 23.
Beth-Millo. See Millo No. 1.
Beth-Nimrah, (Gad.) Num. xxxii. 36; Josh.xiii.27. 64

Beth-Pazzez, (Issachar.) Josh. xix. 21.

Beth-Palet, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 27; Neh. xi. 26.
Beth-Peor, Baal-Peor, (Reuben.) Deut. iii. 29;

xxxiv. 6; Josh. xiii. 20

Bethphage. Matt. xxi. 1; Mark xi. 1; Luke xix. 29.
Beth-Rehob. See Rehob No. 1, (Asher.) Judg.

xviii. 28; 2 Sam. x. 6 119

Bethsaida, Julias. Matt. xi. 21; Mark vi. 45, viii.

22 : Luke ix. 10, x. 13 ; John i. 44, xii.

21. 72, 182, 190

MAPS.

VL Bd

IV. Bf

[VL Ce

V. Df

[VL Be
V. Cf
V. Be

IV. Bo

V. Be

[Fe
lY-Ce^

[V. Cf

V. Cf
V. Df

IV. De

IV. Be

V. Cf
VLBe

[V. Df
IV. De

V. Cf
IV. Ce
VI Be

[V. Df
IV. Do

V. Df

[IV. Do
V. Dd

[VL Cc

29d

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

296

Eeth-Shean, Scythopolis, (Manasseh.) Josh. xvii.
11, 16; Judg. i. 27; 1 Sam. x.xxi. 10; 2
Sam. xxi. 12; 1 Kings iv. 12; 1 Chron.
vii. 29 83

Beth-Shemesh, 1) Levitical city in Judah. Josh.
XV. 10; xxi. 16; 1 Sam. vi. 9; 1 Kings iv.
9; 2 Kings xiv. 11; 1 Chron. vi. 69; 2
Chron. xxv. 21, xxviii. 18 10.3, 106

— 2) (Issachar.) Josh. xix. 22.

— 3) (Naphtali.) Josh. xix. 32 ; Judg. 1. 33.

— 4) Heliopolis in Egypt Jer. xliii. 13. 38

Beth-Shittim 64

Beth-Sittah

Beth-Tappuah, (Judah.) Josh xv. 53.

Bethul, (Simeon.) Josh. xix. 4 ; 1 Chron. iv. 30.

Beth-Zur, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 58 ; 1 Chron. ii. 45 ;

2Chron. xi. 7; Neh. iii. 16 116,134

Betonim, (Gad.) Josh. xiii. 26.

Bezek, Besek, Basek. 1 Sam. xi. 8 ; Judg. i. 4. 100, 108
Bezer, Boser, city of refuge, (Reuben.) Deut. iv.

43 ; Josh. XX. 8, xxi. 36; 1 Chron. vi. 78. 96

Bezetha, one of the heights of Jerusalem 122

Bikah, valley, valley of the Leontes

Bileam = Ibleam, Levitical city in Manasseh.

1 Chron. vi. 70.

Eilhah = Baalah, (Simeon.) 1 Chron. iv. 29.

Bi/.jothjah, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 28.

Bithron 2 Sam. ii. 29. 116

Bithynia Acts xvi. 7 ; IPeteri. 1. 227

Black Sea

Bochim Judg. ii. 1, 5. 100

Bohan, boundary stone, (Reuben.) Josh. xv. 6,

xviii. 17.
Bor-Asan = Assan = Kor-Asan. 1 Sam. xxx. 30.

Bostra, the same as Bozrah

Botrys

Bozez, rock near Miohmash 1 Sfim. xiv. 4. 109

Bozkath, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 39; 2 Kings xxii. 1.
Bozrah. See Bazrah. Isa. xxxv. 6, 6 ; Amos i. 11,

12; Jer. xli.x. 13 21, 66, 101

Bubastus, Pibeshoth Ezek. xxx. 17.

Burghoz, town on the Leontes

Buz, in Arabia Jer. xxv. 23; Job xxxii. 2. 21

Byblus, on the coast of Phoenicia

Cabbon, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 40.

Cabul, (Asher.) Josh. xix. 27; 1 Kings ix. 13.

Caesarea. See Cesarea Palasstina and Philippi.

Cain Josh. xv. 57.

Calabria

Calah. See Halah Gen. x. 11. 25, 153

Calamon

Caleb 1 Sam. xxx. 14.

Callirrohoe, hot springs 181

Calnah, == Calno, Calneh 146

Calno, Calneh. Gen. x. 10; Isa. x. 9; Amos vi. 2. 146

Calvary, or Golgotha 122, 204

Camon, burial place of Jair Judg. x. 5.

Cana. Matt. x. 4 ; Mark iii. 18 ; John ii. 1, iv.

46 177, 180

Canaan. Gen. x. 6, xi. 31, xiii. 7, xv. 21, xxiv. 3,

xxxi. 18 ; Ex. iii. 8, xv. 14, xxxii. 2; Num.

xiii. 30, xxxiii. 51; Deut. xx.l7; Josh. iii. 10,

ix. 1, xi. 3, xiii. .3, xvii. 12, xxii. 9, xxiv. 11 ;

Judg. i. 1, 4, 27, iii. 3, 5 ; Ezra ix. 1 ; Neh.

ix. 8; Ps. cv. 11; Isa. xxiii. 11, xix. 18;

Ezek. xvi. 3 ; IIos. xii. 8 ; Zeph. ii. 5. 18, 67, 79

Canaanites 79, 97

Canatha = Kenath 192

Canneh. See Calneh Ezek. xxvii. 23. 129

Capercotia, town in Samaria

Capernaum. Matt. iv. 13, viii. 5, xi. 23, xvi. 24;

Mark i. 21, ii. 1, ix. 33; Luke iv. 23, 31,

vii. 1, X. 15 ; John iv. 47, vi. 17, 24. 72, 184, 190
Caphtor. Gen. x. 14; Deut. ii. 23 ; Jer. xlvii. 4;

Amos ix. 7.
Caphtorim, Philistines from Crete. Deut. ii. 23 ;

Jer. xlvii. 4; Amos ix. 7; Gen. x. 14 18

Capitolias 192

Cappadocia Acts ii. 9 ; 1 Pet. i. 1. 210

Cappareae, in northern Syria

Capua

Carchemish. Isa. x. 9; Jer. xlvi. 2; 2 Chron.

xxxv. 20 146

Carift; province in Asia Minor 249

V. Cd

[V.Bf

IV. Be

[III. Ae
VII. Ec

V. Cd
V.Bf

[V. Cf

IV. Ce

V. De

VI. Bd

IV. De
L
IV. Da

IV. Dd
VIL Ea
ILBa

[V.Fe
VIL Fc
V. Da

[IIL Ee

V. Ee
[IV. Fd

VI. Cb
[V.Da

VIL Pc

VIL Ba
II. Db
V.Da

ILDb

[V. Cd
IV. Ce
[VI.Bc

III. Ead
IL Cb

IV. Bbc

V. Fd

V.Ce

[VL Ce
V. Dd

[IIL Dd
IL Bb
V.Ed
VIL Fb
V. Fg
VII. Aa

II. Cb
VIL Db

136

Carion, in northern Syria

Carmel, cape

Carmel, Mount. Josh. xix. 26; 1 Kings xviii. 19;

2 Kings ii. 25; iv. 25, xix. 23; 1 Chron.

xi. 37 ; Sol. Songs vii. 5 ; Isa. xxxiii. 9,

xxxv. 2; Jer. iv. 26 ; 1. 19 ; Amos i. 2, ix.

3; Nah. i. 4

Carmel, city in Judah. Josh. xv. 55 ; 1 Sam. xv.

12, xxv. 2; 2vSam. xxiii. 35

Camus, on the coast of Syria

Carrhae, in Mesopotamia

Casiphia Ezra viii. 17.

Casium, cape, east of the Nile

Casius, Mount, in Syria

Casluch, the same as Casluhim

Casluhim Gen. x. 14; 1 Chron. i. 12.

Caspian Sea

Cathela, in the mountains of Syria

Caucasus, mountains «

Cedars of Lebanon 129

Cenehrea Acts xviii. 18; Rom. xvi. 1, 27. 232

Central Armenia ,

Cephalonia, on the coast of Epirus

Cerasus, on the coast of the Black Sea ,

Cesarea 211, 240

Cesarea Palaestina. Acts ix. 30, x. 1, xii. 19, xviii.

22, xxi. 8, 16, xxii. 23, xxv. 1 211

— Philippi. Matt. xvi. 13; Mark viii. 27. 71, 88, 193

Chalcedon, near Constantinople

Chalcidice, province in Syria

Chalcis, in Greece and Syria

Chaldea, Chaldeans, Chasdim. In the widest sense,

Mesopotamia. Gen. xi. 28 ; 2 Kings xxiv.

2, xxv. 4, 24; Isa. xiii. 19 ; xlvii. 1 ; xlviii.

14; Jer. xxxi. 4, xxiv. 5, xxvii. 5, 1. 1, Ii.

24; Ezek. i. 3, xii. 13

Chebar, river in Assyria. Ezek. i. 1, iii. 15, x. 15.

Chephar-haammonai Josh, xviii. 24.

Chephirah, (Benjamin.) Josh. ix. 17, xviii. 26;

Ezra ii. 25 ; Neh. vii. 29.
Cherith, Cherethites. 1 Kings xvii. 3, 7; 1 Sam.

xxx. 14; Ezek. xxv. 14; Zeph. ii. 5

Cheroth.....* 136

Chesalon, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 10.

Chesil, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 30.

Chesulloth, (Issachar.) Josh. xix. 18.

Chezib, Chozeba perhaps = Achzib, (Judah.) Gen.

xxxviii. 5; 1 Chron. iv. 22.

Chidon = Perez-Usa 1 Chron. xni. 9.

Chilmad Ezek. xxvii. 23.

Chios Acts XX. 15.

Chisloth-Tabor Josh. xix. 12, 22.

Chittim. See Kittim 80,128

Chorashan 116

Chorazin Matt. xi. 21 ; Luke x. 13. 72, 184, 1

Chronological data 41, 170, 171

Chub Ezek. xxx. 5.

Chun, a Phoenician city 1 Chron. xviii. 8.

Cilieia Acts vi. 9, xv. 23, 41, xxvii. 5. 226

Cimmerians

Cinnereth, Sea of Gennesarot. Num. xxxiv. 11,

Deut. iii. 17 ; Josh. xi. 2, xii. 3, xix. 35 ;

1 Kings XV. 20 187

City of David. 2 Sam. v. 9 ; 2 Chron. v. 2 ; 1

Chron. xi. 6; Neh. iii. 15, xii. 37.

City of Palm-trees. See Jericho 84

Cities of the Plain 31

Cities of Refuge 96

Civil war 115

Clauda, island Acts xxvii. 16. 241

Climate of Palestine 78

Cnidus Acts xxvii. 7. 240

Cnossus, in the island of Crete

Coelo-Syria

Colchis, on the Black Sea 10

Colonia, Felix Julia

Colosso Col. i. 2. 245, 257

Comana

Commissaries of Solomon 1 Kings iv. 8. 130

Conna, on the Orontes

Conquest of Canaan 84, 87, 97

Consentia, in Italy

Constantinople

Coos, island Acts xxi. 1. 236

Corcyra, on the coast of Epirus

V. Fg
V. Bd
[VL An

V.Cd Cg
VL Be
[IV. Cc

IV. Cf
V.Eg
VIL Fb

TIL Ed

V. Ef
IIL Ce
IL Bb
ILDa
V. Ef
VTI. Oa

[IL Da

VII. Cb
VII. Fa
VIL Eb
[V. Bd
VIL Ee
V. Dc
VIL Da
V. Ff
VIL Cb
V.Fg Ff

IL CDb

V. Cd

VII. Db

IIL Fa
VIL Eb
IL Ca

[IIL Eo
IV. Do

VIL Cc

VII. Db
V. DFb
VII. Ga
V. Cb
VIL Db
VIL Fb

V. Ea

VIL Bb
VIL Da
VIL Db
VIL Bb

297

INDEX.

*&fi+aK: "W?^^

298

C irea, town in Samara ,

Cbrinth. Acts xviii. 1, xix. 1 ; Rom. xvi. 27 ; 1

Cor. i. 2; 2 Cor. i. 1; 2 Tim. iv. 20 232

Creation, date of. 9

Crete, island Acts ii. 11, xxvii. t ; Titus i. 6. 246

Crevasse of the Jordan 68

Cush, Ediiopia. Gen. x. 6; Num. xii. 1; 2 Kings

xix. 9 ; 2 Chron. xii. 3, xiv. 11, xxi. 16 ;

Job xxviii. 10 ; Ps. Ixviii. 32, Ixxxvii. 4 ;

Esth. i. 1 ; Isa. xi. 11, xviii. ], xx. 3, xxxvii.

9, xliii. 4, xlv. 14; Jer. xiii. 23, xlvi. 9;

Ezek. xxix. 10, xxx. 4; Dan. xi. 43 ; Amos

ix. 7 ; Nah. iii. 9 ; Hab. iii. 7 ; Zeph. ii. 12,

iii. 10 10, 17

Cuth 2 Kings xvii. 24, 30.

Cutha 146

Cyprus, island. Acts iv. 36, xi. 19, xiii. 4, xv. 39,

xxi. 3, xxvii. 4 127, 220

Cyrene. Matt, xxvii. 32 ; Mark xv. 21 ; Luke xxiii.

26; Acts ii. 10, xi. 20 210

Cyreniaca, province in Africa

Cyrus, river 10

Cyzicus, island near Constantinople

Dabbasheth, (Zebulon.) Josh. xix. 11.

Dabrath, Lovitical city in Zebulon. Josh. xix. 12 ;
xxi. 28 ; 1 Chron. vi. 72.

Dacia, province in Macedonia

Dalmanutha Mark viii. 10.

Dalmatia 2 Tim. iv. 10.

Damascus. Gen. xiv. 15, xv. 2 ; 2 Sam. viii. 6 ;

1 Kings xi. 24, xv. 18, xix. 15, xx. 34; 2
Kings V. 12, viii. 7, xiv. 28, xvi. 9 ; 1 Chron.
xviii. 5 ; 2 Chron. xvi. 2, xxiv. 23, xxviii.
5 ; Sol. Songs vii. 4 ; Isa. vii. 8, viii. 4, x.
9, xvii. 1 ; Jer. xlix. 23 ; Ezek. xxvii. 18,
xlvii. 16; Amos i. 3 ; Zach. ix. 1 ; Acts ix.

2 seq., xxii. 6 ; 2 Cor. xi. 32 ; Gal. i. 17. 118, 140
Dan, 1) tribe Josh. xix. 48 seq.

— 2) = Laish, (Naphtali.) Josh. xix. 47 ; Judg.

xxviii. 7, 27, 29, xx. 1; 1 Sam. iii. 20; 2 .

Sam. iii. 10, xvii. 11, xxiv. 2, 16; 1 Kings

iv. 11, 25, xii. 29, xv. 20; 2 Kings x. 29;

1 Chron. xxi. 2 ; 2 Chron. xvi. 4, xxx. 6 ;

Amos viii. 14; Ezek. xxvii. 19 56, 94, 98

Dan-Jaan 2 Sam. xxiv. 6.

Dannah, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 49.

Danube, river

Dardania, province in Macedonia

Darnis, town in Africa

Daroma, near Gaza

David 105, 112, 117, 120

David's sepulchre

Dead Sea 73

Debir = Kirjath-Sannah = Kirjath-Sepher, Le-

vitical city in Judah. Josh. x. 38, xi. 21,

xiii. 26, XV. 7, 15, 49, xxi. 15 ; Judg. i. 11 ;

1 Chron. vi. 58 87, 89, 100

Decapolis, confederate cities Matt. iv. 26. 192

Dedan, 1) ti-ibe near the Persian Gulf. Gen. x. 7 ;

Ezek. xxvii. 15, 20, xx.xviii. 13 128

^ 2) tribe in Idumea. Gen. xxv. 3; Isa. xxi. 13;

Jer. xxv. 23, xlix. 8.

Dcdicat'>n. feast of. 197

Deir, Sinaitic Mountain

Deleda, in Syria

Delusro 13

Derbe Acts xiv. 6, 20, xvi. 1, xx. 4 223

Desert of the Jordan 77

Dibl.ath-Almon, Diblathaira, see Almon-Dib.
Dibon, l) = Dimona, (Judah.) Neh. xi. 26 ; Josh.

XV. 22 66

— 2) = Dibon-Gad, (Gad.) Num. xxi. 30, xxxii.

34, xxxiii. 46 ; Josh. xiii. 9, 17 ; Isa. xv. 2 ;

Jer. xlviii. 18, 22 64

Diklah, tribe of Joktan

Dilean, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 38.

Ditnon. See Dibon No. 1 66

Dimna, Levitieal city in Zebulon Josh. xxi. 35.

Dina, Assyrian tribe Ezra iv. 9.

Dinhaba Gen. xxxvi. 32; 1 Chron. i. 43.

Diospolis. See Lydda

Distribution of territory 90, 94

Dium, town in Peraea '.

Division of the earth 21

Dizahab, in the desert Deut. i. 1.

MAPS.

V.Co.

VII. Cb
II. Bb

II. Cd

II. Bb

VII. Cc
II. Da
VII. Da

VII. Ca

III. Fb
II. Cb

IV. Ea

V. Eb
IV. Be

IV. Db

VII. Da
VII. Ca
VII. Cc
V.Bg

IV. Def

[VI. Cc
V.DFd

II. Ec

III. Cb
V. FaFg

V. Fg
VII. Eb

V. Df
II. Cc

V. Bf
V. Ed

Doch, fortress near Jericho

Dodanim, (Rodanim.) Gen. x. 4. 16

Daphne, a grove near Antioch.

Dophkah 60

Dor = Naphot-Dor, (Manasseh.) Josh. xi. 2, xii.
23, xvii. 11 ; Judg. i. 27 ; 1 Kings iv. 11

1 Chron. vii. 29 87, 90, 13»rIV. Be

MAPS.

V. Cf

II. Ba

III. Cg
[III. De

Dora, below Mount Carmel

Dorostorum, town on the Danube

Dorycleum, in Phrygia

Dothan, Dothaim. Gen. xxxvii. 17; 2 Kings

vi. 1.3 28, 36

Dragon-well Neh. ii. 13.

Dumah. Gen. xxv. 14; Isa. xxi. 11; Josh. xv.

Dura Dan. iii. 1. 134

Dyrrhachium

Eastern Desert 77

Ebal, Mount, in mountains of Ephraim. Deut. xi.

29, xxvii. 4, 13; Josh. viii. 30 84

Eben-Ezer, pillar 1 Sam. iv. 1, iii. 1, vii. 12.

Eben-Ezel, pillar 1 Sam. xx. 19.

Eber, progenitor of the Hebrews., ..Gen. x. 21, 24. 20

Eboda

Ecbatana = Achmetha Ezra vi. 2. 161

Ecdippa

Eden, 1) Paradise. Gen.ii. 8, iii. 23, iv. 16 9, 11, 14

— 2) region in Assyria. 2 Kings xix. 12; Isa.

xxxvii. 12; Ezek. xxvii. 23 129

Eder, Judah Josh. xv. 21.

Edessa, on the Euphrates

Edom, Edomites, Idumea. Gen. xxvi. 25, xxxvi.

16; Num. xx. 14, xxiv. 18; Josh. xv. 1;

Judg. V. 4, xi. 17; 1 Sam. xiv. 47, xxi. 7;

xxii. 9; 2 Sam. viii. 14; 1 Kings ix. 16, xi.

1, 14, xxii. 48 ; 2 Kings iii. 8, viii. 20, xiv.

7; 1 Chron. i. 43, xviii. 12; 2 Chron. xxi.

8 ; Ps. Ixxxiii. 7, Ix. 2, 10, cviii. 10 ; Isa.

Ixiii. 1 ; Jer. ix. 26, xxv. 1, xxvii. 3, xl. 11,

xlix. 7 ; Dan. xi. 41 ; Joel iii. 24 ; Amos i.

11; Obad. 1; Mai. i. 4 33,60,118

Edra, in the Ilauran

Edumea, town in Samaria

Edrei, 1) (Naphtali.) Josh. xix. 37.

— 2) in Bashan, (Manasseh.) Num. xxi. 33;

Deut. i. 4, iii. 1 ; Josh. xii. 4, xiii. 12, 31... 62

Eglaim Isa. xv. 8. 66

Eglon, Canaanitish city in Judah. Josh. xvi. 3,

34, xii. 12, XV. 39

Egypt, Mizraim, Cham. Gen. x. 6, xi. 10, xxi. 21,

xxvi. 2, xxxvii. 25, xxxix. 1, xlvi. 34, 1. 11 ;

Ex. i. 14, xiv. 25 ; Josh. xxiv. 5 ; Judg. vi.

8 ; 1 Sara, xxvii. 8; 2 Sam. vii. 6 ; 1 Kings

iii. 1, iv. 21, vi. 1, xi. 18, 40, xiv. 26; 2

Kings vii. 6, xvii. 4, 36, xviii. 21, xxiii. 29;

2 Chron. xii. 3, xxvi. 8, xxxv. 30 ; Ezra ix.

1 ; Ps. Ixxviii. 43, cv. 2,3, cvi. 7, cxxxvi. 10 ;

Isa. vii. 18, xi. 11, xix. 1, xx. 3, xxx. 1, xliii.

3, xlv. 14; Jer. ii. 36, ix. 26, xxv. 19, xxvi.

21, xx.xvii. 5, xxxix. 1, xii. 17, xlvi. 2 ;

Ezek. xvi. 26, xxix. 2 ; Dan. xi. 43 ; Josh.

vii. 11; Joel iii. 24; Amos ix. 7; Nah. iii.

9; Zach. X. 10; Matt. ii. 13, 20 ; Acts ii.

10, vii. 15; Heb. xi. 27 37

Ekron, Akkaron, (Judah and Dan.) Josh. xiii. 3,

XV. 11, 45, xix. 43 ; Judg. i. 18 ; 1 Sam. v.

10, vi. 17, vii. 14, xvii. 52; 2 Kings i. 2;

Jer. xxv. 20 ; Amos i. 8 ; Zeph. ii. 4 ; Zach.

ix. 5 106

Elam, Elamites, (Persia.) Gen. x. 22, xiv. 1 ; Ezra

iv. 9 ; Isa. xi. 11, xxi. 2 ; Jer. xxv. 25, xlix.

34 ; Ezek. xxxii. 24 ; Dan. viii. 2 ; Acts

ii. 9 19, 30

Elanitic Gulf 67

Elassar, in Assyria perhaps = Thelassar. Ex.

,xiv. 1 30

Elath, Eloth. Deut. ii. 8 ; 2 Sam. viii. 14; 1 Kings

ix. 26 ; 2 Kings xiv. 22, xvi. 6; 2 Chron.

xviii. 17, xxvi. 2 60, 131

Elealeh (Reuben.) Num. xxxii. 3, 37; Isa. xv. 4,

xvi. 9 ; Jer. xlviii. 34 64

Eleph, (Benjamin.) Josh, xviii. 28.

Eleutheropolis, Episcopal city in Judah

Elim, country. See Beer No. 2. Ex. xv. 27, xvi. 1 ;

Num. xxxiii. 9 ; Isa. x v. 8 47

V. BdBf
VII. Da
VII. Eb

IV. Cd
I.

II. Cb

[IV. Bf
VII. Ba

V. Ce

[III. De

IV. Bg
II. Db

V. Cc

VII. Fb

V. Cg

III. Ee

IV. Dg
II. Cc

V. Ed
V. Ce

[VI. Bd
[V. Ed
IV. Ec
[III. Fo
[V. Bf
IV. Be

VII. Eo
II. BCc

V. Bf
IV. Be
III. Dd

VI. Ae

II. Db

III. Dg

V. Bf
III. Cf

299

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

300

Klisha, the prophet ,.,..,. 139

Elisha, son of Javan. Gen. x. 4; Ezek. xxvii. 7. 16

EUsha, isles of. 128

Elijah the Tishbite 136

Elkosh Nah, i. 1.

Elon. 1) (Dan.) Josh. xix. 43; 1 Kings iv. 9. 130

— 2) perhaps = Mealon, (Naphtali.) Josh.

xix. 33.
Eltekeh, Levitical city in Dan. Josh. six. 44,

xxi. 33.

Eltekon, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 59.

Eltolad = Tolad, (Simeon.) Josh. xv. 30, xix. 4.

Einek-Keziz, city in Benjamin Josh, xviii. 21.

Emek-Rephaim. See Rephaim.

Emesa, in Upper Syria, north of Balbec

Emim Gen. xiv. 5; Deut. ii. 10. 30

Eramaus, in Galilee Luke xxi v. 13. 207

Enakim

Enan = Hozar-Enan Num. i. 15, xxxiv. 9,

Eudor, (Manasseh.). Josh. xvii. 11 ; 1 Sam. xxviii

7; Ps.lxxxiii.il 95,115

En-Eglaim Ezek. xlvii. 10.

En-Gannim, 1) = Anim, Levitical city in Issa-

char. Josh. xix. 21, xxi. 29.

— 2) (Judah.) Josh. xv. 34.

Engedi = Hazezon-Thamar, (Judah.) Josh. xv.

62 ; 1 Sam. xxiv. 2 ; 2 Chron. xx. 2 ; Sol.

Songs i. 14; Ezek. xlvii. 10 113,139

En-Hadaa, (Issachar.) Josh. xix. 21.

En-Hazor, (Naphtali.) Josh. xix. 37.

En-Mishpat, near Kadesh, perhaps = Meribah.

Gen. xiv. 7.

Enoch, city of 9, 11

Enon, where John baptized

En-Rimmon Neh. xi. 29.

En-Rogel. See Rogel 120

En-Shemesh, fountain, (Benjamin.) Josh. xv. 7,

xviii. 17.

En-Tappuah Isa. xvii. 7.

Ephah, tribe of Midianites. Gen. xxv. 4; 1 Chron.

i. 33 ; Isa. Ix. 6.
Ephes-dammim, Dammim, (Judah.) 1 Sam. xvii.

1 ; 1 Chron. xi. 13.
Ephesus. Acts xviii. 21, 24, xix. 1, xx. 17; 1 Cor.

XV. 32, xvi. 8 ; 1 Tim. i. 3 ; 2 Tim. i. 18, iv.

12; John i. 11, ii. 1 233,249

Ephraim, 1) tribe of. Josh. xvi. 6-10; 2 Sam.

vii. 6

— 2) mountains of. Josh. xvii. 15, xix. 50 ; Judg.

ii. 9, iii. 16, vii. 24, x. 1, xvii. 8, xviii. 2,
xix. 1 ; 1 Sam. i. 1, ix. 4, xiv. 22 ; 1 Kings
iv. 8 ; 2 Kings v. 52 ; 2 Chron. xix. 4 ; Jer.
1. 19

— 3) wood of. 2 Sam. xviii. 6.

— 4) = Ephrem 2 Sam. xiii. 23 ; John xi. 54.

— 5) = kingdom of Israel. Isa. ix. 8, xvii. 3,

xxviii. 3; Hos. iv. 17, v. 3, ix. 3, xii. 1

Ephratah, Ephrath = Bethlehem-Ephratah. Gen.

XXXV. 16, xlviii. 7 ; Ruth iv. 11 ; Ps. cxxxii.

6; Micah v. 1

Ephrem. See Ephraim No. 4.

Ephron, 1) mountains of Josh. xv. 9.

— 2) (Benjamin.) 2 Chron. xiii. 9.

Epiphania, supposed to be Hamath

Epirus

Erech, in Shinah Gen. x. 10.

Esdraelon, plain of. See Jezreel No. 2. (Issa-
char.) 70, 114, 130

Esek, fountain Gen. xxvi. 20.

Eshcol, brook. Num. xiii. 24, xxxii. 9 ; Deut. i. 24.

Eshean, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 52.

Eshtaol, (Dan.) Josh. xv. 33, xix. 41 ; Judg. xiii.

25, xvi. 31, xviii. 2, 11 ; 1 Chron. ii. 53

Eshtemoah, Levitical city in Judah. Josh. xv. 50,

xxi. 14; 1 Sam. xxx. 28; 1 Chron. vi. 57,

iv. 17 91, 116

Etam, Ethan, 1) (Judah.) 1 Chron. iv. 32 ; 2 Chron.

xi. 6 43, 133

_ 2) rock Judg. xv. 8. 103

— 3) station Ex. xiii. 20 ; Num. xxxiii. 6, 3.

Etham, desert of 44, 45

Ether, (Simeon.) Josh. xv. 42, xix. 7.

Ethiopians 10

Eubcea, island of Greece

Euphrates. Josh. i. 4; 2 Sam. viii. 3; Gen. ii. 14,

XV. 18; Deut. i. 7, xi. 24; Jer. xiii. 4, xlvL

120
197

MAPS.

IL Bb

n^Fg

VII. Fc
IIL Fd
V. Bf
IIL Ed

[V. Cd
IV. Cc
[VLBc

IV. Cf

IV. Cc

VIL Db
IV. Cd

[IV. Fe
VL Be

[V. CEf

V. Ce
IV. Ft

VII. Fb
VIL Cb
II. Db

V. Cd

IV. Be

[V.Cg
IV. Cf

IV. Ce

IIL Bf

II. Ce

VIL Cb

2, Ii. 63 ; 2 Kings xxiii. 29, xxiv. 7 ; 1 Chron.

V. 9, xviii. 3; 2 Chron. xxxv. 20 10, 166

Ezel 1 Sam. XX. 19.

Ezion-Geber, (Berenice.) Num. xxxiii. 35 ; Deut.

ii. 28 ; 1 Kings ix. 26, xxii. 49 : 2 Chron.

Viii. 17, XX. 36 60, 131

Ezra ICO

Exodus of the Israelites 43, 59

Extermination of the Israelites 97

Fair Havens Acts xxvii. 8. 240

Fiery serpents.

Flood, Noah 12

Formia3 243

Fuller's grave, in ancient Jerusalem

Gaash, mountain. Josh xxiv. 30; Judg. ii. 9: 2

Sam. xxiii. 30. 97

Ga.ash, brooks of. .....1 Chron. xi. 32.

Gaash, hill 97

Gaba = Geba, (Benjamin.) Josh, xviii. 24; Judg.
XX. 33; 1 Sam. xiv. 6; Ezra ii. 26; Neh.
vii. 30, xi. 31

Gabala, on the east of Syria

Gabatha, near Mount Carmel

Gabbatha John xix. 13.

Gad, 1) tribe Josh. xiii. 24-28. 92

— 2) brook = Jabbok 2 Sam. xxiv. 5.

Gadara 189, 192

Gadarenes Mark v. 1; Luke viii. 26.

Gadda

Galatia. 1 Pet. i. 1 ; Acts xvi. 6, xviii. 23 ; 2 Tim.

iv. 10 227

Galileans 167

Galilee. Josh. xiii. 2, xx. 7, xxi. 32 ; 1 Kings ix.
11 ; 2 Kings xv. 29 ; 1 Chron. vi. 61 ; Matt,
ii. 22, iii. 1.3, iv. 12, xvi. 22, xix. 1, xxi. 11,
xxvi. 32, xxvii. 55, xxviii. 10; Mark i. 9,
14, iii. 7, vi. 21, ix. 30 ; Luke i. 26, iii. 1,
xvii. 11, xxiii. 6; John i. 4, 3, iv. 1, vii. 1 ;

Act? xiii. 31 77, 179

Galilee, Sea of, Sea of Gennesaret, Sea of Cinne-
roth. Matt. iv. 13. 18, viii. 18, xiii. 1, xiv.
25, XV. 19; Mark i. 16, ii. 13, iii. 7, iv. 1,
V. 21, vii. 21; Luke viii. 23; Josh. vi. 1,

xxi. 1 72, 187

Gallim, (Benjamin.)...! Sam. xxv. 44; Isa. x. 30. 147

Gareb, hill Jer. xxxi. 39.

Gamala

Gammadims

Gate of Jerusalem, Ancient

— Bethlehem

— Brick

— Damascus

— Eastern

— Ephraim's

— Fish

— Garden

— Golden

— Herod's

— Horse

— of the Fountain

— of the Valley

— Sheep

— St. Stephen's

— Water

— Zion's

Gath, Geth. Josh. xi. 22, xiii. 3 ; 1 Sam. v. 8, vi.

17 ; vii. 14, xvii. 4, xxi. 10, xxvii. 2 ; 2 Sam.

XV. 18, xxi. 20; 1 Kings ii. 39; 2 Kings

xii. 17 ; 1 Chron. vii. 21, xviii. 1 ; 2 Chron.

xi. 8, xxvi. 6 ; Ps. Ii.- 1 ; Amos vi. 2 ;

Micah i. 10 106, 134

Gath-IIepher, (Zebulon.) Josh. xix. 13; 2 Kings

xiv. 25.
Gath-Rimmon, 1) Levitical city in Dan. Josh.

xix. 45, xxi. 24 ; 1 Chron. vi. 69.

— 2) Levitical city in Manasseh. ..Josh. xxi. 26.

Gaulonitis, Golan

Gaza, Gasa. Gen. x. 19 ; Deut. ii. 23 ; Josh. x. 41,

xi. 22, xiii. 3, xv. 47 ; Judg. i. 18, vi. 4,
xvi. 1 ; 1 Sam. vi. 17 ; 1 Kings iv. 24; 2
Kings xviii. 8 ; Jer. xxv. 20, xlvii. 1 ; Amos
i. 6; Zeph. ii. 4; Zech. ix. 5; Acts viii.

26 104, 121

Gaser = Geser, Levitical citj' in Ephraim. Josh.

301

INDEX.

302

X. 33 ; Judg. 1. 29 ; 2 Sam. x. 25 ; 1 Kings

ix. 15, 16; 'l Chron. xiv. 16, xx. 4 117

Gebel Fureia, Sinaitic mountain

Geba, Qeba-Benjamin, Lovitieal city in Benjamin.
Josh, xviii. 24, xxi. 17 ; Judg. xx. 10 ; 2
Sam. V. 25 ; 1 Kings xv. 22 ; 2 Kings xxiii.
8 ; 1 Chron. vi. 60, viii. 6 ; 2 Chron. xvi. 6 ;
Isa. X.29; Zech. xiv. 10 109,117,147

Gebal, 1) = Giblim 1 Kings v. 18. 128

— 2) = Byblus Ezek. xxvii.

Gebalene, province of Idumea

Gebim, (Judah.) Isa. x. 31. 147

Geder, perhaps == Gedera, (Judah.) Josh. xii. 13. 89
Gedera, perhaps = Gederoth = Beth-Gader. (Ju-
dah.) Josh. XV. 36; 1 Chron. xii. 4.

Gaderothaim, perhaps = the former. Josh. xt.
41 ; 2 Chron. xxviii. 18.

Gedor Josh. xv. 68 ; 1 Chron. iv. 39 ; xii. 7.

Gehenna = Ilinnom.

Gennesaret, 1) land Matt. xiv. 34. 72, 190

— 2) Sea Luke v. 1. 72, 187

Gorar, 1) city in Philistia. Gen. xvi. 9, xx. 1,

xxvi. 1, 7; 2 Chron. xiv. 14 33, 134

— 2) valley of. Gen. xxvi. 17

Gerasa 192

Gergesenes = Girgashites Matt. viii. 28

Geroda, town north of Damascus

Gorizim, mountain. Judg. ix. 7; Dout. xi. 29,

xxvii. 12; Josh. viii. 33

Gorrha, town in Trachonitis

Geshur, region in Syria. 2 Sam. iii. 3, xiii. 37,

XV. 8

Goshuri, 1) tribe near Hermon, perhaps = Geshur.

Deut. iii. 14 ; Josh. xii. 5, xiii. 13 ; 1 Chron.

ii. 23

— tribe in southern Palestine. Josh. xiii. 2 ; 1

Sam. xvii. 8

Gethaim = Githaim, (Benjamin.) 2 Sam. iv. 3.

Gether, unknown district Gen. x. 33.

Gethsemane....Matt. xxvi. 36; Mark xiv. 32. 125, 202
Go.'.er = Gazar = Gazara, Levitical city in

Ephraim. Josh. x. 33; xii. 12, xvi. 3; xxi.

21 ; Judg. i. 29 ; 1 Kings ix. 15 ; 1 Chron.

vi. 67 ; vii. 28

Ghor volcanic agencies, in

Giah 2 Sam. ii. 24.

Gibbar == Gibeon Ezra ii. 20.

Gibbethon, Levitical city in Dan. Josh. ix. 44,

xxi. 23 ; 1 Kings xv. 27, xvi. xv.
Gibeah, 1) (Judah.) Josh. xv. 57.

— 2) = Gibeah-Benjamin = Gibeah of Saul,

(Benjamin.) Josh, xviii. 28; Judg. xix. 12,
XX. 4 ; 1 Sam. vii. 1, x. 26, xi. 4, xiii. 2,
15, xiv, 16, XV. 34, xxii. 6, xxvi. 1 ; 2 Sam.
vi. 3, xxi. 6, xxxiii. 29 ; 1 Chron. xi. 31,
xii. 2 ; 2 Chron. xiii. 2 ; Neh. xii. 29 ; Isa.
X. 29; Hos. v. 8, ix. 9, x. 9 109, 117, 147

— 3) (Ephraim.) Josh. xxiv. 33.

Gibeon, Levitical city in Benjamin. Josh. ix. 3, 17.

X. 4, xi. 19, xviii. 25, xxi. 17; 2 Sam. ii. 12,

24, xxi. 2 ; 1 Kings iii. 4, ix. 2 ; 1 Chron.

viii. 29, xii. 4, xiv. 16; 2 Chron. i. 3; Neh.

iii. 7 ; Isa. xxviii. 21 ; Jer. xxviii. 1, xii.

12..... 84, 101

Giblites = Gebal No. 1 Josh. xiii. 5.

Gidom, (Benjamin.) Judg. xx. 45.

Gibon, 1) river = Nile Gen. ii. 13. 10

— 2) fountain near Jerusalem = Giloah. 1 Kings

i. 33 ; 2 Chron. xxxii. 30, xxxiii. 14.

Gilboa, mountains of, (Issachar.) 1 Sam. xxviii.

4, xxxi. 1 ; 2 Sam. i. 6 ; 1 Chron. x. 1. 77, 70, 114

Gilead, 1) land. Gen. xxxi. 47, xxxvii. 25 ; Num.
xxxii. 1 ; Deut. ii. 36 ; Josh. xii. 2, xiii. 10,
xvii. 1, 5, XX. 8, xxii. 9 ; Judg. x. 8, xx. 1 ;
1 Sam. xxxi. 11; 2 Sam. ii. 9, xvii. 26; 1
Kings ii. 7, iv. 19, xvii. 1 ; 2 Kings x. 33,
XV. 19; Ps. Ix. 9, cviii. 8; Jer. xlvi. 11, 1.
19; Ezek. xlvii. 18; Hos. xii. 12; Amos i.
3, 13; Zech. x. 10 35, 128

— 2) mountains. Gen. xxxi. 21 ; Sol. Songs iv.

1; vi. 4; Obad. 19

— 3) city Judg. xii. 7; Hos. vi. 8.

Gilgal, near Jericho and the Jordan. Josh. iv. 19,

V. 9, ix. 6, X. 6, xiv. 6, xv. 7 ; Judg. ii. 1, iii.
19 ; 1 Sam. vii. 16, x. 8, xi. 14, xiii. 4, xv.
33; 2 Sam. xix. 15, 40; 2 Kings iv. 38;

119

58
116

V. Ee
IIL Ba

[V. Ce
IV. Cd

IV. Da

V. Da
V. Dg

IV. Ce

VL Cc

[V.Bg

IV. Bf
[V. Ee

VIL Fc
[VL Cd

V. Fb

V. Fc
[III. Eb
IV.DEb

IV.DEb

IV. ABf

IV. Ce

[IV. Ef
V. Cf

[IV. Ff
V. Cf
[VL Be

[V. Cf
IV.CeFf
IV. Da

[V. Ce
IV. Cc
[VL Bd

[IV.Dcd
IIL Ec

[V. De
IV. Dd

[V. De

ILDa

[V. Do
IV. De

IL Ca

V. Cf

IILABo

ILDb
IL Bb

Neh. xii. 29; Hos. iv. 15, ix. 15, .xii. 11;

Amos iv. 4, v. 5 ; Micah vi. 5 ; Deut. xi. [V. Cf

30; Josh. xii. 23 83 IV. Bd

Giloh, in the mountains of Judah. Josh. xv. 61; [V.CeBe

2 Sam. XV. 12; xxiii. 34 119 [V. Bf

Gimzo, (Judah.) 2 Chron. xxviii. 18. IV. Be

Ginaea, modern town of Jenin V. Ce

Girgashites, Gergesenes. Gen. x. 16, xv. 21; Josh.

iii. 10, xxiv. U; Neh. ix. 8 19, 80 IIL E«

Giscala, in the mountains of Galilee V. Cc

Githa-Hepher = Gath-Hepher. [V. Ce

Gittaim, (Benjamin.) Neh. xi. 33. 117 IV. Cd

Gizonites 1 Chron. xi. 34.

Goath Jer. xxxi. 39.

Gob 2 Sam. xxi. 19. 120

Gog 16

Goim 30

Golan, Levitical city in Manasseh. Deut. iv. 43 ;

Josh. XX. 8, xxi. 27 ; 1 Chron. vi. 71 96

Golgotha. Matt, xxvii. 33; Mark xv. 22; Luke

xxiiL 33; John xix. 17 122, 204

Goliath 112

Gomer, sonof Japheth. Gen. x. 2; Ezek. xxxviii. 6. 15
Gomorrah. Gen. x. 19, xiii. 10, xiv. 2, xviii. 20,

xix. 24; Isa. i. 9, xiii. 19; Jer. xxiii. 14,

xlix. 18, 1. 40 ; Zeph. ii. 9; Matt. x. 15;

Mark vi. 11; 2 Pet. ii. 6 31

Gophna. See Aphni

Goshen, 1) in Egypt. Gen. xiv. 19, xlvi. 28, xlvii.

47, 1. 8 ; Ex. ix. 26, xiii. 17 ; 1 Chron. vii. 21. 41

— 2) (Judah.) Josh. x. 41, xi. 16, xv. 51. 87, 88

Gozan, region in Assyria. 2 Kings xvii. 6, xviii.

11, xix. 12 ; 1 Chron. v. 26 ; Isa. xxxvii. 12.

Grecian isles 128

Greece Dan. viii. 21, xi. 2; Acts xx. 2.

Gudgodah, in the desert Deut. x. 7.

Gur, near Ibleam 2 Kings ix. 27. 140

Gur-Baal, in Arabia 2 Chron. xxvi. 7. 145

Habor = Thabor, Thebar, river in Assyria. 2 Kings

xvii. 6, xvii. 11; 1 Chron. v. 26 145

Hachilah 1 Sam. xxiii. 19; xxvi. 1. 113, 114

Hadad-Rimmon, (Maximianopolis.) Zech. xii. 11.

Hadashah, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 37.

Hadid, Adida, (Benjamin.) Neh. vii. 37, xL 34;

Ezra ii. 33.

Iladoram, Arabian tribe Gen. x. 27.

Hadrach, an unknown land Zech. ix. 1.

Hadst. See Tahtim-Hodshi.

Hseraus, mountains, north of Thrace

Hagarenes, Ilagarites, Arabian tribe. 1 Chron. v.

10, xi. 28, xxvii. 21; Ps. Ixxxiii. 7

Haggai 163

Hahiroth. See Pi-Hahiroth Num. xxxiii. 7.

Halah, Assyrian province. 2 Kings xvii. 6, xviii,

11; 1 Chron. V. 26 145

Halhul, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 58

Hali, (Asher.) Josh. xix. 25

Halys, river 10

Ham. See Egypt. Ps. Ixxviii. 51, cv. 23, cvi. 22 ;

Gen. ix. 18 17

Hamath, 1) Hemath, Hemath-Zoba, (Ephiphania,)

city and country in Syria. Num. xiii. 22,

xxxiv. 8 ; Josh. xiii. 5 ; Judg. iii. 3 ; 2 Sam.

viii. 9; 1 Kings vii. 65 ; 2 Kings xiv. 25,

xvii. 24, xviii. 34, xix. 13, xxiii. 33 ; 1 Chron.

xiii. 5; 2 Chron. viii. 3; Isa. x. 8, xi. 11;

xxxvi. 18, xxxvii. 13; Jer. x.xxix. 5, xlix.

23, Iii. 9 ; Ezek. xlvii. 16, 20, xlviii. 1 ; Amos

vi. 2; Zech. i.x. 2 19,69,118

— 2) Levitical city in Naphtali == Hamoth-Dor.

Josh. xix. 35.

Hamathite 17, 19

Hammath, on the coast of the Sea of Galilee

Hammon, 1) (Naphtali.) 1 Chron. vi. 76.

— 2) (Asher.) Jo.sh. xix. 28.

Hamoth-Dor, Levitical city in Naphtali = Ha-
math No. 2. Josh. xxi. 32.

Hanathon. See Nathon, (Zebulon.) Josh ix. 14.

Hanes, in Egypt. See Tapahnes Isa. xxx. 4.

Hapharaim, (Issachar.) Josh. xix. 19.

Hara, region in Syria 1 Chron. v. 26.

Haradah, encampment Num. xxxiii. 34.

Haran. Gen. xi. 31, xii. 5, xxvii. 43, xxviii. 10,

xxix. 4 ; 2 Kings xix. 12 ; Ezek. xxvii. 23 ;

Acts vii. 2; Isa. xxxvii. 12 27, 129, UC

IV. Co

n. Dd

VIL CD
ILDb

[IV. Fg
V. Cf

[IL Cb
VIL Ea

ILBCce

[V. Fg
II. Cb

[IV. Do-
V. Dd

IIL Af

II. Cb

303

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OP BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

30/

Harar, Ilaradites. 2 Sam. xxiii. 11, 33; 1 Chron.
xi. 27, 34.

Harem, Horem, (Naphtali.) Josh. xix. 38.

Haretli, (Judah.) 1 Sam. xxii. 5. 112

Har-Jearim. See Jearim.

Uarma

Harmony of the Gospels 169, 172

Harod, fountain Judg. vii. 1. 101

Harosheth Judg. iv. 3, 13. 101

Hasbeiya

Hashmona, station Num. xxxiii. 29.

Hatita

Hauran, Auranitis, and Trachonitis

Haveran Ezek. xlvii. 18.

Havilah, Hevilah, 1) land of gold Gen. ii. 11. 10

— 2) son of Cush Gen. x. 7 ; 1 Chron. i. 9. 17

— 3) Arabian district. Gen.x.29, xxv. 18 ; 1 Sam.

XV. 7

Havoth-Jair, (Manasseh.) Num. xxxii. 41 ; Deut

iii. 14; Judg. x. 4; 1 Chron. ii. 23 102

Hazael 152

Hazar-Adar. See Adar.

Hazar-Enan = Enan Ezek. xlvii. 17, xlviii. 1.

Hazar-Gaddah, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 27.

Hazar, in Simeon

Hazarmaveth, Arabian people Gen. x. 26.

Hazar-Susah, (Simeon.) Josh. xv. 28, xix. 3; 1

Chron. iv. 28 ; Neh. xi. 27.
Hazar-Shusa, (Simeon.) Josh, xix. 5; 1 Chron,

iv. 31.

Hazar-Hatticon Ezek. xlvii. 16.

Hazerim Deut. ii. 23.

Hazeroth. Num. xi. 35, xiii. 1, xxxiii. 17 ; Deut. i, 1, 64
Hazezon-Tamar == Engedi. Gen. xiv. 7 ; 2 Chron.

XX. 2 30

Hazor, 1) (Benjamin.) Neh. xi. 33.

— 2) (Naphtali.) Josh. xi. 1, xii. 19, xix. 36 ;

Judg. iv. 2, 17 ; 1 Sam. xii. 9; 1 Kings ix,
15; 2 Kings XV. 29 87

— 3) Hezron, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 3, 23.

— 4) in Arabia Jer, xlix. 28.

Hazor- Hadattah, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 25,

Hebron = Kirjath-Arba. Gen. xiii. 18, xxiii. 2, 19,

XXXV. 27, xxxvii. 14 ; Num. xiii. 23 ; Josh.

X. 3, xi. 21, xii. 10, xiv. 14, xx. 7; Judg.

i. 10, 20, xvi. 3 ; 1 Sam. xxx. 31 ; 2 Sam.

ii. 1, 11, 33, ii. 20, iv. 1, 12, v. 1, xv. 7 ;

1 Kings ii. 11 ; 1 Chron. iii. 1, vi. 57, xi. 1,

xxix. 7; 2 Chron, xi. 10; Josh. xix. 28.

32, 79, 96, 171

Helam, in or by the Euphrates 2 Sam. x. 17. 119

Helbah, (Asher.) Judg. i. 31.

Helbon, Thalybon Ezek, xxvii. 18. 129

Heldua, coast of Syria below Beirut

Helena, palace of, ancient Jerusalem

Heleph, (Naphtali.) Josh. xix. 33.

Heliacmon, river 230

Heliopolis. See Beth-Shemesh No. 4 38

Helkath, Levitical city in Asher. Josh. xix. 25 ;

xxi. 31.

Helkath-Hazzurim, in Gibeon 2 Sam. ii. 16,

Hellespont

Hemath. See Hamath.

Henah, near the Euphrates. 2 Kings xviii. 34,

xix. 13; Isa. xxxvii. 13 146

Hppha

Hepher = Gath-Hepher. Josh. xii. 17 ; 1 Kings

iv. 12

Heraclea, south shore of the Black Sea

Heracleopolis, city in Egypt

Hermon, Senir, Sirion, mountains of. Deut. iii. 8,

Josh. xi. 3, 17, xii. 1 ; 1 Chron. v. 23 ; Ps.

Ixxxix. 13, cxxxiii. 3 ; Sol. Songs iv. 8.

70, 77, 114, 128, 194

Heres, mountain Judg. L 35.

Herod, palace of.

Heshbon, Levitical city in Gad. Num. xxi. 26,

xxxii. 4, 37 ; Deut. i. 4, ii. 24; Josh. ix. 10,

xii. 2, 5, xiii. 7, xxi. 39; Judg. xi. 19, 26 ;

1 Chron. vi. 81 ; Sol. Songs vii. 4 ; Isa. xv.

4, xvi. 8; Jer. xlviii. 2, 34, xlix 3 62

Heshmon, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 27.

Heth, ancestor of the Hittites. Gen. x. 15, xxiii. 3. 18
Hethlon, near Damascus. Ezek. xlvii. 15, xlviii. 1.
Hezron. See Hazor No. 3.
Hiddekel, Tigris Gen. ii. 14; Dan, x. 4, 9

V. Cg

[V. Do

IV. Cb

V. Do

V. Ee
V. Ecd

II. Dc
II. Cd

II. Dd

V. Bf
II. Dd

in. Dg

rV. CeF

[III. Eb
IV. Db

[V. Cf

IV. CeF
[III. Dd

II. Cb

V. Cb
I.

VII. Ec

VII. Da

II. Db
V. Cd

[V. Ef
VII. Ea

III. Af

[VI. Cb
V. Dc
[III. Fb
I,

[V. Df
IV. De

Ilierapolis Col. iv. 11 244, 267

Hilen, perhaps = Holon, (Judah.) 1 Chron. vi. 68.
Hinnom, Ben-Hinnom, valley. Josh. xv. 8, xviii.

16; 2 Kings xxiii. 10; 2 Chron. xxviii. 3;

Neh. xi. 30 ; Jer. vii. 32, xix. 2, xxxii. 35.

Hippicus, tower of.

Hippos, south-west of the Sea of Galilee

Hiroth = Hahiroth Ex. xiv. 2.

Hittites. Gen. xv. 20, xxiii. 7, xxvi. 34, xxxvi. 2,

xlix. 29 ; Ex. iii. 8, xxxiii. 2 ; Num. xiii. 20 ;

Deut. vii. 1, xx. 17 ; Josh. i. 4, iii. 10, ix. 1, xi.

3, xxiv. 11 ; Judg. i. 26, iii. 6; 1 Sam. xxvi.

6 ; 2 Sam. xi. 3, xxiii. 39 ; 1 Kings ix. 20,

X. 29, xi. 1, XV. 5 ; 2 Kings vii. 6 ; 1 Chron.

xi. 41; 2 Chron. i. 17; Ezra ix. 1; Neh,

ix. 8; Ezek. xvi. 3

Hivites. Gen. xxxiv. 2, xxxvi. 2 ; Ex. iii. 8, xxxiii.

2; Deut. xx. 17; Josh. iii. 10, ix. 1, xi. 3,

xxiv. 11; Judg. iii. 3; 2 Sam. xxiv. 7; 1

Kings ix. 20, v. 18 19, SO

Hobah, near Damascus Gen. xiv. 15.

Holon, Levitical city in Judah. Josh. xv. 51,

xxi. 15.
Hor. Num. xx. 22, xxxiii. 32, Isa. xvi. 1; Num.

xxxiv. 7

Horeb. Ex. iii. 1, xxxiii. 6 ; Num. xx. 22 ; Deut.

i. 2, 6, iv. 10, V. 2, xviii. 16; 1 Kings viii.

9, xix. 8; 2 Chron. v. 10 ; Ps. cvi. 19.... 48, 50

Hor-Hagidgad Num. xxxiii. 32.

Horites Gen. xiv. 6, xxxvi. 20; Deut. ii. 12.

Hormah, Harmah == Zephath. Num. xxi. 3, xiv.

45 ; Judg. i. 17 ; Deut. i. 44; Josh. xii. 14,

XV. 20, xix. 4; 1 Sam. xxx. 30; 1 Chron.

iv. 30 57, 59, 116

Horonaim, Horonites, in Moab. Neh. ii. 10, xiii.

28; Isa. xv. 5; Jer. xlviii. 5, 34

Hosah, (Asher.) Josh. xix. 29.

Hukkok, (Naphtali.) Josh. xix. 34 ; 1 Chron. vi. 75.

Hul Gen. x. 23.

Huleh, lake 71, 87

Humtah, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 54.

Ibleam, Iblaam = Bileam, (Manasseh.) Josh. xvii.

11 ; Judg. i. 27; 2 Kings ix. 27 140

Iconium Acts xiii. 51, xiv. 19, 21, xvi. 2. 223

Idolatries of the Israelites 98

Idumea Mark iii. 8.

Idumeans 159

lim, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 29.

Ijon, Hion, (Naphtali.) 1 Kings xv. 20 ; 2 Kings

XV. 29; 2 Chron. xvi. 4 135

Hlyricum, Hlyria Rom. xv. 19, 235

Imma, a modern town east of Antioch

India Esth. i. 1.

Ionian Sea

Ir-Hatemarim, (Jericho.) Deut. xxxiv. 3 ; Judg.

i. 16 ; 2 Chron. xxviii. 15.

Ir-Nahash 1 Chron. iv. 12.

Iron Josh. xix. 38.

Ir-Shemesh = Beth-Shemesh, (Dan.) Josh. xix. 41.

Irpeel, (Benjamin.) Josh, xviii. 27.

Ishmaelites, Arab. Gen. xxxvii. 25, xxxix. 1 ;

Judg. viii. 24 ; Ps. Ixxxiii. 7 33

Isles of Kittim, of Elisha, of the Gentiles 16, 128

Issachar, tribe Josh. xix. 17-23. 95, 131

Issus, battle scene of Alexander and Darius

Italia Acts xviii. 2, xxvii. 1.

Ithnam, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 23.

Ittah-Razin, (Zebulon.) Josh. xix. 13.

Ituria Luke iii. 1.

Iva = Ava. 2 Kings xvii. 24, xviii. 34, xix. 13;
Isa. xxxvii. 13.

Jabbok, river. Gen. xxxii. 22; Num. xxi. 24;

Deut. ii. 37, iii. 16; Josh. xii. 2 ; Judg.

xi. 1,3, 22 61, 92, 131

Jabesh, (Gilead.) Judg. xxi. 9 ; 1 Sam. xi. 1, xxxi.

11; 2 Sam. ii. 4, xxi. 12; 1 Chron. x.

11 108

.Tabez, (Judah.) 1 Chron. ii. 55.

Jabneh = Jamnia 2 Chron. xxvi. 6.

Jiibneel Josh. xv. 11, xix. 33.

Jabrada, modern town north of Damascus

Jacob 42

— 's Well John iv, 6, 1821

M\PS.

VII. DV

V.Dd
in. Bw

505

INDEX.

306

Jacob's Bridge 72

Jagur, (Judab.) Josh. xv. 21.

Jahza, Levitical city in Kcubcn. Num. xxi. 23 ;
Dout. ii. 32; O^osh. xiii. 18, xxi. 36 ; Judg.
xi. 20; 1 Chron. vi. 78; Isa. xv. 4; Jer.
xlviii. 21, 34

Jair, one of the Judges 102

Jamniah, Jabneh 2 Chron. xxvi. 6.

Janohah, (Ephraim.) Josh. xvi. 6 ; 2 Kings xv. 29.

Janum, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 53.

.Japhia, (Zebulon.) Josh. xix. 12.

Japheth 15

.Japhleti Josh. xvi. 3.

Jarah

Jarmuli, river

Jarmuth. Josh. x. 3, xii. 11, xv. 35 ; Neh. xi. 29 ;

Josh. xxi. 29 85

Jattir, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 48, xxi. 14; 1 Sam. xxx.

27; 1 Chron. vi. 67 91

Javan. Gen. x. 2 ; Isa. Ixvi. 19 ; Dan. viii. 21 ;

Joel iii. 11 ; Ezra xxvii. 13 16, 128

Jazer, 1) Levitical city in Gad. Num. xxi. 32,
xxxii. 1, 35 ; Josh. xiii. 25, xxi. 39 ; 2 Sam.

xxiv. 5; 1 Chron. vi. 81 64

— 2) Sea Jer. xlviii. 32. 66

Jearim, Har-Jearim Josh. xv. 10.

Jebus, another name for Jerusalem. Judg. xix. 10;
1 Chron. xi. 4.

Jebusites. Gen. x. 16, xv. 21 ; Ex. iii. 8, xxxiii.
2 ; Num. xiii. 30 ; Deut. xx. 17 ; Josh. iii.
10, ix. 1, xi. 3, XV. 63, xviii. 16, 28, xxiv.
11 ; Judg. i. 21, iii. 5, ix. 11 ; 2 Sam. v. 6,
xxiv. 16 ; 1 Kings ix. 20 ; Ezra ix. 1 ; Neh.
ix. 8 19, 81

Jednah, a town of the Philistines

Jehoshaphat, valley of 125

Jehud, (Dan.) Josh. xix. 45.

Jehoshaphat's deliverance 138

Jekabzecl. See Kabzeol Neh. xi. 25.

Jephthah Judg. xi. 102

Jerjih, Arabian tribe Gen. x. 26.

Jerahmeelites 1 Sam. xxvii. 10, xxx. 29.

Jericho, City of Palm-trees, Ir-Hatemarim, (Ben-
jamin.) Num. xxii. 1, xxxiii. 48 ; Deut.
xxxiv. 1 ; Josh. ii. 1, iv. 13, v. 10, vi. 1, xii,
9, xvi. 1, 7, xviii. 12, 21, xx. 8: Judg.i. 16,
iii. 13 ; 2 Sam. x. 5 ; 1 Kings xvi. 34 ; 2
Kings ii. 4, 18, xxv. 5; 1 Chron. xix. 5; 2
Chron. xxvii. 15 ; Neh. iii. 2 ; Jer. xxxix.

6, Hi. 8 ; Matt. xx. 29 ; Mark x. 46 ; Luke
X. 30, xviii. 35; Heb. xi. 30 83

Jeroboam 132

Jeruel, desert 2 Chron. xx. 16.

Jerusalem, Jebus, Salem, (Benjamin.) Josh. x. 1,
xii. 10, XV. 63, xviii. 28; Judg. i. 7 ; 2 Sam.
V. 6, ix. 13, xi. 12, xiv. 23, xvi. 16, xx. 3,
xxiv. 8 ; 1 Kings ii. 11, iii. 1, viii. 11, xi.
29, xii. 18, xiv. 21, 25 ; 2 Kings viii. 17,
xii. 1, 17, xvi. 5, xviii. 2, xxi. 13, xxii. 14,
xxiii. 30, xxiv. 10, xxv. 1 ; 1 Chron. iii. 5,
viii. 28, xi. 4, xxix. 7 ; 2 Chron. xii. 2, xxvi.
9, xxxiii. 13, xxxvi. 19; Ezra i. 2, iii. 1,
viii. 2; Neh. i. 2, ii. 11, xi. 1 ; Ps. Ii. 20,
Ixxix. 1 , cxxii. 3 ; Sol. Songs vi. 3 ; Isa. i. 1,
vii. 1, X. 12, xxii. 10, xxxvi. 2, xxxvii. 10,
Ixiv. 10; Jer. i. 15, iv. 5, xi. 2, xxxiv. 7,
Iii. 4, i. 7 ; Ezek. iv. 1, viii. 3, xxi. 10 ; Dan.
i. 1, ix. 2, 25 ; Joel iii. 6, 22 ; Amos i. 2, ii.
5 ; Obad. 20 ; Micah i. 9, iii. 12; Zech. i.
12, viii. 3 ; Matt. ii. 1, iii. 5, iv. 25, v. 35,
xvi. 21, XX. 17, xxi. 1, 10 ; Mark i. 5, iii.

7, 22, X. 32, xi. 11, 15; Luke i. 22, 42, iv.
9, ix. 51, xiii. 22, xxiii. 7, xxiv. 33; John
ii. 13, V. 1 ; Acts i. 4, viii. 1, ix. 26, xi. 2,
XV. 2, xix. 21, xxi. 15, xxii. 17, xxv. 1 ;
Rom. XV. 19, 25 ; 1 Cor. xvi. 3 ; Gal. i. 17,
ii. 1 30, 121, 124, 179

Jeshanah, (Judah.) 2 Chron. xiii. 19.

Jeshimon 113

Jeshuah, (Judah.) Neh. xi. 26.

Jethlah, (Dan.) Josh. xix. 42.

Jotur, Arabian tribe. Gen. xxv. 15 ; 1 Chron. i. 31.

Jezreel, 1) (Judah.) Josh. xv. 56.

— 2) = Esdraelon, (Issachar.) Josh. xvii. 16,
xix. 18; Judg. vi. 33; 1 Sam. xxvii. 3,
xxix. 11; 2 Sam. ii. 9, iv. 4; 1 Kings iv.

MAPS.

V.Df

IV. De

V. Bf

rv. Co

IL Ed
IV. Dc
[IV. Ef
IV. Be

[V. Cg
IV. Cf

IL BCb

V.Df

[IIL Ed
IV. Ff

IV. Be
L

V. Bf
[IV. Ee

ILDd

IIL Ed
V. Cf

rv.ce

V. Ct
I. Ff
IV. Ce
IIL Ed
VII. Fc
VLBe

III. Fb

IV. Ce
[V. Cd

PAGEI MAPS.

12, xviii. 45, xxi. 1 ; 2 Kings viii. 29, ix. I [VI. Bo
15, 30; 2 Chron. xxii. 6; Hos. i. 5... 70, 95, 138 V. Cd

Jiphtnh, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 43.

Jiphtah-el, valley, (Zebulon.) Josh. xix. 14, 27.

Job, Book of. 20

Jobab, Arabian tribe Gen. x. 29. II. Ed

Jogbehah, Jagbah, (Gad.) Num. xxxii. 35 ; Judg.

viii. 11.

John the Baptist 181

Jonah, the prophet 154

Jokmeam, Jakmeam == Kibzaim, Levitical city in

Ephraim 1 Chron. vi. 68.

Jokneam, Levitical city in Zebulon. Josh. xii. 22,

xix. 11, xxi. 34 90, 130

Joktan, Jaketan, Arabian tribe Gen. x. 25. 19 II. Dc

Joktheel = Selah, Petra. 2 Kings xiv. 7 ; Josh.

XV. 38 142

Joppa. Josh. xix. 46; 2 Chron. ii. 16; Ezra iii. 7; [VII.Ec

Jonah i. 3; Acts ix. 36 213 VL Ad

Jordan. Gen. xiii. 10, xxxii. 11, 1. 10; Num. xiii. [IV. Bd

30, xxii. 1, xxxiv. 12; Josh. xvi. 7; Judg.

vii. 24, viii. 4, x. 9 ; 1 Sam. xiii. 7, xxxi.

7 ; 2 Sam. ii. 29, x. 17, xvii. 22, xix. 15,

xxiv. 5; 1 Kings ii. 8, xvii. 3; 2 Kings ii. VI. Ccd

6, V. 10, vi. 2, vii. 15, x. 33 ; Jer. xlix. 19 ; V. Ddf

Ezek. xlvii. 18; Zech. xi. 4; Matt. iii. 5, IV. Dae

13, xix. 1 ; Mark i. 5, x. 1 ; Luke iii. 3 ; VIL Fc
John iii. 26, X. 40 71,82,178 IIL Ecd

Joshua, death of 97

Jotapata, fortress in Galilee V. Cc

Jottah 2 Kings xxi. 19.

Jotbatha Num. xxxiii. 33; Deut. x. 7.

Judah, elders of. 1 Sam. xxx. 26-31. 116

Judah, 1) tribe Josh. xv. 90, 1.3.3, 169 IV. Cf

— 2) mountains of. Judg. i. 3; Josh. xv. 48. IV. Ce

— 3) kingdom.... Ps. cxiv. 2; Isa. iii. 8, xix. 17.

— 4) desert Judg. i. 16. 177 V. Cfg

Judea. Matt. xix. 1 ; Mark x. 1 ; Luke i. 6, iii. 1 ; [VI. Ae

John ui. 22 ; Acts i. 8, ii. 9, viii. 1. 67, 168, 179 V. BCf

Judges, office of.

Juttah, Levitical city in Judah. Josh. xv. 55, xxi. [V. Cg

16 91, 171 IV. Cf

Juliopolis, a city in Bithynia VII. Ea

Kabzeel, Jekabzeel. Josh. xv. 31; 2 Sam. xxiii.

18; 1 Chron. xi. 22; Neh. xi. 25.
Kadesh, Kadesh-Barnea, (Judah.) Gen. xiv. 7,

xvi. 14, XX. 1 ; Num. xx. 1, xxvii. 14, xxxii.

8, xxxiii. 36, xxxiv. 36; Deut. i. 2, xix. 2,

14, ix. 23; Josh. x. 41, xiv. 7, xv. 3 ; Judg.
xi. 16 ; Ps. xxix. 8 ; Ezek. xlvii. 9, viii. 28. 55 III. De

Kadmonites, Canaanitish people Gen. xv. 19. III. Eb

Kakaba, in Perea, north of the Jabbok VI. Cd

Kamah 102 [IV. Cb

Kanah Josh. xix. 28. V. Cc

— River Josh. xvi. 8, xvii. 9. IV. Bd

Karkaah, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 3. [V. Co

Karkor Judg. viii. 10. 101

Karnaim. See Ashtaroth Karnaim IV. Eo

Kartah, (Zebulon.) Josh. xxi. 34.

Kartan = Kirjathaim Josh. xxi. 32.

Kattath, (Zebulon.) Josh. xix. 15.

Kazin-Ittar-Kazin, (Zebulon.) Josh. xix. 13.

Kcdar, country in Arabia. Gen. xxv. 13 ; Sol.

Songs i. 5 ; Isa. xxi. 16, Ix. 7; Jer. xlix.

28; Ezek. xxvii. 21 341, 129 IL Co

Kedemoth, Levitical city in Reuben. Deut. ii. 26;

Josh. xiii. 18, xxi. 37; 1 Chron. vi. 79 61 V. Ef

Kedesh, 1) (Judah.) Josh. xv. 23.

— 2) Levitical city in Naphtali. Josh. xii. 22,

xix. 37, XX. 7, xxi. 32 ; Judg. iv. 9 ; 2 Kings [V. Dc

XV. 29; 1 Chron. vi. 72 89, 100 IV. Cb

Kegilah, the same as Kaitah V. Cf

Kehlathah, encampment Num. xxxiii. 22.

Keilah, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 44 ; 1 Sam. xxiii. 1 ;

1 Chron. iv. 19; Neh. iii. 17 112 V. Cf

Kenath = Nobah, (Manasseh.) Num. xxxii. 42 ; [V. Fd

1 Chron. ii. 23 IV. Fo

Kenites. Gen. xv. 19 ; Judg. i. 16, iv. 11, 17; 1 Sam. [III. Fo

XV. 6, xxvii. 10, xxx. 29 ; 1 Chron. ii. 56.... III. DE

Kenizzites (Jen. xv. 19; Josh. xiv. 6, 14.

Kerak 65, 101

Keturah, sons of 34

Kibroth-Hnttaavah. Gen. xi. 34, xxxiii. 16; Deut.

ix. 22 54

Kibzaim = Jokmeam, Levitical city in Ephraim.

Josh. xxi. 22. I

307

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

SOS

Kidron, brook, (Judah.) 2 Sam. xv. 23; 1 Kings
ii. 37, XV. 13 ; 2 Kings xxiii. 6, 12 ; 2 Chron.
XV. 16, XXX. 14; Jer. xxxi. 40; John xviii. 1. 236

Kinah, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 22.

King's L»iile, Shaveh. Gen. xiv. 17; 2 Sam.xviii.18.

King's Pool 185

Kings of Judah and Israel 132

Kir, 1) country in Persia, Isa. xxii. 6 ; Amos i. 6,

ix. 7....' 145

— 2) = Kir-Harasheth = Kir-Hares. 2 Kings

iii. 25; Isa. xv. ], xvi. 7, 11 ; Jer. xlviii. 31. 65
Kirjatbaim, (Reuben.) Jer. xlviii. 1, 43 ; Ezek.

XXV. 9 64

Kirjath = Kirjath-Jearim, (Benjamin.) Josh.

xviii. 28 84, 107, 117

Kirjatbaim, 1) (Reuben.) Gen. xiv. 5 ; Num. xxxii.

7 ; Josh. xiii. 19 ; Jer. xlviii. 1, 23 ; Ezek.

XXV. 9.

— 2) = Karthan, Levitical city in Napbtali.

1 Chron. vi. 76

Kirjath-Arim = Kirjath-Jearim Ezra ii. 25.

Kirjath-Arba = Hebron, city of refuge and Le-
vitical city. Gen. xxiii. 2 ; Josh. xiv. 14,
XV. 3, 54, XX. 7, xxi. 11 ; Judg. i. 10 ; Neb.
xi. 25 32, 91

Kirjath-Baal = Baalah No. 1 = Kirjath-Jearim,
(Judah.) Josh. xv. 60, xviii. 14.

Kir-Haraseth. 2 Kings iii. 25; Isa. xvi. 7; Jer.

xlviii. 19, xxxi. 36 65

Kir-Husotb Gen. xxii. 39.

Kirjatb-Jearim == Baalah = Kirjath-Baal, (Judah.)
Josh. ix. 17, xviii. 15; Judg. xviii. 12; 1
Sam. vi. 21, vii. 1 : 1 Chron. xiii. 5 ; 2 Chron.
i. 4; Neb. vii. 29; Jer. xxvi. 20 107

Kir-Moab Isa. xv. 1. 65

Kirjath-Sannab = Kirjath-Sepber....Josh. xv. 49.

Kirjath-Sepber = Kirjath-Sannab = Debir, (Ju-
dah.) Josh. XV. 15; Judg. i. 11.

Kirioth, 1) (Judah.) Josh. xv. 25.

— 2) = Kir No. 2 in Moab. Jer. xlviii. 24 ; Amos

ii. 2 64

Kishion, Levitical city in Issacbar. Josh. xix. 20,

xxi. 18.
Kisbon, brook, Kedumim. Judg. iv. 7, 13, v. 21 ;

1 Kings xviii. 40; Ps. Ixxxiii. 10 137

Kithlisb, (Judab.) Josh. xv. 40.

Kitron, (Zebulon.) Judg. i. 30.

Kittim, Chittim, Cyprus, and in a wider sense, the

islands of the Mediterranean Sea. Num.

xxiv. 24 ; Isa xxiii. 1-12 ; Ezek. xxvii. 6 ;

Dan. xi. 30; Jer. ii. 10 16

Kokaba, south of Damascus

Konicb 223

Kor.ab, rebellion of 57

Kor-Asan. See Asan.

Koroatbe, a deserted village

Krethim. See Capbtorim

Kur, river

Kutba, in Babylonia

Laban Deut. i. 1.

Lachisb, (Judah.) Josb. x. 3, 31, xii. 11, xv. 39 ;

2 Kings xiv. 19, xviii. 4, xix. 8 ; 2 Chron,
xi. 9, XXV. 27, xxxii. 9 ; Neb. xi. 30 ; Isa.
xxxvi. 2, xxxvii. 8 ; Jer. xxxiv. 7 ; Micah

i. 13 85, 134

Labmam, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 40.

Laisb = Leshem = Dan. Judg. xviii. 7, 27, 29,

XX. 1; Isa. x. 30 56, 98, 116

Lakum, (Napbtali.) Josb. xix. 33.

Land of Promise 68

Laodicea. Col. iv. 13, 15 ; 1 Tim. vi. 21 ; Rev. i.

11, iii. 14 245, 256

Larissa, ancient city in Tbessaly

Lasea, Alassa, in Crete Acts xxvii. 8. 240

Lasba Gon. x. 19.

Lasbaron Josh. xii. 18.

Lebanon, mountains. Deut. i. 7, xi. 24; Josh. xi.

17, xiii. 15; Judg. iii. 3; 1 Kings v. 6, ix.

19; 2 Kings xiv. 9, xix. 23 ; 2 Chron. viii.

6 ; Ezra iii. 7 ; Ps. xxix. 5, xcii. 13, civ. 16 ;

Sol. Songs iv. 8 ; Isa. ii. 13, x. 34, xxix. 17 ;

xxxiii. 9, XXXV. 2; Jer. xxii. 20; Ezek.

xxvii. 5; Hos. xiv. 7; Zech. xi. 1 70, 128

Lebaotb. See Betb-Lebaoth, (Simeon.) Josh.

XV, 32

IV. Ff
L

[V. Df
IV. De

[V. Cf
IV. Ef

rV. De

[V.Do
IV. Df

IIL Ed

IV. Cc
[V. Cd

IIL Dd

IV. Be

[V. Dc
IV. Db
[III. Eb

[V.Fg
VIL Db
VIL Cb
VIL Cb

[V. Dab
IV. Da

IL Bb

Lebonab Judg. xxi. 19.

Lehabim, (Libia.) Gen. x. 13. 18

Lehi = Ramath-Lchi Judg. xv. 9, 17. 103

Leptis, on the coast of Africa

Leontes, river

Lesbos, island of 240, 248

Leshem = Laisb Josb. xix. 47.

Letushim, Arabian tribe Gen. xxv. 3.

Leummim, Arabian tribe Gen. xxv. 3.

Levitical cities 95

Libnah, 1) Levitical city in Judab. Josh. x. 29, xii.
15, XV. 42, xxi. 13 ; 2 Kings viii. 22, xix. 8,
xxiii. 31, xxiv. 19 ; 1 Chron. vi. 57 ; 2 Chron.
xxi. 10; Isa. xxxvii. 8; Jer. Iii. 1

— 2) encampment in the desert. Num. xxxiii. 20. 89

Life shortened 21

Life of Christ 171

Lipari, islands

Lo-Debar 2 Sam. ix. 4, xvii. 27. 119

Lod

Lud, Lydians. 1 Chron. viii. 12 ; Ezra ii. 23 ; Neb.

vii. 35, xi. 35 18, 20,

Ludim, Arabian tribe. Gen. x. 13, 22 ; Isa. Ixvi.

19 ; Jer. xlvi. 9 ; Ezek. xxvii. 10, xxx. 5.... 18

Luhith Isa. XV. 5 ; Jer. xlviii. 5, 65

Luz, 1) Josb. i. 26.

— 2) = Bethel. Gen. xxviii. 19, xxxv. 6, xlviii.

3; Josh. xvi. 2, xviii. 13 ; Judg. i. 22

Lybia, Lybians. 2 Chron. xii. 3, xvi. 8 ; Ezek.

xxvii. 10, xxx. 5, xxxviii. 5 ; Dan. xi. 43;

Nab. iii. 9: Acts ii. 10

Lybum, between Baalbec and Riblab

Lycaonia Acts xiv. 6. 223, 226

Lycia Acts xxvii. 5.

Lydda, Lud Acts ix. 32. 213

Lydians. See Ludim.

Lysa, in the desert of Paran

Lysias

Lystra Acts xiv. 6, 8, xvi. 1. 223, 227

Maachab, Maeebah, Aram-Maacbab. Deut. iii. 14;

.Tosh. xii. 5, xiii. 11, 13; 2 Sam. x. 8;

1 Chron. xix. 6 119

Maaleh-Adumira. See Adummim.
Maaleb-Akrabbim. See Akrabbim.

Maarath, (Judab.) Josh. xv. 59,

Macedonia. Acts xvi. 9, xix. 21, xx. 1 ; Rom. xv.

26 ; 1 Cor. xvi. 5 ; 2 Cor. i. 16, viii. 1 ; PhU.

iv. 15; 1 Tbess. i. 7; 1 Tim. i. 3 228

Machasrus, prison of John Bap 181

Machpelab, burial-place of Sarah. Gen. xxiii. 17,

xlix. 30, XV. 13 32

Madai, son of Japheth. See Medians. Gen. x. 2 ;

Isa. xxi. 2 16

Madmanah, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 31.

Madmen in Moab Jer. xlviii. 2.

Madraenah, (Benjamin.) Isa. x. 31. 147

Madon, Canaanitish city Josh. xi. 1, xii. 19. 89

Magbis Ezra ii. 30.

Magdala., Matt. xv. 39. 72, 193

Magna Syrtis, on the coast of Africa

Magi 172

Magog. Gen. x. 2 ; Isa. xxxviii. 2 ; Ezek. xxxviii.

2, xxxix. 6 15

Mahanaim, Levitical city in Dan. Gen. xxxii. 2 ;

Josh. xiii. 26, 30, xxi. 39 ; 2 Sam. ii. 8, xvii.

24; 1 Kings ii. 8, iv. 14; 1 Chron. vi. 80.

35, 115, 120, 131

Mabaneb-Dan Judg. xviii. 12.

Main 64

Makas 1 Kings iv. 9. 130

Makkeda, (Judab.) Josb. x. 10, 16, 28, xii. 16

XV. 41 85, 89

Makheloth, encampment Num. xxxiii. 25

Malacbi 163

Malatha, in the south of Judah

Mamre Gen. xiii. 18, xxiii. 19, xlix. 30. 32

Manacbath 1 Chron. viii

Manasseh, tribe Josb. xvii. 8. 92, 95

Maon, (Judah.) Josb. xv. 55 ; 1 Sam. xxiii. 24,

xxv. 2 91, 113

Maonites, Meunites, Arabian tribe. Judg. x. 12 ;

1 Sam. xxiii. 25; 2 Chron. xxvi. 7 102

Marab, waters of. Ex. xv. 23; Num. xxxiii. 8 47

Marafbus, in northern Syria

Maralab, (Zebulon.).... Josh. xix. 11

IV. Cd
ILBb

VILAc!

V. Db
VII. Db

[V. Bf
IV. Be

VIL Ab
[IIL Dd

IV. Be

II. Eb

II. Cc

V. Dg

IV. Fe

IL Ec
V. Ea
VIL Eb
VIL Db
V. Bf
[VI. Ao

IV. Ah

V. Ff
VIL Eb

III. Fb

VIL Ca

II. Db

V. Dd
VIL Be

IL Da

[V. Ee
IV. Ed
[VI. Cc

V. Cg

rv. Cc

IV. Db
IIL Eo

[V.Cg

m. Bf

V.Eg

809

INDEX.

310

Maresbah, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 44; 2 Chron. xi.

8, xiv. 9; Micah i. 1 IV. Eg

Mariarane, tower of, in Jerusalem I.

Maroth, (Judah.) Micah i. 12.

Mars Hill, in Athens 231

Masada, fortress by the Dead Sea V. Cg

Mash, son of Aram Gen. x. 23. 21 11. Cb

Mashal = Mishcal 1 Chron. vi. 74.

Masrekah Gen. xxxvi. 36; 1 Chron. i. 47.

Massah, in the desert.. ..Ex. xvii. 7; Deut. ix. 22.

Mattanah Num. xxi. 18. 65

Maximianopolis, in the Plain of Esdraelon V. Cd

Mazaca, capital of Cappadocia VII. Eb

Mazor = Mizraim, Egypt. Isa. x. 6, xxxvii. 25;

2 Kings xix. 24.
Mealon. See Elon No. 2.

Meander, river. 222 VII. Db

Mearah, the Sidonians Josh. xiii. 4.

Medebah, Madebah, (Reuben.) Num. xxi. 30;

Josh. xiii. 9, 16; 1 Chron. xix. 7; Isa, [VI. Ce

XV. 2 64, 119 V. Ef

Medes, Madaians. 2 Kings xvii. 6, xviii. 11 ; Ezra
vi. 2 ; Esth. i. 3; Isa. xiii. 17 ; Jer. xxv.

25; Dan. v. 31, ix. 1; Acts ii. 9 210 IT. Cb

Median and Persian Empire 160 [VII.Fc

Mediterranean Sea II. Bb

Megalopolis, capital of Arcadia VII. Cb

Megiddo, (Issachar.) Josh. xii. 21, xvii. 11 ; Judg.
i. 27, V. 19 ; 1 Kings iv. 12, ix. 15 ; 2 Kings
ix. 27, xxiii. 29 ; 1 Chron. vii. 29 ; 2 Chron. [V. Cd

XXXV. 22; Zeeh. xii. 11 70, 89, 140 IV. Cc

Meholah. See Abel-Meholah. Judg. vii. 22 ; 1
Sam. xviii. 19; 1 Kings iv. 12.

Mehunims 145

Mejarkon, (Dan.) Josh. xix. 46.

Mo'korah, (Judah.) Neh. xi. 28.

Molita, Malta Acts xxviii. 1. 242 VII. Ab

Mclitene, a prefecture of Cappadocia VII. Fb

Memphis. See Moph and Noph 39 II. Cc

Mendes, in the Delta in Egypt III. Ad

Menenatha, Minois IV. Af

Mephaath, Levitical city in Reuben. Josh. xiii. 18, [V. Ag

xxi. 37 ; 1 Chron. vi. 79 ; Jer. xlviii. 21.
Meribah, 1) = Waters of Strife, near Kadesh.
Num. XX. 13, 24, xxvii. 14; Deut. xxxiii.

8 ; Ps. Ixxxi. 8, cvi. 32 ; Ezek. xlvii. 19 ;
xlviii. 23.

— 2) in the desert of Sinai Ex. xvii. 7.

Meroe 17 II. Cd

Merom, lake Josh. xi. 5. 71, 87, 98, 131 IV. Db

Mefha, in Arabia Gen. x. 30. II. Dd

Meshech. Gen. x. 2 ; Ezek. xxvii. 13, xxxii. 36,

xxxviii. .3 16, 34, 128 II. Da

Mesopotamia = Aram-Naharaim. Gen. xxiv. 10,
xxviii. 2 ; Judg. iii. 8 ; 1 Chron. xix. 6 ;
Ps. Ix. 2 ; Judith ii. 14, iii. 1 ; Acts ii. 9,

vii. 2 VII. Fb

Mesobaites 1 Chron. xi. 47.

Messina, in Sicily VII. Ab

Mctheg-Ammah 118

Michmash, (Benjamin.) 1 Sam. xiii. 2, 5, xiv. 5,

31 : Ezra ii. 27 ; Neh. iii. 31, xi. 31 ; Isa. [V. Cf

X. 25 109, 147 IV. Fe

Miehmethah, (Ephraim.) Josh. xvi. 6, xvii. 7.

Middin, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 61.

Midian, Midianites. Gen. xxv. 2, xxxvi. 35,
xxxvii. 28 ; Ex. ii. 15, iii. 1 ; Num. xxii. 4,
xxxi. 2 ; Judg. v.-viii ; 1 Kings xi. 18 ; 1
Chron. i. 46 : Ps. Ixxxiii. 10; Isa. x. 26, [III. Df

Ix. 6; Nah. iii. 7; Acts vii. 29 101 II. Co

Migdal-El, perhaps = Magdala, (Naphtali.) Josh.

xix. 38 193

Migdal-Gad, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 37.

Migdol, city in Egypt. Ex. xiv. 2 ; Num. xxxiii.
7; Jer. xliv. 1, xlvi. 14; Ezek. xxix. 10.

XXX. 6 .39, 45 III. Be

Migron, (Benjamin.) 1 Sam. xiv. 2; Isa. x. 28. 147

Miletus Acts XX. 15; 2 Tim. iv. 20. 236 VII. Db

Millo, 1) = Beth-Millo, at Jerusalem. 2 Sam. v.

9 ; 1 Kings ix. 15, 24, xi. 27 ; 2 Kings xii.
20; 1 Chron. xi. 8; 2 Chron. xxxii. 5. 101, 117

— 2) house at Sichem Judg. ix. 6.

Minnith Judg. xi. 33; Ezek. xxvii. 17. 102, 12

Mihheal = Mashal, Levitical city in Asher. Josh.

xix. 26, xxi. 30; 1 Chron. vi. 74.
Misgab, iu Moab Jer. xlviii. 1.

122

PAOE

Mizrephoth-maira Josh. xi. 8, xiii. 6. 87

Mithcah, encampment Num. xxxiii. 28.

Mithoar, Rimmon-Methoar, (Zebulon.) Josh. xix.

13.

Mitylene Acts xx. 14. 236

Mizar, mountain in Lebanon Ps. xiii. 7.

Mizpah, 1) = Mizpeh, (Benjamin.) Josh, xviii.

26 ; Judg. XX. 1, xxi. 1 ; 1 Sam. vii. 5 ; 1

Kings XV. 22 ; 2 Chron. xxvi. 6 ; Neh. iii.

7, 19 ; Jer. xl. 6 35, 98

— 2) in Gilead. Judg. x. 17, xi. 11, 34; Hos.

V. 1.
Mizpeh, 1) (Judah.) Josh. xv. 38. 108

— 2) = Ramath-Mizpeh = Ramath-Gilead,

(Gad.) Judg. xi. 29. 102, 108

— 3) in Monb 1 Sam. xxii. 3. 108

— 4) valley in Lebanon Josh. xi. 3, 8.

Mizraim, Mazor. See Egypt 18

Mizrephoth-Maim 87

Moab, Moabites. Gen. xix. 37 ; Num. xxii. 1,

xxxiii. 48 ; Deut. ii. 9, xxxiv. 1 ; Judg. iii.

12, xi. 17; Ruth i. 1 ; 1 Sara. xii. 9, xiv.

47, xxii. 3 ; 2 Sam. viii. 2, 12 ; 1 Kings xi.

1 ; 2 Kings i. 1, iii. 4, xiii. 20, xxiv. 2 ;

1 Chron. i. 46 ; 2 Chron. xx. 1 ; Ezra ix. 1 ;

Neh. xiii. 1 ; Ps. Ix. 10, Ixxxiii. 7, cviii. 10 ;

Isa. xi. 14, XV. 1 ; Jer. ix. 26, xxv. 21, xxvii.

3, xl. 4, xlviii. 1 ; Ezek. xxv. 8 ; Dan. xi.

41 ; Amos ii. 1 ; Zeph. ii. 9 62, 63, 109, 118

Moab, mountains of.

Modern Jerusalem

Modin, a city of the Maccabees

Moeris, lake

Mcesia, the modern Bulgaria

Mokonah. See Mekonah.

Moladah, (Simeon.) Josh. xv. 26, xix. 2 ; 1 Chron.

iv. 28; Neh. xi. 26

Moph, Noph, Memphis Hos. ix. 6.

Moreh Gen. xii. 6; Deut. xi. 30.

Moresheth-Gad, Moreshah, (Judah.) Micah i. 14;

Jer. xxvi. 18 ; 2 Mace. xii. 35.

Moriah Gen. xxii. 14; 2 Chron. iii. 1.

Moserah, Moseroth, encampment. Num. xxxiii.

30; Deut. X. 6 59

Moses, Fountains of, death of. 47, 82

Mouths of the Nile

Mozah, (Benjamin.) Josh, xviii. 26.

Myra Acts xvii. 5. 240

Mysia Acts xvi. 7. 22"

Naarath, (Ephraim.) Josh. xvi. 7.

Naamah, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 41; Job ii. 11.

Naaran, (Ephraim.) 1 Chron. vii. 28.

Naboth, at Jezreel 138

Nahallal, Levitical city in Zebulon. Josh. xix. 15,

xxi. 35 ; Judg. i. 30.

Nahaliel Num. xxi. 19. 65

Nahor, in Mesopatamia Gen. xxiv. 10.

Nain Luke vii. 11. 186

Naioth 1 Sam. xix. 18, xx. 1.

Naphish Gen. xxv. 15; 1 Chron. v. 9.

Naphoth, Dor, Dora

Naphtali, 1) tribe. Josh. xix. 32-39; 1 Kings iv.

15; 2 Kings xv. 29 95

— 2) mountains of Josh. xx. 7.

Naphtuhim, Egyptian tribe. Gen. x. 13; 1 Chron.

i. 11 18

Naples, city find bay of

Nathon, Ilannathon, (Zebulon.) Josh. xix. 14.

Naxos

Nazareth. Matt. ii. 23, iv. 13, xxi. 11 ; Mark i. 9;

Luke ii. 4, 39, 51, iv. 16 174

Nazianzen, city of Cappadocia

Neah, (Zebulon.) Josh. xix. 13.

Neapolis, Shechem, Sychar, Nabuliis

Neapolis, in Macedonia Acts xvi. 11. 228, 234

Nebaioth, (Nebatea.) Gen. xxv. 13, xxviii. 9 ; Isa,

Ix. 7

Neballat Neh. xi. 34.

Nebo, 1) mountain, Pisgah. Num. xxxiii.47; Deut.

xxxii. 49, xxxiv. 41 62,82

— 2) city, (Reuben.) Num. xxxii. 3, 38 ; 1 Chron.

V. 8 ; Isa. xv. 2.

— 3) city, (Judah.) Ezra ii. 29; Neh. vii. 33.

Neiel. (Asher.) .Tosh. xix. 27.

Nekcb, (Naphtali.) Josh. xix. 33.

VII. Db

IV. Ce

[V. Cf
IV.CeFI

[IILAef
IL BCo

TIL Ed
V.Dg
IV. Df
IV. Df
I.
IV. Ef

in. Af

VIL Ca

[V. Cg
IV. Cf
IL Cc
[IIL Af

[IIL Eo
IV. Dg

VIL Ec

VIL Eb

[VL Be
V. Cd

IV. Be
IV. Db

IL Cc
VIL Aa

VIL Db
[VI. Be
V. Cd
VII. Eb

V. Ce
VIL Ca

[VL Bd
IL Cb
V. Cf

[IV. Ee

311

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

312

Nephthoah, fountain Josh. xv. 9, xviii. 15.

Netophah, (Judah.) 2 Sam. xxiii. 28 ; 2 Kings

XXV. 23 ; Ezra ii. 22 ; Neh. vii. 26, xii. 28. ["V. Ed

Neve, ruins of an ancient city IV. Ec

Kezib, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 43. V. Bf

Nibshan, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 62.

Kicopolis, in Macedonia Tit. iii. 13, 15. 246 VII. Da

Nieopolis, in Judea, Emmaus of the New Test V. Bf

Nimrah. See Beth-Nimrah, (Gad.) Num. xxxii. VI. Be

3 64

Nimi'im. See Beth-Nimrah. Isa. xv. 6j Jer.

xlviii. 34.

— Waters of 66 IV. Cc

Nineveh, Nuniah. Gen. x. 11 ; 2 Kings xix. 36 ;

Isa. xxxvii. 37; Jonah i. 2, iii. 2, 3; Nah.

i. 1; Zeph. ii. 13; Matt. xii. 41 24, 64, 147

No, No-Ammon, (Thebes in Egypt.) Jer. xlvi. 25 ;

Ezek. XXX. 14; Nah. iii. 8 39 II. Cc

Noah, sons of 15

Nob, (Benjamin.) 1 Sam. xxi. 1, xxii. 9, 19 ; 2 Sam.

xxi. 16, 18; Neh. xi. 32; Isa. x. 32.... 112, 147 IV. Ff

Nobah = Kenath, (Manasseh.) Judg. viii. 11. 101

N.jd, land Gen. iv. 16. 9, 11

Nodad, Ishmaelitish tribe 1 Chron. v. 19.

Noph, Memphis. Isa. xix. 13 ; Jer. xliv. 1, xlvi.

14; Ezek. XXX. 16 39 II. Be

Nophah Num. xxi. 30.

Nubia, a province in Egypt II. Ccd

Numidia 18

Obal, people in Arabia. Gen. x. 28 ; 1 Chron. i. 22. [HI. Ee

Ohoth Num. xxi. 10, xxxiii. 44. IV. Dg

Ocorura V. Fa

Odessus, in Mcesia, on the Black Sea VII. Da

Og, of Bashan 62

Olives, Mount of. 2 Sam. xv. 30 ; Zech. xiv. 4 ;

Matt. xxi. 1, xxvi. 30 ; Mark xiv. 26 ; Luke

xix. 29, xxii. 39 ; John viii. 1 ; Acts i.

12 120,123,177,200,201 VI.Bel.

Omar, mosque of, in modern Jerusalem I.

Ou, Ileliopolis. See Beth-Shemesh No. 1. Gen. [HI. Ae

xii. 45, xlvi. 20; Ex. i. 11 ; Ezek. xxx. 17. 38 H. Cb
Ono, (Benjamin.) 1 Chron. viii. 12; Ezra ii. 33;

Neh. vi. 2, vii. 35, xi. 35, near Lydda 213 V. Bf

Ophel, hill near Zion. 2 Kings v. 24 ; 2 Chron.

xxvii. 3, xxxiii. 14 ; Neh. iii. 26, xi. 21. 123, 185 I.
Ophir. Gen. x. 29; 1 Kings ix. 28, x. 11, xxii. 49;

1 Chron. xxix. 4; 2 Chron. viii. 18, ix. 10;

Job xxviii. 16; Ps. xiv. 10; Isa. xiii. 12.... II. Dd

Ophni. See Aphni and Gophna....Josh. xviii. 24.
Ophrah. Josh, xviii. 23 ; 1 Sam. xiii. 17; Micah [V. Cf

i. 10; Judg. vi. 11, viii. 27, ix. 5 101, 109 IV. Ce

Oreb, rock Judg. vii. 25; Isa. x. 10. 101 [V. Ea

Orontes, river in Syria VII. Fb

Ornithopolis, on the Mediterranean V. Cc

Orthosia, in Phoenicia V. Eg

Oxus, river, east of the Caspian Sea II. Ea

Pachnamunis, a city of Egypt III. Ad

Padan-Aram Gen. xxxi. 18, xlviii. 7. 20

PsBstum, Pasidonia, a Greek town in Italy VII. Aa

Pagrae, north of Antioch V. Ff

Palaebyblus, in Phoenicia V. Da

Palestine. See Philistia 67,78 VII. Fc

Palmyra 131 VII. Fc

P;iltus V. Eg

Pamphylia. Acts ii. 10, xiii. 13, xiv. 24, xv. 38,

xxvii. 5 210 VII. Eb

Paneas, or Banias 71,193 V. Dc

Panormus, on the coast of Sicily VII. Ah

Paphlagonia, in Asia Minor VII. Ea

Paphos Acts xiii. 6 220 VII. Ec

Para Josh, xviii. 23.

Paradise 9

ParsDtonium, south coast of the Mediterranean.... VII. Dc

Paran, Pharan, desert. Gen. xiv. 6, xxi. 21 ; Num.

X. 12, xiii. 3 ; Dout. i. 1, xxxiii. 2 ; 1 Sam. [III. Cg

XXV. 2 ; 1 Kings xi. 18; Nah. iii. 3 53 IV. Bg

Paras, (Persia.) 2 Chron. xxxvi. 20; Ezra i. 1, iv. [III. De

5, vi. 14 ; Esth. i. 3 ; Ezek. xxvii. 10, xxxviii.

8 ; Dan. v. 28, vi. 9, x. 13.

Pares, ancient Persia II. Ec

Parthians Acts ii. 9. 210

Parvaim 2 Kings xxiii. 11; 2 Chron. iii. 6.

Passage of the Jordan 82

220
261

P\0J; MAPS,

Passover 185, 191

Patara Acts xxi. 1. 237

Pathros. Isa. xi. 11 ; Jer. xliv. 1 ; Ezek. xxix. 14,

xxx. 14.
Pathrusim. Gen. x. 14 ; comp. Jer. xlvi, 1-15 ;

Ezek. xxx. 14; Isa. xi. 11 18

Patmos Rev. i. 9. 247

PatEse

Pau, in Edom Gen. xxxvi. 39; 1 Chron. i. 50.

Paul, life of St 216

Peleg 21

Pella 192

Pelonites .1 Chron. xi. 27, 36.

Pelusium Ezek. xxx. 16. 37

Peniel, Penuel. Gen. xxxii. 30; Judg. viii. 8, 17;

1 Kings xii. 26 36, 101

Pentecost 209

Peor, mountain in Moab Num. xxxiii. 28.

Persca 186

Perazim. See Baal-Perazim.

Peroz-Usa 2 Sam. vi. 8; 1 Chron. xiii. 11.

Perga, in Pamphylia Acts xiii. 13, xiv. 25.

Pergamos Rev. i. 11, ii. 12,

Perinthus, near Constantinople

Perizzites. Gen. xiii. 7, xv. 20, xxiv. 30 ; Gen. iii.

8 ; xxxii. 2 ; Deut. xx. 17 ; Josh. iii. 10, ix.

1 ; xi. 3 ; Judg. i. 4, iii. 6 ; 1 Kings ix. 20 ;

Ezra ix. 1 ; Neh. ix. 8 ; Judith v. 18.

Persian Gulf.

Pessinus

Pethor Num. xxii. 5.

Petra = Joktheel. See Selah 142

Phocno, south of Damascus

Pharan. See Paran, Wilderness of.

Pharba;thus, a city of Egypt

Pharpar, river near Damascus 2 Kings v. 12. 141

Pharsalia, battle scene

Phasa?lus, tower of

Phasis, east of the Black Sea

Phenice, in Cyprus Acts xxvii. 12. 215

Philadelphia Rev. i. 11, iii. 7. 192, 265

Philippi, in Macedonia, Acts xvi. 12, xx. 6; 1 Cor.

xvi. 24; 2 Cor. xiii. 13; Phil. i. 1, iv. 15;

1 Thess. ii. 2 228, 244

Philippopolis, in Arabia

Philistines, Philistia, Palestine. Gen. x. 14, xxi.

32 ; xxvi. 14 ; Ex. xiii. 17 ; Judg. iii. 3, x.

7 ; 1 Sam. iv. 1, xii. 9, xvii, 1, xix. 8, xxiii.

1, 27, xxviii. 2, xxix. 1, xxxi. 1 ; 2 Sam. v.

27, viii. 1, xxi. 15; 2 Kings viii. 2, xviii. 8;

1 Chron. x. 1 ; 2 Chron. xvii. 11, xxi. 16,

xxvi. 7, xxviii. 18; Ps. Ix. 10, Ixxxiii. 8,

lxxxvii.4; Isa. ii. 6, xi. 14, xiv. 29; Ezek, III. Dd

xvi. 27 ; Amos ix. 7 ; Zech. ix. (■ 81, 117 IV. Bdf

Phoenicia, Phoenicians ...Acts xi. 19, xv. 3, xxi. 2. 18 V. Dab
Phrygia, Phrygians. Acts ii. 10, xvi. 6, xrlii. 23; [VII.Eb

1 Tim. vi. 21 210, 227 II. Bb

Phul Isa. Ixvl- 19. [III. Ee

Phunon, in Idumea Num. xxxiii, 43. IV. Dg

Phut, African tribe. Gen. x. 6 ; Jer. xlvi. 9 ; Exsk.

xxvii. 10, xxx. 5, xxxviii. 5 ; Nah. iii. 9 15l II. Bb

VII. Db

II. Cc
VII. Db
VII. Cb

V. Dd

[VI. Cd
V.Df

VII. Eb
VII. Db
VII. Da

III. Ec

II. Ec
VII. Eb
[IV. Dh
VII. Fc
V. Ec

III. Ae

IV. Eb
VII. Cb
I.

VII. Ga
VII. Cb

V. Dc
III. Ec
[VII.Fc

VII Ca
V. Fd

Pibesheth, Bubastus Ezek. xxx. 17,

Pieria, mountain

Pi-IIahiroth Ex. xiv. 2, 9; Num. xxxiii. 7. 44, 46

Pirathon, (Ephraim.) Judg. xii. 15; 2 Sam. xxiii.

30; 1 Chron. xi. 31 103

Pisgah, mountain. Num. xxi. 10, xxiii. 14; Deut.

iii. 17, xxxiv. 1; Josh. xii. 3, xiii. 20.... 62, 82

Pisidia Acts xiii. 14, xiv. 24. 221

Pison, river Gen. ii. 11. 10

Pithom Ex. i. 11. 43

Plain of the Coast, ot Sharon 78, 213

Platanon

Pontus Acts xviii. 2; 1 Pet. i. 1. 210

Pools of Solomon 133

Prophets of Judah and Israel before the captivity. 154

— during the captivity 160

Prusa, in Bithynia

Psephinos, tower of

Ptolemais Acts xxi. 7. 167, 237

Puteoli Acts xxviii. 13. 242

Pylse, gates of Cilicia 226

Pyramids of Egypt

Quails, miracles of. 48, 54

III. Ae
V. Ef

[III. Ed
IV. De
VII. Eb
II. Cb
HI. Ae

V, CbPf
VII. Fa

VII Da
I.

VII. Co
VII. Aa

III. Af

813

INDEX.

814

Raamah Gen. x. 7; Ezek. xxvii. 22. 18, 129

Kabbah, 1) = Ilarabbah, (Jndah.)...Josh. xv. 60.

— 2) = Rabbath-Aminon. Deut. iii. 11 ; Josh.

xiii. 25; 2 Sam. xi. 1, xii. 26, xvii. 27; 1
Chron. xx. 1 ; Jer. xlix. 2 ; Ezek. xxi. 20 ;
Amos i. 14 67, 119

— 3) in Moab. See Ar 65

Rabbith, (Issachar.) Josh. xix. 20.

Racbal, (Judah.) 1 Sam. xxx. 29. 116

Rages, south of the Caspian Sea

Rahab, poetical name of Egypt. Ps. Ixxxvii. 4j

Ixxxix. 11 ; Isa. xxx. 7, li. 9.

Rakkath, (Naphtali.) Josh. xix. 35.

Rakkon, (Dan.) Josh. xix. 46.

Ramah, 1 ) = Ramah-Saul, = Ramathaim-Zophim.
Josh, xviii. 25 ; Judg. Iv. 5, xix. 13 ; 1 Sam.
1. 19, ii. 11, vii. 17, xv. 34, xvi. 13, xxii. 6,
XXV. 1, xxviii. 3; 1 Kings xv. 17, 21 ; 2
Kings xxiii. 26 ; 2 Chron. xvi. 1 ; Ezra ii.
26 ; Neh. vii. 30, xi. 33 ; Isa. x. 29 ; Jer,
xxxi. 15, xl. 1; Hos. v. 8 105, 147

— 2) (Naphtali or Asher.) Josh. xix. 29, 36.

— 3) in Gilead. See Ramoth-Gilead

Ramathaim-Zophim. See Ramah 105, 108

Ramath-Mizpeh. See Ramoth No. 3.

Ramath-Lehi Judg. xv. 17.

Ramcses, city and land = Goshen No. 1. Gen.

xlvii. 1 ; Ex. i. 10, xii. 37; Num. xxxiii. 3. 43
Ramoth, l)=Ramath (Simeon) = Baalath-Beer-
Ramath 1 Sam. xxx. 27.

— 2) = Remeth = Jarmuth No. 2, Levitical city

in Issachar 1 Chron. vi. 73. 116

— 3) in Gilead = Mizpeh No. 2, city of refuge,

(Gad.) Deut. iv. 43 ; Josh. xiii. 26, xx. 8,

xxi. 38; 1 Kings iv. 13, xxii. 3; 2 Kings

viii. 28, ix. 1, 14; 1 Chron. vi. 80.. ..63, 96, 131

Raphaneae Joseph. Bell. vii. 24.

Raphia, below Gaza, in the desert

Rasheina, a village on Mount Ilermon

Rataria, in Moesia, on the Danube

Rebellion of Absalom 119

Rechah, Reehabites. 1 Chron. iv. 12, ii. 55 ; Jer.

XXXV. 2

Red Sea. Ex. x. 19, xiii. 18, xxiii. 31 ; Num. xiv.

25, xxi. 14, xxxiii. 10 ; Deut. i. 1 ; Judg.

xi. 18 ; 1 Kings ix. 26 ; Ps. cvi. 22, cxxxvi.

13; Jer. xlix. 21; Acta vii. 36; Heb.

xi. 29

Rehob = Beth-Rehob, Levitical city in Asher.

Num. xiii. 22 ; 1 Chron. vi. 75 ; Judg. i. 31 ;

Josh. xix. 28, 30, xxi. 31 95

Rehoboam's defenced cities 133

Rehoboth, in the desert

Rehoboth, 1) fountain Gen. xxvi. 22.

— 2) = Rehoboth-IIanabah, city near the Eu-

phrates Gen. xxxvi. 37; 1 Chron. i. 48.

— 3) Assyrian city Gen. x. 11. 25

Rekem, (Benjamin.) Josh, xviii. 27.

Remeth = Ramoth No. 2 Josh. xix. 21.

Rephaim, 1) tribe. Gen. xiv. 5, xv. 20; 2 Sam.

xxi. 16; Isa. xvii. 5

— 2) valley, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 8, xiii. 16; 2

Sam. V. 18, 22, xxiii. 13 ; 1 Chron. xi. 15,

xiv. 9; Isa. xvii. 5 117

Rephidim....Ex. xvii. 1, xix. 2 ; Num. xxxiii. 14. 50

Resen, Assyrian city Gen. x. 12. 25

Reuben, tribe Num. xxxii. 29, xxxiii. 37.

Rezcph 2 Kings xix, 12; Isa. xxxvii. 12.

Rhegium , Acts xxviii. 13. 242

Rheimea, a ruined village in the Hauran

Rhincolura. See River cf Egypt,

Rhodes Acts xxi. 1. 236

Rhosus, in Pieria, north of Antioch

Riblah. Num. xxxiv. 11 ; 2 Kings xxiii. 33, xxv.

6, 20; Jer. xxxix. 5, Hi. 9, 26 ; Ezek. vi. 14. 155
Rimmon, 1) (Simeon.) Zech. xiv. 10; Josh. xv.

32, xix. 7 ; 1 Chron. iv. 32

— 2) Levitical city in Zebulon. Josh. xix. 13 ;

1 Chron. vi. 77

— 3) Rimmon-Parez, encampment. Num. xxxiii.

— 4) rock Judg. xx. 45, 99, 198

Rimmon-Methoar, See Rimmon No. 2.

Riphath Gen. x. 3. 15

Rissah, encampment Num. xxxiii. 21,

Rithmah Num, xxxiii. 18,

MAIS.

IL Do

[IV, De

III. Ed

IV. Df

[V.Dg

II. Eb

[V. Cf

IV. CeF

rV. Dd

V. Ef

in. Be
IV, Bf

[IV. Dd
VLCd
V.Fg
IIL Dd
VI. Ca
VIL Ca

[III. Dh
IL Ccd

[V, Cc
IV, Cb
[IV. Bf
IIL De

IIL Fc

III. Dg

rV. De

VIL Bb
V. Fd
[II. Bb
VIL Db
V. Ef
[IIL Fa
V. Ea

IV. BfE
[VL Be

IV, Cc

V, Cf
II, Ca

River of Egypt. Num. xxxiv. 5 ; Josh. xv. 4, xlvii.

1 ; 1 Kings viii. 65 ; 2 Kings xxiv. 7 ; Isa. 69

xxiv. 12.

Rock Rimmon 99, 198

Rodanim. See Dodanim 1 Chron. i. 7.

Rogel, well, (Judah.) Josh. x%. 7, xviii. 16; 2Sam.

xvii. 17; 1 Kings i. 9,

Roglim-En-Roglim 2 Sam. xvii. 17, xix. 31,

Rome, Acts ii. 10, xviii. 2, xix. 21, xxviii. 4; Rom.

i. 7 ; Gal. vi. 18 ; Eph. vi. 24; Phil. iv. 23;

Col. iv. 18; 2 Tim. i. 17; Phil, xxv

Routes between Jerusalem and Galilee 179

Rumah 2 Kings xxiii. 36, 101

Ruth, Book of, 104

Saba, See Seba No. 1.

Sabtah, Arabian tribe Gen. x. 7. 18

Sabtecah Gen. x. 7. 18

Saccha^a

Salah 20

Salamis, upon Cyprus Acts xiii. 5. 220

Salammias, in Chalcidiee

Salchah. Deut. iii. 10 ; Josh. xii. 5, xiii, 11 ; 1

Chron. v, 11

Salem Gen. xiv. 18; Ps. Ixxvi. 3 ; Heb. vii. 1.

Salim, perhaps = Shalbim 1 Sam. ix. 4,

Salmone Acts xxvii. 7. 240

Salt, mountain 31

Salt Sea. Gen. xiv. 3 ; Num. xxxii. 12 ; Josh, xv,

2, 5, xviii. 19.
Salt, valley of. 2 Sam. viii. 13 ; 2 Kings xiv. 7;

1 Chron. xviii. 12; 2 Chron. xxv. 11 ; 118, 142

Pillar of, 142

Samaria, Samaritans, city and province. 1 Kings
xiii, 32, xvi. 24, 29, xviii. 2, xx. 1, 34, xxii,
37 : 2 Kings i, 2, ii. 25, vi. 19, 24, x. 1. 17,
xiii. 1, xiv. 15, xvii. 9 ; 2 Chron. xviii. 2,
xxv. 13, xxviii. 15; Ezra iv. 10; Isa. vii.
9, X. 9; Jer. xxiii. 13, xii. 5; Ezek. xvi,
53, xxiii. 4; Hos. vii. 1, x. 5 ; Amos iii. 9;
Obad. 19; Micah i. 6; Luke vii. 11; John
iv, 4 ; Acts i. 8, viii, 1, xv. 3,

102, 135, 145, 168, 210

Samos Acts xx. 15. 236, 248

Samosata, on the Euphrates

Samothracia Acts xvi. 11, 228

Samson 103

Samuel 105

Sanir, See Seuir 102

Sansannah, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 31.

Sapher, Sepher, mountains Num. xxxiii. 23.

Saphir Micah i. 11.

Saraim, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 36; 1 Sam. xvii. 52;

I Chron. iv, 31,

Sardis Rev, i. 11, iii. 1.

Sardis 244, 263

Sared, brook Num. xxi. 12 ; Deut. ii. 13. 61

Sarepta = Zarphath Luke iv. 26. 136, 183

Sarid, (Zebulon.) Josh. xix. 10.

gatala 225

Saul, death of 114

— the persecutor 216

Scardus, mountains

Scodra, in lUyria

Scopus, hill, north of Jerusalem

Scythians

Scythopolis = Beth-Shean 192

Sea of Galilee. See Gennesaret 72,187

Seba, 1) Arabian tribe. Gen. x. 7, x. 29; Isa,

xliii. 3, xviii. 1. xiv. 14; Ps. Ixxii. 10 17

— 2) = Sheba. 1 Kings x. 1 ; Isa. Ix. 6 ; Jer.

vi. 20 ; Ezek. xvii. 22 ; Job vi. 19 ; Ps. Ixxii.
15 ; Joel iv. 8,

— 3) (Simeon.) Josh. xix. 2.

Sebastea, in Cappadocia

Sebennytus, on the Delta in Egypt

Secacah, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 61.

Sechu 1 Sam. xix. 22.

Seir, land and mountain. Gen. xiv. 6, xxxii. 3,

xxxiii. 14, xxxvi. 8 ; Num. xxiv. 18 ; Deut.
i. 2, 44 ; Josh. xii. 5, 7, xxiv. 4 ; Judg. v.
4 ; 1 Chron. iv. 12 ; 2 Chron. xx. 22, xxv.

II ; Isa. xxi. 11 ; Ezek. xxv, 8 ; xxxv, 2 ;
Josh, XV, 10 34, 60

Seirath Judg. iii. 26. 100

Sela, Joktheel, Petra. 2 Kings xiv, 7 ; Isa, xvi. 1. 142

VII, Aa

VIL Eb

V.Fg

[V. Fd
IV. Fc

, Cd

VIL Db

VL Bd
V. Ce
IV. Cd
VIL Db
VIL Fb

IV, Bh

V, Bf

[IL Bb
VII. Db
VL Bo
IV. Cb

[V. Cc
VIL Ga

VII. Ca
VII. B»
I.

ILDa
V. Cd

ILCd

[VL Bd
VIL Fb
IIL A»

IV. Dh
IV. Dh

315

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

316

Selah-bammah-lekoth 1 Sam. xxiii. 28.

Sele, in Egypt, north of Kameses

Seleucia Acts xiii. 4. 219

Senaah, (Judah.)...Ezra ii. 35; Neh. iii. 3, vii. 38.

Seneh 1 Sam. xiv. 4. 109

Senir 128

Sephar Gen. x. 30.

Sepharad Obad. 20.

Sepharvaim. 2 Kings xvii. 24, xviii. 34, xix. 13 ;

Isa. xxxvi. 19, xxxvii. 13 146

Sephet, Safet, mountain in Galilee

Sepphoris, capital of Galilee under Nero

Serbal, mountain, 25 miles AV. N. W. of Sinai

Sered Num. xxi. 12; Deut. ii. 13 ; Isa. xvi. 7.

Servitudes under the Judges 100

Settlement of the tribes

Seven Churches 248

Shaalabbin, (Dan.) Josh. xix. 42.

Shaalbim = Shaalabbin, (Dan.) Judg. i. 35 ; 2

Sam. 23, 32 ; 1 Kings iv. 9 ; 1 Chron. xi. 33. 130

Shahazimah, (Issachar.) Josh. xix. 22.

Shalim 36, 1

Shalisha. See Baal-Shalisha 1 Sam. ix. 4. 1

Shamir, 1) in mountains of Ephraim. Judg. x. 1. 102

— 2) (Judah.) Josh. xv. 48.

Sharon. Josh. xii. 18 ; 1 Chron. v. 16, xxvii. 29 ;

Sol. Songs ii. 1 ; Isa. xxxiii. 9, xxxv. 2, Ixv.

10; Acts ix. 35 130,213

Sharuthen, (Simeon.) Josh. xix. 6. 30

Shaveh Gen. xiv. 17.

Shebah 129, 134

Shebam Num. xxxii. 3.

Shebarim Josh. vii. 5.

Shechem. See Sichem 28, 79, 84, 96, 132, 182

Shefa-Amar, in Galilee

Sheleph, Arabian tribe. Gen. x. 26; 1 Chron. i. 20.

Shem 19

Shemah.

Sherar 109

Sheshach, Babylon Jer. xxv. 26, Ii. 41.

Shen 1 Sam. vii. 12.

Shenir = Sirion = Hermon. Deut iii. 9 ; 1 Chron.

V. 23 ; Sol. Songs iv. 8.

' Shicron, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 11.

Shihor-Libnath, river, (Asher.) Josh. xix. 26.

Shilhim, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 32.

Shiloh, (Ephraim.) Josh, xviii. 1, xxi. 2, xxii. 12;

Judg. xviii. 31, xxi. 12, 19 ; 1 Sam. i. 3, 34,

iii. 21, iv. 12, xiv. 3 ; 1 Kings ii. 27, xi. 29,

xiv. 2 ; Ps. Ixxviii. 60 ; Jer. vii. 12, xxvi.

9, xli. 6 92

Shimron, Shimron-Meron, (Zebulon.) Josh. xi. 1,

xii. 30, xix. 15

Sbinar, Babylonia. Gen. x. 10, xi. 2, xiv. 1; Isa.

xi. 11; Dan. i. 2; Zech. v. 11 30

Shittim, 1) = Abel-Shittim. Num. xxv. 1, xxxiii.

49 ; Josh. ii. 1, iii. 1 ; Micah vi. 5.

— 2) valley Joel iii. 23.

Shocho 112, 134

Shophan, (Gad.) Num. xxxii. 35.

Shual, (Benjamin.) 1 Sam. xiii. 17.

Shunem, (Issachar.) Josh. xix. 18; 1 Sam. xxviii.

4; 1 Kings i. 3; 2 Kings iv. 8 140

Shur, desert of. Ex. xv. 22; Num. xxxiii. 8. 45, 53

— 2) city in the desert. Gen. xvi. 7; xx. 1;... 33

1 Sam. XV. 7, xxvii. 8 33, 45

Shushan. Ezraiv. 9; Neh.i. 1; Esther i. 2; Dan.

viii. 2 157

Sibamah, (Reuben.) Num. xxxii. 37.

Sibmah. Josh. xiii. 19 ; Isa. xvi. 9 ; Jer. xlviii.

22 66

Sibraim Ezek. xlvii. 16.

Sichem, Shechem-Neapolis, a Levitical city in

Ephraim. Gen. xii. 6, xxvii. 12 ; Josh. xvii.

7, XX. 7, xxi. 21, xxiv. 1, 25, 32 ; Judg.

viii. 31, ix. 1, xxi. 19; 1 Kings xii. 1, 25;

1 Chron. vi. 67, vii. 28 ; 2 Chron. x. 1 ; Ps.

Ix. 8; cviii. 8; Jer. xli. 5; Acts vii. 16. 28, 36

Sicily, island of

Siddim, valley Gen. xiv. 3. 10.

Sidon. See also Zidon. Gen. xlix. 13 ; Ezra iii,

7 ; Zech. ix. 2 ; Matt. xi. 21, xv. 21 ; Mark

iii. 8, vii. 24; Luke iv. 26, vi. 17, x. 13;

Acts xii. 19, xxvii. 3 240

Sihor, Shihor Josh. xiii. 3; 1 Chron. xiii. 5.

Silla 2 Kings xii. 20.

III. Be

VII. Eb

[V. Dc

II. Ed

V. Cd
V. Cd
IL Cg

V. Be
II. Ec

VI. Bd
VI. Be
II. Co
II. Dc

[V. Ce
IV. Cd
[III. Ec

II. Db

[VI. Be
V. Cd

III. Ce
II. Db

V. Ef

III. Ec

V. Ce

IV. Cd

VI. Bd

VII. Ab

[VILFc
VI. Ba •
[IV. Ca

Siloah, Siloam. Neh. iii. 15; Isa. viii. 6; Luke

xiii. 4; John ix. 7 123

Simeon's tomb

Simeon, tribe Josh. xix. 1-9. 94

Simyra, on the east of Phoenicia

Sin, 1) (Pelusium.) Ezek. xxx. 15. 37

— 2) desert Ex. xvi. 1; Num. xxxiii. 11. 48

Sinai, 1) mountain. Ex. xvi. 1, xix. 18, xxiv. 16,

xxxiv. 4 ; Levit. xxv. 1 ; Judg. v. 5 ; Neh.
ix. 13; Ps. Ixviii. 9; Acts vii. 30; Gal. iv.
24 48, 50

— 2) desert Ex. xix. 1; Num. xxxv. 16. 52

Sinaitic Group 45

Sinites Gen. x. 17; 1 Chron. i. 15. 19

Sinim, tribe, (perhaps = China.) Isa. xlix. 12.

Sinope, south coast of the Black Sea

Sion, 1) = Hermon Deut. iv. 48.

— 2) (Issachar.) Josh. xix. 19.

Siphmoth, Sephmoth, (Judah.). ...1 Sam. xxx. 28. 116

Siphron , Num. xxxiv. 9.

Sirah, well 2 Sam. iii. 26.

Sirion = Shenir = Hermon Deut. iii. 9.

Sitnah, fountain Gen. xxvi. 21.

Slime pits, near Sodom 31

Smyrna Rev. i. 11, ii. 8. 244, 249

Socho, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 35, 48; 1 Sam. xvii. 1;

1 Kings iv. 10; 2 Chron. xi. 7, xxviii. 18.

91, 130, 134
Sodom. Gen. x. 19, xiii. 10, 12, xiv. 2, xviii. 16,

xix. 1, XV. 24; Isa. i. 9, xiii. 9; Jer. xxiii.

14, xlix. 18, 1. 40; Ezek. xvi. 48 ; Zeph. ii.

9 ; Matt. x. 15, xi. 23 ; Mark vi. 11 ; Luke

x. 12; 2 Pet. ii. 6 31

Solomon 121,132. Pools of. 123

Song of the Wells 61

Sophene, in Armenia

Sorek, valley Judg. xvi. 4. 104

— river

Spain Rom. xv. 24, 28.

Springs, upper and nether 91

Star in the East 172

St Catherine, near Mount Sinai

Succoth, 1) (Gad.) Gen. xxii. 17; Ex. xii. 37;

Josh. xiii. 27 ; 1 Kings vii. 46 ; Ps. Ix. 8,
cviii. 8 101

— 2) encampment in the desert. Num. xxxiii, 6. 36

Suez, town and bay of. ."..44, 46

Sukkiims 2 Chron. xii. 3. 46

Sun and moon standstill 85

Sycaminopolis, near Mount Carmel

Syene Ezek. xxix. 10, xxx. 6. 40

Sychar 182

Syrian. See Aram. Gen. xxii. 21, xxviii. 6 ; Num.

xxiii. 7; Judg. iii. 10, x. 6 ; 2 Sam. viii. 5,
12, X. 18 ; 1 Kings x. 29, xi. 25, xv. 18,
xix. 15, XX. 1, xxii. 1 ; 2 Kings v. 1, vi. 8,
viii. 28, xii. 17, xxiv. 2: 1 Chron. xviii. 5;

2 Chron. i. 17, xxii. 5 ; Ps. Ix. 2 ; Isa. vii.
1; Ezek. xvi. 57, xxvii. 16; Hos. xii. 23;
Amos i. 5, ix. 7 ; Matt. iv. 24 ; Mark vii.
26 ; Luke ii. 1 ; Acts xv. 23, 41, xviii. 18...

Syracuse Acts xxviii. 12,

Syrian Confederacy 119

Taanach, Levitical city in Manasseh. Josh, xii,
21, xvii. 11, xxi. 25 ; Judg. i. 27, v. 19; 1
Kings iv. 12; 1 Chron. vii. 29 89, 95

Taanath-Shiloh Josh. xvi. 6.

Tabee = Tob Judg. xi. 3; 2 Sam. x. 6.

Tabbath, Ephraim Judg. vii. 22.

Taberah, in the desert. Num. xi. 3 ; Deut. ix. 22. 54

Tabor, 1) mountain. Josh. xix. 22; Judg. iv. 6,
viii. 18 ; Ps. Ixxxix. 13 ; Jer. xlvi. 18 ; Hos.
V. 1 ; Matt. xvii. 1 ; Mark ix. 1 ; Luke ix.
38 70, 77

— 2) = Arisloth-Tabor, Levitical city in Zebulon.

1 Chron. vi. 77 95

Tadmor, Palmyra. 1 Kings ix. 18 ; 2 Chron. viii. 4. 131

Tagaba, twelve miles north-east from Gaza

Tahath, encampment Num. xxxiii. 26.

Tahpanhes. Jer. xliii. 7, xliv. 1, xlvi. 14 ; Ezek.

xxx. 18 38

Tahtim-Hodshi 2 Sam. xxiv. 6.

Talmai, kingdom of. 119

Tamiathis, in the Delta of the Nile.,

Tamyras, river in Phoenicia

MAPS.

IV. Bf

V. Eg
IL Cb

in. Cg

[TILDg
II. Cc

IIL Fa
VII. Fa

VIL Db

[V.CgBf
IV. Bf

[V. Cg
IV. Cf

VII. Fb
V. Bf

IIL Be

[V. De
IV. Dd
IIL Be

V. Cd
IL Cc
VLBd

W. Eab
V. Eb
V. Ffg
VILFbc
VII. Bb

[V. Cd

IV. Cd

V. Dd
IIL Dg

[IV.Dc
IIL Ec

VII. Fc
V. Bf

IIL Be

IIL Ad
IV. Da

317

INDEX.

ai8

MAPS.

Tanis, Zoan 37 III. Ad

Tappuah Josh. xvi. 8, xii. 17, xv. 34. 89

Tarah, encampment Num. xxxiii. 27.

Tarealah, (Benjamin.) Josh, xviii. 27.

Tarentum, in Italy VII. Ba

Tarich£ca, west of the Sea of Galilee V. Dd

TarpelitfcS Ezra iv. 9.

Tarshisli, son of Javan. Gen. x. 4; Ps. Ixxii. 10;
Isa. xxiii. 1, Ixvi. 19 ; Jer. x. 9 ; Ezek.
xxvii. 12, xxxviii. 13 ; John i. 3, iv. 2. 16, 128 [VII.Eb

Tarsus Acts ix. 11, 30, xi. 25, xxi. 39. 216 11. Cb

Tatta, salt lake in Lycaonia VII. Eb

Taurus, mount in Asia Minor II. Cb

Tavia, in Galatia VII. Fa

Tekoa, 1) (Judah.) 2 Sam. xiv. 2, xxiii. 26 ; 1

Chron. ii. 24, xi. 28 ; 2 Chron. xi. 6 ; Neh. [V. Cf

iii. 5, 27; Jer. vi. 1; Amos i. 1 119 IV.CeFf

— 2) desert of. 2 Chron. xx. 20.

Tel-Abib Ezek. iii. 15.

Telem Josh. xv. 24.

Tel-Harisha Ezra ii. 59; Neh. vii. 61.

Tel-Melah Ezra ii. 59; Neh. vii. 61.

Tema, Arabian tribe. Gen. xxv. 15; Job vi. 19 j

Isa. xxi. 14 ; Jer. xxv. 23.
Teman, region in Idumea. Gen. xxxvi. 11, 15;
Jer. xlix. 7; Ezek. xxv. 13; Hab. iii. 3.

Terraeina, between Rome and Naples VII. Aa

Teumessus, in Chalcidice V. Ff

Thamar = Tamar Ezek. xlvii. 19 ; xlviii. 28. V. Cg

Thantia, in Bashan V. Ee

Thapsacus. See Thiphsah VII. Cb

Thebais = Upper Egypt.

Thebes Judg. ix. 50; 2 Sam. xi. 21. 39

Thebez 16, 101

Thebians II. Co

Thelaim = Telem, (Judah.) 1 Sam. xv. 4,

Thelasar, Telassar. 2 Kings xix. 12; Isa.xxxvii.l2,

Thelada, in Apamene V. Fg

Thelseae V. Fb

Thense, Samaritan town V. Ce

Thessalia 16 VII. Fb

Thessalonica. Acts xvii. 1, xx. 4, xxvii. 2 ; Phil,
iv. 16 ; 1 Thess. i. 12 ; 2 Thess. i. 1 ; 2 Tim.

iv. 10 230 VILCa

Thenprosopan, cape

Thisbe, (Naphtali.) 1 Kings xvii. 1, xxi. 17. V. Prv

Thmuis, a large city in Egypt. III. Ad

Thracia 16, 229 II. Ba

Three Taverns 243 VII. Aa

Thurii, Greek colony in Italy VII. Bb

Tih, mountain 63

Thyatira Rev. i. 2 ; ii. 18; Acts xvi. 14. 253 [VI. Cc

Tiberias, country and sea. John vi. 1, 23. 72, 187, 191 V. Dd

Tibhath 1 Chron. xviii. 8. [VII.Gf

Tigris, river 10 II. Db

Timnah, in Edom. Gon. >xxvi. 40 ; IChron. i. 61.

Timnath, (Judah.) Gen. xxxviii. 12; Josh. xv. [V. Bf

10,67, xix. 43 103 IV. Be

Timnath-Hores Judg. ii. 9.

Timnath-Serah Josh. xix. 50, xxiv. 30. 97 IV. Ee

Tiphsah, Thapsacus 1 Kings iv. 24. 121 VII. Fb

— 2) in Palestine 2 Kings xv. 16.

Tiras, Thiraz Gen. x. 2. 17 II. Ba

Tirzah. Josh. xii. 24 ; 1 Kings xiv. 17, xv. 21, 34, [V. Ce

xvi. 8; 2 Kings xv. 14 90, 133 IV. Cd

Tob, land = Istob Jud. xi. 3 ; 2 Sam. x. 8. IV. Dc

Tochen, (Judah.) 1 Chrou. iv. 32.

Togarmah. Gen. x. 3 ; 1 Chron. i. 6 ; Ezek. xxvii.

14, xxxviii. 6 15, 128 II. Db

Tolad-El-Tolad, (Simeon.) 1 Chron. iv. 29.

Tombs of the Kings, in Jerusalem I.

Tophel Deut. i. 1. IV. Dg

Tophethin, the valley of Hinnom. 2 Kings xxiii.

10; Jer. vii. 31, xix. 6 III. Ee

Tor = Tur 48 III. Cg

Tower of Edar Gen. xxxv. 21 ; Micah iv. 8.

Tower of Psephinos I.

Trachonitis Luke iii. 1. V. Fed

Transfiguration 194 VI. Cb

Trapezus, now Trebizond VII. Fa

Travels of our Saviour VI.

Triparadisus, on the Orontes , V. Ea

Tripolis, in Syria, above Beirut VII. Fc

Troas Acts xvi. 8, xx. 6; 2 Tim. iv. 13. 228, 234 VII. Db

Trogyllium Acts xx. 16. 236 VII. Db

Tubal. Gen. x. 2 ; Ezek. xxxviii. 2, xxxix, 1, xxvii.

13, xxxii. 26; Isa. Ixvi. 19 16, 128

Tur = Tor 48

Tyara

Tyre = Zor. 2 Sam. v. 11, xxiv. 7 ; 1 Kings v. 1,

vii. 13, ix. 11 ; 1 Chron. xiv. 1, xxii. 4; 2

Chron. ii. 3 ; Ezra iii. 7 ; Neh. xiii. 16 ; Ps.

xiv. l.S, Ixxxiii. 8, Ixxxvii. 4; Isa. xxiii. 1 ;

Jer. xxv. 22, xxvii. 3, xlvii. 4 ; Ezek. xxvi.

3 seq. ; Zech. ix. 2 ; Matt. xi. 21, xv. 21 ;

Mark iii. 8, vii. 24 ; Luke vi. 17, x. 13 ;

Acts xii. 20, xxi. 3 124, 127, 191

Tyropoeon 122

Ulai = Euiaus Dan. viii. 2.

Ummah, (Asher.) Josh. xix. 30.

Uphaz, perhaps = Ophir Jer. x. 9; Dan. x. 6. 20

Upper and Lower Pools 1 Kings i. 32. 123

Ur, in Chaldea Gen. xi. 28; Neh. ix. 7. 26

Urfah, or Orfah 27

Urtas 133

Utica 127

Uz, in Idumea Job i. 1; Jer. xxv. 10. 20

Uzal Gen. x. 27. 20

Uzzen-Herah 1 Chron. vii. 24,

Valley of Arabah 67

— Chesemongers = Tyropoeon

— Ease 48

— Gihon 121, 123

— Jehoshaphat 121

— Kidron

_ Salt 2 Sam. viii. 13. 118, 142

— the son of Hinnom ..

— the Tyropoeon 122

Via Dolorosa

Wady-Es-Sheikh 48

Wady Rahah 49

Wanderings of David 112

Waters of Dimon 66

— Merom 131

— Nimrim

White Cape, below Tyre

Wilderness 177

— Judah 178

— Shur 33

— Sin 48

— Tekoa 139

— Ziph 113

Woods of Ephraim 35, 120

Zaanaim, (Naphtali.) Josh. xix. 33 ; Judg. iv. 11.

Zaanan, perhaps = Zenan Micah i. 11.

Zalmon, mountain Judg. ix. 48; Ps. Ixviii. 15.

Zalmonah, encampment Num. xxxiii. 41.

Zamzummim Deut. ii. 20. 30

Zanoah, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 34, 36; 1 Chron. iv.

18; Neh. iii. 13, xi. 30

Zaphon, (Gad.) Josh. xiii. 27.

Zarah Joseph. Antiq. xiii. 16, 4.

Zareah, Zorah, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 33, xix. 41;

Judg. xiii. 2, 25, xvi. 31, xviii. 2 ; 1 Chron.

ii. 63, iv. 2

Zaretan, Zared 1 Kings vii. 46. 83, 133

Zarphath = Sarepta 1 Kings vii. 9; Obad. 20. 183

Zarthan, Zareda. See Zarerath 130

Zeboim, 1) in the valley of Siddim. Gen. x. 19,

xiv. 2 ; Deut. xxix. 22 ; Hos. xi. 8. 31, 65

— 2) valley in Benjamin. 1 Sam. xiii. 18; Neh

xi. 34 109

Zebah 101, 118

Zebulon Josh. xix. 10-16. 95

Zechariah 163

Zedad Num. xxxiv. 8; Ezek. xlvii. 16.

Zelah, (Benjamin.) Josh, xviii. 28 ; 2 Sam. xxi.

14 128

Zelzah, (Benjamin.) ..1 Sam. xi. 2. 108

Zemarite, Canaanitish people Gen. x. 18. 19

Zemaraim, (Benjamin.) Josh, xviii. 22; 2 Chron.

xiii. 4 134

Zenan = Zaanan Josh. xv. 37

Zephath-Hormah Judg. i. 17. 57, 100

Zephathah, valley in Judah 2 Chron. xiv. 40,

Zer, (Naphtoli.)., Josh. xix. 35

MAPS.

II. Ca
in. Cg
VIL Fb

VL Bb
VIL Fc
V. Cc
IV. Cb
IIL Eb
I.

ILCb

IL Dd

IV. CDg
I.

L
L
L

IIL Ba
IIL Ba

IV. Cb

[IV. Ef
V. Bf

IV. Ec

IV. Ef
IIL Eb

V.Dg

IV. Co
[III. Fa
V.Fg

III. Ed

319

TEXT BOOK AND ATLAS OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.

820

PAOE

Zered, brook 61

Zererath = Zarthan = Zereda, (Manasseh.) Josh.

iii. 16 ; Judg. vii. 22 ; 1 Kings iv. 12, vii.

46, xi. 26; 2 Chron. iv. 17 83, 1.33

Zereth-Shahar, (Reuben.) Josh. xiii. 19.

Ziddim, (Naphtali.) Josh. xix. 35.

Zidon = Sidon, Zidonites. Gen. x. 15, 19; Deut

iii. 9; Josh. xi. 8, xix. 28; Judg. i. 31, iii.

3, xviii. 28 ; 2 Sam. xxiv. 6 : 1 Kings v. 6,

xi. 1, xvi. 31, xvii. 19 ; 2 Kings xxiii. 13 ;

1 Chron. xxii. 4 ; Isa. xxiii. 2 ; Jer. xxv.

22, xxvii. 3, xlvii. 4 ; Ezek. xxvii. 8, xxviii.

22; Joel iii. 8 18,128,191

Ziklag, (Simeon.) Josh. xv. 31, xix. 5 ; 1 Sam.

xxvii. 6, XXX. 1, 26 ; 2 Sam. i. 1 ; 1 Chron.

iv. 30, xii. 1; Neh. xi. 28 115

Zimran. Gen. xxv. 2, • 1 Chron. i. 32 j Jer. xxv.

25.
Zin, Wilderness of. Num. xiii. 21, xx. 1, xxvii.

14, xxxiii. 36, xxxiv. 3 ; Josh. xv. 1, 3 53

Zion, city of David, mountain. 2 Sara. v. 7 ; 1

Kings viii. 1 ; 2 Kings xix. 31 ; 1 Chron. xi.

6 ; 2 Chron. v. 2 ; Ps. ii. 6, xiv. 7, xx. 3,

xlviii. 3, Ivi. 2, li. 10, Ixxiv. 2, Ixxvi. 3,

xcvii. 8, cii. 17, cxxv. 1, cxxxiii. 3, cxxxvii.

l; Isa. i. 27, ii. 3, x. 12, xlix. 14, Iii. 1;

in. Eb
II. Cb

V. Bf

IV.ABg

PAGE

Jer. iv. 6 ; Joel iii. 5 ; Amos i. 2, vi. 1 ;

Micahiii. 12; Zech. viii. 3 ; Zeph. iii. 10... 122

Zior, (Judah.) Josh. xv. 64.

Ziph, 1) Josh. XV. 24, 55 ; 1 Sam. xxiii. 14, 19,

xxvi. 1; 2 Chron. xi. 8 91, 113, 1.34

— 2) Wilderness of. 113

Ziz, clifif. 2 Chron. xx. 16. 138

Ziza, a ruined city near Heshbon

Zoan = Tanis. Gen. xiii. 22 ; Ps. Ixxviii. 43 ; Isa.

xix. 11, XXX. 4; Jer. xxx. 14; Ezek. xxx.

14 37

Zoar = Belah. Gen. xiii. 10, xiv. 2, xix. 22 ;

Deut. xxxiv. 3 ; Isa. xv. 5 ; Jer. xlviii.

34 31, 65

Zobah, Aram-Zobah. 1 Sam. xiv. 47 ; 2 Sam. viii.

3, X. 6, xxiii. 36 ; 1 Kings xi. 23 ; 1 Chron.

xviii. 3, xix. 6; Ps. Ix. 2 109, 118, 119

Zoheleth 1 Kings i. 9.

Zophim, on Mount Pisgah Num. xxiii. 14.

Zor = Tyre. Josh. xix. 29 ; Joel iii. 8 ; Amos

i. 9

Zora. See Zarea.

Zorah, (Dan,) 98, 103, 134

Zuph 1 Sam. ix. 5. 108

Zuzim, tribe Gen. xiv. 6. 30

[IV. Fg
V.Cf

V. Ef
III. Ad
V. eg

IV. Be
[IV. Cb
II. Cb
[III. Eb

THE END.

■TKREOTTPED BT L. JOHNSON * OU,
PHILADELPHIA.

RETURN CIRCULATION DEPARTMENT

TO— » 202 Main Library

LOAN PERIOD 1
HOME USE

RENEWALS AND R!?CHA

: OAr! period: ■:-'."■ :

1; = NEWALS; CALL (-^ii) •

-, MAY BE MADE 4 DAYS pj^R TO DUE DATS

M, ;-i.',C:>iTH3,AND 1-YE,

ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS

1 -month loans may be renewed by calling 642-3405

6-month loans may be recharged by bringing books to Circulation Desk

Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days prior to due date

DUE AS STAMPED BELOW

LIBRARY use ON b¥

DEC 1 6 198! ^

CIRC'JLATiCN DIP

teciRc DECMt^^

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY
FORM NO. DD6, 60m, 3/80 BERKELEY, CA 94720

26152